University Catalog
Lehigh University Publication
MARCH 1966
TABLE OF CONTENTS
University Calendar 2
Board of Trustees 5
Administration 8
Faculty and Staff 13
Standing Committees of the Faculty 56
Lehigh University
History 59
Undergraduate Admission Requirements and Procedures 60
Undergraduate Fees 65
Living Arrangements 68
The College of Arts and Science 74
Curricula 76
Major Sequences 82-107
The College of Business Administration 108
Curriculum Ill
Courses of Study 112
The College of Engineering 122
General Studies 124
Curricula 129
The Graduate School 148
Degrees 153
Interdisciplinary Centers 159
Description of Courses , 165
Division of Athletics and Physical Education 328
General Information
General Regulations -"1
-5 T C
Financial Aid J:>J
Summer Sessions and Special Programs 370
University Library 372
Student Personnel Services 372
Students' Health Service 375
Placement, Counseling, and Testing Services 377
Reading and Study Clinic 378
Alumni Association 381
Institute of Research 385
Buildings and Grounds 388
Registration Statistics 399
Index 402
Lehigh University Publication
Vol. 40 MARCH, 1966 No. 2
Published six times during the calendar year in January, March, April, August, September, and November,
by Lehigh University, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Second-class postage paid at Bethlehem, Pennsylvania.
University Catalog
'■***
1966-1967
Lehigh UniVerSlty Bethlehem, Pennsylvania
2 Calendar
UNIVERSITY CALENDAR
January 1966-1967
1966
January 3, 8:10 a.m. (Mon.) Christmas vacation ends
January 5 (Wed.) Last day for filing applications for degrees to
be granted in January
January 8 (Sat.) Last day of classes for arts seniors taking com-
prehensive examinations
January 12-15 (Wed.-Sat.) Comprehensive examinations for arts seniors
January 15 (Sat.) Last day of classes in fall semester
Last day for submission of honors theses to
thesis advisors for February graduates
January 17 (Mon.) Course examinations begin
January 26 (Wed.) Course examinations end
February 1 (Tues.) Registration for spring semester
February 2 (Wed.) Spring semester instruction begins
February 12 (Sat.) Last day on which registration for spring
courses will be permitted
April 2, 1 p.m. (Sat.) Spring vacation begins
Mid semester reports due
April 11, 8:10 a.m. (Mon.) Spring vacation ends
Preregistration begins
April 15 (Fri.) Last day for filing applications for degrees to
be conferred in June
April 16 (Sat.) Preregistration ends
May 14 (Sat.) Last day of classes for arts seniors taking com-
prehensive examinations
May 18-21 (Wed.-Sat.) .Comprehensive examinations for arts seniors
May 21 (Sat.) Last day of classes in spring semester
Last day for submission of honors theses to
thesis advisors for June graduates
May 24 (Tues.) Course examination begin
June 3 (Fri.) Course examinations end
June 12 (Sun.) Baccalaureate Sunday
June 13 (Mon.) University Day
September 10 (Sat.) Last day for filing applications for degrees to
be conferred on Founder's Day
September 11 (Sun.) Freshman Orientation begins
September 12-13 (Mon.-Tues.) ....Make-up examinations and special examina-
tions
September 14 (Wed.) Registration for fall semester
September 15 (Thurs.) Fall semester instruction begins
September 19 (Mon.) First faculty meeting
September 26 (Mon.) Last day on which registration for fall courses
will be permitted
October 9 (Sun.) Founder's Day
Calendar 3
1966 (Continued)
October 17-19 (Mon.-Wed.) Engineering inspection trips
November 7 (Mon.) Mid-semester reports due
Pre-registration begins
November 12 (Sat.) Pre-registration ends
November 23, 10 p.m. (Wed.) ....Thanksgiving vacation begins
November 28, 8:30 a.m. (Mon.) ..Thanksgiving vacation ends
December 21, 10 p.m. (Wed.) Christmas vacation begins
1967
January 5, 8:10 a.m. (Thurs.) Christmas vacation ends
Last day for filing applications for degrees to
be granted in January
January 7 (Sat.) Last day of classes for arts seniors taking com-
prehensive axaminations
January 11-14 (Wed.-Sat.) Comprehensive examinations for arts seniors
January 14 (Sat.) Last day of classes in fall semester
Last day for submission of honors theses to
thesis advisors for February graduates
January 16 (Mon.) Course examinations begin
January 25 (Wed.) „ Course examinations end
January 31 (Tues.) Registration for spring semester
February 1 (Wed.) Spring semester instruction begins
February 11 (Sat.) Last day on which registration for spring
courses will be permitted
March 18, 1 p.m. (Sat.) Spring vacation begins
March 27, 8:10 a.m. (Mon.) Spring vacation ends
April 1 (Sat.) Mid semester reports due
April 10 (Mon.) Preregistration begins
April 15 (Sat.) Preregistration ends
Last day for filing applications for degrees to
be conferred in June
May 16 (Tues.) Last day of classes for arts seniors taking com-
prehensive examinations
May 19-23 (Fri.-Tues.) Comprehensive examinations for arts seniors
May 23 (Tues.) Last day of classes in spring semester
Last day for submission of honors theses to
thesis advisors for June graduates
May 24 (Wed.) Course examinations begin
June 2 (Fri.) Course examinations end
June 11 (Sun.) Baccalaureate Sunday
June 12 (Mon.) University Day
4 Calendar
FEB
S|M|T|W|T|F|S
i
Z 3 4 5 6 7 B
9 10 II 12 13 14 15
16 17 IB 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 2B 29
3031
I 2 3 4 5
6 7 B 9 10 II 12
13 14 15 16 17 IB 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
272B
I 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 II 12
13 14 15 16 17 IB 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 2B29 30 3I
I 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 II 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
I 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 II 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
I 2 3 4
5 6 7 B 9 10 II
12 13 14 15 16 17 IB
19 20 21 22 2324 25
26 27 2B29 30
SEP
SMTWTFS
I 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 II 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 2B 29 30
31
-I 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 ID II 12 13
14 15 16 17 IB 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
2B29 303I
I 2 3
4 5 6 7 B 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
IB 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30-
I
2 3 4 5 6 7
9 10 II 12 13 14 15
16 17 IB 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 272829
3031
I 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 II 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
272B2930
I 2 3
4 5 6 7 B 9 ID
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
IB 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 2829 30 31
FEB
SlMlTlWlTlFIS
I 2 3
8 9 10
15 16 17
22 23 24
2930 31
5 6 7
12 13 14
19 20 21
26 27 28
5 6 7 B
12 13 14 15
19 20 21 22
26 27 2B 29
4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14
18 19 20 21
25 26 27 2B
12 3 4
B 9 10 II
15 16 17 IB
22 232425
2 3 4 5
9 10 II 12
16 17 IB 19
2324 2526
30
-12 3
7 8 9 ID
14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24
28 29 30 31
4 5 6 7
II 12 13 14
18 19 20 21
25 26 27 28
2 3 4
9 10 II
16 17 18
2324 25
30 31 -
I
6 7 B
13 14 15
20 21 22
27 2829
4 5 6
II 12 13
IB 19 20
25 26 27
I 2 3
8 9 10
15 16 17
22 23 24
29 30-
SEP
SlMlTlWlTlFIS
i
2 3 4 5 6 7 B
9 ID II 12 13 14 15
16 17 IB I9 20ZI 22
23 24 25 26 27 2B 29
3031
12 3 4 5
6 7 B 9 10 II 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 2324 25 26
27 2B29 30 3I
I 2
3 4 5 6 7 B 9
10 II 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 2B 29 30
I 2 3
B 9 10
15 16 17
22 23 24
29 30 3J
5 6 7
12 13 14
19 20 21
26 27 2B
3 4 5
10 II 12
17 18 19
24 25 26
31
4 5 6 7
II 12 13 14
18 19 20 21
25 26 2728
T 2 3 4
6 9 10 II
15 16 17 IB
22 23 2425
29 30;
12
6 7 B 9
13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23
27 28 29 30
FEB
S|M|T|W|T|F]S
- I 2 3 4 5 6
7 B 9 10 II 12 13
14 15 16 17 IB 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
2B29303I
I 2 3
4 5 6 7 B 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29
I 2
3 4 5 6 7 B 9
10 II 12 13 14 15 16
17 IB 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 2B 29 30
31
- I 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 II 12 13
14 15 16 17 IB 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
I 2 3 4
5 6 7 B 9 10 II
12 13 14 15 16 17 IB
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 -
I
2 3 4 5 6 7
9 10 II 12 13 14 15
16 17 IB 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 2B 29
30
SEP
5|MlT|W[T|F|S
-I 2 3 4 5 6
7 B 9 10 II 12 13
14 15 16 17 IB 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
2B29303I
I 2 3
4 5 6 7 B 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
IB 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 2B 29 30 31
I 2 3 4 5 6 7
B 9 10 II 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 2B
29 30
I 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 II 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
272B29303I
I 2
3 4 5 6 7 B 9
10 II 12 13 14 15 16
17 IB 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 2B 29 30
I 2 3 4 5 6 7
B 9 10 II 12 13 14
15 16 17 IB 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
FEB
SMTWTFS
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
12 13 14 15 16 17 IB
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 272B29 303I -
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 B
9 10 II 12 13 14 15
16 17 IB 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 -
I
Z 3 4 5 6 7 B
9 10 II 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 2829
3031
I 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 II 12
13 14 15 16 17 IB 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 2B29 30
— - — — I Z 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
IB 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 2728 29 3031
I 2 3 4 5 6 7
B 9 10 II 12 13 14
15 16 17 IB 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 2728
29 30
S|M|T|W|T|FlS
I 2 3 4 5
6 7 B 9 10 II 12
13 14 15 16 17 IB 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28293031
I 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 II 12 13 14 15 16
17 IB 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
-12 3 4 5 6
7 B 9 10 II 12 13
14 15 16 17 IB 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
I 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
12 13 14 15 16 17 IB
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 272B29303I -
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 II 12 13 14 15
16 17 IB 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 2829
30
-I 2 3 4 5 6
7 B 9 10 II 12 13
14 15 16 17 IB 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28293031
Board of Trustees 5
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Corporate Members Emeriti
William Lawrence Estes, Jr., B.A., M.D., ScD., LL.D Bethlehem, Pa.
Nevin Elwell Funk, E.E., Eng.D Philadelphia, Pa.
Robert Edwin McMath, A.B., LL.B., LL.D Bethlehem, Pa.
Frank William Sterrett, A.B., B.D., D.D., S.T.D., LL.D. ..Dennis, Mass:
Andrew Edward Buchanan. Jr., Ch.E., Eng.D Kennett Square, Pa.
Corporate Members
Monroe Jackson Rathbone, Ch.E., Eng.D., Sc.D., LL.D. ..New York, N.Y.
Alfred VanSant Bodine, M.E., Eng.D Bridgeport, Conn.
Frank Lynn Magee, E.E., Eng.D., LL.D Pittsburgh, Pa.
Leonard Mead Horton, B.S. in Bus. Adm New York, N. Y.
Edward A. Curtis, B.S. in Bus. Adm., LL.B., LL.D Newark, N. J.
* Albert Bristol Maginnes, B.A., LL.B New York, N. Y.
Henry Randolph Maddox, M.E Chestertown, Md.
Kenneth Lothaire Isaacs, M.E., M.B.A Boston, Mass.
Hugh Paul McFadden, B.A., LL.B Bethlehem, Pa.
Ivor Donald Sims, B.S. in Bus. Adm Bethlehem, Pa.
"•Deceased January 30, 1966.
6 Board of Trustees
Members Elected by Alumni
Edwin Henry Snyder, E.E Newark, N.J.
Class of 1923 Term Expires 1966
Ralph Lawrence Wilson, El.Met Canton, Ohio
Class of 1921 Term Expires 1967
William Frederic Colclough, B.A., LL.B New York, N. Y.
Class of 1925 Term Expires 1968
Frank Cornelius Rabold, B.S. in E.E Bethlehem, Pa.
Class of 1939 Term Expires 1969
George Douglas Reed, B.S. in Ind. E Baltimore, Md.
Class of 1933 Term Expires 1970
Edward L. Forstall, B.S. in M.E Haverford, Pa.
Term Expires 1971
Appointed Trustees
Edwin Hays Gott, B.S. in Ind.E Pittsburgh, Pa.
Allen Corson DuBois, B.A Plainfield, N. J.
Stirling Murray Rust, Jr., B.S. in M.E Pittsburgh, Pa.
Leonard Jerome Buck, E.M Far Hills, N. J.
Leonard Parker Pool, Eng.D Allentown, Pa.
Edmund Fible Martin. M.E.. Ens.D.. LL.D Bethlehem. Pa.
OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
President
Monroe Jackson Rathbone
Secretary and Treasurer
Elmer William Glick
Assistant Secretary
Paul Justus Franz, Jr.
Board of Trustees 7
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Executive Committee
Monroe Jackson Rathbone, Chairman
Frank Lynn Magee, First Vice Chairman
Edward A. Curtis, Second Vice Chairman
Leonard Mead Horton
Frank Cornelius Rabold
Committee on Buildings and Grounds
Alfred VanSant Bodine, Chairman
Hugh Paul McFadden
Committee on Finance and Investments
Leonard Mead Horton, Chairman
Kenneth Lothaire Isaacs, Vice Chairman
Frank Lynn Magee
Committee on Endowment
Kenneth Lothaire Isaacs, Vice-Chairman
William Lawrence Estes, Jr.
William Frederic Colclough
Allen Corson DuBois
Planning and Development Committee
Edward A. Curtis, Chairman
Frank Cornelius Rabold, Vice Chairman
Henry Randolph Maddox
Leonard Mead Horton
Frank Lynn Magee
Leonard Parker Pool
Edwin Hays Gott
Committee on Membership
Monroe Jackson Rathbone, Chairman
Edward A. Curtis, Vice Chairman
Alfred VanSant Bodine
Leonard Mead Horton
8 Administration
ADMINISTRATION
Office of the President
Willard Deming Lewis, A.B., B.A., A.M., Ph.D., M.A., LL.D., President
Glenn James Christensen, B.A., Ph.D., Provost and Vice-President
Charles Augustus Seidle, B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Vice-President
— A dministration
Paul Justus Franz, Jr., B.S. in Bus. Adm., M.A., Vice-President
— Development
Edith Carroll Price, B.A., Secretary to the President
Deans of Colleges
Willard Ross Yates, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Dean of the College of Arts and
Science
Louis Reed Tripp, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of the College of Business Admin-
istration
John J. Karakash, B.S. in E.E., M.S., Dean of the College of Engineering
John A. Stoops, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Dean of the School of Education
Robert Daniel Stout, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate School
Deans of Student Personnel Services
Charles Wilfrid Brennan, B.S., M.B.A., Dean of Students
Preston Parr, B.S. in Ch.E., M.S., Dean of Student Life
Clarence Bowen Campbell, B.A., M.A., Director of Residence Halls and
Associate Dean of Students
Arthur Howard Mann, B.A., S.T.B., Assistant Dean of Students
William Leroy Quay, A.B., M.A., Assistant Dean of Student Life
Robert Peter Shurtleff, B.A., M.Ed., Assistant Director of Residence
Halls
Evelyn Strawn Eberman, B.A., Assistant Director of Residence Halls
Office of the Treasurer
Elmer William Glick, B.A., Treasurer
Edith Amanda Seifert, Bursar
Albert Charles Molter, B.S., Purchasing Agent
Donald Walter Schmoyer, B.S., in Bus. Adm., Assistant Treasurer
Karl Leroy Werkheiser, B.S., Accountant
William Monroe Glose, III, B.S. in Bus. Adm., Assistant Accountant
Robert Warren Numbers, B.S. in C.E., Superintendent of Buildings and
Grounds
Kenneth E. Orben, B.S., in E.E., Assistant Superintendent of Buildings
and Grounds
Paul Theodore Miller, Assistant Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
Stanley Frederick Heffner, Manager of the Book Store
Administration 9
Office of the Registrar
James Harold Wagner, A.B., M.A., Registrar
Frederick Eugene Wagner Ressler, A.B., Associate Registrar
Rodney Earl Ressler, Assistant Registrar
Leanor Ruth Gilbert, Recorder
Office of Development
Paul Justus Franz, Jr., B.S. in Bus. Adm., M.A., Vice-President
— Development
Robert Mark Holcombe, B.S., Assistant Director of Development
Robert William Kampmeinert, B.S., Assistant to the Director of
Development
Charles Keller Zug, B.S. in I.E., B.S. in E.E., Advisor on Bequests,
Trusts, and Insurance
Office of the Director of Admission
Samuel Harold Missimer, B.A., Director
James Willard McGeady, B.A., Associate Director
Theron LaMont Kropp, B.A., M.A., Assistant Director of Admission;
Executive Secretary, Undergraduate Financial Aid
Edmond Arthur Watters hi, B.A., Assistant to the Director
Summer Sessions
Norman Harold Sam, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Director
Adult Education
John Atlee Hertz, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director
Faculty
Ralph Newcomb Van Arnam, E.E., M.S., Secretary
Legal Counsel
Robert Sayre Taylor, Jr., B.A., LL.B., Legal Counsel
Office of Public Information
Samuel Irvin Connor, B.A., Director
George William Armold, Jr., B.A., M.A., Assistant Director
Joseph Hardy Whritenour, Assistant Director
Lucile Lewis Barrett, A.B., Assistant to Director
Alumni Association
Robert Austin Harrier, E.M., Executive Secretary and Editor of the
Lehigh Alumni Bulletin
Harry Bohlin Ramsey, B.A., Assistant Executive Secretary
Office of Publications
John Wayne Murphy, B.S., M.A., Director and Managing Editor of the
Lehigh Alumni Bulletin
Robert Carlton Cole, B.A., M.A., Assistant Director and Associate Editor
of the Lehigh Alumni Bulletin
1 0 A dministration
The University Library
James Decker Mack, B.A., M.A., Librarian
Robert Saxton Taylor, B.A., M.A., M.S., in L.S., Associate Librarian;
Director, Center for the Information Sciences
Anne Strowd Flannery, A.B., M.A., A.B. in L.S., Associate Librarian
Edward Walter Reichard, B.A., A.M. L.S., Assistant Librarian
Margaret Linn Dennis, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Reference Librarian
Catherine Riley Flecksteiner, Serials Cataloger
Mary Elizabeth Gruber, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Reference Librarian
Barbara Lynne Zabor, A.B., A.M.L.S., Acquisitions Librarian
Georgia Emily Raynor, A.B., M.A., M.S. in L.S., Head Cataloger
Karen Eileen Rice, B.A., M.L.S., Humanities Cataloger
Richard Little Pettengill, B.A., M.S., Social Science Cataloger
Janet M. Dechert, B.A., M.S., Science Cataloger
Packer Memorial Church
The Rev. Raymond Eugene Fuessle, B.A., B.D., Chaplain
Robert Benjamin Cutler, A.B., M.A., University Organist
The Materials Research Center
Joseph Francis Libsch, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Director and Head of the De-
partment of Metallurgical Engineering
Richard Moore Spriggs, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Director
Richard Warren Hertzberg, B.S., M.S., Director Mechanical Behavior
Laboratory
Ralph Wayne Kraft, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Director Advance Materials Lab-
oratory
Richard Moore Spriggs, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Director Physical Ceramics
Laboratory
Richard N. Tauber, B.S., B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Electronic Materials, Advance
Materials Laboratory
The Marine Science Center
William Humphrey Sutcliffe, Jr., B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Biological Oceano-
graphy, Director
Keith Ernest Chave, Ph.B., M.S., Ph.D., Geochemistry, Associate Director
Saul Benjamin Barber, B.S., Ph.D., Physiology
Joseph Robert Merkle, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Marine Microbiology
John Donald Ryan, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Sedimentology
Sidney Samuel Herman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Microbiology
Calvin Crowell Daetwyler, B.S., Ph.D., Marine Geology
Hayden Nelson Pritchard, A.B.S., Ph.D., Marine Algae
The Center for the Information Sciences
Robert Saxton Taylor, B.A., M.S., M.A., Associate Librarian, Director
Augustus Foss Brown, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Professor of
Linguistics
Administration 11
Center for Surface and Coatings Research
Albert Charles Zettlemoyer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Director
William Dwight Schaeffer, B.S., M.S., Acting Associate Director,
Coatings
Jacqueline Marie Fetsko, B.A., M.S., Assistant to the Director
Cooperative Associates
Robert W. Coughlin, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engi-
neering
Fortunato Joseph Micale, B.A., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Research Associate in
Chemistry
Velimir H. Pravdic, Ph.D., Visiting Research Associate in Chemistry
Gary Wayne Poehlein, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemical En-
gineering
Paul C. Paris, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Mechanics
Center for Business Economics
Elmer Clark Bratt, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., LL.D., Director, Associate Dean
for Research, College of Business Administration
Center for the Application of Mathematics
Policy Committee
Arthur Everett Pitcher, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., D.Sc, Acting Director
Willard Deming Lewis, A.B., B.A., Ph.D., M.A., LL.D.
Ferdinand Pierre Beer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., M.S.
Arthur Lionel Brody, B.A., Ph.D.
Donald John Hillman, B.A., M.A., M. Litt.
Jerzy Antoni Owczarek, Dipl. Ing., Ph.D.
Sutton Monro, B.S.
The Fritz Engineering Laboratory of the Department of Civil Engineering
:::William Joseph Eney, B.E., M.S., Head of the Department of Civil Engi-
neering and Fritz Engineering Laboratory
Lynn Simpson Beedle, B.S. in C.E., M.S., Ph.D., Acting Head of the
Department of Civil Engineering and Director, Fritz. Engineering Lab-
oratory
David Alan Vanhorn, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Ch. Structural Concrete Division
George Clarence Driscoll, Jr., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Ch. Structural Metals
Division
John Bronislaw Herbich, B.Sc, M.S., Ph.D., Ch. Hydraulics Division
Roy Junior Leonard, B.C.E., M.S., Ph.D., Ch. Soil Mechanics Division
Le-Wu Lu, B.S.? M.S., Ph.D., Ch. Structural Models Division
Roger George Slutter, B.S., M.S., Engineer of Tests, Ch. Operations
Division
Ivan Jackson Taylor, Instruments Associate
Bruce Laub, B.S., Laboratory Accountant
*On leave, 1966-1967.
12 Administration
Institute of Research
George Robert Jenkins, B.A., Ph.M., Director
Thomas Laird Dinsmore, B.S. in M.E., M.S. in M.E., Associate Director
John M. Cheezum, Jr., Assistant Director
University Health Service
George Walter McCoy, Jr., B.S., M.D., Director
Joseph George Pomponio, B.S., M.D., Associate Director
Ladd E. Hoover, B.Sc, M.D., Assistant Director
Lois Reed Benson, A.B., R.N., Chief Nurse, Administrative Assistant
Lucille H. Pleiss, R.N., Nurse
Doris Transue, R.N., Nurse
University Placement and Counseling Services
Everett Anderson Teal, B.S., M.A., Director
Michael Peter Soltys, B.S., M.A., Assistant Director of Placement
Robert Roupen Panos, B.A., M.S., Supervisor of Counseling
William Joseph Sibley, B.S., M.Ed., Counselor
Division of Athletics and Physical Education
William Bader Leckonby, B.S., Director
Paul Edward Short, B.S. in Bus. Adm., Assistant Director and Business
Manager
John Stohler Steckbeck, B.S. in Phys. Ed., M.S., Assistant Director
of Physical Education
Faculty and Staff 13
FACULTY AND STAFF
(The first date after the name indicates date of first appointment to continu-
ous service on the faculty or staff; the second date, when the first fails to do so,
indicates the date of appointment to present classification as to professional rank.)
George Leonard Adair (1962) Visiting Lecturer in Economic Geology
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1918.
John Rodger Adams (1965) Instructor in Civil Engineering
B.S., Marquette University, 1959: M.S., Michigan State University, 1961.
John William Adams (1965) Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1952; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1962.
Ronnie Gene Adams (1962) Instructor in Civil Engineering
B.C.E., Fenn College, 1961; M.S., Lehigh, 1963.
Alfred Nicholas Amatangelo (1964) Research Instructor in Civil Engineering
B.S., University of Pittsburgh, I960: M.S., University of Massachusetts. 1965.
Carl Elmer Allen (1930, 1964) Professor Emeritus of Accounting
B.S., Illinois 1923; M.S., 1925; Ph.D.. 1930; C.P.A.. Pennsylvania, 1939.
David C. Amidon, Jr. (1965) Instructor in History
B.A., Juniata College, 1957; M.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1959.
*Harold Victor Anderson (1918, 1960) Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.Ch.E., Michigan, 1912; M.S., Lehigh, 1925.
George William Armold, Jr. (1962) Assistant Director of Public Information
B.A., Lehigh, 1958; M.A., Pennsylvania, 1962.
Edward Delbert Amstutz (1938, 1960) Professor of Organic Chemistry,
Head of the Department of Chemistry
B.S., Wooster, 1930; M.S., Institute of Paper Chemistry, 1932; Ph.D., Cornell, 1936.
Ray Livingstone Armstrong (1946, 1958) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Williams, 1930; B.A., Oxford, 1932; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., Columbia, 1941.
Jay Richard Aronson (1965) Assistant Professor of Economics
A.B., Clark University, 1959; M.A., Stanford University, 1961; Ph.D., Clark Uni-
versiy, 1964.
Lynn E. Atwood (1962) Assistant Professor of Aerospace Studies
B.B.A., University of Texas, 1957; Major, U.S.A.F.
Betzalel Avitzur (1964) Associate Professor of Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.Sc. and Dip. Ing., Israel Institute of Technology, 1949; M.S., University of
Michigan, 1956; Ph.D., 1960.
John Ross Baker (1962) Instructor in English
B.A., Rice University, 1952; M.A.. 1954.
Nicholas W. Balabkins (1957, 1962) Associate Professor of Economics
Dipl. rer. pol., Gottingen, 1949: M.A., Rutgers, 1953; Ph.D., 1956.
Saul Benjamin Barber (1956, 1960) Professor and Head of the Department
of Biology
B.S., Rhode Island State, 1941; Ph.D., Yale, 1954.
Thoburn Vail Barker (1953, 1962) Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan, 1943; M.A., Columbia, 1951.
Robert Featherston Barnes, Jr. (1965) Associate Professor of Philosophy
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1957; M.A., Dartmouth. 1959; Ph.D.,
University of California, 1965.
♦Deceased, December 18, 1965.
14 Faculty and Staff
Lucile Lewis Barrett (1944) Assistant to Director of Public Information
A.B., Syracuse, 1939.
Donald Delyle Barry (1963) - ..Assistant Professor of Government
A.B., Ohio University, 1956; M.A., Syracuse, 1959; Ph.D., 1963.
Allen Jennings Barthold (1939) - Professor and
Head of the Department of Romance Languages
B.A.. Lehigh. 1921: Ph.D.. Yale. 1931.
William George Bartholomew (1960) Part-time Lecturer in Education
B.S., Kutztown State Teachers, 1936; M.A., Lehigh, 1948; Ed.D., Temple, 1958.
Fay Conant Bartlett (1917, 1956) Assistant Professor Emeritus
of Physical Education
David Reed Basco (1965) Research Instructor in Civil Engineering
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1960: M.S., 1962.
Emmi Baum (1965) - Assistant Professor in History
B.A., University of New Mexico, 1955; New York University, 1961; Ph.D., 1965.
Stephen Michael Balaban (1966) Instructor in Chemical Engineering
B.S., Rochester University, 1961; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Frank Swan Beale (1930, 1964) Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
B.S.. Maine. 1921; M.S., 1923; Ph.D., Michigan, 1931.
Jacob Lynford Beaver (1917, 1952). ...Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering
E.E., Lehigh, 1904; M.S., 1921; Sc.D., Harvard, 1932.
Oscar E. Beck (1957) Manager of Printery
*Frank Chester Becker (1927, 1950) ..Associate Professor Emeritus of Philosophy
A.B., Wesleyan, 1905.
Lynn Simpson Beedle (1947, 1957) Research Professor of Civil
Engineering; Director, Fritz Engineering Laboratory;
Acting Head, Department of Civil Engineering
B.S. in C.E., California, 1941; M.S., Lehigh, 1949; Ph.D., 1952.
Ferdinand Pierre Beer (1947, 1957) Professor and
Head of the Department of Mechanics
B.S., Geneva (Switzerland), 1933; M.S., 1935; Ph.D., 1937; M.S., Paris (France), 1938.
Louis Bender (1962) Part-time Lecturer in Education
B.A., Moravian, 1950; M.A., Lehigh, 1951; Ed.D., 1965.
Russell Edward Benner (1962) Associate Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
B.M.E., Cornell University, 1947; M.S. in M.E., Lehigh, 1951; Ph.D., 1959.
Lois Reed Benson (1955, 1958) Chief Nurse and Administrative Assistant,
University Health Service
B.A., Michigan, 1932; R.N., Allentown Hospital, 1939.
Edward John Benz (1956, 1963) Professor of Medical Microbiology
B.S., Pittsburgh, 1944; M.D., 1946; M.S., Minnesota, 1952.
Charles Clarence Bidwell (1927, 1947) Professor Emeritus of Physics
A.B., Rochester, 1904; Ph.D., Cornell, 1914.
Robert Dominick Billinger (1923, 1965) Associate Professor Emeritus of
Chemistry
B.S. in Ch.E., Lehigh, 1921; M.S., 1925; Ph.D., Cincinnati, 1929.
Joseph Wade Bingeman (1963) Coordinator, Educational Placement,
Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., Franklin & Marshall, 1927; M.A., Columbia, 1934; D.Ed., Temple, 1944.
*Deceased, February 24, 1965.
Faculty and Staff 15
Irving Julius Borowitz (1962, 1965) Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., City College of New York, 1951; M.A., Indiana University, 1952; Ph.D., Colum-
bia, 1956.
Walker Lenero Boynton (1964) Assistant Professor of Military Science
B.S., Central State College, 1954; Captain, U.S.A.
Henderson Bampfield Braddick (1956, 1960) Associate Professor of
International Relations
A.B., University of Washington, 1942; LL.B., Harvard, 1949; Ph.D., University of
Washington, 1957.
Francis Mario Brady, Jr. (1955, 1957) Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1950; C.P.A., Pennsylvania, 1955; M.B.A.,
Lehigh, 1957.
Jeffrey Bratspies (1964) Instructor and Research Assistant in
Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1962.
Elmer Clark Bratt (1929, 1965) Professor of Economics,
Associate Dean for Research, College of Business Administration
Director, Center for Business Economics
A.B., Nebraska, 1925; A.M., 1926; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 1935; LL.D. (Hon.), Nebraska,
1955.
Charles Wilfrid Brennan (1955, 1964) Dean of Students
B.S., Alabama, 1934; M.B.A., 1953.
Merle Broberg (1965) Visiting Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College, 1957.
Brian George Brockway (1963) Assistant Professor of Business Law
B.S., Northwestern, 1957; LL.B., Georgetown, 1961; LL.M., 1963.
Arthur Lionel Brody (1957, 1963) Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., George Washington, 1951; Ph.D., Indiana, 1956.
Augustus Foss Brown (1964) Associate Professor of Linguistics,
Division of Information Sciences
B.A., Yale, 1946; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1950; Ph.D., 1957.
Josef Maria Brozek (1959, 1963) Research Professor of Psychology
Ph.D., Charles (Prague), 1937.
Arthur William Brune (1952) Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
B.S. in E.M., Missouri School of Mines, 1941; M.S. in E.M., 1946; Ph.D., Pennsylvania
State; 1952; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1964.
Anthony Joseph Bryski (1962) Associate Professor of Economics
B.S., Temple, 1940; M.A., New York University, 1948; Ph.D., 1957.
Jean S. Buckingham (1956) Technical Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Moravian, 1956.
Raymond Cooley Bull (1923, 1944) Director Emeritus, University
Health Service
B.S., Colorado, 1904; A.B., Kansas, 1906; M.D., Jefferson Medical, 1909.
Natt Bryant Burbank (1964) Associate Professor of Education,
Director, Division of Secondary Education, School of Education
A.B., University of Vermont, 1925; M.A., Columbia, 1931; LL.D., University of
Vermont, 1963.
John Joseph Burbridge, Jr. (1962, 1964) Instructor in Industrial Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1962; M.S., 1964.
Clifford Burket Part-time Lecturer in Education
B.S., Lock Haven State College, 1950; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh, 1954; Ed.D..
1965.
16 Faculty and Staff
*C. Harry Bush (1961) Assistant Professor of Physical Education,
Assistant Football Coach, Varsity Lacrosse Coach
B.A., Western Maryland, 1950; M.Ed., Hofstra, 1957.
Adolph S. Butkys (1965) Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., Albright 1956: M.B.A., Temple University, 1959; Ph.D., University of Pennsyl-
vania, 1964.
Allison Butts (1961, 1957) Professor Emeritus of Metallurgy and
Materials Science
A.B., Princeton, 1911; B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1913.
Clarence Bowen Campbell (1955, 1959) Associate Dean of Students,
Director of Residence Halls
B.A., Temple, 1937; M.A., Lehigh, 1947.
*Neil Carothers (1923, 1949) ..Dean Emeritus, College of Business Administration
B.A., Arkansas, 1905; Dip. in Econ., Oxford, 1907; Ph.D., Princeton, 1916.
John Millar Carroll (1964) .Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1950; MA., Hofstra, 1955.
John S. Cartwright (1962) Professor of Education;
Director, Division of Educational Administration, School of Education
A.B., Cornell University, 1927; M.A., New York University, 1942; Sc.D., Muhlen-
berg, 1954.
John H. Cary (1963, 1965) Professor and Head of the Department of History
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1950; M.A., Pennsylvania State, 1951; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Illinois, 1959.
James William Caskey (1961) Professor of Aerospace Studies
B.A. in Pol. Science, California, 1958; Lt. Colonel, USAF.
Alfred Castaldi (1964) Part-time Lecturer in Education
B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1951; M.S., 1956; Ed.D., 1964.
Keith E. Chave (1959, 1964) Professor of Geology,
Associate Director of the Marine Science Center
Ph.B.. Chicago, 1948; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 1952.
John McIlvain Cheezum, Jr. (1964) ....Assistant Director of Institute of Research
A.B.. University of Pennsylvania, 1964.
Chiang-Shuei Cheng (1965) Instructor in Physics
B.S., National Taiwan University, 1958; M.S., National Tsing Hua University, 1960.
Robert D. Chiodi (1964) Assistant Professor of Physical Education
and Varsity Assistant Football Coach
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.A., Lehigh, 1960.
Glenn James Christensen (1939, 1962) ..Provost and Vice-President
B.A., Wooster, 1935; Ph.D., Yale, 1939.
William Thomas Christian (1947, 1949) Assistant Professor of Physical
Education, Varsity Swimming Coach, Varsity Soccer Coach,
Freshman Baseball Coach
B.S. in Ed., New Jersey State Teachers (Trenton), 1939; M.A., Lehigh, 1960.
Curtis William Clump (1955, 1960) Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.S., Bucknell, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1954.
Alvin Cohen (1962, 1965) Associate Professor of Economics
B.A., George Washington University, 1953; M.B.A., Columbia, 1955; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Florida, 1962.
Robert Carlton Cole (1964) Assistant Director of Publications,
and Associate Editor, Lehigh Alumni Bulletin
A.B., Marshall University, 1959; M.A., Wake Forest College, 1964.
*Resigned, August, 1965.
^Deceased, July 8, 1965.
Faculty and Staff 17
Frank Thomas Colon (1965) Assistant Professor of Government
A.B., Geneva College, 1954; M.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1960; Ph.D., 1963.
George Powell Conard II (1952, 1960) Professor of Metallurgy and
Materials Science, Director of Magnetic Materials Laboratory
B.S., Brown, 1941; M.S., Stevens Institute of Technology, 1948: Sc.D., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, 1952.
Wray Hollowell Congdon (1934, 1961) Dean Emeritus of Students
B.A., Syracuse, 1914; M.A. (Engl.), 1915; M.A. (Ed.). Michigan. 1922; Ph.D., 1929.
Samuel Irvin Connor (1961) Director, Office of Public Information
B.A., Lehigh, 1949.
Peter Bruce Cooper (1958, 1965) Research Assistant Professor of
Civil Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1957; M.S., 1960; Ph.D., 1965.
Percy El wood Corbett (1964) Visiting Professor of International Relations
M.A., McGill University (Canada), 1951; B.A., Oxford (England), 1920; M.A., 1925;
LL.D. (Hon.), Melbourne (Australia), 1938; D.C.L. (Hon.), McGill, 1961.
Robert William Coughlin (1965) Assistant Professor of
Chemical Engineering
B.S., Fordham University. 1956; Ph.D.. Cornell University, 1961.
Eugene Arnold Craig (1960) Associate Professor of Psychology
3.A., Tulsa, 1948; M.A., 1949: Ph.D., Colorado, 1950.
Roy E. Cravzow (1965) Instructor in Spanish and Portuguese
A.B., Lehigh, 1961; M.A., Columbia University, 1963.
Walter Howard Cressman (1963) Instructor in Finance
A.B., Dickinson, 1961; M.B.A., Lehigh, 1963.
Cloyd Criswell (1947, 1949) Assistant Professor of English
B.S. in Ed., Pennsylvania State Teachers (Millersville), 1933; M.A., New York, 1937.
Raymond Gibson Cowherd (1946, 1963) Professor of History
A.B., William Jewell, 1933; M.A., Pennsylvania, 1936; Ph.D., 1940.
*Cassius Wild Curtis (1946, 1948) Professor of Physics
A.B., Williams, 1928; Ph.D., Princeton, 1936.
Edward Hutchins Cutler (1930, 1947) Associate Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Harvard, 1925; A.M., 1926; Ph.D.. 1930.
Robert Benjamin Cutler (1954, 1962) Professor of Music,
Head of the Department of Music, University Organist
A.B., Bucknell, 1934; M.A., Columbia, 1935.
Jerome Daen (1958, 1962) Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.Ch.E., City College of New York. 1950; Ph.D., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1955.
Calvin C. Daetwyler (1965) Assistant Professor of Geology
B.S., Syracuse University. 1952.
Walter Emil Dahlke (1964) Professor of Electrical Engineering
Diploma, University of Berlin: Ph.D., 1936; Ph.D. (habil), University of Jena, 1939.
H. Barrett Davis (1946, 1953) ...Professor and Head of the Division of Speech
B.L.I., Emerson, 1929; Cert. American Academy of Dramatic Arts, 1930; M.A. (Hon.),
Emerson, 1958.
Edna Sophia deAngeli (1963, 1965) Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.S., Temple, 1938; M.A., Pennsylvania. 1960; Ph.D., 1965.
John Joseph deBarbadillo (1965) ...Instructor in Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1963; M.S.. 1965.
*On leave 1965-66.
18 Faculty and Staff
Jack Angelo DeBellis (1964) Assistant Professor of English
A.B., University of Florida, 1957; A.M., University of California at Los Angeles,
1959; Ph.D., 1964.
Albert William de Neufville (1948, 1957) Associate Professor of Mechanics
Dipl. Ing., Berlin, 1922; M.S.. Stevens Institute of Technology, 1948; Ph.D., Lehigh,
1952.
Janet M. Dechert (1965) Science Cataloger
B.A., Oberlin, 1963; M.S., Columbia, 1965.
Margaret Linn Dennis (1953, 1954) Reference Librarian
A.B., Allegheny, 1939; B.S. in L.S., Syracuse, 1940.
Herbert Maynard Diamond (1927, 1964) Professor Emeritus of Economics
B.A., Yale, 1914; Ph.D., 1917.
Alfred James Diefenderfer (1961, 1965) Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Pittsburgh, 1957: Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1961.
Alpha Albert Diefenderfer (1902, 1946) Professor Emeritus of
Quantitative Analysis and Assaying
B.S. in Chem., Lehigh, 1902; M.S., 1908.
William Albert Digel (1960, 1964) Instructor in English
B.A., Lehigh, 1959; M.A., 1963.
Ernest Nevin Dilworth (1949, 1961) Associate Professor of English
Ph.B., Kenyon, 1933; M.A., Pittsburgh, 1937; Ph.D., Columbia, 1948.
George Anson Dinsmore (1955) Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
B.E., Yale, 1946; M.S., Colorado, 1955.
Thomas L. Dinsmore (1965) Associate Director of Institute of Research
B.S., University of Rochester, 1946; M.S., Princeton University, 1948.
George Douris (1964) Part-time Lecturer in Education
B.A., Philadelphia Museum School of Art, 1953; M.F.A., Temple University, 1958.
Joseph Albert Dowling (1958, 1961) Associate Professor of History
A.B., Lincoln Memorial, 1948; M.A., New York, 1951; Ph.D., 1958.
George Clarence Driscoll, Jr. (1950, 1965) Research Professor
of Civil Engineering
B.S. in C.E., Rutgers, 1950; M.S., Lehigh, 1952; Ph.D., 1958.
Aurie Nichols Dunlap (1948, 1957) Associate Professor of
International Relations
A.B., Union (New York), 1929; A.M. Columbia, 1931; Ph.D., 1955.
Frederick Homer Dunlap (1965) Assistant Professor of Physical Education,
Varsity Head Football Coach
B.A., Colgate, 1950.
Nikolai Eberhardt (1962) ..Research Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
Dipl. Engr., University of Munich, 1957; Ph.D., 1962.
Evelyn Strawn Eberman (1955, 1957) Assistant Director of Residence Halls
B.A., Swarthmore, 1921.
Arthur Roy Eckardt (1951, 1956) Professor of Religion, Head of the
Department of Religion
B.A., Brooklyn, 1942; B.D., Yale, 1944; Ph.D., Columbia, 1947.
Jonathan Britton Elkus (1957, 1965) Professor of Music
B.A., California, 1953; M.A., Stanford, 1954.
Raymond Jay Emrich (1946, 1958) Professor and Head of the
Department of Physics
A.B., Princeton, 1938; Ph.D., 1946.
Faculty and Staff 19
*William Joseph Eney (1936, 1946) Joseph T. Stuart Professor of Civil
Engineering, Head of the Department of Civil Engineering and Fritz
Engineering Laboratory
B.E., Johns Hopkins, 1927; M.S., Lehigh, 1938; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1939.
James VanDeusen Eppes (1940, 1950) Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
B.A.. Virginia, 1928; M.E.. Cornell, 1931; M.S. in M.F., Lehigh, 1943.
Fazil Erdogan (1952, 1963) Professor of Mechanics
Yu'k. Muh., Technical University of Istanbul, 1948; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1955.
*Warren Walter Ewing (1920, 1955) Professor Emeritus of
Physical Chemistry
B.S., Parsons, 1912; M.S., Chicago, 1918: Ph.D., 1920.
George Dormer Farne (1927, 1945).. ..Assistant Professor of Romance Languages
A.B., Columbia, 1926; M.A.. 1927.
Douglas David Feaver (1956, 1960) Associate Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., Toronto, 1948; M.A., Johns Hopkins, 1949; Ph.D., 1951.
Jacqueline Marie Fetsko (1949, 1966) Assistant to the Director,
Center for Surface and Coatings Research
B.A., Pennsylvania, 1946; M.S., Lehigh, 1953.
Howard T. Fiedler (1963) Lecturer in Psychiatry
B.S., Pittsburgh, 1926; M.D., Hahnemann, 1930.
Frederic N. Firestone (1963) Associate Professor of Economics
B.A., Olivet College, 1948: M.S., Wisconsin, 1952; Ph.D., 1958.
* Jerome I. Fischman (1962) Assistant Professor of History
B.S.S., City College of New York, 1950; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., New York University,
1962.
Velmer Bernel Fish (1948, 1954) Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Iowa State, 1936; Ph.D., 1942.
Daniel Theodore Fischo (1964) Instructor in Education
B.A., Jersey City State College, 1962; M.A., 1964.
John William Fisher (1961) ....Research Assistant Professor in Civil Engineering
B.S., Washington University; M.S., Lehigh, 1958: Ph.D., 1964; P.E., Illinois, 1960.
Anne Strowd Flannery (1960) Associate Librarian
A.B., Duke, 1934; A.B. in L.S., Emory, 1942; M.A., Duke, 1945.
Thomas Fleck, Jr. (1965) .Room Supervisor in Laboratory School
B.A., West Chester State College, 1956; M.Ed., Temple University, 1960.
Catherine Riley Flecksteiner (1945, 1965) Serials Cataloger
William Meylin Fleischman (1964) Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Lehigh, 1959: M.S., 1964.
Robert Thomas Folk (1961, 1963) Associate Professor of Physics
B.S. in E.E., Lehigh, 1953; B.S. in Phys., 1954; M.S., 1955: Ph.D., 1958.
Adelbert Ford (1931, 1955) Professor Emeritus of Psychology
A.B., Michigan, 1920; A.M., 1923: Ph.D., 1926.
Robert Darrow Fouchaux (1963) Assistant Professor of Physics
B.A., B.S., Lehigh, 1956; M.S., University of Illinois, 1958; Ph.D., 1963.
Alan Shivers Foust (1952, 1965) McCann Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.S.. Texas, 1928; M.S., 1930: Ph.D., Michigan, 1938: P.E., Michigan. 1947.
;On leave, 1966-67.
-Deceased, October 2, 1965.
:On leave of absence, 1965-66.
20 Faculty and Staff
James Richard Frakes (1958, 1964) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Pennsylvania State, 1948; M.A., Chicago, 1949; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1953.
Paul Justus Franz, Jr. (1944, 1962) Vice-President — Development
B.S. in Bus. Adm., Lehigh, 1944; M.A., 1955.
Augustus Henry Fretz (1918, 1948) Associate Professor Emeritus of Geology
Ph.B., Lafayette, 1903; C.E., 1906; M.S.. 1924.
Raymond Eugene Fuessle (1953) Chaplain of the University,
Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., New York, 1930; B.D., Virginia Episcopal Theological Seminary, 1933.
Merton Otis Fuller (1912, 1955) Associate Professor Emeritus of
Civil Engineering
C.E., Syracuse, 1910; M.S., Lehigh, 1934.
Robert Taylor Gallagher (1942, 1964) Professor of Mining Engineering;
Associate Dean, College of Engineering
B.S. in E.M., Pennsylvania State. 1927; M.A. in Geo!., Missouri, 1938; D.E.M., Colo-
rado School of Mines, 1941; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1945; New Jersey, 1955.
Arthur Parcel Gardner (1958) Assistant Professor of German
A.B., Duke, 1944; A.M., Harvard, 1945; Ph.D., 1950.
John David Gavura (1960) Assistant in Aerospace Studies
Technical Sergeant, U.S.A.F.
Jacob Myer Geist (1959) Lecturer in Chemical Engineering
B.S., Purdue, 1940; M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1942; Ph.D., Michigan, 1950.
Bhaskar Kumar Ghosh (1961, 1963) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.Sc, Calcutta (India), 1955; Ph.D., London, 1959.
Leanor Ruth Gilbert (1930, 194^ Recorder
Arthur R. Gill (1964) Training Sergeant, Military Science
Master Sergeant, U.S.A.
Lawrence Henry Gipson (1924, 1952) ....Research Professor Emeritus of History
A.B., Idaho, 1903; B.A., Oxford, 1907; M.A., 1915; Ph.D., Yale, 1918; Litt.D. (Hon.),
Temple, 1947; L.H.D. (Hon.), Lehigh, 1951; LL.D. (Hon.), Idaho, 1953; L.H.D.
(Hon.), Yale, 1955; L.H.D. (Hon.), Kenyon. 1961; LL.D. (Hon.), Moravian, 1962;
LL.D. (Hon.), Wabash, 1963.
Frederick Robert Gladeck (1966) ..-..Instructor in International Relations
B.A., Lehigh, 1960; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1964.
Elmer William Glick (1949, 1952) Treasurer
B.A., Lehigh, 1933.
William Monroe Glose III (1960) Assistant Accountant
B.S. in Bus. Adm., Lehigh, 1958.
Lawrence Peter Golan (1964) Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., West Virginia University, 1961; M.S., 1964.
Richard Allyn Gonce (1965) Instructor in Economics
B.B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1954; M.B.A., 1959.
Ronald L. Gougher (1965) ....Instructor in German
A.B., Muhlenberg, 1961; M.A., Lehigh, 1964.
Arthur Freeman Gould (1947, 1953) Professor of Industrial Engineering,
Head of the Department of Industrial Engineering
S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1938; M.S., Lehigh, 1949; P.E., Pennsyl-
vania, 1949.
Margaret C. Grandovic (1962) Part-time Lecturer in Education
B.S., Temple, 1938; M.Ed., 1957.
Faculty and Staff 21
James Larmour Graham (1930, 1954) Associate Professor Emeritus
of Psychology
B.A., Muskingum, 1911; B.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1922; M.A., Columbia,
1922; Ph.D., Peabody, 1927.
Thomas R. Gravette (1965) Assistant Professor of Military Science
B.S., John Carroll University, 1957.
Marguerite B. Gravez (1957) Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Hunter, 1950; M.A., Radcliffe, 1951.
David Mason Greene (1958, 1964) Associate Professor of English
B.A., San Diego State, 1951; M.A., California, 1952; Ph.D.. 1958.
Roger Grismore (1962) Associate Professor of Physics
B.S.. University of Michigan, 1947; M.S., 1948; Ph.D., 1957.
Howard Dietrich Gruber (1914, 1948) Associate Professor Emeritus of
Electrical Engineering
E.E., Lehigh, 1909; M.S., 1923.
Mary Elizabeth Gruber (1953, 1965) Assistant Reference Librarian
B.A., Pennsylvania State, 1952; M.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1953.
Charles Guditus (1964, 1965) Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., Penn State University, 1950: M.S., Bucknell University, 1952; Ed.D., Lehigh,
1965.
Albert Alexander Guilford (1962, 1963) Instructor in Civil Engineering
B.S., Tri-State College, 1954; M.S.. Michigan State University, 1960; P.E., Indiana,
1961.
Samuel Linial Gulden (1953, 1965) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., City College of New York, 1949; M.A., Princeton, 1950.
Albert Luther Gundrum (1956) Lecture Assistant in Physics
Fellow, American Guild of Organists.
Walter Charles Hahn, Jr. (1963) Assistant Professor of
Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Met. Engr., Lafayette, 1952; M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1958; Ph.D., 1960.
John McVickar Haight, Jr. (1949, 1964) Associate Professor of History
A.B., Princeton, 1940; M.A., Yale, 1947; Ph.D., Northwestern, 1953.
Theodore Hailperin (1946, 1961) Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Michigan, 1939; Ph.D.. Cornell, 1943.
"George Frederick Halfacre (1956, 1960) Assistant Professor of
Physical Education, Assistant Football Coach, Varsity Track Coach
B.A., Lehigh, 1950; M.A., 1957.
Robert J. Hall (1963, 1966) Assistant Professor of Management
B.B.A.. State University of Iowa, 1960; M.A., 1961.
* Edward James Hamer (1962) Instructor in Physical Education,
Freshman Wrestling Coach, Varsity Cross Country Coach, Golf Coach
B.S. in Bus. Adm.. Lehigh, 1960.
William Charles Hansell (1960, 1961) Research Instructor in Civil
Engineering
B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1957; M.S., Cornell, 1959.
*John Melvin Hanson (1960) ...Research Assistant Professor in Civil Engineering
B.S., South Dakota State, 1953; M.S., Iowa State, 1957.
George Dewey Harmon (1925, 1964) ....Professor Emeritus of American History
B.A., Duke, 1921; M.A., 1922; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1930.
"Resigned, July, 1965.
* Resigned, October, 1965.
"Resigned, July, 1965.
22 Faculty and Staff
Robert Austin Harrier (1951) Executive Secretary, Alumni Association,
and Editor, Lehigh Alumni Bulletin
E.M., Lehigh, 1927.
Robert Harris (1965) Staff Sergeant, U.S. Army
Albert Edward Hartung (1947, 1961) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Lehigh. 1947; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., 1957.
Emil Andrew Ha vach (1941, 1949) Head Trainer
D. Surg. Chirop., Temple, 1936.
Thomas Morris Haynes (1952, 1961) Associate Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Butler, 1941; M.A., Illinois, 1949; Ph.D., 1949.
Stanley Frederick Heffner (1930, 1946) Manager of the Supply Bureau
Roy James Hensley (1964) Head of the Department of Finance and
Professor of Economics
B.S., Oregon, 1942; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1955.
John Bronislaw Herbich (1957, 1965) ...Professor of Civil Engineering
B.Sc., Edinburgh (Scotland), 1949; M.S., Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D., Penn State Uni-
versity, 1963.
Sidney Samuel Herman (1962) Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., Georgetown University, 1953; M.S., Rhode Island, 1958; Ph.D., 1962.
John William Herrmann (1961) Research Assistant in Physics
B.S., Providence, 1961; M.S., Lehigh, 1963.
Hansmartin Peter Hertlein (1961, 1962) ....Instructor in Electrical Engineering
Dipl. Ing., Munich Institute of Technology, 1959; M.S. in E.E., Lehigh, 1962.
John Atlee Hertz (1945, 1964) Associate Professor of English,
Director of Adult Education
A.B.. Moravian, 1938; M.A., Lehigh, 1947; Ph.D., 1958.
Richard Warren Hertzberg (1964, 1965) Assistant Professor of Metallurgy
and Materials Science
B.S., City College of New York, 1960; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1961; Ph.D., Lehigh. 1965.
Donald John Hillman (1960, 1964) Professor of Philosophy, and
Head of the Department of Philosophy
B.A., Cambridge (England), 1955; M.A., 1959; M.Litt., 1962.
John Anthony Hogan (1965) Assistant Professor Physical Education,
Assistant Varsity Football Coach and Freshman Track Coach
B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1951.
Robert Mark Holcombe (1963) Assistant Director of Development
B.S., Lehigh, 1958.
William Fowler Hollabaugh (1960) Instructor in Electrical Engineering
B.S. in E.E., Lehigh, 1959; M.S. in E.E., 1960.
Lawrence Rozier Holland (1960, 1962) Assistant Professor of Physics
A.B., Harvard, 1952; M.A., Bryn Mawr, 1957; Ph.D., 1962.
Kendrick Holle (1964) Assistant Professor of Military Science
B.S., Tulane, 1952, Major, U.S.A.
Richard Edward Holleran (1965) Assistant in Aerospace Studies
Technical Sergeant, U.S.A.F.
Frank Scott Hook (1952, 1965) Professor of English
A.B., Missouri, 1942; M.A, 1947; Ph.D., Yale, 1952.
Ladd E. Hoover (1960) Associate Director, University Health Service
B.S., Nebraska, 1924; M.D., 1926.
Faculty and Staff 23
Carl Sanford Holzinger (1959, 1964) Assistant Professor of
Electrical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1956; M.S.. 1957: Ph.D., 1963.
Chuan-Chih Hsiung (1952, 1960) Professor of Mathematics
B.S., National Chekiang (China), 1936; Ph.D., Michigan State, 1948.
Barry Z. Hyatt (1964) Instructor and Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1955; M.S., University of Illinois, 1958.
Jon Terence Innes (1965) Instructor in Economics
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1958.
Makoto Isida (1965) Senior Visiting Professor of Mechanics
B.S., Kyushu University, 1943; Ph.D., University of Tokyo, 1959.
Thomas Edgar Jackson (1937, 1946) Associate Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
B.S. in M.E., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1934; M.S., Lehigh, 1937; P.E.,
Pennsylvania, 1946.
Eustace Anthony James (1962, 1966) Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Princeton, 1958; M.A., Pennsylvania, 1960; Ph.D., 1965.
George Robert Jenkins (1948, 1963) Director of the Institute of Research,
Professor of Geology
B.A., Colorado, 1936; Ph.M., Wisconsin, 1938.
Finn Bjorn Jensen (1947, 1954) Professor and Acting Head of the
Department of Economics
A.B., Southern California, 1934; M.A.. 1935: Ph.D., 1940.
Robert Griffith Jones (1965) Assistant Professor of Social Psychology
A.B., Davidson College, 1958; B.D., Yale, 1961; Ph.D., Duke University, 1966.
Darlene Marilyn Johnson (1965) Room Supervisor in Laboratory School
B.A., Hood College, 1964; M.Ed., Lehigh, 1965.
Carey Bonthron Joynt (1951, 1960) Professor of International Relations,
Head of the Department of International Relations
B.A., Western Ontario, 1945; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., Clark, 1951.
*Richard Jerome Kalish (1962, 1963) Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., North Carolina State College, 1954; B.S., Oregon State, 1959; M.F., 1959; Ph.D.,
University of Colorado, 1963.
Arturs Kalnins (1965) Associate Professor of Mechanics
B.S., University of Michigan, 1955; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1960.
Robert William Kampmeinert (1965) ....Assistant to the Director of Development
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
George Eugene Kane (1950, 1964) Professor of Industrial Engineering
B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1948; M.S., Lehigh, 1954; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1955.
John J. Karakash (1946, 1966) Distinguished Professor and
Head of the Department of Electrical Engineering;
Dean, College of Engineering
B.S. in E.E., Duke, 1937; M.S. in E.E., Pennsylvania, 1938; P.E.. Pennsylvania. 1948.
Chetan Lalchand Karna (1963) Instructor in Mechanics
B.E., College of Engineering, Poona (India), 1953; M.S. in M.E., Lehigh. 1960: M.S.
in Appl. Mech., 1960.
Mumtaz K. Kassir (1963) Instructor in Mechanics
B.Sc, University of Manchester (England), 1957; M.S., Stanford, 1962.
John Daniel Keefe (1955) Instructor in Economics
B.S., Lehigh, 1948; M.A., Miami (Florida), 1955.
* Resigned, July, 1965.
24 Faculty and Staff
Samir Anton Khabbaz (1960, 1964) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Bethel College, 1954; M.A., Kansas, 1956; Ph.D., 1960.
Paul Alexander Kicska Instructor in Physics
B.S., Muhlenberg, 1958; M.S., Lehigh, 1960; Ph.D., 1965.
Jerry Porter King (1962, 1965) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S. in E.E., University of Kentucky, 1957; M.S. in Math., 1958; Ph.D., 1962.
Murray Robert Kirch (1965) Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Temple University, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Jeffery Kirk (1964) Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1949; M.Ed., Temple, 1960; Ed.D., 1964.
Alfred Paul Koch (1946, 1961 ) Professor of Accounting
B.S., Pennsylvania State College (Bloomsburg), 1939; M.S., Bucknell, 1940; C.P.A.,
Pennsylvania, 1952.
Reinhard Heinrich Knerr (1962) Instructor in Electrical Engineering
Dip!., Rheinisch-Westfalische Technische Hochschule, Aachen (Germany), 1960; Dipl.
d'lng., Ecole Nationale d'Electrotechnique, d'Electronique et d'Hydraulique, Toulouse
(France), 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Jere B. Knight (1957) Research Assistant in History
B.A., Pennsylvania, 1929; M.A., 1930.
Ralph Wayne Kraft (1962) Professor of Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S. in Met.E., Lehigh, 1948; M.S. in Met.E., University of Michigan, 1956; Ph.D.
in Met.E., 1958.
Charles Stephen Kraihanzel (1962) Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Sc.B. in Chem., Brown, 1957; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., 1962.
Ralph M. Kraus (1961) Assistant Professor of Accounting
A.B., Bethany, 1951; M.Litt., Pittsburgh, 1954.
George Krauss, Jr. (1963) Assistant Professor of Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1955; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1958; Sc.D., 1961.
Theron LaMont Kropp (1958, 1962) Executive Secretary, Committee on
Undergraduate Financial Aid; Assistant Director of Admission
B.A., Lehigh, 1956; M.A., 1963.
Leon Elwood Krouse (1951, 1963) Associate Professor of Finance
B.A., Susquehanna, 1941; M.S., Bucknell, 1947; Ph.D., New York, 1958.
Thomas Charles Kubelius (1948, 1957) Associate Professor of Business Law
B.S.. Illinois, 1945; LL.B.. 1947.
Gunnar Kullerud (1962) Visiting Lecturer in Geochemistry
M.S.C., Technical University (Norway), 1946; Ph.D., University of Oslo (Norway),
1948; D.Sc. 1954.
George Wallace Kyte (1946, 1951) Associate Professor of History
A.B., California, 1940; M.A., 1941; Ph.D., 1943.
Gary Bernard Laison (1961) Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Pennsylvania, 1958; M.A., 1960.
Peter Anthony Lamana (1964) Instructional Supervisor in
Education (Initial Teaching Alphabet Study)
B.A., Lehigh, 1952; M.A., 1962.
Lynton S. Land (1963, 1965) Instructor in Geology
A.B.. Johns Hopkins, 1962; M.A.. 1963.
*Peter Ambrose Lappan, Jr. (1962, 1963) ....Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Princeton, 1957; M.S., University of Notre Dame, 1959; Ph.D., 1963.
^Resigned, July, 1965.
Faculty and Staff 25
Arthur Irving Larky (1954, 1964) Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1952; M.S., Princeton, 1953; Ph.D., Stanford, 1957.
Bruce Alan Laub (1965) ..Laboratory Accountant of Fritz Engineering Laboratory
B.S., Lehigh, 1961.
Daniel Leenov (1963) Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S. in Chem., George Washington University, 1943; M.S. in Phys., University of
Chicago, 1948; Ph.D., 1951.
John Douglas Leith (1945, 1964) Dean Emeritus of Students
A.B., North Dakota, 1920; A.M., Columbia, 1924.
Willard Deming Lewis (1964) President
A.B., Harvard. 1935; B.A., Oxford (England), 1938: Ph.D., Harvard. 1941; M.A.. Ox-
ford, 1945; LL.D., Lafayette, 1965.
Nicholas Anthony LaPara (1964) Instructor in Philosophy
B.S., Lehigh, 1959; B.A., 1961: M.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1962.
Nancy Larrick (1964) Part-time Lecturer in Education
B.A., Goucher College, 1930; M.A., Columbia University, 1937; Ed.D., New York
University, 1955.
Kenneth Larson (1965) Lecturer in Mathematics
B.A., Minnesota, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Voris V. Latshaw (1931, 1947) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Indiana, 1927; A.M., 1928; Ph.D., 1930.
William Bader Leckonby (1946, 1962) Professor of Physical Education,
Director of the Division of Athletics and Physical Education
B.S., St. Lawrence, 1939.
Gerald Grant Leeman (1950) Assistant Professor of Physical Education,
Varsity Wrestling Coach, Freshman Soccer Coach
B.A., State College of Iowa, 1948.
Robert Lewis Leight (1963) Instructor in Education
and Supervisor of Secondary School Intern Teachers
B.S., Kutztown State College, 1959; M.A., Lehigh, 1961; M.Ed., Lehigh, 1964.
William C. Lennox (1963) Instructor in Mechanics
B.A.Sc, University of Waterloo, 1962; M.Sc, 1963.
Roy Junior Leonard (1959, 1961) Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
B.C.E., Clarkson College of Technology, 1952; M.S., Connecticut. 1954; Ph.D., Iowa
State, 1958; P.E., New York, 1959.
William Leonard Lettinger (1965) Instructor in Chemistry
B.S., Ursinus College, 1965.
Fernando Leyton (1964) Instructor in Romance Languages
Degree of French Teacher, University of Chile, 1963.
Joseph Francis Libsch (1946, 1960) Professor and Head of the
Department of Metallurgy and Materials Science.
Director of the Materials Research Center
B.S., M.S.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1940: Sc.D., 1941: P.E., Pennsyl-
vania. 1947.
Elizabeth K. Liddicoat (1963) Research Associate in Education
B.S., West Chester, 1959; M.A.. Lehigh, 1961.
*John Orth Liebig, Jr. (1946. 1955) Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1940; M.S.. 1949; P.E., Pennsylvania. 1951.
John Ralph Lindgren (1965) Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.S., Northwestern University. 1959: M.A., Marquette University, 1961; Ph.D., 1963.
*On leave of absence 1965-1966.
26 Faculty and Staff
Justin Thomas Lloyd (1964) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Arkansas, 1959; M.S., Tulane, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.
Ralph H. Long, Jr. (1963) - - Professor and
Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering
B.S.. Tufts College, 1943; M.Eng., Yale, 1948; D.Eng., 1952; P.E., Maryland, 1954.
Narendra Paul Loomba (1962, 1963) Professor of Management
and Head, Department of Management Science
B.Sc, University of Punjab, 1947; B.S. in E.E., B.S. in M.E., University of Nebraska,
1952; M.S. in E.E.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1954: Ph.D.. Wisconsin,
1959.
Roland William Lovejoy (1962) Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Reed College, 1955; Ph.D.. Washington State University, 1960.
Roger P. Lovell (1963) Instructor in German and Russian
B.A., Kent State, 1959.
Le-Wu Lu (1957, 1961) Research Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
B.S., National Taiwan, 1954; M.S.. Iowa State. 1956; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1960.
Robert Alan Lucas (1958, 1964) ....Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S. in M.E., Lehigh, 1957; M.S., 1959.
Feng-Shyang Luh (1965) Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.A., National Taiwan University, 1957; M.S., University of Illinois, 1961; Ph.D.,
Ohio State University, 1965.
James Decker Mack (1946, 1950) Librarian
B.A., Lehigh, 1938; M.A., 1949.
Frederick T. Mackenzie (1964) Visiting Lecturer in Marine Geology
B.S., Upsala. 1955; M.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1962.
Ronald Bennett Madison (1964) Instructor in Civil Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1954; M.S.. University of Washington. 1956.
Theodore J. Mahaffey (1960) Assistant in Aerospace Studies
Staff Sergeant, U.S.A.F.
Richard Griffith Malsberger (1959, 1962) Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Lehigh, 1948; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1958.
Arthur Howard Mann (1965) Assistant Dean of Students
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1940; S.T.B., General Theological Seminary, 1944.
George D. Marsh, Jr. (1965) Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., L.A., Los Angeles State College, 1957; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., University of Cali-
fornia (Berkeley), 1965.
Paul Marx (1963) Instructor in English
A.B., Michigan, 1953; M.F.A., Iowa, 1957.
James Patrick Mathews (1947) Physiotherapist, University Health Service
Joseph Abele Maurer (1947, 1964) Professor of Classical Languages,
Head of the Department of Classical Languages
B.A., Moravian, 1932; M.A., Lehigh, 1936; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1948.
Albert Joseph Mazurkiewicz (1955, 1959) Associate Professor of
Education, Supervisor of the Reading and Study Clinic
B.A., Ursinus, 1950; M.A., Pennsylvania, 1951; Ed.D., Temple, 1957.
Gregory T. McAllister (1965) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., St. Peter's College, 1956; Ph.D., University of California, 1962.
George E. McCluskey (1965) Assistant Professor of Astronomy
A.B., University of Pennsylvania, 1960; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., 1965.
Ethel May McCormick (1964) , Part-time Lecturer in Education
B.S., Northwestern University, 1935; M.Ed., Penn State University, 1941.
Faculty and Staff 27
George Walter McCoy, Jr. (1956) Director, University Health Service
B.S., Pennsylvania, 1929; M.D.. 1932.
Leslie Guy McCracken, Jr. (1956).... Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1945; M.S. in E.E., Lehigh, 1947;
Ph.D. in E.E., Pennsylvania State, 1952; P.E., Pennsylvania. 1958.
*James Francis McCue (1961, 1962) Assistant Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Xavier University, 1955; M.A., Loyola University, 1958; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 1961.
Joseph Brendan McFadden (1948, 1961) Professor of Journalism,
Head of the Division of Journalism
B.A., St. Joseph's (Canada), 1941; M.A.. Syracuse, 1948.
James Willard McGeady (1950, 1959) Associate Director of Admission
B.A., Lehigh, 1950.
Clyde McKinley (1960) Lecturer in Chemical Engineering
B.A., Tri-State, 1937; M.S. in Chem.E., Michigan, 1941; Sc.D., 1943.
James Alan McLennan, Jr. (1948, 1962) Professor of Physics
A.B., Harvard. 1948: M.S., Lehigh, 1950: Ph.D., 1952.
Norman Paul Melchert (1962, 1964) Assistant Professor in Philosophy
B.A., Wartburg College, 1955; B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1958; M.A",
Pennsylvania, 1959; Ph.D., 1964.
Joseph Robert Merkel (1962, 1965) Professor of Biochemistry
B.S., Moravian, 1948; M.S., Purdue, 1950; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1952.
Kenneth Wallace Mettler (1965) ..Trainer and Instructor in Physical Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1965.
Fortunato Joseph Micale (1962, 1966) Research Assistant Professor of
Chemistry
B.A., St. Bonaventure, 1956; B.S., Niagara University, 1959; M.S., Purdue, 196l';
Ph.D., Lehigh, 1965.
Archie Roscoe Miller (1922, 1961 )... .Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering
B.S. in E.E., Illinois, 1918; M.S., Lehigh, 1925.
Paul Theodore Miller (1961) Assistant Superintendent of
Buildings and Grounds
Theodore Millon (1954, 1959) Associate Professor of Psychology
B.S., City College of New York, 1949; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., Connecticut, 1953.
Robert Hugh Mills (1964) Associate Professor of Accounting
B.Sc, Colorado, 1949; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., Wisconsin, 1960; C.P.A. (Illinois, Wiscon-
sin), 1957.
Samuel Harold Missimer (1950, 1962) Director of Admission
B.A., Lehigh, 1950.
Richard Allen Moll Instructor in Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Albert Charles Molter (1960) Purchasing Agent
B.S., Norwich, 1928.
*Sutton Monro (1959, 1964) Professor of Industrial Engineering
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1942.
Walter William Montgomery (1965) ....Room Supervisor in Laboratory School
B.S., Ursinus College, 1958; M.Ed., Lehigh. 1965.
Carl Leland Moore (1948, 1963) Professor of Accounting
A.B., Bucknell, 1943; M.A.. Pittsburgh, 1948; C.P.A.. Pennsylvania, 1952.
*Resigned, July, 1965.
*On leave of absence, 1966-1967.
28 Faculty and Staff
Robert Pattison More (1916, 1956) Dean Emeritus of the College of
Arts and Science
B.A., Lehigh. 1910; M.A., Harvard, 1913.
Morton Peter Moyle (1962) Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.E., Johns Hopkins. 1949: M.S.E., University of Florida, 1951; Ph.D., University of
Michigan, 1956.
John Anthony Mueller (1963) Research Instructor in Civil Engineering
B.S.. Manhattan, 1958; M.S., Lehigh, 1960.
John Wayne Murphy (1962, 1964) Director of Publications, and
Managing Editor, Lehigh Alumni Bulletin
B.S., Marshall University, 1959; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1962.
Paul Benton Myers, Jr. (1962, 1965) Associate Professor of Geology
A.B., Colgate, 1955; M.S., Lehigh, 1957; Ph.D., 1960.
James E. Nancarrow (1964) Supervisor of Elementary School Intern Teachers
B.S.. Bucknell. 1916; M.A., 1924; M.A., Columbia, 1929; D.Ed., Pittsburgh, 1940.
Harvey Alexander Neville (1927, 1964) President Emeritus
A.B.. Randolph-Macon, 1918; M.A., Princeton, 1920; Ph.D., 1921: LL.D. (Hon.),
Randolph-Macon, 1952; L.H.D. (Hon.), Moravian, 1962; Ll.D. (Hon.), Lafayette,
1962.
Benjamin Edward Nevis (1960, 1965) Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
B.S.. Lehigh. 1955: M.S., 1960; Ph.D.. 1965.
Keith Nicaise (1965) Analyst, Computing Laboratory
B.S., Mississippi State University, 1958; M.S., Louisiana State University, 1961.
Samuel Gilbert Nord (1964) Assistant Professor in Psychology
Director of the Bioelectric Laboratory
B.A., University of Delaware. 1956; M.A.. 1958; Ph.D., Brown. 1963.
Robert Warren Numbers (1960) Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
B.S. in C.E., Lehigh, 1950.
William Edward Ohnesorge (1965) Associate Professor of Chemistry
Sc.B., Brown University, 1953; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1956.
Kenneth Everett Orben (1963) .....Assistant Superintendent of Buildings
and Grounds
B.S. in E.E., Pennsylvania State, 1947.
David H. Orr (1963) Lecturer in Psychology
B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1942; Ph.D. University of Kentucky, 1950;
Dipl.-Clin. ABEPP; Dipl. — ABEPP — Clin.
*Thomas James Orsagh (1957) Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., Pennsylvania, 1954; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1964.
Thomas Russell Ortolano (1965) Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Loyola University, 1960: Ph.D., Louisiana State University, 1964.
Joseph C. Osborn (1946, 1961) Associate Professor of Mechanics
B.S.M.E., Purdue, 1933; M.S., Michigan, 1946; P.E., Michigan, 1955.
Nobunori Oshima (1964) Visiting Lecturer in Physics
B.S., University of Tokyo, 1944; D. Engr., 1961.
Alexis Ostapenko (1957, 1965) Research Professor of Civil Engineering
Dipl. Ing., Munich Institute of Technology (Germany), 1951; Sc.D. in C.E., Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology, 1957.
William Wallace Oswalt, Jr. (1956) Part-time Lecturer in Education
A.B., Muhlenberg, 1949; Ed.M.. Temple, 1950; Ed.D., 1962.
*On leave of absence, 1965-1966.
Faculty and Staff 29
Albert Dean Otto (1965) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., University of Iowa, 1961; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., 1965.
Jerzy Antoni Owczarek (1960, 1965) Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Dipl. Ing., Polish University College, London, 1950; Ph.D.. University of London,
1954.
Bradford Breckenridge Owen (1945, 1948) Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Williams, 1934; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., Harvard. 1940.
Anthony Packer (1946, 1950) Assistant Professor of Physical Education,
Varsity Basketball Coach, Supervisor of Athletic Fields
B.S., St. Lawrence, 1938.
Robert Roupen Panos (1964) Supervisor of Counseling and Testing
B.A.. Queens College, 1956; M.S., Penn State, 1958.
Balmukund Prabhulal Parikh (1963) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.E., Gujarat University, 1960: M.S.E., University of Michigan, 1962.
Paul C. Paris (1955, 1965) Professor of Mechanics
B.S. in Eng. Mech., Michigan, 1953; M.S., Lehigh, 1955; Ph.D., 1962.
Basil Waldo Parker (1940, 1954) Professor of Biology
S.B.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1933; A.M., Harvard, 1935; Ph.D..
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1939.
Preston Parr (1949, 1964) Dean of Student Life
B.S., Lehigh, 1943; M.S., 1944.
Charles Edwin Patterson, Jr. (1962, 1963) ....Assistant Professor of Government
A.B., Emory, 1957: M.A., 1958: Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1962.
Frank Waters Paul (1964) Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Penn State. 1960; M.S., 1964.
* Harry Gordon Payrow (1916, 1950) Associate Professor Emeritus of
Sanitary Engineering
B.S. in C.E., Tufts, 1907.
Frank John Pechacek, Jr. (1964) Mechanician of Mechanical Engineering
Alan Wiggins Pense (1957, 1962) Assistant Professor of
Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Cornell, 1957; M.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., 1962.
Armand Benjamin Perlman Assistant Professor of Mechanics
B.S., Lehigh, 1961; M.S., Stanford, 1962; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1965.
Joseph Anthony Perna (1961) Instructor in Mechanics
B.S., in E.E., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1944; M.S. in E.E., Pennsylvania, 1946.
John T. Petrakis (1966) Instructor in Finance
B.A., American University, 1953; M.A., 1957.
Richard Little Pettengill (1965) Cataloger of Social Science Materials
B.A., Bowdoin College, 1964; M.S., Columbia University. 1965.
Robert George Piatt (1964) Instructor in Education
B.S. Ed., East Stroudsburg State College, 1961: M.Ed.. Lehigh. 1964.
Warren Aiken Pillsbury (1962, 1965) Associate Professor of Economics
A.B., New Hampshire. 1953; Florida State University, 1958; Ph.D., University of
Virginia, 1963.
Arthur Everett Pitcher (1938, 1960) ....Distinguished Professor of Mathematics.
Head of the Department of Mathematics and Astronomy-
Acting Director, Center for the Application of Mathematics
A.B.. Western Reserve, 1932: A.M., Harvard, 1933; Ph.D., 1935: D.Sc. (Hon.).
Western Reserve, 1957.
^Deceased, May 2, 1965.
30 Faculty and Staff
David H. Pittard (1965) Assistant Professor of Aerospace Studies
B.S., North Carolina State College, 1957.
Lucille H. Pleiss (1961) Nurse, University Health Service
R.N., St. Luke's Hospital School of Nursing, 1949.
John Pocze (1960) Part-time Instructor in Physical Education and
Varsity Fencing Coach
Gary Wayne Poehlein (1965) Assistant Professor of
Chemical Engineering
B.S., Purdue University, 1958; Ph.D., 1966.
Joseph George Pomponio (1956, 1961) Associate Director, University
Health Service
B.S., Vermont, 1949; M.D., 1953.
Robert Ellis Powell (1964) Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Michigan State, 1958; M.A., 1959.
Velimir Heliodor Pravdic (1964, 1966) Research Assistant Professor in
Chemistry
B.Sc, University of Zagreb, 1955; Ph.D., 1959.
Edith Carroll Price (1965) Secretary to the President
B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1937.
Hayden Nelson Pritchard (1964) Assistant Professor of Biology
A.B., Princeton. 1955; M.S., Lehigh, 1960; Ph.D., 1963.
Luis Pujol (1964) Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.M.E., Villanova University, 1962; M.S., Marquette University, 1964.
Francis Joseph Quirk (1950, 1953) Professor of Fine Arts, Head of the
Department of Fine Arts, Curator Permanent
Collection, Director of Exhibitions
Dipl., Rhode Island School of Design, 1929.
William Leroy Quay (1963) Assistant Dean of Student Life
A.B., Muhlenberg, 1965; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1957.
Shelden Henry Radin (1963) Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1958; M.S., Yale, 1959; Ph.D., 1963.
Harry B. Ramsey (1963) Assistant Executive Secretary, Alumni Association
B.A., Lehigh, 1950.
Robert John Ravera (1964) Instructor in Mechanics
B.S., Pratt, 1960; M.S., Lehigh, 1962.
Gerhard Rayna (1955, 1965) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Harvard, 1952; M.A., Princeton, 1953; Ph.D., 1965.
George Emil Raynor (1931, 1964) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
B.S., Washington, 1918; M.A., Princeton, 1920; Ph.D., 1923.
Georgia Emily Raynor (1961, 1964) Head Cataloger
A.B., Chatham, 1945; M.A., Lehigh, 1954; M.S. in L.S., Columbia, 1954.
Richard James Redd (1958, 1964) Associate Professor of Fine Arts
B.Ed., Toledo, 1953; M.F.A., Iowa, 1958.
Estoy Reddin (1964) Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1932; M.S., 1956; Ed.D., 1964.
Edwin Walter Reichard (1962) Assistant Librarian, Reader Services
B.A., Trinity College, 1957; A.M. in L.S., University of Michigan, 1961.
Clair James Reilly (1962) Instructor in Marketing
A.B., Pennsylvania State University, 1948; M.A., 1949.
Edward Franklin Reis Part-Time Lecturer in Electrical Engineering
B.S., Lafayette College, 1956; M.S., Lehigh, 1958.
Faculty and Staff 31
Joseph H. Reno (1947, 1961) Part-time Physician, University Health Service
M.D., Temple, 1941.
Frederick Eugene Ressler (1952, 1964) Associate Registrar
B.A., Lehigh, 1952.
Rodney Earl Ressler (1947, 1964) Assistant Registrar
Joseph Benson Reynolds (1907, 1948) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
and Theoretical Mechanics
B.A., Lehigh, 1907; M.A., 1910; Ph.D., Moravian, 1919.
Burgess Harold Rhodes (1960, 1962) Instructor in Mathematics
S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1960; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Wallace James Richardson (1952, 1959) Professor of Industrial Engineering
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, 1941; M.S. in I.E., Purdue, 1948; P.E., Delaware, 1956.
Karen Eileen Rice (1965) Cataloger Humanities
B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1964; M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1965.
Peter Jules Richetta (1965) Instructor in Mathematics
B.S., Yale, 1957.
Martin L. Richter (1965) Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Rutgers, 1960; Ph.D., University of Indiana, 1965.
Albert Augustus Rights (1933, 1943) Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Maine, 1927; A.M., Harvard, 1931.
Edgar Heisler Riley (1926, 1958) ..Associate Professor Emeritus of English
A.B., Cornell, 1915; Ph.D., 1925.
Alice Duffy Rinehart (1964) Instructor in Education and
Supervisor of Secondary School Intern Teachers
B.A., Smith, 1940; M.A., Lehigh, 1965.
Richard Roberts (1964) Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Drexel, 1961; M.S., Lehigh, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.
Victor Smith Robinson (1965) Instructor & Research Assistant in
Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1962; M.S., 1964.
Donald Joseph Romanik (1965) - Instructor in Chemistry
B.S., Ursinus College, 1965.
John Edward Roth Part-Time Lecturer in Electrical Engineering
B. S., Bucknell, 1952; M.S., Lehigh, 1963.
William Henry Ruckle (1963) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Lincoln University, 1960; M.S., Florida State University, 1962; Ph.D., 1963.
*Helen Genevieve Ryan (1917) Secretary to the President
John Donald Ryan (1952, 1962) Professor of Geology.
Head of the Department of Geologx
B.A., Lehigh, 1943; M.S., 1948; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, 1952.
Ivan Jerome Sacks (1962, 1964) Instructor in Electrical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1962; M.S., Lehiph, 1964.
Percy Lee Sadler (1946, 1962) Professor Emeritus of Physical Education
Brig. Gen., Inf., U.S.A. (Ret.)
Norman Harold Sam (1962, 1964) Associate Professor of Education,
Director of Summer Sessions,
Director, Division of Elementary Education, School of Education
B.S., Pittsburgh, 1951; M.Ed., 1955; Ed.D., 1962^
* Retired, July, 1965.
32 Faculty and Staff
John S. Sandel (1957) Part-time Lecturer in Education
B.A.. Pennsylvania, 1946; M.Ed., 1947; Ed.D., 1955.
Sampson Lee Sanders (1965) ....Instructor in Physical Education,
Assistant Varsity Football Coach and Head Varsity Track Coach
B.Ed., University of Buffalo, 1960.
Raymond Burkett Sawyer (1946, 1964) Associate Professor Emeritus* of
Physics
Ph.B., Ripon, 1921; M.S., Wisconsin, 1925; Ph.D., Chicago, 1930.
Edward Charles Scanlan (1961, 1964) .....Associate Professor of Education,
Director, Division of Counselor Education, School of Education
B.A., Buffalo, 1954; Ed.M., Harvard. 1958; Ed.D.. 1961.
William Dwight Schaeffer (1956, 1966) Acting Associate Director,
Center for Surface and Coatings Research
B.S., Lehigh, 1943; M.S., 1947.
Murray Schechter (1963, 1964) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Brooklyn College, 1957; M.A., New York University, 1959; Ph.D., 1964.
William Edward Schiesser (1960, 1963) Associate Professor of
Chemical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1955; M.A., Princeton, 1958; Ph.D., 1960.
Donald Walter Schmoyer (1946, 1962) Assistant Treasurer
B.S. in Bus. Adm., Lehigh, 1944.
Ernest Bernhard Schulz (1927, 1965) ....Professor Emeritus of Political Science
B.S., Michigan, 1920; M.A., 1921; Ph.D., 1927.
*Eli Schwartz (1954, 1962) Professor of Economics
B.S., Denver, 1943; M.A., Connecticut, 1948; Ph.D., Brown, 1952.
Charles Augustus Seidle (1948, 1962) Vice-President — Administration
B.A., Pittsburgh, 1931; M.A., Columbia, 1936; Ed.D., 1948.
Edith Amanda Seifert (1923, 1960) Bursar
*Jonathan Burke Severs (1933, 1951) Distinguished Professor of English,
Head of the Department of English
A.B., Rutgers, 1925; A.M., Princeton, 1927; Ph.D., Yale, 1935; F.R.S.A., 1962.
Russell Allen Shaffer (1964) Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1956; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, 1962.
Jamal Khalil Shahin (1960, 1965) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B., California, 1960; M.S., Lehigh, 1962; Ph.D., 1965.
Stanley Shapiro (1964) Research Assistant and Instructor in
Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.Ch.E., City College of New York, 1960; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1964.
Ching Sheng Shen (1964) Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., Yen-Ching University, 1941; M.A., Boston University, 1951; Ph.D., University
of North Carolina, 1957.
Roger Lonis Sherman (1965) Instructor in Physical Education,
Assistant Varsity Football Coach and Varsity Lacrosse Coach
B.A., Muskingum College, 1961.
Raymond Shettel (1963) Lecturer in Psychology
B.S., Dickinson, 1933; M.D., Hahnemann, 1938.
Shuang Yuan Shieh (1965) Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., National Taiwan University, 1957; Ph.D. University of Maryland, 1965.
*On leave of absence, first semester 1966-67.
*On leave of absence, Spring semester, 1966.
Faculty and Staff 33
*Adnan Shindala (1964) Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
B.S., University of Baghdad, 1958; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1962; Ph.D.,
1964.
Clarence Albert Shook (1930, 1964) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
A.B., Western Reserve, 1916; A.M., Harvard, 1918; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, 1923.
Paul Edward Short (1938, 1946) Assistant Professor of Physical Education,
Assistant Director and Business Manager of Athletics
B.S. in Bus. Adm., Lehigh, 1934.
John T. Shuman (1954) Part-time Lecturer in Education
Ph.B., Dickinson, 1928; M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1934; D.Ed. 1944.
Robert Peter Shurtleff (1963, 1964) Assistant Director of Residence Halls
B.A., Lehigh, 1955; M.Ed., 1964.
William Joseph Sibley (1964) Counselor in Placement and Counseling
B.S. in Ed., East Stroudsburg State College, 1955; M.Ed., Lehigh, 1964.
George C. M. Sih (1958, 1965) Professor of Mechanics
B.S. in M.E., Portland, 1953; M.S. in M.E., New York, 1957; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1960.
Robert A. Simmons (1964) Assistant in Military Science
Sergeant Major, U.S.A.
Dale Rodekohr Simpson (1960, 1963) Associate Professor of Geology,
Chairman of the Comprehensive Honors Program
B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1956; M.S., California Institute of Technology, 1958; Ph.D.,
1960.
Roger George Slutter (1961) Research Instructor in Civil Engineering;
Engineer of Tests, Fritz Engineering Laboratory
B.S. in C.E., Lehigh, 1953; M.S. in C.E., 1956.
Earl Kenneth Smiley (1934, 1964) Vice-President Emeritus
A.B., Bowdoin, 1921; M.A., Lehigh, 1935; L.H.D. (Hon.), Moravian, 1947; LL.D.
(Hon.), Waynesburg, 1952.
Gerald F. Smith (1965) Professor of Mechanics
B.S., University of Buffalo, 1952; Ph.D., Brown, 1956.
George Leonard Smith, Jr. (1959) Instructor in Industrial Engineering
B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1957; M.S., Lehigh, 1959; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1964.
Wesley Richard Smith (1958, 1962) Associate Professor of Physics
B.S. in E.P., Lehigh, 1950; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., Princeton, 1957.
William Adams Smith, Jr. (1955, 1962) Associate Professor of Industrial
Engineering, Director of the Computer Laboratory
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, 1951; M.S., Lehigh, 1957; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1959.
Oles M. Smolansky (1963) Assistant Professor of International Relations
A.B., New York University, 1953; A.M., Columbia, 1955; Ph.D., 1959.
Judson Gray Smull (1919, 1950) Associate Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.S. in Chem., Lehigh, 1906; M.S., 1921.
Max Donald Snider (1946, 1963) Associate Professor of Marketing,
Assistant to the Dean of the College of Business Administration
B.S., Illinois, 1936; M.S., 1937; M.B.A., Stanford, 1941.
Jesse M. Snyder, Jr. (1963) Assistant Instructor in Military Science
Staff Sergeant, U.S.A.
Michael Peter Soltys (1965) Assistant Director of Placement
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College, 1955; M.A.. Lehigh, 1959.
Wilber deVilla Bernhart Spatz (1946, 1954) Associate Professor of Phvsics
B.S., Lafayette, 1930; M.S., Purdue. 1934; Ph.D., New York, 1943.
♦Resigned, July, 1965.
34 Faculty and Staff
Robert Steacy Sprague (1957, 1960) Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Washington and Jefferson, 1943; Ph.D., Illinois, 1949.
Richard Moore Spriggs (1964) Associate Professor of Metallurgy and
Materials Science; Associate Director, Materials Research Center
B.S., Penn State University, 1952; M.S., University of Illinois, 1956; Ph.D., 1958.
John Stohler Steckbeck (1962) Assistant Professor of Physical Education,
Assistant Director of Physical Education and Intramurals
B.S. in Phys. Ed.. West Chester State, 1936; M.S. in Phys. Ed., Pennsylvania, 1951.
Fred P. Stein (1963) Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1956; M.S.E., University of Michigan, 1957; Ph.D., 1960.
Gilbert Allan Stengle (1960, 1965) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.E.P., Cornell, 1954; M.S., Wisconsin, 1957; Ph.D., 1961.
Alan Hugh Stenning (1965) Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.Sc, Glasgow University, 1950; M.S., Masachusetts Institute of Technology, 1951;
Sc.D., 1955.
Gates Barnet Stern (1965) Professor of Military Science
B.A., Lehigh, 1936, Colonel, U.S.A.
G. Diane Sternbergh (1965) Instructor in Education
B.A., Goucher College, 1963; M.Ed., Lehigh, 1964.
Rebecca Weeber Stewart (1958) Part-time Lecturer in Education
B.A., Pittsburgh, 1933; M.A., Kent State, 1952; Ed.D., Columbia, 1958.
John A. Stoops (1959, 1962) Professor of Education,
Head of the School of Education
B.S., California State College, 1948; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1949; Ed.D.,
1960.
Robert Daniel Stout (1939, 1960) Professor of Metallurgy and
Materials Science, Dean of the Graduate School
B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1935; M.S., Lehigh, 1941; Ph.D., 1944; P.E., Pennsylvania,
1946.
Carl Ferdinand Strauch (1934, 1953) Professor of English
A.B., Muhlenberg, 1930; M.A., Lehigh, 1934; Ph.D., Yale, 1946.
Ottis Strong (1966) Assistant in Military Science
Staff Sergeant, U. S. Army
Milton Caleb Stuart (1926, 1952) Professor Emeritus of Mechanical
Engineering
B.S. in M.E., Pennsylvania, 1909; M.E., 1924.
James Edward Sturm (1956, 1962) Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. John's (Minnesota), 1951; Ph.D., Notre Dame, 1957.
Robert Joseph Sullivan (1962) Associate Professor of Journalism
B.A., Syracuse, 1947; M.A., 1951.
Ruth Y. Super (1960) Assistant to the Dean, Graduate School
William Humphrey Sutcliffe (1964) Research Associate Professor of
Biology and Director of Marine Science Center
B.A., Emory, 1945; M.A., Duke, 1947; Ph.D., 1950.
John Francis Szwed (1965) Assistant Professor of Cultural Anthropology
B.S., Marietta College, 1958; B.S., Ohio State University, 1959; M.A., I960: Ph.D.,
1965.
Donald Lee Talhelm (1960) Instructor in Electrical Engineering
B.S. in E.E., Lehigh, 1959; M.S. in E.E., 1960.
Lambert Tall (1955, 1964) Research Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
B.E., Sydney (Australia), 1954; M.S., Lehigh, 1957; Ph.D., 1961.
Faculty and Staff 35
Stephen Kenneth Tarby (1961) Assistant Professor of
Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1956; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., 1962.
Merle W. Tate (1965) Professor of Education
A.B., Central Wesleyan, 1926; M.A., University of Montana, 1943; Ed.M., Harvard
University, 1946; Ed.D., 1947.
Richard Norman Tauber (1966) Assistant Professor of Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B. Met. E., New York University, College of Engineering, 1961; M.S., 1964; Ph.D.,
1966.
*Charles Christopher Taylor (1960) ..Assistant Professor of Mechanics
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1951; M.S., 1953.
Douglas Henley Taylor (1964, 1965) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1959; M.S., University of Illinois, 1961; Ph.D., 1965.
Ivan Jackson Taylor (1953) Instruments Associate in Civil Engineering
Robert Saxton Taylor (1950, 1963) Associate Professor and Head,
Division of Information Sciences; Associate Librarian
B.A., Cornell, 1940; M.S. in L.S., Columbia, 1950; M.A., Lehigh, 1954.
Robert Sayre Taylor, Jr. (1950) Legal Counsel
B.A., Lehigh, 1925; LL.B., Pennsylvania, 1928.
Everett Anderson Teal (1945) Director of Placement and Counseling
B.S., Ball State Teachers, 1932; M.A., Columbia, 1941.
* Joseph Teno (1952, 1964) Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S. in E.E., Lehigh, 1951; M.S. in E.E., 1952; Ph.D., 1960.
Blossom Weiss Tepper (1964) Instructor in Education
B.A., Brooklyn College, 1942; M.Ed., Lehigh, 1962.
Theodore Alfred Terry (1951, 1955) Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1950; M.S., Lehigh, 1951; Ph.D., 1963; P.E.,
Pennsylvania, 1957.
Richard M. Thoden, Jr. (1965) Assistant Professor of Aerospace Studies
B.S., St. Joseph's College, 1954.
Harold Prescott Thomas (1932, 1962) Professor Emeritus of Education
B.S., Colgate, 1920; Ed.M., Harvard, 1925; Ed.D., 1932.
Charles Leon Tipton (1964) Assistant Professor of History
B.A., University of Southern California, 1958; M.A., 1961; Ph.D., 1964.
Doris Mae Transue Nurse, University Health Sen'ice
R.N., St. Luke's Hospital, 1947.
Francis John Trembley (1928, 1949) Professor of Ecology
B.S., Hobart, 1928; M.S., Lehigh, 1931; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1934; D.Sc. Hobart.
1964.
John Schrader Tremper (1939, 1955) Associate Professor of German
A.B., Colgate, 1928; M.A., Cornell, 1932; Ph.D., 1938.
Rocco John Tresolini (1949, 1958) Professor of Political Science,
Head of the Department of Government
A.B., Hartwick, 1942; M.A., Syracuse, 1947; Ph.D., 1949.
Seymour Trester (1966) Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1957; M.A., Columbia University, 1960; Ph.D., New York
University, 1964.
♦Resigned, July, 1965.
*On leave of absence, 1965-66.
36 Faculty and Staff
L. Reed Tripp (1964) Dean of the College of Business Administration,
Frank L. Magee Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Union College, 1934; Ph.D., Yale, 1942.
Wendell Piggott Trumbull (1957, 1958) Professor of Accounting,
Head of the Department of Accounting
B.S., Illinois, 1937; M.A., Michigan, 1941; Ph.D., 1954; C.P.A.. Mississippi, 1949.
David Trutt (1965) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Lafayette, 1959; M.S., Brown, 1962; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1964.
John Harms Ubben (1960, 1961) Associate Professor of German
and Acting Head of the Department of German
A.B., Central College (Iowa), 1936; M.A., Kentucky, 1937; Ph.D., Chicago, 1942.
S. Herbert Unterberger (1965) Visiting Professor in Economics
B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1934; M.A., 1935; Ph.D., 1960.
Dean Updike (1965) Assistant Professor of Mechanics
B.S., Princeton, 1957; M.S., New York University, 1960; Ph.D., Brown, 1964.
Victor Manuel Valenzuela (1957) ..Associate Professor of Romance Languages
B.A., San Francisco State, 1951; M.A., Columbia, 1952; Ph.D., 1965.
Ralph Newcomb Van Arnam (1928, 1961) ....Associate Professor of
Mathematics and Astronomy
E.E., Cornell, 1926; M.S., 1927.
John Andrews Van Eerde (1960, 1963) Professor of Romance Languages
A.B., Harvard, 1938; M.A., 1939; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, 1953.
David Alan VanHorn (1962) Research Associate Professor
of Civil Engineering
B.S., Iowa State University, 1951; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1959; P.E., Iowa, 1957.
Wesley Johnson Van Sciver (1962, 1965) Professor of Physics
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1940; Ph.D., Stanford, 1954.
Jeannette Veatch (1964) Part-time Lecturer in Education
B.A., Western Michigan University, 1936; M.A., New York University, 1947; Ph.D.,
1953.
Jacqueline Irene Verba (1958) Laboratory and X-Ray Technician,
University Health Service
Eastern School for Physicians' Aides.
Charles Joseph Versacci (1958, 1965) Assistant Professor of Education and
Supervisor of Laboratory and Demonstration Schools
A.B, Lafayette College, 1954; M.A., Lehigh, 1959.
John F. Vickrey (1961) Assistant Professor of English
Ph.B., Chicago, 1949; A.M., 1952; Ph.D., Indiana, 1960.
James Harold Wagner (1949, 1951) Registrar
B.A., Gettysburg, 1947; M.A., Pennsylvania, 1950.
Richard Glenn Warnock (1960) Assistant Professor of Mechanics
B.S.C.E., Illinois, 1950; M.S., Iowa, 1952; Ph.D., 1964.
John Loren Washburn (1965) Instructor in Government
A.B., Park College, 1962; M.A., Duke, 1965.
Edmond Arthur Watters, III (1964) Assistant Director of Admission
B.A., Lehigh, 1961.
Leonard Andrew Wenzel (1951, 1962) Professor of Chemical Engineering,
Head of the Department of Chemical Engineering
B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1943; M.S., Michigan, 1948; Ph.D., 1950; P.E., Pennsyl-
vania, 1958.
Karl Leroy Werkheiser (1950, 1962) Accountant
B.S., Rider, 1950.
Faculty and Staff 37
Donald Bingham Wheeler, Jr. (1947, 1957) Associate Professor of Physics
B.S. in Engr. Phys., Lehigh, 1938; Ph.D., California Institute of Technology, 1947.
♦Lawrence Whitcomb (1930, 1965) Associate Professor Emeritus of Geology
Ph.B., Brown, 1922; A.M., Princeton, 1928; Ph.D., 1930.
Gary E. Whitehouse (1965) Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1960; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., Arizona State University, 1966.
Joseph Whritenour (1965) Assistant Director of Public Information
Albert Wilansky (1948, 1957) Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Dalhousie (Canada), 1941; B.S., 1942; Ph.D., Brown, 1947.
Bradford Willard (1939, 1959) Professor Emeritus of Geology
B.A., Lehigh, 1921; A.M., Harvard, 1922; Ph.D., 1923.
Stephen Willard (1965) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., University of Rochester, 1962; M.A., 1964; Ph.D. 1965.
Robert Clifford Williamson (1963, 1964) Professor of Sociology,
Head of the Department of Social Relations
B.A., University of California (Los Angeles), 1938; M.A., 1940; Ph.D., University of
Southern California, 1951.
Kevin F. Winch (1963) Instructor in Economics
. B.A., Wisconsin, 1958; M.A., Michigan State, 1960.
Edward Guest Winchester (1964) Instructor Physical Education,
Varsity Baseball Coach, Freshman Football Coach
B.A., Lehigh, 1963; M.Ed., Lehigh, 1964.
Franklin Everett Withrow, Jr. (1966) Instructor in Civil Engineering
B.S., University of Oklahoma, 1958; M.S., 1961.
Kenneth E. Wolf (1966) Visiting Lecturer in Biology
B.S., Utah State, 1951; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 1956.
John Dudley Wood (1960, 1962) Associate Professor of Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1953; M.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., 1962.
*Ralph Charles Wood (1958, 1961) Professor of German and
Head of the Department of German
B.A. and B.E., Cincinnati, 1928; M.A., 1930; Ph.D., Cornell, 1933.
♦Horace Wetherill Wright (1921, 1950), Professor Emeritus of Latin
A.B., Wisconsin, 1908; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1917.
Francis Joseph Wuest (1961, 1965) Professor and
Head of the Department of Psychology
B.A., LaSalle College, 1951; M.A., Fordham, 1953; Ph.D., Brown, 1961.
Erol Yarimci (1962) Research Instructor in Civil Engineering
Yuk.Miih., Technical University of Istanbul (Turkey), 1958: M.S. in C.E., Georgia
Institute of Technology, 1962.
Willard Ross Yates (1955, 1963) Professor of Government,
Dean of the College of Arts and Science
B.A., Oregon, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., Yale, 1956.
Bung-Tseng Yen (1957, 1964) ...Research Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
B.S., National Taiwan, 1955; M.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D.. 1963.
*Yu-Chin Yen (1960, 1965) Research Assistant Professor in Civil Engineering
B.S., Taiwan Provincial Cheng Kung University, 1953; M.S., Lehigh, 1961.
♦Retired, June, 1965.
♦On leave, 1965-66.
♦Deceased, December 2, 1965.
♦Resigned, July, 1965.
38 Faculty and Staff
Thomas Edwin Young (1958, 1960) Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Lehigh, 1949; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., Illinois, 1952.
Ching-Kuo Yu (1962) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Taiwan Cheng-Kung University, 1960; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Joseph Andrew Yura (1961, 1965) Research Assistant Professor of Civil
Engineering
B.S.C.E., Duke, 1959; M.S. in C.E., Cornell, 1961.
Barbara Lynne Zabor (1965) Acquisitions Librarian
A.B., University of Michigan, 1963; A.M.L.S., 1965.
John Constantine Zacharis (1964) Instructor in Speech
B.S., Emerson College, 1958; M.S., 1959.
Albert Charles Zettlemoyer (1941, 1966) Distinguished Professor of
Chemistry; Assistant to the President; Director, Center for Surface and Coatings
Research
B.S. in Ch.E., Lehigh, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1941; D.Sc, Clarkson, 1965.
Charles Keller Zug (1961) Advisor on Bequests, Trusts, and Insurance
B.S. in I.E., Lehigh, 1927; B.S. in E.E., 1927.
Faculty and Staff 39
GRADUATE, RESEARCH AND TEACHING ASSISTANTS
Peter John Achorn (1964) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Bates College, 1961.
Peter Frederick Adams (1963) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.Engr., Nova Scotia Technical College, 1958; M.Engr., 1961.
Merritt James Aldrich, Jr. (1964) Assistant Weather Observer in Geology
A.B., Dickinson College. 1964.
Ronald Neil Allan (1965) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Newark College of Engineering, 1965.
Wanda Smith Amatangelo (1965) Graduate Assistant in Education
B.S., Central Connecticut College, 1955; M.Ed., University of Pennsylvania, 1962.
William M. Ambler (1964) Teaching Assistant in Mathematics
B.A., Lehigh, 1964.
Richard Johnson Andren (1965) Teaching Assistant in Biology
B.S., Bates College, 1964.
Peter Arnold (1964) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Tufts, 1964.
Mauricio Astorga (1965) Teaching Assistant in Chemical Engineering
B.S.E., Catholic University, 1965.
Lyder Atteraas (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.A.Sc, 1960; M.A.Sc. 1961, University of Toronto.
Boaz Avitzur (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.Sc, Israeli Institute of Technology, 1953; B.S., University of Michigan, 1961; M.S.,
1963.
Gunnar Bagge (1964) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
Civ. Engr., Technical University of Denmark, 1964.
David Robinson Bassett (1961) Research Assistant in Chemistry
A.B., Lafayette, 1961; M.S., Lehigh, 1963.
Robert L. Bateman, Jr. (1965) Graduate Assistant in Physics
A.B., Ursinus, 1965.
Dennis Willard Baum (1963) Research Assistant in Physics
B.S., Muhlenberg, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Paul E. Beals (1965) Graduate Assistant in Education
B.S. Ed., Lock Haven State College, 1957; M.S. Ed., New York State University
(Buffalo), 1961.
Donald Richardson Beck (1962) Research Assistant in Physics
B.S., Dickinson College, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Anne Beidler (1965) Graduate Assistant in Education
A.B., Earlham College, 1962.
Peter Beidler (1965) Graduate Assistant in English
B.A., Earlham College, 1962; M.A., Lehigh, 1965.
Ronald Harvey Beiiveau (1964) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., Merrimack College, 1964.
Frederick Carl Bleck (1965) Research Assistant in Psychology
B.S., Michigan State University, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Harrie Lawson Blood (1965) Graduate Assistant in Education
A.B., Moravian, 1964.
40 Faculty and Staff
Thomas Kenneth Bolland (1964) - Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., Stevens College, 1962.
Theodore William Bossert (1965) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Bruce Alan Bott (1964) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1963.
Ernest Arthur Boucher (1964) Research Associate in Chemistry
B.S., University of Wales, 1961; Ph.D., University of Bristol (England), 1965.
John Anthony Breslin (1964) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S.. St. Joseph's College, 1964.
David Walter Broadfoot (1965) Teaching Assistant in Biology
B.A., Rutgers University, 1965.
Dudley Chamberlain Brown (1962) Graduate Assistant in English
B.A.. Marietta College, 1962.
Angeles Villarino Buan (1965) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Mapua, Institute of Technology, 1959.
Jose Sarmiento Buan (1965) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Mapua, Institute of Technology, 1959.
Gordon Robert Caldwell (1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
B.A., Lehigh, 1964.
Gary M. Callahan Graduate Assistant in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., M.S., University of Miami, 1966.
Lauren Duncan Carpenter (1965) Teaching Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Ohio University, 1963; M.S., 1965.
Ronald Norman Caron (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Wallace Martindell Catanach, Jr. (1965) Research Assistant in
Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Penn State University, 1952; M.S., Bradley University, 1958.
Peter Chandonnet (1965) Graduate Assistant in Economics
B.S., Lehigh, 1958.
Edward James Cody (1965) Graduate Assistant in History
B.S., St. Peter's College, 1965.
Peter Edward Coffey (1964) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., Merrimack College, 1964.
Harry E. Cole (1962) Graduate Assistant in English
B.S. in Ed., Bloomsburg State College, 1962; M.A., Lehigh, 1964.
Richard Merlyn Cook (1964) Graduate Assistant in English
A.B., Franklin & Marshall College, 1963.
Robert Francis Cook (1965) Graduate Assistant in Economics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1965.
Paul Bruce Corkum (1965) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., Acadia University, 1965.
Bruce Charles Coull (1965) Graduate Research Assistant in Marine Biology
B.S., Moravian, 1964.
William L. Count, Jr. (1965) Graduate Assistant in Education
B.S., Millersville State Teachers College, 1950; M.Ed., Temple University, 1959.
Stephen Harold Cowen (1965) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., University of Vermont, 1965.
Faculty and Staff 41
William Augustin Cranston (1965) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.E., Manhattan College, 1965.
Matthew Creager (1965) Graduate Assistant in Mechanical Engineering
B.E., The Cooper Union, 1965.
Robert M. Curtice Research Assistant in Information Sciences
A. B., Lehigh, 1964.
John Hartley Daniels (1964) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., University of Alberta (Canada), 1955; M.S., University of Illinois, 1959.
Roger Paul Delthony (1964) Teaching Assistant in Chemical Engineering
B.S., Clarkson College of Technology, 1962.
John Joseph deBarbadillo (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1963; M.S., 1965.
Patrick Joseph Dempsey, Jr. (1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
A.B., Boston College, 1964.
Thomas G. Digges, Jr. (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.A., University of Virginia, 1956; B.S., M.S., University of Tennesee, 1963.
Walter Joy Douglas (1964) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S. , University of Vermont, 1964.
Kyle Ewald Dudley (1964) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Virginia Military Institute, 1964.
Paul David Duke (1965) Teaching Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., The Citadel, 1964.
Gerard John Dullea (1965) Graduate Assistant in English
A.B., Boston College, 1965.
George Nelson Eby (1965) Graduate Assistant in Geology
B.A., Lehigh, 1965.
Theodor Dieter Eck Research Assistant in Chemistry
A.B., Dartmouth, 1959; M.S., Lehigh, 1962.
Kenneth Hall Eckelmeyer (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy
and Materials Science
B.S., Lafayette, 1965.
Stuart Henry Eddy (1965) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.C.E., Union College, 1965.
William Louis Emkey (1965) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., Penn State University, 1965.
Paul David Erfle (1965) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Villanova University, 1965.
William Michael Evans (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1963.
Ronald Frank Evilia (1965) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.A., Lehigh, 1965.
Weston H. Feilbach Jr. (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1959; M.S., Lehigh, 1963.
William Robert Feist (1965) Graduate Assistant in Economics
A.B., Princeton, 1957; M.S. Ed., University of Pennsylvania, 1962.
42 Faculty and Staff
David Warren Fink (1964) Teaching Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1964.
Joseph Salvine Fiore (1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
A.B., King's College, 1964.
Steven Alan Firstenberg (1964) Graduate Assistant in Chemistry
B.A., Adelphi University, 1964.
Daniel John Fleming (1965) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
A.B., Clark University, 1962; A.M., 1965.
Marco Paolo Fontana (1964) _ Research Assistant in Physics
D.Ph., University of Florence, 1964.
Eric Ronald Force Graduate Trainee in Geology
B.A., Occidental (Calif.) College, 1965.
Lucy McCartan Force (1965) Graduate Assistant in Geology
B.A., Occidental College, 1965.
John Anthony Foreman (1964) Graduate Assistant in International Relations
B.A., University of Wales, 1964.
Frank Calhoun Foss (1965) Graduate Assistant in Psychology
B.S., Carroll College, 1965.
Karen Ethel Frankenfield (1965) Graduate Research Assistant in Biology
B.S., Muhlenberg, 1965.
Barry Gerald Freedman (1965) Heat Exchange Institute Research Assistant
in Chemical Engineering
B.Ch.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1965.
David Friedman (1964) Teaching Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1964.
Gene Frederic Friel (1965) Research Assistant in Chemical Engineering
B.S., Case Inst, of Tech., 1964.
Jose Humberto Fueyo (1963) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Merrimack College, 1963.
Larry Lehman Funck (1965) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1964.
Jane Gallena (1965) Graduate Assistant in Geology
B.S., University of Florida, 1960; M.A., Smith College, 1962; M.S., Yale, 1965.
Joan Gary (1965) Teaching Fellow in Mathematics
B.S., Westminster (Pa.) College, 1965.
Irwin Stanley Goldberg (1963) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S. in E.E., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1963; M.S. Lehigh, 1965.
Frederick Goll, Jr. (1963) Teaching Assistant in Biology
B.S., Muhlenberg, 1958; M.S., Lehigh, 1960.
Roy Walter Grabner (1961) Research Assistant in Chemical Engineering
B.S. in Ch.E., Lehigh, 1961; M.S., 1963.
John Foster Green (1964) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1964.
Thomas Michael Grinchuk (1965) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Leonard Gross (1965) Teaching Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Pratt Institute, 1963; M.A., Brandeis University, 1965.
Faculty and Staff 43
Mikell Porter Groover (1964) Research Assistant in Industrial Engineering
B.A., Lehigh, 1961; B.S., 1962.
Carol A. Grayson (1964) Research Assistant in Psychology
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1964.
Michael Joel Guralnick (1964) Graduate Assistant in Psychology
B.A., University of Michigan, 1962.
James Guyker (1965) Teaching Fellow in Mathematics
B.S., Grove City College, 1965.
Dana M. Gyuricsek Teaching Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Fordham University, 1965.
Fred Andrew Hajduk (1965) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Villanova University, 1960; M.S., St. Joseph's College, 1965.
Leonard Morris Hampson (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Penn State University, 1952.
Ronald John Hartranft Graduate Assistant in Mechanics
B.S., Lehigh, 1963; M.S., 1964.
George Kenneth Herb Research Assistant in Physics
B.S., Muhlenberg, 1959; M.S., Lehigh, 1962.
Paul Theodore Herman (1960) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., Muhlenberg, 1960; M.S., Lehigh, 1962.
Walter Warren Hesser (1965) Research Assistant in Geology
B.A., Rutgers University, 1965.
James Paul Hickerson (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., University of Idaho, 1964.
John Campion Hirsh (1964) Graduate Assistant in English
A.B., Boston College, 1964.
W. Ralph Hilton < Research Assistant in Philosophy
B.A., Lehigh, 1963.
Richard Henry Hopkins (1963) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Vincent Horvath (1964) Graduate Assistant in Computing Lab.
B.S. in E.E., Lehigh, 1964.
JiRl Hoskovec (1965) Research Assistant in Psychology
Prom. Psych., Philosophical Faculty, Charles University (Czechoslovakia), 1956; C. Sc.,
1965.
David Huddart Graduate Assistant in Industrial Engineering
B.S., Rochester Polytechnic Institute, 1965.
Howard Allan Hunt (1965) Graduate Assistant in Economics
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1964.
Clifford W. Hunter (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Oregon State U, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Melvin Robert Jackson (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
_. _ Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Peter Gordon Jessup (1965) Teaching Fellow in Mathematics
A.B., Kenyon College, 1965.
44 Faculty and Staff
Robert Lee Johnstone (1962) Graduate Assistant in English
B.S.Ed., Bloomsburg State College, 1961.
Paul Vincent Jones (1965) Graduate Assistant in Education
B.S., Ursinus, 1949; M.Ed., Temple University, 1951.
Jean Claude Juvet (1965) Graduate Assistant in Electrical Engineering
Dipl., Ecole Polytechnique De L'Universite De Lausanne Epul University, Switzer-
land, 1962.
Samares Kar (1965) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.Tech., Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur, India, 1962.
Andrew James Kasarda (1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
B.A., Penn State University. 1962.
Edwin Joseph Kay (1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic InstituteT 1964.
Joseph Miles Kazan (1965) Research Assistant in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1965.
George Keiser (1965) _ Graduate Assistant in English
B.A., Lehigh, 1962; M.A., 1964.
Robert Paul Kerfoot (1962) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Iowa State University. 1962; M.S., Lehigh. 1964.
Gary Todd Kester (1965) Research Assistant in Marine Science
B.S., Moravian, 1964.
Richard Henry Kilmer (1964) ...Teaching Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Pennsylvania Military College, 1964.
Kenneth Carlton Kirby, Jr. (1963) Graduate Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Rutgers University, 1963.
Anthony Francis Klarman (1965) Teaching Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Niagara University, 1965.
Sidney Kleinberg (1965) Research Assistant in Chemical Engineering
B.ChE., City University of New York, 1956; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1957.
Robert Kormanik (1964) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Virginia Military Institute, 1964.
Geoffrey Luther Kulak (1964) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.Sc, University of Alberta (Canada), 1958; M.S., University of Illinois, 1961.
Miles Landrum Lampson (1963) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.A., Franklin & Marshall, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, 1965.
John O. Landis Jr. (1965) Graduate Assistant in Industrial Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Robert E. Layden Graduate Assistant in English
B.A., Boston College, 1962.
Kenneth Byron Layton (1965) Graduate Assistant in Geology
B.S., Utah State University, 1965.
James Dale Lear Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Juniata, 1961.
Michael B. Leibowitz Research Assistant in Information Sciences
A.B., Lehigh, 1964.
Stephen Barry Leonard (1963) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
A.B., Middlebury College, 1963.
Faculty and Staff 45
John James Levko III (1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
B.A.. Lehigh. 1964: M.S.. 1966.
Jia-Ming Li (1965) Graduate Assistant in Electrical Engineering
Dipl. in EE.. Taipei Institute of Technology. Taiwan. China. 1962.
Michael Paul Lipman (1964) Research Assistant in Industrial Engineering
B.A.. Lehigh. 1963: B.S.. 1964.
Stephen Anthony Longo (1965) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.A.. LaSalle College. 1965.
Michael L. Losee (1963) Graduate Assistant in Chemistry
B.A.. Dartmouth, 1963.
Richard Franklin Lynch (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh. 1965.
Miguel Angel Macias Jr. (1965) Teaching Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S.. Instituto Technoloeico v de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey. 1957; M.S., Le-
high, 1961.
George Buchanan MacDonald (1964) Graduate Assistant in English
A.B.. Boston College. 1962: M.A.. Lehigh. 1964.
Stephen Anthony Mack (1965) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S.. St. Francis College, 1965.
L. Joseph Male (1965) Graduate Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., University- of Rochester, 1964.
Richard Kenneth McFalls (1965) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S.. Drexel Institute of Technology. 1965.
Raymond John McGivney, Jr. (1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
A.B.. Clark University. 1962: M.A.. 1964.
Gregory J. McManemin (1965) Teaching Assistant in Chemistry
B.A.. LaSalle College, 1965.
Bernard Michael McNamee (1964) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S.. Drexel Institute of Technology. 1953: M.B.A.. 1960: M.S.. University of Penn-
sylvania. 1963.
Charles Joseph Messa (1965) Graduate Assistant in Chemical Engineering
B.S.. Lehigh, 1965.
William Metlay (1964) Research Assistant in Psychology
B.A.. Southern Illinois University. 1960: M.S.. Lehigh. 1962.
Robert Elser Miller (1965) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S.. University of Pennsylvania, 1961.
Pratap Narain Misr* (1965) Graduate Assistant in Mechanical Engineering
B. Tech.. Indian Institute of Technology. Kanpur, India. 1965.
Paul Moses Moisiades (1962) Graduate Assistant in English
B.A.. Lycoming College. 1961: M.A.. Lehigh. 1964.
Frederick Carlton Monson (1965) Teaching Assistant in Biology
B.A.. Lehigh, 1965.
Thomas John Mooney (1964) Graduate Assistant in English
A.B.. King's College. 1964.
Henry Conrad Moonschein (1964) Graduate Assistant in English
A.B.. Lycoming College. 1964.
Jesse Charles Moore (1964) Research Assistant in Education
B.A.. Ursinus Colleee. 1964.
46 Faculty and Staff
Larry Robert Mugridge (1962) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
B.A., Wartburg College, 1962: M.S., Lehigh. 1965.
Graham Peter Murray (1964) Graduate Teaching Assistant in
International Relations
B.Sc, London School of Economics and Political Science, 1964.
Thomas Michael Murray (1964) „ Teaching Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Iowa State University, 1962.
Rodolfo Bautista Navidad (1963) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S.Ch.E., Mapua Institute of Technology, 1959; M.S. Ch.E., Lehigh, 1966.
Neal Thomas Neamand (1964) Graduate Assistant in History
B.A., Lehigh, 1964.
Charles Henry Nehf, Jr. (1964) Graduate Assistant in Electrical Engineering
B.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1961.
Timothy Ling-sung Nee (1962) Research Assistant in Physics
Dipl. in E.E., Taiwan Provincial Taipei Institute of Technology (Formosa), 1958; M.S.,
Lehigh, 1964.
Ernest El wood Nester (1964) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.C.E., University of Virginia, 1960.
Thomas Patrick Nolan (1964) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., University of Scranton, 1964.
John Ivan Novak (1965) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1965.
Cyrus John Ohnmacht, Jr. (1962) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Muhlenberg, 1961.
Koichiro Okuto (1966) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Osaka University, 1960.
Wesley James Orser (1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
B.A., Lehigh, 1963.
Theodore John O'Tanyi, Jr. (1965) Research Assistant in Biology
B.S., Pennsylvania Military College, 1963.
Lawbence Papaleo (1964) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.A., Lehigh, 1964.
Howard Parnes (1964) Teaching Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., City College of New York, 1964.
Robert A. Partel (1964) Graduate Assistant in Government
A.B., East Stroudsburg State College, 1964.
Gurupad S. Patil (1965) i Graduate Assistant in Electrical Engineering
B.M.Sc, Karnatak University, India, 1963.
Marianne Platner (1965) > Graduate Assistant in Government
B.A., Coe College, 1965.
John Edward Poist (1963) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., King's College, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, 1965.
George H. P. Popper (1964) Graduate Assistant in Geology
B.C., CCNY, 1962; M.S., University of Massachusetts, 1965.
Stanley David Ramsey (1964) Graduate Assistant in English
A.B., Lehigh, 1964.
Robert D. Rapp (1964) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Tufts, 1955.
Faculty and Staff 47
Asit Kumar Ray (1964) Teaching Assistant in Chemical Engineering
B.S., University of Calcutta (India), 1955.
David Miller Reed (1964) Graduate Assistant in Philosophy
B.A.. Lehigh, 1964.
Lloyd Frederick Rice (1965) Graduate Assistant in Education
A.B., Wagner College, 1940; M.A., Columbia University, Teachers College, 1947.
Thomas Paul Rich (1965) Research Assistant in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1965.
Stephan Rudolph Richardson (1965) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Villanova University, 1965.
George Warren Roland (1961) NSF Research Assistant in Geology
B.Sc, Acadia University, 1961; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Charles R. Roper, Jr. (1961) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S. in Met.E., Lehigh, 1961; M.S., 1963.
Victor Rosenberg Research Assistant in Information Sciences
A.B., Lehigh, 1964.
Douglas A. Ross (1964) Graduate Assistant in Psychology
B.A., Lebanon Valley, 1960; MA, Bowling Green State U., 1962.
Patrick W. Rourke (1965) Graduate Assistant in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Harvey Mudd College, 1964.
Paul Edward Rusek (1964) Teaching Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1962.
Bruce Albert Ryan (1963) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., Boston College, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Suman Trimbak Sabnis National Science Foundation Research Assistant in
Chemical Engineering
B.Sc, Christ Church College (India), 1954: A. H. B.T.I. (Ch.E.). H. B. Technological
Institute (India), 1957; M.S., Lehigh, 1960; M.S.. Rutgers, 1963.
Thomas Walter Schaffer (1965) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Penn State, 1964.
George O. Schneller IV (1965) Teaching Fellow in Mathematics
B.S., Mount Union College, 1965.
Thomas Maria Sebastian Graduate Teaching Assistant in Economics
B.A., Madras University, India, 1959; M.A., 1962.
David Henry Seitz (1966) Graduate Assistant in Mechanics
B.S., Lehigh, 1961.
Chester Jerome Sergey, Jr. (1965) ...Graduate Teaching Asssistant in Chemistry
B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1965.
Jonathan Hawley Sharp (1965) Research Assistant in Biologv
B.A., Lehigh, 1965.
Tibor Sipos (1964) Graduate Assistant in Biochemistry
B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 1964.
James Thomas Smith (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Cornell University, 1961; M.S., 1962.
Alan Jay Solomon (1965) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.A., University of Connecticut, 1965.
Raymond Somers Graduate Assistant in Computing Lab
B.A., Princeton, 1964.
48 Faculty and Staff
Peter Stewart Sparrow (1965) Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., Texas Christian University, 1965.
Jean M. Stauffer (1966) Graduate Assistant in History
B.A., Muhlenberg College, 1964.
Stanley Stephens (1965) Teaching Fellow in Mathematics
B.A., Anderson College, 1965.
Louis William Stern (1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
B.A., Temple University, 1964.
Randall Alan Strawbridge (1965) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S., Fenn College, 1963; M.S., Northeastern University, 1965.
Stephen Stahl Strunk (1964) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.Met. E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1964.
James D. Stuart (1965) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Lafayette College, 1963.
Balakrishnan Subramanian (1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
B.Sc, Andhra (India) 1950; M.Sc., 1958.
Erwin Suess (1965) Research Assistant in Marine Science
Pre-Diploma, Justus Liebig University, Giessen, Germany, 1963; M.S., Kansas State
University, 1965.
William Henry Sunday (1965) ..Teaching Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., King's College, 1965.
John William Tanner (1965) Teaching Assistant in Civil Engineering
A.S.M.E., Tufts University, 1963; B.S., 1965.
Robert William W. Taylor (1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
B.A., University of Southern California, 1961.
Raymond Harry Roy Tide (1964) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.Sc, University of Manitoba (Canada), 1961.
Richard Ernest Tomalesky Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
George Trevino (1965) Graduate Assistant in Mechanics
B.S., Texas A & I College, 1965.
Ramesh Chandulah Trivedi (1966) ....Research Assistant in Chemical Engineering
B.S., Inst, of Tech. (India), 1962; M.S., Villanova, 1964.
Daniel Robert Uhr, Jr. (1965) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1965.
Thomas Patrick Vadasz (1965) Graduate Assistant in History
B.A., Moravian College, 1965.
Joseph Francis Vojta (1965) Research Assistant in Civil Engineering
B.S.C.E., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1965-
Peter Davies Van Dyke (1963) Research Assistant in Physics
B.S., Lehigh, 1963; M.S., 1965.
Alfred Jay VanSchoick (1965) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
A.B., Hamilton College, 1964.
William Gary Watson (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., State University of New York at Stonybrook, 1965.
James Harley Weston (1962) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
B.Sc, McMaster University, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Faculty and Staff 49
Graham White (1966) Graduate Assistant in Industrial Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1966.
Alan Edward Wilcox (1964) Research Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1964.
Scott Warner Williams (1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
B.S., Morgan State College, 1964.
J. Emmet Wolfe, Jr. (1965) Graduate Assistant in Mechanical Engineering
Bachelor of Aerospace Engineering, University of Florida. 1964.
Bruce Wood {1964) Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
B.S., Penn State University, 1960; M.S., University of Wyoming, 1964.
Umur YuceoOlu (1965) Graduate Assistant in Mechanics
Dip. Eng. Technical University of Istanbul, Turkey, 1956; M.S., Polytechnic Institute
of Brooklyn, 1965.
Samuel Steve Zeman (1964) Research Assistant in Education
B.A., Jersey City State College, 1962; M.A., 1964.
Zeev Zimerman (1965) ....Research Assistant in Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.Sc, Technion, Israel Institute of Technology, 1962; M.S., 1964.
Robert Stanley Zukowski (1965) Research Assistant in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
A.B., Darmouth College, 1964; B.M.E., 1965.
50 Faculty and Staff
FELLOWS, SCHOLARS AND TRAINEES
Morris Anschel Roy Hornor Research Fellow in Chemistry
B.S., College of the City of New York, 1962.
Donald Ross Baker (1961) Student Scholar in Chemistry
B.S. in Chem., Randolph-Macon, 1961.
James Andrew Begley (1965) National Science Foundation Trainee in
Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1963.
Lee Powell Bendel (1965) Stressteel Research Fellow in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1962.
Gabriel Biguria Air Products & Chemicals Incorporated Fellow in
Chemical Engineering
B.S. in Ch.E., Case Institute of Technology, 1963.
Richard Allen Blank Union Bank and Trust Company Fellow in
Business Administration
B.A., University of Rochester, 1963.
Andrew Dudley Bridges, Jr. (1965) William C. Gotshall Fellow in
Electrical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Earl John Brown National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Mechanics
B.S., New Hampshire, 1959; M.S., Purdue, 1961.
Anthony Michael Butto (1961, 1963) Louis Calder Foundation Fellow in
Chemistry
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1961; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Robert Allen Conover National Science Faculty Fellow in
Mechanical Engineering
B.M.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1946; M.S., Princeton, 1948.
Elizabeth Ann Cote James Ward Packard Fellow in English
B.A., University of Maine, 1964.
Matthew Creager (1965) National Science Foundation Trainee in Mechanics
B.E., The Cooper Union, 1965.
Richard Michael Davitt (1964) ....National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Mathematics
B.S., Niagara University, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, 1966.
William Philip Dawson International Telephone and Telegraph
Fellow in Electrical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Nicholas Dinos (1964) U. S. Steel Fellow in Chemical Engineering
B.S., Penn State, 1955.
Joseph Jay DuBois (1965) National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Mathematics
A.B., Boston College, 1963; A.M., 1965.
James Wellons Dufty (1963) Armstrong Cork Fellow in Physics
B.A., Williams, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Elizabeth J. Durkee National Defense Education Act Fellow in English
B.A., Penn State University, 1963.
Faculty and Staff 51
John Best Durkee (1962) Esso Educational Foundation Fellow in
Chemical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1962- M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Gloria R. Dussinger National Defense Education Act Fellow in English
B.A., Muhlenberg, 1963.
Michael Eberhard -. Baldwin Fellow in Philosophy
B.A., University of San Francisco, 1965.
Richard W. Farrand (1965) National Defense Education Act Fellow in
Chemical Engineering
B.S., Penn State University, 1965.
John Matthew Fernbacher National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Trainee in Chemical Engineering
B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1965.
John Michael Ferritto Byllesby Fellow in Civil Engineering
B. C. E., Manhattan College, 1965.
Gerald Marvin Fischoff (1965) NSF Trainee in Chemical Engineering
B.E., City University of New York, 1965.
Leo B. Freeman (1965) National Science Foundation Fellow in
Electrical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1964; M.S., Stanford, 1965.
Karl Eric Friend National Aeronautics and Space Administration Fellow
in Chemistry
B.A., Cornell University, 1959; M.S., University of Rhode Island, 1962.
Barry Gilbert (1963) National Aeronautics and Space Administration Fellow
in Physics
B.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Robert Randolph Gilbert University Scholar in Psychology
B.A., University of Virginia, 1960.
Ellen Goodman (1964) University Scholar in Education
B.A., Moravian, 1931; M.A., Lehigh, 1951.
Charles Theodore Grant (1963) ..National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Physics
B.S., Yale, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Coleman R. Hamel (1965) Merrell Research Fellow in Chemistry
B.Ch.E., Clarkson College of Technology, 1957; M.S., Bucknell University, 1963.
Ronald John Hartranft National Science Foundation Cooperative
Fellow in Mechanics
B.S., Lehigh, 1963; M.S., 1964.
Robert Alfred Heinz (1965) .National Science Foundation Fellow in
Electrical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Walter Richter Henkel (1965) NASA Fellow in Mechanics
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Joseph G. Henrich (1965) Hood Fellow in Historv
B.A., LaSalle College, 1965.
Richard Bruce Hoffman (1962) ....National Science Foundation Fellow in Physics
B.S. in Engr. Phys., Lehigh, 1962; M.S., 1963.
Gary Ernest Hoglund University Scholar in Business Administration
B.A., University of Washington, 1965.
52 Faculty and Staff
Charles Eugene Houck National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Research Fellow in Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1962.
Howard Allen Hunt National Defense Education Act Fellow in Economics
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1964.
Stanley A. Iobst National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Chemistry
B.S., Moravian, 1964.
Akkanap M. Isaac Baldwin Fellow in Information Sciences
B.S., Travancore, 1954; Dipl, Madras, 1955.
Edward John Jakubowski (1965) Gotshall Scholar in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Newark College of Engineering, 1965.
Kenneth Juris National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Trainee in Chemical Engineering
B.Ch.E., City University of New York, 1965.
Murray Robert Kirch (1965) National Defense Education Act Fellow
in Mathematics
B.A., Temple, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Stephen Chihchi Ko (1965) Brink Fellow in Civil Engineering
B.S., Chung Yuan College of Science and Engineering, 1962.
Gary Keith Kohler National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Chemical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1963; M.S., 1965.
Douglas Andrew Koop (1965) Allegheny -Ludlum Fellow in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B-.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1963; M.S., 1965.
Karl August Koschnitzke (1965) National Science Foundation Trainee in
Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Michigan Technological University, 1965.
Wayne Dennis Krauss University Scholar in Government
B.A., Ursinus College, 1963.
Albert Barry Kunz (1962) National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Physics
B.S., Muhlenberg, 1962; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Harry Joseph Kyler (1965) Bioelectric Laboratory Research Fellow
B.A., LaSalle College, 1965.
John William Larimer (1962) NASA Fellow in Geology
B.A., Lehigh, 1962; M.S., 1963.
Joseph Arthur Lavelle Thomas R. Caton (Taga) Fellow in Chemistry
B.S., University of Scranton, 1958.
William David Laverell National Defense Education Act Fellow in
Mathematics
B.S., Ursinus College, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Richard Arthur Lazarus National Science Foundation Fellow in Chemistry
B.S., Lafayette College, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Harry Charles Lee (1965) NASA Fellow in Electrical Engineering
B.S., Newark College of Engineering, 1965.
John F. Loeber NASA Fellow in Mechanics
B.S., Lehigh, 1964; M.S., 1965.
Li-woan Lu University Scholar in International Relations
B.A., National University of Taiwan, 1962.
Faculty and Staff 53
Francis X. Magee, Jr Management Science Fellow in
Business Administration
B.S., Villanova, 1962.
Vasant Vishwanath Mainkar (1965) Gotshall Scholar in Physics
M.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Peter Kirby Maples National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Chemistry
B.S., Rensselear Polytechnic Institute, 1964.
Clifford B. Martin (1965) National Science Foundation Trainee in
Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maine, 1965.
Edward McCafferty (1964) National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Chemistry
B.S., Wilkes College, 1959; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
William J. McDonaugh (1965) Honor and Materials Research Center Fellow
B.S., Alfred University, 1960.
Bonnie Regina McLean Woodrow Wilson Fellow in English
B.S. Ed., Boston College, 1964.
Richard Allen Moll National Science Foundation Fellow in
Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1962; M.S.. Lehigh, 1964.
L. Frederick Moose National Science Foundation Trainee in Geology
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Curtis Spaulding Morse University Scholar in Mathematics
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1963; M.S., 1965.
Stanley Melvin Morris National Science Foundation Trainee in
Chemical Engineering
B.S., Carnegie Tech., 1964; M.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Anthony John Murdock (1965) University Scholar in International Relations
B.A., University of Sussex, 1965.
John Donald Oakey (1965) National Science Trainee in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Philip D. Olear (1965) ...National Aeronautics and Space Administration Fellow
in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Connecticut, 1957.
Don Roger Olive (1963, 1965) Azoplate-A.G. Kale Fellow in Chemistry
A.B., Lehigh, 1962.
Barrie Charles Parker (1965) International Relations Alumni Fellow
B.Sc, London School of Economics, 1965.
Frank August Pollak National Defense Education Act Fellow in
Chemical Engineering
B.S., Newark College of Engineering, 1965.
Andrew Paul Popichak (1965) Materials Research Fellow in Metallurgy
and Materials Science
B.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1965.
Elsa Raab Popper (1965) Kingsley Fellow in Geologv
A.B., Clark University, 1963.
Carol Finn Post University Scholar in English
B.A., St. Mary's, 1961.
54 Faculty and Staff
Robert Thomas Quinn (1965) University Scholar in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1952; M.S., United States Navy Postgrad School
1960.
Robert Richard Regl (1964) ....National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Mechanics
B.S.C.E., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1957; M.S., Lehigh, 1959.
Donald Orlanoo Rockwell, Jr. (1965) National Science Foundation Trainee
in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Bucknell, 1964.
James Mumford Sawhill, Jr National Science Fellow in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., North Carolina State, the University of North Carolina at Raleigh, 1964.
Neil Charles Schoen National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Physics
B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, 1965.
Barry K. Schwartz National Aeronautics and Space Administration Research
Fellow in Psychology
B.A., Tufts, 1964.
James Howard Shea (1961) National Science Foundation Cooperative Fellow
in Physics
B.S., Lehigh, 1958; M.S., Lehigh, 1963.
Keith Douglas Sheffler (1963) ....National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Richard C. Smith National Aeronautics and Space Administration Fellow
in Physics
B.S., Davidson, 1960; M.S., Lehigh, 1962.
Christopher Lynam Snyder, Jr. (1965) ....National Defense Education Act Fellow
in Business Administration
B.S., Lehigh, 1964.
Andrew Stills (1965) National Science Foundation Trainee in Mathematics
B.S., Morgan State College, 1965.
John Joseph Swetits National Defense Education Act Fellow in Mathematics
B.S., Fordham University, 1964.
Thomas Ernst Tauber H. H. Byllesby Fellow in Physics
Dipl. Vienna, 1965.
John W. Taylor (1965) Teaching Fellow in Mathematics
B.S., Lehigh University, 1964.
Lawrence August Taylor (1964) NASA Fellow in Geology
B.S., University of Indiana, 1961; M.A., 1963.
Paul Vinson Tebo ....National Science Foundation Trainee in Chemical Engineering
B.S., Tufts University, 1965.
John Henry Thomas III (1965) ....National Science Foundation Trainee in Physics-
B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1965.
John Russell Thompson, Jr /. Heber Parker Fellow in Metallurgy and
Materials Science
B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1960; M.S., Lehigh, 1963.
George Trevino (1965) National Science Foundation Trainee in Mechanics
B.S., Texas A & I College, 1965.
Faculty and Staff 55
John Wayne Wagener (1965) Bioelectric Laboratory Research Fellow
B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1965.
George B. Walz Chester W. Kingsley Fellow in Psychology
B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1962.
Jerold Charles Weber National Aeronautics and Space Administration Fellow
in Chemical Engineering
B.Ch.,E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1963.
John Herbert Weber, Jr. (1963) International Nickel Company Fellow in
Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Lehigh, 1963.
Gordon M. White (1965) National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Fellow in Chemistry
B.S., Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, 1965.
Douglas Hideo Yano National Aeronautics and Space Administration Fellow
in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh, 1962.
Shane Shiang Yen (1965) Hornor Fellow in Metallurgy and Materials Science
B.S., Taiwan Cheng-Kung U., 1961; M.S., University of Missouri, 1965.
56 Faculty and Staff
STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY, 1965-66
(In each case the chairman is the member whose name appears first. The
President and Vice-Presidents are ex officiis members of all committees.)
Admission: S. H. Missimer (ex officio), D. D. Feaver, W. J. Richardson,
L. R. Tripp.
Athletic Eligibility: G. W. Kyte (1966), B. G. Brockway (1967), D. A.
VanHorn (1968); W. B. Leckonby, executive secretary (ex officio).
Discipline: C. W. Brennan (ex officio), J. A. Maurer (1967), A. J. Die-
fenderfer (1968), student members: R. C. Gower '67, J. M. Smith '68.
Educational Policy: J. Daen (1967), J. A. McLennan Jr. (1966), N. P.
Loomba (1966), R. H. Long Jr. (1967), A. R. Eckardt (1968), R. G.
Malsberger (1968), W. R. Yates, L. R. Tripp, J. J. Karakash, C. W.
Brennan, R. D. Stout (ex officio), J. H. Wagner, secretary (ex officio).
Facilities: E. W. Glick, C. B. Campbell, W. R. Yates, L. R. Tripp, R. T.
Gallagher, T. E. Jackson, R. W. Numbers, W. L. Quay (all members
ex officio).
Graduate Faculty Executive: R. D. Stout (ex officio), R. J. Tresolini
(1966), F. B. Jensen (1967), R. J. Emrich (1968), S. B. Barber
(1969), L. A. Wenzel (1970).
Honorary Degrees: F. B. Jensen (1967), E. D. Amstutz (1966), A. S.
Foust (1968), K. E. Chave (1969), J. B. Severs (1970), C. F. Strauch
(1971).
Lehigh University Centennial Planning: P. J. Franz Jr., C .W. Brennan,
S. I. Connor, R. B. Cutler, J. D. Mack, P. Parr, R. J. Tresolini, A. C.
Zettlemoyer.
Nominations: C. B. Joynt (1966), A. F. Gould (1967), E. Schwartz
(1968).
Performing Arts: F. Erdogan (1966), D. D. Feaver (1967), R. H. Van
Arnum (1968), S. I. Connor, R. B. Culter, H. B. Davis (ex officiis);
S. I. Connor, executive secretary (ex officio). Student members: E. R.
Daniel '67, H. W. Ward, Jr. '66, S. F. Mittman '68, N. E. Arluck '68,
E. J. Farrell '67.
Publications, Board of: A. E. Hartung (1966), P. B. Myers Jr. (1967),
W. L. Quay, R. J. Sullivan, S. I. Connor (ex officiis); student members:
P. P. Burns Jr. '66, K. C. Johnson '66, L. S. Greenfield '68, S. E. Lusk
'68, D. E. Singleton '66.
Religious Life: E. Schwartz (1967), G. E. Kane (1967), L. S. Beedle
(1968), R. E. Fuessle, W. L. Quay (ex officiis); three members of the
Alumni Association; three students.
Safety and Preventive Maintenance: T. E. Jackson, G. E. Kane, G. W.
McCoy, L. A. Wenzel, R. W. Numbers (ex officio)
Faculty and Staff 51
Standing of Students: G. J. Christensen, W. R. Yates, L. R. Tripp, J. J.
Karakash; C. W. Brennan, executive secretary; J. H. Wagner, record-
ing secretary (all members ex officiis).
Student Activities: P. Parr (ex officio), C. W. Clump (1966), W. A.
Pillsbury (1967), student members: J. W. Findley '67, W. R. Utke '67,
W. E. Elcome III '68.
Student Life: R. J. Redd (1966), F. J. Wuest (1967), R. W. Kraft
(1968), R. H. Long Jr. (representing the Committee on Educational
Policy); C. B. Campbell, R. E. Fuessle, P. Parr (ex officiis). Student
members: J. W. Simpson '67, H. E. Schlenker '66, J. R. Oyler '67, S.
F. Goldmann '66.
Undergraduate Awards and Prizes: A. J. Diefenderfer (1966), V. V.
Latshaw (1967), R. H. Mills (1968); C. W. Brennan, W. B. Leckonby
(ex officiis); J. H. Wagner, secretary (ex officio).
Undergraduate Financial Aid: C. W. Brennan (ex officio), A. E. Har-
tung (1966), T. E. Jackson (1967), M. D. Snider (1968), P. Parr
(1969); T. L. Kropp, executive secretary (ex officio).
University Center Advisory: P. Parr, C. B. Campbell, E. W. Glick (ex
(officiis); J. W. McGeady (1966), N. H. Sam (1967), A. I. Larky
(1968), C. E. Patterson (1969), W. D. Schaeffer (1970). Student
members: F. E. Dutt Jr. '66, R. D. Morris '66, R. L. Skillman '66,
J. W. Van Sciver '67.
University Exercises: A. C. Molter, S. I. Connor, Gates B. Stern. J.
W. Caskey (ex officiis); G. E. Kane (1966), J. W. McGeady (1967).
Ushers: W. E. Schiesser (1967), A. J. Mazurkiewicz (1966), W. L. Quay
(1966), R. J. Leonard (1967), R. M. Kraus (1968), P. B. Myers
(1968), R. W. Kraft (1969), R. G. Malsberger (1969), J. D. Wood
(1970), N. P. Melchert (1970).
Williams Prizes: J. B. Severs, J. B. Hensley, H. B. Davis, J. H. Cary, D.
J. Hillman, F. J. Wuest
Secretary of the Faculty: R. N. Van Arnam (1966).
58 Lehigh University
Lehigh University
Lehigh University is a non-denominational, private institution compris-
ing the College of Arts and Science, the College of Business Administration,
the College of Engineering, the Graduate School, and the Institute of Re-
search. Its offering of the baccalaureate degree is limited to men, although
men and women are admitted to the Graduate School, the Summer Session,
and the Adult Education Program.
Its buildings are located on a 180-acre campus on South Mountain
above the City of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, a site situated approximately
halfway between New York City and Harrisburg. The University recently
acquired additional land on the western slope of South Mountain and in
Saucon Valley south of Bethlehem, bringing the total acreage to almost 700.
A field house, gymnasium, and the new Saucon Valley playing fields are in-
cluded among the University's athletic and recreation facilities.
Lehigh University is accredited by the Middle States Association of
Colleges and Secondary Schools, which accreditation covers all programs
offered by the University. In addition, specialized programs in Business
Administration are accredited by the American Association of Collegiate
Schools of Business, and the Engineering curricula are accredited by the
Engineers' Council for Professional Development.
Supplementing the formal academic program is an extensive program
of extra-curricular activities, in all of which students have the assistance of
competent faculty advisers.
Lehigh is distinctly a university with a purpose. This purpose is a heri-
tage from its founder, the Honorable Asa Packer, industrialist and philan-
thropist.
Beginning life as a poor farm boy in Connecticut, Asa Packer moved
to Pennsylvania as a youth and became one or America's pioneer captains
of industry. He recognized and developed the great natural resources of that
richly endowed section of Pennsylvania known as the Lehigh Valley.
Looking back from the peak of his career, Mr. Packer saw clearly how
much easier his tasks would have been and how much fuller the fruits of his
labor had he been fortified in youth with a background of training in the
arts and natural sciences. Looking forward with penetrating vision, he fore-
saw the great industrial development that was then just beginning. He re-
alized that the training he lacked was to become more and more essential in
the years to come.
Originally the founder had in mind a school primarily technical, cater-
ing to the youth of the Lehigh Valley. However, as the details of the project
Lehigh University 59
were worked out by Judge Packer and his educational advisers, the scope
of the educational services contemplated were greatly broadened. They fore-
saw the complex social, economic, and technical problems which the future
would bring, and the need for service and leadership in these areas.
Thus it was that in 1865 Lehigh University was founded to provide
young men with a sound basis for successful living, in the fullest sense of
the phrase, and to insure leadership for the complex business and industrial
civilization of the future.
During his lifetime and by bequest Judge Packer gave Lehigh over three
million dollars, including land, buildings, and endowment. The generosity of
the Packer family and other friends of Lehigh, the distinguished faculty
originally assembled, and the prominence of early alumni firmly established
the reputation of Lehigh in college education, and the young University took
its place proudly among older and larger institutions.
The endowment fund of the University now exceeds twenty-four mil-
lion dollars. The value of equipment, buildings, and grounds is more than
twenty-nine million dollars.
The new institution, which opened its doors to young men from the
country at large in 1866, was given the character of a small university.
From the very beginning Lehigh combined in a unique fashion the tradition-
al American college of liberal arts, the continental university, and the new
technical institute of university rank.
Lehigh continues to base its program on the premise that an education
for successful living must combine the acquisition of knowledge and skill0
fundamental in the professions with courses designed to broaden the vision
and to enrich the personal life of the individual. Therefore, at Lehigh re-
quirements for graduation include studies preparatory to a career and a
generous number of courses to acquaint the student with the nature and,
problems of the world in which he lives; there are also opportunities to de*
velop himself as an individual.
The organization of Lehigh as a small University contributes to the goal
of meeting individual needs by enabling students enrolled in one college to
pursue in other undergraduate divisions those studies for which they are
qualified and from which they can best profit.
It is also important to note that students may move from one curriculum
to another. For instance, a freshman may discover that his first choice was
ill-founded. After consultation and investigation he is permitted to transfer
to a curriculum more suited to his interests and abilities.
A comprehensive student advisory system assures that a student will
seek and obtain advice in planning for his future career. The services of the
officers and departments concerned with advising students are provided on
a compulsory and voluntary basis so that when help is needed, it is available.
60 Lehigh University
Lehigh students have ample opportunity to discuss with qualified and
sympathetic advisers problems related to courses of study and problems of
a personal nature. (See "Placement and Counseling Services," page 354).
Lehigh's location in Bethlehem places it approximately 60 miles north
of Philadelphia and 90 miles west of New York City, in the center of the
cultural East and in the heart of the industrial production of the Middle
Atlantic states.
It was no mere chance that Lehigh was placed on the slope of Old
South Mountain. When Judge Packer selected a large tract of land near the
banks of the Lehigh River, he knew he was establishing a new University at
the very doors of the mighty industries and the historic institutions of the
Atlantic seaboard. Bethlehem was at the gateway to westward expansion by
railroad and highway. It was (and is) a city which could serve admirably as
a "college town" — providing a bustling industrial community and historic
cultural background as laboratories for students.
Settled in 1740 by Moravians, Bethlehem is rich in historic traditions
with picturesque homes and well-kept gardens. Numbered among its historic
places of interest is the Bell House, erected in 1745. The bell served the
settlers as a call to worship as well as warning them of fire or Indians. Colon-
ial Hall, erected in 1748, was used during the Revolutionary War as a hos-
pital for wounded soldiers of the Continental Army.
Each spring Bethlehem is the mecca for thousands of music-lovers from
far and near, who come to hear the famous Bach Choir in Packer Memorial
Church on the Lehigh Campus.
With a population of about 76,000, Bethlehem is a city of modern
commercial and industrial importance. But the 180-acre campus of Lehigh
on a hillside on the south side of the Lehigh River ensures the residential
character of the University.
Undergraduate Admission Requirements
The enrollment of Lehigh University is strictly limited by action of its
board of trustees, with a resulting limitation in the number of candidates who
can be admitted each year to the several divisions of the University.
In the selective procedure necessitated by this limitation, the University,
through its Office of Admission, takes into account a number of criteria
which are believed to have some individual validity and in combination a
high degree of validity in predicting probable success in college work.
(1) SECONDARY SCHOOL UNITS
The sixteen yearly courses or units required as entrance credit represent
the quantitative equivalent of the usual four-year college preparatory program
and include certain prescribed subjects and sufficient electives to make up
the totals listed in the accompanying chart.
It is recommended that in addition to the minimum subject matter re-
quirements all candidates include as many courses in science, history, mathe-
matics, and language as their programs and schools will permit.
Lehigh University 61
The recommended program for admission to all courses of study at
Lehigh University includes (in secondary school grades nine through twelve)
four years of English, two to four years of one foreign language (or two
years each of two foreign languages), four years of college preparatory math-
ematics, two to four years of laboratory science, and two- to four years of
history or social studies. These will total sixteen to twenty yearly courses or
units of college preparatory study.
The statement above is the recommended preparatory program and
preference will be given to candidates who present such a pattern of studies,
particularly to students who have taken the opportunity to go beyond mini-
mum subject matter requirements.
The minimum requirements for all entering freshmen are four yearly
courses or units in English, four in mathematics (including algebra, plane
geometry, plane trigonometry), two years of one foreign language, and six
elective units (including chemistry for candidates for science, arts-engineer-
ing, and engineering).
Summary of Minimum Subject Matter Requirements
Subjects Units
English 4
Foreign Language (4 units are recommended) 2
College Preparatory Mathematics 4
Electives 6
Total 16
Note: Chemistry is required and physics is recommended for candidates
planning programs in science, arts-engineering, and engineering. Elec-
tives should include such college preparatory subjects as languages,
social studies, and sciences.
(2) QUALITY OF WORK
The quality of the candidate's work is more important than merely
meeting minimum subject matter requirements. The strength of his prepara-
tion is judged primarily by his rank or relative grade in class; by the extent
to which he has made grades distinctly higher than the average grade; by
evidence of improvement or deterioration in quality of record as he has
progressed through secondary school; by his relative success or failure in the
particular subjects which he proposes to continue in college; and by the
comments and recommendations of his principal or headmaster.
Most secondary schools specify two minimum grades: one as the pass-
ing grade and the other as the recommending grade for admission to college.
In the process of selective admission for Lehigh, particular emphasis is placed
62 Lehigh University
on the extent to which a candidate has significantly exceeded these minimum
grades and has ranked high in his graduating class.
Today when four to five times as many candidates apply for admission
to the University as can be accommodated in the freshmen class, meeting
minimum standards is not sufficient. A candidate must have shown by his
school record and class rank and College Board test scores that he is well
prepared to do satisfactory work at Lehigh University.
(3) ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS
All candidates for admission to the freshman class at Lehigh University
are required to write entrance tests prepared and administered by the
College Entrance Examination Board. Tests required by Lehigh University
are listed below.
Scholastic Aptitude Test: Each candidate is required to write the
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) to provide the University with a measure,
on a national scale, of his aptitude and readiness for college study. Lehigh
prefers that this test be written either on the December or the January testing
date of the senior year. (The 1966-67 schedule is shown below.)
Achievement Tests: Each candidate is required to write three addi-
tional afternoon College Board Achievement Tests. One of these must be
either English Composition or the Writing Sample. Candidates for a science
program, for engineering, and for arts-engineering are required to write
Mathematics, either Level I (Standard) or Level II (Intensive), and Chem-
istry or Physics Achievement Tests. Other candidates are required to write
two tests which they may choose in consultation with their advisers. The
Achievement Tests should be written in December, January, or March of
the senior year unless satisfactory results were submitted to Lehigh Uni-
versity from junior year tests.
Schedule of College Board Tests 1966-67
Note: The SAT, the afternoon Achieve-
ment Tests, and the Writing Sample will be
offered on all five testing dates.
Information and application forms for the tests should be secured from
the College Entrance Examination Board at one of the following addresses
(whichever is closer to the candidate's home or school) : P. O. Box 592,
Princeton, New Jersey 08540 or P. O. Box 1025, Berkeley, California
94701 or from the candidate's school.
Candidates should register for the tests early in the senior year and not
later than one month prior to the test date (two months for candidates who
will be tested in Europe, Asia, Africa, Central and South America, and
Australia).
December 3,
1966
January 14,
1967
March 4,
1967
May 6,
1967
July 8,
1967
Lehigh University 63
The candidate is responsible for requesting that his test score be sent to
Lehigh — either by indicating Lehigh on his College Board application blank
or, if he failed to do this, by special request to the College Board office. In
addition to requesting College Board scores, the candidate must submit an
application for admission to the freshman class at Lehigh.
(4) OTHER CRITERIA AND INTERVIEWS
Information about other qualifications of candidates is obtained from
principals, headmasters, and counselors. Such information relates to the
candidate's health, emotional stability, intellectual motivation, social adjust-
ment, participation in school activities, and established habits of industry
and dependability.
Candidates are invited to visit Lehigh so that they may see the Uni-
versity and talk with an officer of admission. An appointment should be
made in advance of the visit.
The most convenient hours for admission conferences are at 1:30 on
weekday afternoons and between 9:00 and 1 1 : 00 o'clock on Saturday morn-
ings during the school year. The Office of Admission is closed Sundays,
national holidays, Saturday afternoon during the school year, and all day
Saturday during the summer months. A particularly good time for a candi-
date and his parents to visit Lehigh is during the summer between the junior
and senior years in secondary school.
Although a personal interview is not required of all candidates, the Uni-
versity reserves the right to require an interview whenever this appears de-
sirable or necessary and to base determination of admission in part on the
report of the interviewing officer.
Undergraduate Admission Procedures
ADMISSION TO THE FRESHMAN CLASS
If a candidate has determined that he is sincerely interested in Lehigh
and if he believes that he will meet admission requirements of subject matter
and school record, he should secure from the Office of Admission an appli-
cation blank for the freshman class entering in September. (Lehigh does not
admit a freshman class in February.)
The application should be submitted early in the last year of preparation
for college. Lehigh gives first consideration to applications returned prompt-
ly after receipt. Every effort should be made to submit an application during
the fall semester of the senior year and definitely not later than March first.
In practice the University is sometimes forced to limit applications after
January first.
The candidate should arrange with his school adviser to register for
morning and afternoon tests administered by the College Entrance Examina-
tion Board. As indicated in the section on Entrance Examinations (No. 3),
64 Lehigh University
Lehigh recommends that the SAT be written in December or January of the
senior year and the three afternoon Achievement Tests in December, Janu-
ary, or March.
Most important of all he should maintain a good academic record. He
should learn how to budget his time. He should work hard to develop study
habits which will assure a strong record in secondary school and will give
him a good start in his freshman year in college.
APPLICATION FEE
Each undergraduate application for admission to the freshman class or
with advanced standing or to the General College Division must be accom-
panied by an application fee in the amount of $10.00. The check or money
order for the application fee should be made payable to Lehigh University.
The application fee is non-refundable in the event the candidate does not
matriculate at Lehigh University. It is not applied toward tuition if the
candidate matriculates. An application cannot be accepted without the ap-
plication fee.
ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT
Selection of candidates for the freshman class entering in September is
made between the end of February and the first of April following receipt of
January College Board scores and of preliminary secondary school records.
Lehigh subscribes to the "Candidates' Reply Date," which has been set at
May first.
When a candidate's preliminary credentials are complete and he has
been offered formal admission to Lehigh University, he will be asked to
notify the Director of Admission of his acceptance of the offer of admission
by making a deposit of $50 to hold a place for him in the limited enrollment.
This deposit is not an additional fee but is applied toward tuition charges for
the first semester. However, the deposit is forfeited in case of failure to enroll
for the specified semester.
ADVANCED STANDING FROM SECONDARY SCHOOLS
Advanced standing for freshman courses may be earned by secondary
school students in two ways: through Advanced Placement Tests adminis-
tered by the College Entrance Examination Board or by advanced standing
examinations administered at Lehigh University. Both methods require that
the candidate shall have studied significantly advanced work.
A few private and public secondary schools now offer truly advanced
courses for limited numbers of selected students. If a candidate has com-
pleted, or expects to complete, such a course in an approved secondary
school, he may establish advanced standing by taking an Advanced Place-
ment Test or a Lehigh test in the subject. In either case he should confer
with his school principal and with the Director of Admission of Lehigh
University.
The privilege of taking an advanced standing examination at Lehigh is
granted only on written request to the Director of Admission not later than
Lehigh University 65
July first of the year the student plans to enter college. Such examinations
are scheduled by the University usually at the beginning of Freshman Orien-
tation.
ADVANCED STANDING FROM ANOTHER COLLEGE
Candidates for admission by transfer from other institutions may be
admitted with advanced standing subject to the enrollment limitations of the
several divisions of the University. Such candidates must have met the en-
trance requirements prescribed for undergraduates at Lehigh and must have
completed at least two semesters of study at an accredited institution of
higher learning.
A candidate who has studied at another college prior to applying for
admission to Lehigh will be considered on the basis of the quality of his
record at that college. A candidate who has been dropped from another
college for disciplinary reasons or for poor scholarship or who is not in good
standing at his former college is not eligible for admission to Lehigh Uni-
versity.
A student who is planning to transfer to Lehigh University should so
arrange his work in college that he will cover as many as possible of the sub-
jects of the freshman and sophomore years of the curriculum he selects.
A student who desires to transfer to Lehigh University from another
university, college, or junior college must submit an application for admis-
sion (on a special transfer form) with the $10 application fee. He must re-
quest each college previously attended to submit to the Office of Admission
at Lehigh University an official transcript of his academic record. Such a
transcript must include a complete list of all courses taken, a list of entrance
credits accepted for admission, and a statement of honorable dismissal.
Catalog pages describing the courses completed at other colleges should be
enclosed with the application. It is not necessary to send complete catalogs.
A candidate who has attended more than one university, college, or
junior college must present a record from each institution. Failure to submit
a complete record of former academic experience will result in cancellation
of admission or registration.
Undergraduate Fees
The tuition for undergraduates is $900 per semester in the College of
Engineering, the College of Arts and Science, the College of Business Admin-
istration and the General College Division. A student regularly enrolled in
any of the undergraduate divisions of the University who registers for fewer
than the normal hours of work will pay either $68 for each semester-hour
carried or the regular tuition, whichever amount is lower.
There are no fees for athletics, health service, library, student activities,
or student concerts-lectures. In addition, there are no matriculation, gradua-
tion, or laboratory fees.
66 Lehigh University
Undergraduate fees are payable prior to registration. A bill will be ren-
dered by the Bursar's Office which will indicate the payment date. If de-
sired, payment may be made in installments of 60 per cent, plus a service
charge of $3 per semester, due prior to registration, 20 per cent due one
month after registration, and 20 per cent due two months after registration.
The $3 service charge is not refundable.
Military and Band Deposits. A deposit of $25 is made by each stu-
dent enrolling in military or air science or in band. This deposit is refunded
when the property issued to the student is returned.
Chemistry Breakage. Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are
required to reimburse the University for returnable equipment broken or
otherwise damaged and for all chemicals used in excess of reasonable
amounts. To cover possible charges of this nature, all students registering
for laboratory courses in chemistry purchase coupon books costing $5, the
unused portions of which are redeemed.
Examination Fees. Students who for satisfactory reasons absent them-
selves from final examinations will be allowed, upon petition, to take make-
up examinations without payment of an examination fee. A fee of $5 is
charged for any examination subsequent to the first regular final or make-up
examination allowed upon petition in any course. This regulation applies to
the psychological and placement examinations required of new students if
taken at some time other than those scheduled.
Shop and Surveying Courses. A three-week shop course for industrial
and mechanical engineering students is required during the summer following
the sophomore year, and three-week surveying courses are required by the
Department of Civil Engineering during the summer following the sopho-
more year. Tuition charges are made for the shop course which is given in
Bethlehem under the Department of Industrial Engineering, and for the sur-
veying courses which are conducted at camps or on campus under the aus-
pices of the Department of Civil Engineering. The tuition charge for all of
these courses is the regular summer rate per semester hour. To this is added
the cost of room and board at prevailing rates.
Late Registration Fees. The penalty for procuring a registration
ticket after the time specified by the Registrar shall be $10. A student who
does not complete his registration within three days after the date of his
registration ticket is subject to a penalty of $10. No registration will be ac-
cepted later than the tenth day of instruction in a regular semester or the
fifth day of instruction in any summer term.
Late Pre-Registration Fee. The penalty for a late pre-registration or
a change in pre-registration is $10. This will be waived for cause upon the
recommendation of the college dean.
Change-of-Roster Fee. Having once registered in any semester, a
student may not add or drop any course except on the recommendation of
the director of his curriculum. There will be a $10 change-of -roster fee for
each such change unless it is waived by the college dean.
Lehigh University 67
Late Installment Payment. In certain cases, students are permitted
to pay semester bills in three payments. In other cases, emergency short term
loans are granted to be repaid in period installments within the semester in
which the loan is granted. A penalty fee of $10 is levied on any student who
fails to make payment in accordance with the agreed schedule.
Late Payment of Fees. University fees are payable prior to registra-
tion. If payment, or provision for payment satisfactory to the University, is
not made prior to registration, a fee of $10 will be assessed if such payments,
or provisions for payments, are made after the registration date.
Late Application for Degree Fee. Refer to General Regulations —
Notice of Candidacy for Degree, page 331.
Application for Admission Fee. A fee of $10 is required with each
application for admission to the undergraduate colleges of the University.
Listener's Fee. Undergraduate students enrolled in less than a full
program who wish to attend a course or courses without obtaining credit will
be charged a listener's fee of $35 for each such course attended.
Transcripts. Each student is entitled to one copy of his record free
of charge. This can be an official or unofficial transcript. Unofficial copies
are released to the student; official copies are sent directly to the educational
institution, company, state board, etc., as the circumstances may require.
After the first copy is released a fee of $1 is assessed for each subsequent
copy.
REFUNDS
Undergraduate. If a student withdraws from the University, he is en-
titled to receive a refund of his tuition less $50 and less a deduction of 2 per
cent of the tuition for each day of instruction completed, computed from the
first day of instruction in the semester. In the event of the death of a student
or his involuntary induction into the Armed Forces, tuition will be refunded
in proportion to the fraction of the semester remaining at the time of his
death or induction. No student who is suspended or expelled from the Uni-
versity shall be entitled to any refund.
A summer session student who formally withdraws from the University
is entitled to receive a refund of his total tuition less $5 for each credit hour
for which he is registered and less a deduction for each day of regular in-
struction of 4 per cent of the total tuition paid computed from the first day
of instruction in the session.
No refunds will be made to any undergraduate student for any reduction
in his schedule after the tenth day of instruction in a regular semester or the
corresponding relative date in a summer session.
Residence Hall Rental. Residence hall rental paid in advance is re-
fundable in its entirety for any term in which the student does not regis-
ter in the University or on a proportional basis for cancellation due to
the student's death or involuntary induction into the armed forces. Other-
wise, refunds are limited to the proportional charge for the unexpired portion
of the student's lease less a charge of $25, and to cases of (a) withdrawal
from the University (for reasons not involving misconduct) or (b) transfer
68 Lehigh University
of lease to another student (for whom no other accommodations exist), sub-
ject to approval of the Director of Residence Halls. Refunds authorized un-
der this regulation shall be certified to the Bursar by the Dean of Students.
Note: Rooms are rented in September on an annual lease basis only.
A freshman who does not live at home is required to live in the residence
halls during his first year. An upperclassman who signs a lease is expected
to occupy a room in the residence halls for the full college year.
Dining Services. Refunds will be allowed only on written request to
the Treasurer approved by the Dean of Students. Normally such requests
will be approved in cases of confining illness requiring absence from all
University activities for a period longer than 14 consecutive days or in cases
of voluntary withdrawal from the University, involuntary induction into the
Armed Forces, or death of the student. Refunds will be computed on the
basis of the cost per day for the board plan involved for each full day of
absence.
If a student is suspended or expelled from the University, he may be
allowed as a refund 50 per cent of the amount representing the unexpired
portion of his original dining service contract for the semester.
Payment. All refunds, including overpayments of charges resulting
from scholarship awards, loans financing arrangements with banks, etc., will
be made by check payable to the student. A minimum of ten days is norm-
ally required to process refund checks.
Estimate of Expenses for the College Year
Items of personal expense are dependent upon each student's personal
habits and circumstances. There are certain basic expenses, however, which
must be met by all students. An estimate of annual cost is listed below.
Tuition $1800
Books and Supplies 125
Room (average) 340
Subsistence (estimate) 550
$2,815
(Note: Students taking military or air science or band are required to make
a $25 deposit which is refundable at the end of the school year.)
Books, stationery, and drawing instruments may be purchased at the
Supply Bureau in the University Center.
Students living in Residence Halls are required to eat in the University
Center. Board will be billed on a semester basis payable prior to registration.
Living Arrangements
Lehigh undergraduates live in seven University residence halls (50 per
cent), or in 30 fraternity houses by invitation (40 per cent), or are com-
muters (10 per cent). All freshmen who do not live at home are required to
live in the residence halls.
Lehigh University 69
Each student who lives in the Residence Halls is provided with board
in the University dining service in the new University Center. The following
three board plans are available:
A. Twenty -one meals per week (3 meals daily beginning with the eve-
ning meal before the first day of classes and continuing except for announced
holidays through the noon meal of the last day of the examination period
each semester) — $530 per school year.
B. Seventeen meals per week (Monday breakfast through and includ-
ing Saturday lunch beginning with the evening meal before the first day of
classes and continuing, except for holidays, through the last day of classes
for each semester, and meals during the examination periods ending with
the noon meal of the last day of examinations) — $480 per school year.
C. Fifteen meals per week (Monday breakfast through Friday dinner
beginning with the evening meal before the first day of classes and continu-
ing, except for announced holidays, through the last day of classes each
semester, and meals during the examination periods ending with the noon
meal of the last day of examinations) — $460 per school year.
Plan A is required for freshmen residing on the campus. Upperclassmen
residing on the campus have the choice of any of the three plans.
Students who do not reside on the campus may participate in any of the
above board plans if space is available in existing facilities, or they may eat
in the coffee shop.
Freshmen residing on the campus are required to eat their meals at
the University dining service at the University Center during Freshman
Orientation. There will be an additional charge of $8 for serving the three
meals per day during Freshman Orientation.
Each student who participates in one of the board plans will receive a
dining service identification card which is not transferable. Use of the card
by others than to whom it is issued is illegal and will result in disciplinary
action. New cards will be issued to replace lost cards upon the payment of
a fee of $5.
Visitors on campus may eat in the Asa Packer Room, the faculty and
guest dining room in the University Center.
The freshmen occupy residence halls staffed by a corps of carefully
selected upperclass counselors responsible to the Director of Residence
Halls.
Room rents in the residence halls range from $130 to $180 per student
per semester with maid service included. Rooms are rented in September on
an annual lease basis only. The typical room is shared by two students. For
each student there is provided a bed, box spring, mattress, chest of drawers,
desk and chair; residents supply desk lamps, waste baskets, bedding, etc.
Commercial linen service is available at a rate presently $28 per year. Per-
sonal laundry on a commercial contract basis is available at $78 a year.
Residents will be held responsible for any damage done to their rooms
or any other part of the Residence Halls and their equipment.
70 Lehigh University
The University is not responsible for the loss or destruction of any stu-
dent property whether such losses occur in the residence halls, lockers, class-
rooms, etc. The safekeeping of student property is the responsibility of each
individual student and no reimbursement from the University can be ex-
pected for the loss of such property. Insurance protection, if desired, may be
obtained by a student or his parents from an insurance broker or agent.
Information on off-campus housing may be secured from the office of
the Director of Residence Halls.
Study In Foreign Countries
To the extent that their courses of study permit it, students maintaining
a "B" average or better are encouraged to consider spending one or two se-
mesters of study in acceptable "junior year abroad" programs or as regu-
larly enrolled students in a foreign university. Students declared qualified
for acceptable foreign study remain eligible to apply for financial aid from
Lehigh University.
In 1966-67 The University is participating in the Princeton University
International Honors Program, which provides a qualified junior with an
opportunity for travel and study abroad with honor students from other
colleges and universities.
Comprehensive Honors Program
The Comprehensive Honors Program provides superior students with
unusual opportunities for intellectual and scholarly development.
FRESHMAN-SOPHOMORE YEARS
These are the years in which a student normally completes his ex-
ploration of possible major fields and lays the groundwork in the chosen
major and in its collateral fields. Thus, honors opportunities are limited.
Honors opportunities for freshmen consist of ( 1 ) voluntary enroll-
ment in Honors sections of certain multi-section courses, and (2) accelera-
tion through the attainment of advanced standing. Freshmen who qualify
for enrollment in Honors sections will be notified before registration. Ad-
vanced standing may be obtained through:
a) The CEEB Advanced Placement Program.
b) Certification by the Office of Admission and the Registrar of college
credit for certain secondary school special courses.
c) Anticipatory Examinations during freshman week when there is
substantial evidence of special achievement not covered in (a) and
(b) above.
In the post-freshman summer the opportunity is offered to engage in
guided but truly independent study in preparation for special examinations
at the beginning of the sophomore year.
Sophomore opportunities are ( 1 ) continuation of enrollment in Honors
sections and (2) automatic waiver of the junior-standing prerequisite for
Lehigh University 71
courses numbered "100" to "399", if the student has the course pre-
requisites.
Freshmen and sophomores interested in pursuing these opportunities
should consult the Dean of the College in which they are registered.
JUNIOR-SENIOR YEARS
Honor students are those students with a cumulative average of 3.0 or
higher. During the junior and senior years, an honor student may choose
to work for either Departmental Honors or Interdepartmental Honors. Par-
ticularly well-qualified students sometimes work for both. An honor student
enrolled in one or both of these programs is designated a "University
Scholar".
Students with cumulative averages of less than 3.0 may under some
circumstances be permitted to work for Departmental Honors.
Departmental Honors
Departmental Honors programs give the University Scholar the op-
portunity to study in his major field more intensively and in greater depth
than the standard program provides. The precise nature of the program for
each student is determined by his major department. The program may in-
clude:
a) Unscheduled work (up to four hours per semester in the junior
year; up to six hours per semester in the senior year).
b) Waiver of graduate standing to take "400" courses if the student
has the course prerequisites and if his semester schedule does not
exceed fifteen hours. (Credits from such a course can be applied
toward only one degree, either graduate or undergraduate.)
c) Honors Thesis
A candidate for Departmental Honors must announce to his major
adviser, not later than the end of his junior year, his intention to work for
Departmental Honors. Each major adviser shall send the registrar, the dean
of the college, and the chairman of Honors Programs, no later than the close
of registration of each fall semester, the names of seniors who are working
for Departmental Honors in his major. Awards are based on grades ob-
tained in the subject chosen, the results in extra work assigned, and the
general proficiency of the candidate as evidenced by either a final examina-
tion or a thesis, as the head of the department involved may direct.
University Scholars registered in the College of Arts and Science must
pass the comprehensive examination with distinction in order to qualify for
graduation with Departmental Honors.
Interdepartmental Honors
The Interdepartmental Honors Program is open to undergraduates
from all three Colleges. It offers to students who have demonstrated out-
standing ability the opportunity to devote part of their junior and senior
years to independent study through a series of limited enrollment seminars
and the writing of a thesis. The seminars, one in each of the four large
areas of human knowledge, combine breadth, which balances the concentra-
72 Lehigh University
tion in a major, with the depth which is possible in small classes of students
carefully selected from all majors. The seminars and the thesis also provide
a foretaste of the kind of work and of the standards the students will en-
counter in graduate and professional schools.
University Scholars in this program are graduated with Interdepart-
mental Honors if, in addition to meeting all requirements for graduation,
they have:
(1) Completed three of the four Honors Seminars with an average
grade of at least 3.33. (University Scholars are permitted to take all four
Honors Seminars in which case the required average grade for graduation
with Interdepartmental Honors is 3.25.)
(2) Completed an Honors Thesis with a grade of "A".
(3) Passed with distinction the senior comprehensive examination re-
quired by their major department.
(A University Scholar who has met all the requirements for gradua-
tion in his college but who fails to achieve the specified levels will receive his
degree without Interdepartmental Honors.)
Admission
Each sophomore eligible for admission to the College Honors Pro-
gram will be notified of his eligibility early in his fourth semester. A
student is eligible to apply for admission if he has a cumulative three-
semester average of at least 3.0, or in unusual cases, has had an outstanding
record in his second and third semesters.
Admission requires the approval of the head of the department in
which an applicant is majoring and of the Honors Council.
Each applicant will be notified of the decision on his application far
enough in advance of preregistration for the ensuing fall semester to make
appropriate plans.
In unusual situations, an outstanding student may, with the approval
of the Honors Council, schedule one or more Honors Seminars without
committing himself to the whole program. Such special permission will be
granted, however, only when the Council feels certain that his admission
will not interfere with the maximum effectiveness of the program for those
regularly enrolled.
The Program
A student admitted to the Interdepartmental Honors Program will:
(1) Continue with his departmental major.
(2) Schedule one Creative Concepts seminar (see course offerings,
page 225) each semester of his junior year and at least one seminar dur-
ing his senior year. (Those University Scholars who elect to schedule only
three seminars are urged to schedule those which are farthest from their
major field.)
(3) Schedule C.C.190, Honors Thesis (3 to 6 credits), during one or
both of the semesters of his senior year or during the preceding summer.
The work in this course will be directed by an approved member of the
faculty and will culminate in the writing of an honors thesis.
University Scholars must file with the Chairman of Honors Programs
Lehigh University 73
a thesis proposal approved by their thesis adviser, department head, and the
Interdepartmental Honors Council at least one week prior to the last day
of registration for the semester during which C.C.I 90, Honors Thesis, is
first scheduled.
The Interdepartmental Honors Program is administered by the Chair-
man of Honors Programs. The organization and conduct of the Honors
Seminars will be directed by the Honors Council, which shall consist of (a)
all faculty members currently teaching in the program or designated to
teach in it, (b) the teacher or teachers who have conducted seminars dur-
ing the preceding semester, and (c) the dean of the College, ex officio.
Seminar teachers may be members of the faculty of any of the three colleges.
The writing of the thesis will be directed by a member of the faculty with
professorial rank.
University Scholars in the College of Arts and Science may, with the
approval of the dean, substitute C.C. seminars for distribution courses other
than foreign languages.
74
Dean W. Ross Yates, College of Arts and Science
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
W. Ross Yates, Dean of the College of Arts and Science
The College of Arts and Science of Lehigh University comprises the
departments of biology, classical languages, English, fine arts, geology, Ger-
man, government, history, international relations, mathematics and astron-
omy, music, philosophy, psychology, religion, romance languages and social
relations. Interdepartmental programs are offered in foreign careers. Natural
Science, American Studies, and natural resources. Courses in economics, ac-
counting, and finance are provided by the College of Business Administra-
tion; physics and chemistry are supplied by the College of Engineering.
The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon graduates of the
College.
PURPOSES
Under the name "School of General Literature," the College of Arts and
Science was a part of the original plan of the University, and its aims have
remained constant, although the means employed have been adapted to the
changing times.
The purpose of the College is to prepare a man for the exercise of his
individual responsibility in the affairs of mature life. This purpose recognizes
three distinguishing characteristics of an educated man: the ability to think
in a disciplined manner, the ability and willingness to make discriminating
judgments, and the capacity to apply his creative imagination.
In order to achieve this purpose the faculty shares with the student the
range of human knowledge: the world of fact, and its counterpart, the world
of ideas. The fundamentals of this experience remain what they have been
for generations: a comprehensive study of all the broad areas of knowledge
— the humanities, the natural and physical sciences, and the social sciences —
and a rigorous training in one of them.
76 College of Arts and Science
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
A large proportion of the graduates of the College of Arts and Science
continue their work in graduate or professional schools. Students preparing
for graduate or professional studies will work out a suitable program with
the appropriate advisors.
Pre-Medical and Pre-Dental. Students preparing for medical or
dental school will plan a program of studies in cooperation with the Dean
of the College, the advisor of their major program, and the Pre-medical ad-
visor, Assistant Professor Hayden N. Pritchard, Department of Biology. A
Pre-Medical Advisory Committee assists in helping students prepare appli-
cations for medical or dental school.
Pre-Legal. Students interested in preparing for law school will work
out a program of studies in cooperation with their major advisor. Informa-
tion on requirements for entry into law school is available in the College
Office and from Professor Rocco J. Tresolini, Head, Department of Gov-
ernment.
Pre-Theological. Students will select an appropriate major field and
work out a program in connection with their major and spiritual advisors.
Graduate School. Students interested in preparing for graduate school
will plan their program in collaboration with the department in which their
major is located.
Teaching. Students planning teaching careers in primary or secondary
schools are encouraged to select a major in the field in which they intend
to teach and to postpone their professional courses in education to the
graduate level. The School of Education provides information on graduate
programs in education and requirements for certification in the several
states.
THE CURRICULA
The College of Arts and Science offers two curricula: the four-year
curriculum with a major in one of the arts or sciences, and the five-year
curriculum in Arts-Engineering. Both are based on the principles of distri-
bution and concentration. Distribution requirements are the same for both
curricula. In the Arts-Engineering program, the Engineering general studies
requirements are met by completing the Arts College distribution require-
ments.
This reciprocal arrangement makes it impossible for an Arts-Engineer
to qualify for a B.S. in engineering before he has met all requirements for
the B.A.
Distribution Requirements
The object of the distribution requirements is to give the student an
elementary knowledge of the fields of contemporary thought and to orient
him in the world of man and nature. The requirements also provide oppor-
College of Arts and Science 11
tunities for students to take additional work in fields related to their major
field of concentration.
The distribution requirements are administered by the dean of the
College of Arts and Science in accord with the group regulations given be-
low. The subjects required of the individual student depend in part upon the
field in which he expects to major, in part upon his personal preference, and
in part upon the subjects he has taken in secondary school.
Honors students in either curriculum may, with the approval of the
dean, substitute Creative Concepts seminars for distribution courses other
than foreign languages.
I. Required Courses.
A. Freshman English. The normal requirement is Engl. 1 and 2,
Composition and Literature. Students who demonstrate satisfactory ability
in written composition in the freshman placement tests will meet this distri-
bution requirement by passing Engl. 1 1 and 12, Types of World Literature.
When a freshman completes Engl. 11 and 12 with a graduate of C or
better, he is given, in addition to the 6 hours of credit for those courses, 6
hours of advance standing credit for Engl. 1 and 2.
B. Math. 6, 21, or Phil. 14. The course selected cannot also be used
to satisfy the requirements enumerated under subhead III below.
II. Foreign Language.
Number of hours varies depending on previous language study. Each
student is required to achieve third-year level proficiency in one language,
as determined by the appropriate language department. Students who pre-
sent at entrance three or four years of foreign language normally are able to
meet this requirement with one year of advanced college work. Eighteen
hours of course work are normally taken by students who begin a new
language in college.
A student is not allowed to receive college credit for course work in a
language taken at a level lower than his previous study of that language
warrants.
With the approval of the dean of the College, an option is offered those
who find it necessary to pursue in college the study of two foreign languages,
provided that neither language was studied in secondary school. Such stu-
dents may offer in satisfaction of the language requirement two years (12
hours) of one foreign language and one year (6 hours) of another.
III. Humanities.
Twelve semester hours, chosen from at least two of the following
groups:
A. Literature (Courses in English or American Literature: Greek.
Latin, or modern foreign literature in translation; or literature courses at the
third-year level or higher in a foreign language, provided that such courses
are not also used to satisfy the Foreign Language requirement).
B. Fine Arts, Music, or Archaeology (if not used for social science
requirement) .
C. Philosophy.
D. Religion.
78 College of Arts and Science
IV. Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Twelve semester hours, chosen from at least two of the following
groups :
A. Astronomy.
B. Biology.
C. Chemistry.
D. Geology.
E. Mathematics.
F. Physics.
G. Psychology.
V. Social Sciences.
Twelve semester hours, chosen from at least two of the following
groups :
A. Sociology, Cultural Anthropology, Social Psychology.
B. Ancient Civilization, History, Archaeology.
C. Government, International Relations, Economics.
Concentration Requirements
Concentration Requirements in Arts and Science
During the second semester of the freshman year if possible, and in any
event no later than the end of the sophomore year, each student in the four-
year Arts and Science curriculum must select some sequence of studies as his
major field. A major consists of at least twelve semester hours of advanced
work in the field chosen. Including preliminary college work, the minimum
number of hours constituting a major is twenty-four. The actual major re-
quirements are those stated under "Details of Major Sequences," pages 82-
107.
The major work is designed to enable a student to master his chosen
field so far as that is possible during undergraduate years. In all fields, cer-
tain courses are prescribed, but the mere passing of courses will not satisfy
the major requirements. It is expected that the student will read widely in his
subject and will prepare himself largely through his own reading and through
independent work for his final comprehensive examination.
When a student selects a major, the head of the department offering the
major or the official director of a non-departmental major becomes the stu-
dent's major adviser and makes out his major program. This program must
have the approval of the dean of the College, who continues to supervise
the non-major portion of the student's roster.
Concentration Requirements in Arts-Engineering
The standard major for students enrolled in the five-year Arts-Engineer-
ing curriculum is Applied Science (page 102). This major is normally com-
pleted during the first four years, during which the dean of the College of
Arts and Science is the student's official adviser. At the end of the fourth
College of Arts and Science 79
year it is expected that Arts-Engineering students will have taken their B.A.
degree and will transfer to the appropriate engineering curriculum for their
final year. The head of the appropriate engineering department, who has
meanwhile been acting as adviser of the major sequence, becomes official ad-
viser for the fifth year.
Pattern rosters which show the normal combination of courses for the
first four years of the Arts-Engineering curriculum are given on pages 102-
107.
Under special circumstances, Arts-Engineering students may take one
of the other majors offered in the College of Arts and Science. Such a change
in program, however, must have the approval both of the dean of the College
of Arts and Science and of the department head under whom work for the
B.S. will be completed. In some instances it may be advisable to take the two
degrees at the end of the fifth year.
To qualify for both the B.A. and the B.S. in Engineering, a student
must submit for the second degree thirty credit hours in addition to the
number required for the B.S. alone.
SUPERVISION AND COUNSELING
Each student in the College of Arts and Science is considered from the
beginning as an individual. The College expects every student to have a
well-defined purpose at entrance, but recognizes the student's right to change
his objectives and for that reason gives him time in which to find himself
and establish the direction of his future career. To help the student in his
decision, the College provides an advisory staff consisting of the dean of the
College, his faculty assistants, and the directors of the major sequences. The
individual program for each student is outlined tentatively in an interview
with the dean of the College, or one of his assistants, at or before the begin-
ning of the first semester of the freshman year. This preliminary program is
determined by the nature and quality of the student's preparation and by
his personal interests. The final program, which is made out in detail no
later than the end of the sophomore year, takes into account, in addition,
demonstrated aptitudes and pre-professional or vocational needs.
These individual programs admit of considerable elective choice, de-
pending upon the demands of the distribution and concentration require-
ments. Tn general the student in the College of Arts and Science may elect
any undergraduate course for which he has the prerequisites.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
There are three basic requirements for graduation with a B.A. in either
curriculum:
80 College of Arts and Science
1. The completion with the required average of a minimum of 120
credit hours of collegiate work, apportioned so as to cover the distribution
and concentration requirements. Physical education and basic courses in
military or air science are carried in addition.
2. The passing of an impromptu writing test in the junior year.
3. The passing of a comprehensive examination in the major field.
Junior English Impromptu
Toward the end of his junior year, each student in the College of Arts
and Science must report to the department of English for an exercise in im-
promptu writing. Students found seriously deficient in this test are reported
to the dean of the College, who may require that they take additional English
without credit toward graduation.
Students in the College of Arts and Science who persistently use poor
English may be reported at any time to the dean of the College. He may re-
quire that they undertake additional study in English without credit toward
graduation.
Comprehensive Examination
A comprehensive examination in the major subject is required of all
students. This examination is given at the end of the senior year and may be
oral or written or both. The comprehensive examination is given under the
direction of the head of the major department. At least two University teach-
ers and, whenever possible, representatives of at least two departments take
part in the examination. At the discretion of the various departments, the ap-
propriate Graduate Record Examination may be made a part of the com-
prehensive.
No student is allowed to take the senior comprehensive examination
more than twice in any one field. In case of failure on the first attempt, a
second trial is not permitted until a period of three months has passed.
Arts — M. B. A. Program
This five-year, two-degree program is designed to meet the needs of
competent students in any of the Arts and Science majors (other than Ac-
counting, Economics, or Finance) who wish to supplement their liberal ed-
ucation with graduate training in business management.
The normal over-all time involved in the two-degree program is five
years, but a certain amount of summer session work may be necessary for
majors in the natural sciences. In addition to three hours in economics,
which may be counted as part of the distribution requirements in Social
Science, twenty-seven hours of basic business courses are necessary to meet
the background requirements for the M.B.A. degree.
College of Arts and Science 81
These background courses are:
Fin. 125. Corporation Finance (3)
Fin. 129. Money and Banking (3)
Law 1. Business Law (3)
Eco. 45. Statistical Method (3)
Mkt. 11. Marketing (3)
Acctg. 108. Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
Acctg. 115. Cost Accounting (3)
Eco. 306. Intermediate Economic Theory (3)
Fin. 326. Problems in Financial Management (3)
(or other 300 level course)
AH students enrolled in this program will be required to take the Ad-
mission Test for Graduate Study in Business.
Arts and Science students who are interested in this program should
confer with Dean L. Reed Tripp for additional information.
Transfer credits from a reputable accredited college or university will
be accepted for background courses. Students wishing to take some of their
background work elsewhere should consult Dean Tripp, Director of the
Graduate Programs, to obtain approval of the proposed course or courses
and of the institution at which they are to be taken.
HONORS AND UNSCHEDULED WORK
Qualified students in both curricula in the College of Arts and Science
may choose to work for either Departmental or Interdepartmental Honors.
Particularly well-qualified students sometimes work for both.
Departmental Honors
Departmental honors are awarded at the end of the senior year, on
recommendation of the head of the department concerned and by vote of
the faculty, to students who have done advanced work of unusual merit in
some chosen field. A candidate for departmental honors must announce to
his major adviser, not later than the end of his junior year, his intention to
work for Departmental Honors. Each major adviser shall send the registrar
and the dean of the college, no later than the close of registration of each
fall semester, the names of seniors who are working for Departmental
Honors in his major. Awards are based on grades obtained in the subject
chosen, the results in extra work assigned, and the general proficiency of the
candidate as evidenced by a thesis. No student who fails to pass his com-
prehensive examination with distinction is graduated with departmental
honors.
A student in Departmental Honors is granted a waiver of graduate
standing to take courses numbered 400 and above if the student has the
course prerequisites and if his semester schedule does not exceed fifteen
hours.
Interdepartmental Honors
The Interdepartmental Honors Program offers students who have dem-
onstrated outstanding ability the opportunity to devote part of their junior
and senior years to independent study through a series of limited enrollment
seminars and the writing of a thesis. For a description of the program see
p. 71.
82 College of Arts and Science
Honors students in the College of Arts and Science may, with the ap-
proval of the dean, substitute C. C. seminars for distribution courses other
than foreign languages.
Unscheduled Work
On the advice of the head of the student's major department and with
the consent of the dean of the College, a junior or a senior of unusual merit
who wishes to concentrate in his chosen field may be allowed to substitute
not more than four or six hours respectively of unscheduled work per
semester for an equal number of hours of elective work otherwise required
for graduation.
This provision is particularly useful for the honors candidate who
wishes to pursue independent study in connection with his extra work of
honors thesis. Interested students should consult their department heads.
Details of Major Sequences
Major Sequences in Arts and Science
American Studies: This is an interdepartmental major emphasizing
the idea that the institutions and values of a society comprise a whole and
not merely a sum of separate parts. By concentrating on the unique ex-
pressions of individuals contained in the literature of America and by study-
ing the historical movements within which these expressions develop, Amer-
ican Studies reveals relationships which may not be clearly seen within the
framework of a single discipline. By carefully chosen electives the student
can add to the insights of literature and history. Thus, for example, a student
may pursue the relationship of the behavioral sciences to history and liter-
ature or use the various disciplines to give greater comprehension of the
problems of the American city. In addition, the study in depth of one's own
environment provides the student with a greater awareness of the forces
which have shaped his world and his character and should produce a great-
er sensitivity to the values of his own society.
The major consists of sequences in American history and literature,
followed by eighteen hours of advanced study divided equally between
American history and American literature. Six hours of either European
literature or European history will be taken after consultation with the di-
rector. In his senior year the student will take two seminars, respectively, in
literature and history organized around some single theme in their respec-
tive fields. The major requirements total 42 hours.
Because the emphasis is strongly placed on American history and lit-
erature, an undergraduate American Studies major will provide thorough
preparation for graduate work in American Studies and, with suitable col-
lateral courses, American literature or American history. In addition, the
Hist.
13,
14.
Engl.
20,
21.
Engl.
321.
Engl.
341.
Engl.
343.
Engl.
344.
Hist.
319.
Hist.
320.
Hist.
327.
Hist.
328.
Hist.
Option —
Engl.
Option —
(C
Engl.
345.
Hist.
3xx.
College of Arts and Science 83
major may help in preparing students for advanced work in law, theology,
and teaching in secondary schools and community college.
A committee appointed by the Dean of the College and headed by a
Director administers the major in American Studies.
Required Preliminary Courses
American Civilization (6)
American Literature (6)
Required Major Courses
20th Century American Literature)
Contemporary American Literature)
American Romanticism ) (9)
American Realism )
17th Century America )
18th Century America )
American Intellectual History ) (9)
American Intellectual History )
Option
6 Hours European Literature) (6)
6 Hours European History )
(Choice to be made in consultation with Director)
Required Senior Seminars
Themes in American Literature)
Themes in American History )
Electives will be chosen in view of the student's developing interests
and in consultation with the director.
Biology. The biology major serves several purposes. It provides train-
ing for students aiming for graduate study in any of the biological sciences.
The program also exceeds the minimum science requirements for admission
to medical, dental and allied professional colleges. Finally, the major offers
a terminal A.B. degree for students interested in the science of life yet aim-
ing for a career in the business world, teaching at the pre-college level, or
some other profession.
To fulfill all of these functions the biology major combines a maxi-
mum choice of biology elective courses with a strong requirement in chem-
istry, physics and mathematics. This enables students to channel their biology
training along paths suitable to their interests, aims and competence while,
at the same time, it ensures adequate training in other sciences upon which
much of contemporary biology is based.
The required biology courses include 6 hours scheduled in the fresh-
man year (Biol. 21, 22, 18 — Introductory Biology and Genetics) and 3
hours scheduled in the senior year (Biol. 272 — Senior Seminar). In ad-
dition the student is required to elect 18 credits from the following list of
biology courses:
Biol. 14 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (3)
Biol. 35 Microbiology (3)
Biol. 221 Undergraduate Research (3)
Biol. 303 Advanced Invertebrate Zoology (3)
Biol. 313 General Histology (3)
Biol. 314 Vertebrate Embryology (3)
Biol. 320 Physiology (3)
Biol. 334 Growth and Development in Plants (3)
Biol. 353 Virology (3)
Biol. 361 Sanitary Microbiology (3)
For students interested in applying to medical, dental or allied pro-
fessional colleges, Biol. 14, Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy, and Biol.
314, Vertebrate Embryology, are particularly recommended electives.
84 College of Arts and Science
For students interested in graduate study, Chem. 91, Physical Chem-
istry, and Chem. 371, Elements of Biochemistry, are suitable electives that
may be substituted for biology electives.
The other required science courses are:
Math.
Math.
or
Math.
Chem.
Chem.
Chem.
Phys.
21
22
1 & 11
2 & 12
51, 52 & 53
1, 16 & 17
Anal. Geo. & Calc. I
Elem. Statistics
Anal. Geo. & Calc. II
Chem. Principles I & Lab.
Chem. Principles II & Lab.
Organic Chem. & Lab.
Mech. of Mass Points, General Phys. & Lab.
Recommended Sequence of Courses
Biol.
Biol.
Chem.
Chem.
Math.
Chem.
Chem.
Phys.
Biol.
Chem.
Biol.
Biol.
First Semester
21 Principles of Biology . . 3
22 Introd. Biology Lab. . . 1
1 Chem. Principles I .3
11 Chem. Principles I Lab. 1
21 Anal. Geo & Cal. I 4
Biol.
Chem.
Chem.
Math.
or
Math.
Sophomore Year
51 Organic Chem 3 Chem.
53 Organic Chem. Lab. 2 Phys.
1 Mech. of Mass Points . 3 Phys.
Elective Biol.
Junior Year
39 Anal. Chem 3 Biol.
Elective 3
Senior Year
Elective 3 Biol.
Second Semester
18 Genetics 3
2 Chem. Principles II 3
12 Chem. Principles II Lab. 1
8 Elem. Statistics 3
22 Anal. Geo. & Cal. II 4
52 Organic Chem 3
16 General Physics 3
17 General Physics Lab. . . 3
Elective 3
Electives 6
272 Senior Seminar 3
Biology: Natural Resources Option. Students interested in natural re-
sources and their conservation may take the major in biology, slightly modi-
fied to permit taking collateral courses in geology and other pertinent fields.
Chemistry. Students in the College of Arts and Science who wish to
major in Chemistry should consult the general description given on pages
131 and 132 of this catalog. The B.A. degree with major in Chemistry
permits somewhat greater latitude in the selection of courses than does the
B.S. degree curriculum, but does require the student to take six more hours
of language than the B.S. candidate. Adequacy in German will be found
beneficial for those having a professional interest in Chemistry (See German
requirements on page 93). Premedical students should note that the B.A.
program in Chemistry has sufficient latitude to permit a very strong prep-
aration for medical school.
It is to be emphasized that both B.A. and B.S. degrees are drawn up to
permit a graduate to embark immediately upon graduate school work.
Chem.
1, 11;
Math.
21,
Phys.
1.
Math.
23.
Phys.
3.
Phys.
4.
Chem.
51,
Chem.
53,
Chem.
91.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Required Preliminary Courses
13 Chemical Principles (8)
22 Anal Geo. & Cal. I and II (8)
Mech. of Mass Points (3)
Required Major Courses
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Anal. Geo. & Cal. Ill (4)
Heat and Electricity (4)
Elec. Light & Atom. Phys C4)
52. Organic Chemistry (6)
54. Organic Chemistry (4)
Physical Chemistry (3)
Chem.
190
Chem.
192
Chem.
193
Chem.
235
Chem.
302
Chem.
358
Chem.
303
Chem.
305
Chem.
306
Chem.
337
Chem.
352.
Chem.
371
Chem.
381.
Chem.
382.
Chem.
391
College of Arts and Science 85
JUNIOR YEAR
Physical Chemistry (3)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Analytical Chemistry ! (3)
Principles of Inorganic Chemistry (3)
Advanced Organic Chemistry (3)
SENIOR YEAR
Chem. 236. Analytical Chemistry (3)
(and at least one of the following)
Optional
Nuclear and Radiochemistry (3)
Inorganic Preparations (2)
Systematic Inorganic Chemistry (3)
Instrumental Methods of Analysis (3)
Meterocyclic Compounds (3)
Elements of Biochemistry (3)
Radiation & Structure (4)
Structure, Electrochem., and Kinetics ....(3)
Topics in Macromolecular Chem (3)
Classical Languages. Majors in Classical Languages seek, through in-
sight into the culture of ancient Greece and Rome, to gain an appreciation
of Greco-Roman achievements in art, literature, philosophy, and science,
and to formulate an evaluation of the importance of these for modern cul-
ture. Readings in the original languages of masterpieces, chosen both for
their usefulness in developing skill in the languages and for their intrinsic
worth and abiding importance, aim at developing an accumulative growth
in the mastery of the languages and in the ability to interpret, criticize, and
evaluate the achievements of classical civilization.
The basic work is supplemented by studies in the history, archaeology,
art, philosophy, and literary history of Greece and Rome, and by an in-
troduction to the basic tools and disciplines of scholarly research in this
area. Students are encouraged to undertake research in fields of their own
interest.
Classical Languages as a major has stood the test of time, offering a
general cultural background for careers in widely diverse fields in the pro-
fessions, business, and public service. It has particular relevance as a prepara-
tion for careers in teaching, law, writing, archaeology, and the church.
Lehigh University is a cooperating institution of The American School
of Classical Studies at Athens. Graduates of Lehigh University receive free
tuition in the School.
Group 1 (Emphasis upon Greek).
Required Preliminary Courses
Gk. 1, 2. Elementary Greek (6)
Gk. 3, 4. Second-Year Greek (6)
Required Major Courses
Gk. 11, 12. Greek Drama (6)
Gk. 13. Greek Historians (3)
Gk. 16. Greek Epic (3)
Gk. 311. Homer (3)
Gk. 316. Plato (3)
Gk. 21. Ancient History (3)
Lat. 22. Ancient History (3)
Six hours of Latin language, specific courses depending
on the student's preparation.
86 College of Arts and Science
Group 2 (Emphasis upon Latin).
Lat.
61.
Lat.
62.
Lat.
63.
Lat.
65.
Gk.
21.
Lat.
22.
Lat.
166.
Lat.
167.
Lat.
168.
Lat.
169.
Lat.
211.
Lat.
212.
Astr.
1.
Astr.
2.
F.A.
1.
F.A.
3.
Govt.
1.
Hist.
25.
Hist.
351.
Phil.
231.
S.R.
31.
Required Preliminary Courses
Elementary Latin (3)
Caesar (3)
Nepos and Cicero (3)
Vergil (3)
Required Major Courses
Ancient History (3)
Ancient History (3)
Horace (3)
Roman Prose Writers (3)
Latin Drama (3)
Satire (3)
Readings (3)
Readings (3)
Six hours of Greek language, specific courses depending
upon the student's preparation.
Recommended Electives
Descriptive Astronomy (3)
General Astronomy (3)
Survey of Painting and Sculpture . (3)
Pre-Renaissance Architecture (3)
The Foundation of Government (3)
European History (3)
The Middle Ages (3)
Ancient Philosophy (3)
Cultural Anthropology (3)
Conservation. See Natural Resources, page 97.
Economics and Business Administration. Three majors are offered
in the field of economics and business administration: economics, finance,
and accounting.
See also the Arts-M.B.A. Program, page 119.
Economics.
Eco.
Eco.
Math.
Math.
Eco.
Eco.
Eco.
Eco.
Fin.
Eco.
Eco.
Fin.
Eco.
Eco.
Eco.
11,
3,
21.
<;.
306.
307,
45.
346.
129.
309.
333.
351.
303.
310.
311.
Required Preliminary Courses
SOPHOMORE YEAR
12. Political-Economic Thought (6)
4. Economics (6)
Analytic Geo. and Cal. I (4)
Finite Math (3)
Required Major Courses
JUNIOR YEAR
Intermediate Economic Theory (3)
308. History of Economic Thought (6)
Statistical Method (3)
Business Cycles and Forecasting (3)
Money and Banking (3)
Comparative Economic Systems (3)
SENIOR YEAR
Labor Problems (3)
Public Finance : Federal (3)
Economic Development (3)
Economic Evolution (3)
Economics Resource Use (3)
College of Arts and Science 87
Acctg.
108.
Eco.
303.
Eco.
334.
Eco.
347.
Eco.
348.
Govt.
357.
Govt.
360.
Hist.
327
S. R.
61.
S. R.
365.
Fin.
130.
Eco.
336.
Fin.
241.
Fin.
332.
S. R.
362.
328.
Recommended Electives
Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
Economic Development (3)
Labor Legislation (3)
National Income Analysis (3)
Advanced Business Cycles '. . (3)
City Government (3)
Public Administration (3)
Development of American Institutions ....(3)
Principles of Sociology (3)
Development of Sociological Theory (3)
Money and Banking (3)
Business and Government (3)
International Trade and Finance (3)
Monetary-Fiscal Policy (3)
Social Problems (3)
Finance.
Eco.
Math.
Math.
Fin.
Fin.
Fin.
Eco.
Acctg.
Fin.
Fin..
Eco.
Acctg.
Eco.
Fin.
Fin.
Fin.
Fin.
Fin.
Law
Eco.
Eco.
Required Preliminary Courses
SOPHOMORE YEAR
3, 4. Economics (6)
21. Anal. Geo. and Cal. I (4)
6. Finite Math ' (3)
Required Major Courses
JUNIOR YEAR
125. Principles of Corporation Finance (3)
129, 130 Money and Banking (6)
326. Problems in Financial Management (3)
45. Statistical Method (3)
108. Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
SENIOR YEAR
323. Investments (3)
351. Public Finance : Federal (3)
306. Intermediate Economic Theory (3)
plus nine hours selected from the following:
305. Financial Statements and Reports (3)
301. Business Management (3)
241, 342. International Trade and Finance (6)
324. Investments (3)
331. Bank Credit Management (3)
332. Monetary-Fiscal Policy . . (3)
352. Public Finance: State and Local (3)
1. Business Law (3)
336. Business and Government (3)
346. Business Cycles and Forecasting (3)
Accounting.*
Acctg.
1,
2.
Eco.
3,
4.
Math.
21.
Math.
6.
Acctg.
13,
14.
Acctg.
115.
Fin.
125.
Fin.
129.
Law
1,
102.
Required Preliminary Courses
Accounting (6)
Economics (6)
Anal. Geo. and Cal. I (4)
Finite Math (3)
Required Major Courses
Intermediate Accounting (6)
Cost Accounting (3)
Corporation Finance ... (3)
Money and Banking (3)
Business Law (6)
College of Arts and Science
plus nine semester hours to be selected from the following:
Acctg. 203, 204. Federal Tax Accounting (6)
Acctg. 304. Governmental and Institutional Acctg (3)
Acctg. 315. Advanced Accounting (3)
Acctg. 318. Advanced Cost Budgeting and Analysis ...(3)
Acctg. 320. Auditing (3)
Acctg. 325. Controllership (3)
*Students interested in qualifying for the C.P.A. certificate in the State
of New York should consult the head of the Department of Accounting.
Recommended Electives
Eco. 301. Business Management (3)
Eco. 306. Intermediate Economic Theory (3)
Eco. 45. Statistical Method (3)
Eco. 346. Business Cycles and Forecasting (3)
Fin. 323. Investments (3)
Law 204. Wills, Estates, and Trusts (3)
English. Two majors are offered by the department of English: Eng-
lish literature, and journalism.
English Literature.
Literature is a representation of life at the level of man's individual,
human dealings with his fellow men. It is man's response to the physical,
emotional, intellectual, and moral conditions of his existence. A literary work
is one author's ordering and interpretation of his experience, revealing what-
ever wisdom and beauty his vision of the universe affords him. It both illum-
inates human experience and is a joy forever.
When these works are seen as the diverse and yet unified expressions
of an epoch, they provide insight into the human problem and solution at a
particular moment in time. Put together epoch after epoch, they thus be-
come, in a peculiarly rich and inward sense, a form of history. Among world
literatures English is perhaps the most varied and splendid and, together with
American literature, presents in today's international setting an unusual
breadth of national, racial, regional, and cultural subjects.
The English major student will come to know the varied richness of
this literature. So that he may learn how to read thoughtfully and sensitively,
he will be taught how to analyze the basic processes of the literary art. His
own skill in using the written word will grow as he studies intensively the
writings of those who have shown themselves to be the supreme masters of
the skill. Above all, he will be challenged to formulate honest reactions to
his reading just as writers originally did when confronted by experience; and
so, by integrating his own experience with what Matthew Arnold called "the
best that has been thought and said," he will come to perceive whatever
wisdom and beauty his own enriched vision will afford him. The resulting
enlargement of mind and spirit not only should produce a flexible, yet well-
integrated, personality but also can be put at the service of society in what-
ever profession or enterprise the student may undertake.
Required Preliminary Courses
Composition and Literature (6)
(6)
Types of World Literature (6)
English Literature (6)
Engl.
1,
2.
or
Engl.
11,
12
and
Engl.
8,
9.
College of Arts and Science 89
Required Major Courses
Engl. 323, 324. Shakespeare and the Elizabethan Drama ..(6)
and twenty-four semester hours from the following courses:
Engl. 183, 184. Readings in English Literature (6)
Engl. 321, 322. Twentieth-Century Literature (6)
Engl. 325. English Literature of the Romantic Era (3)
Engl. 326. English Literature of the Victorian Era (3)
Engl. 331. Milton (3)
Engl. 333. Restoration and Augustan Literature (3)
Engl. 334. The Age of Johnson (3)
Engl. 335. History of the English Language (3)
Engl. 336. Writing for Publication (3)
Engl. 337. The Renaissance (3)
Engl. 338. The Seventeenth Century (3)
Engl. 339. Chaucer . (3)
Engl. 340. Advanced Composition (3)
Engl. 341, 342. Contemporary Literature (6)
Up to six hours of related courses in other departments may be substi-
tuted with the approval of head of department.
Collateral courses are recommended in history, philosophy, history and
criticism of the fine arts, and classical and modern languages and literature.
Students planning to pursue graduate studies should acquire a reading knowl-
edge of German, French, and Latin as undergraduates.
Journalism.
Journalism is concerned with the exercise of social responsibility in
human affairs; the profession of journalism deals with the truthful communi-
cation of facts and their explanation. It is the purpose of the program in
journalism to bring its majors: (1 ) to the point where they can gather signi-
ficant information, organize it quickly into effective form, and communicate
it clearly, accurately, and with a disciplined objectivity; and (2) to an under-
standing of the legitimate role of the press in society.
The first of these objectives is obtained by extensive, professionally
oriented practice in the writing, reporting, and editing of public affairs. The
skill thus acquired is firmly rooted in rigorous training in vocabulary, in pre-
cision of expression, and in sophistication in style. It is concerned with clear
writing and careful reporting, the kind that depicts the meaning of events. It
develops from a purposeful curiosity and a capacity to be imaginatively in-
terested in human activity. The second objective is obtained: (1) by study
of the rights and responsibilities of the press under the constitution, with
emphasis upon the freedom of the press as conditioned by the liberties of
the individual and the needs of society; (2) by examination of the journalistic
tradition in the United States in relation to the political, economic, and so-
cial progress of the population; and (3) by independent study, culminating
in an undergraduate thesis, of the press and society.
The basic program in journalism provides opportunity for concentration
in at least one of the following areas: ancient history, economics, govern-
ment, history, international relations, literature, philosophy, science, and
sociology.
While the great majority of graduates in journalism enter some phase of
written communication as a career — daily newspaper, wire services, maga-
zine, public or industrial relations, advertising, technical writing — others
have used their background in journalism as a base for the study and practice
of law, service in government, teaching, business management, and graduate
study in a variety of disciplines.
90 College of Arts and Science
Required Preliminary Courses
Journ. 1-2. Brown and White (2)
Journ. 11. News Writing (3)
Required Major Courses
Journ. 3-8. Brown and White (2-6)
(Brown and White must be rostered each semester while the student
is in the Journalism major.)
Journ. 12. Reporting of Public Affairs (3)
Journ. 121, 122 Law of the Press (6)
Journ. 17. Magazine Article Writing (3)
Journ. 113. Editing (3)
Journ. 115. Interpretive Writing (3)
Journ. 118. History of American Journalism (3)
Journ. 120. Journalism Proseminar (3)
Gk. 21. Ancient History (3)
or
Lat. 22. Ancient History (3)
Phil. 15. Ethics (3)
Recommended Electives
Majors in journalism are advised to enroll in certain courses in eco-
nomics, English, government, history, international relations, philos-
ophy, and sociology. Electives should be chosen in consultation with
the major adviser.
Fine Arts.
Throughout history each civilization has found its identity in the cre-
ative expression of its artists. By his understanding and practice of the arts,
man frequently is able to lead the way to new ideas of enduring importance.
We pursue the study of art with these facts in mind.
Our courses in history and appreciation of art are given in lecture form.
Ten thousand slides and over eight thousand books, monographs and in-
dexed periodicals provide reference. Current exhibitions and the Permanent
Collection afford additional study and research materials.
Drawing and painting courses focus on developing technical skills, on
increasing sensitivity in response to content and broadening intellectual per-
ception, all in relation to increased creativity. For these the student must be-
come familiar with artistic conventions of the past and with contemporary
trends. Formal problems provide sequential steps and the measure of in-
creased facility. Each student's creative expression is constantly encouraged.
His understanding of man in relation to nature and society is developed to
further his individual performances in art.
Architectural drafting room practices are related to the problems of
man-space-function and good design. Here the concern is with the efficient
and the beautiful. A study is made of the needs of man, of the effects of
spatial environment and of the engineering requirements of structure and
locale.
The creative solution becomes a problem of integrating site, plan, and struc-
ture with all determining factors in an artistic manner.
Visiting architects, visits to in-process buildings and to architects' offices
assist in comprehending the practices and practical side of architecture.
College of Arts and Science: Major Sequences 91
Required Preliminary Courses
F.A. 1, 2. Survey of Painting and Sculpture (6)
F.A. 31 or 32. Elements of Art (3)
Phil. 14. Logic
or (3)*
Phil. 15. Ethics
or
Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology
Required Major Courses
F.A. 3. Pre-Renaissance Architecture (3)
F.A. 4. Architects and Architecture (3)
F.A. 15. Italian Ren. Art (3)
F.A. 216. Art in the United States (3)
F.A. 219. Nineteenth Century Art (3)
F.A. 220. Form and Milieu in Twentieth Century Art (3)
F.A. 33, 34. Painting Practices and Principles (6)
Phil. 100. Philosophy of Contemporary Civilization . (3)
Mus. Approved Course (3)
Plus one of the following pair of courses:
For students emphasizing architecture:
F.A. 41. Basics in Architecture (3)
F.A. 42. Contemporary Architectural Design (3)
For students emphasizing painting:
F. A. 131,132. Advanced Studio Practice (6)
^Students emphasizing architecture may substitute Math. 21, Mech. 1
or C.E. 11.
Foreign Careers. The interdepartmental major in Foreign Careers is
designed to give students the grounding in language, history, economics, and
related subjects needed for successful work with private industry or govern-
mental agencies in their overseas activities. The program is under the direc-
tion of Professor Finn B. Jensen of the department of economics.
Each student in the program will schedule all courses in the Common
Core and in one of the Options. In addition, he will, in consultation with the
director, select courses in language, history, and other subjects which will
give him an intensive knowledge of the culture of the area in which he is
interested. Students electing the Russian area option will be expected to
study Russian.
The program also affords a broad base for graduate study in social
sciences and business administration. Students interested in this aspect of the
major sequence should consult the director early in their college careers.
Common Core
Required Preliminary Courses
Eco. 3, 4. Economics (6)
Govt. 3. Foreign Governments (3)
Math. 21. Anal. Geo. and Cal. I '. (4)
Math. 6. Finite Mathematics (3)
Eco. 45 Statistical Method (3)
Required courses for students concentrating in the Latin American area.
Eco. 305. Economic Development of Latin America . (3)
S.R. 367. Latin American Social Institutions (3)
Hist. 49, 50. History of Latin America (6)
Hist. 365, 366. Modern Latin America (6)
Required Courses for students concentrating in the European area.
Eco. 309. Comparative Economic Systems (3)
Hist. 351. *The Middle Ages (3)
Hist. 352. *Renaissance and Reformation (3)
Hist. 353, 354. European History, 1648 to the Present . (6)
-Hist. 355 and Hist. 356 may be substituted for Hist. 351 and Hist. 352.
Required courses for students concentrating in the Russian area.
Eco. 309. Comparative Economic Svstems (3)
Govt. 362. The Soviet System of Government (3)
I. R. 133, 134. Diplomacy of Russia (6)
L R. 334. The Soviet Union in World Affairs ... (3)
Hist. 354. European History, 1648 to the Present (3)
92 College of Arts and Science: Major Sequences
Foreign Trade Option
Acctg. 1. Accounting (3)
or
Acctg. 108. Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
Fin. 129. Money and Banking (3)
Fin. 341, 342. International Trade and Finance (6)
Six hours of economics or finance
in consultation with the adviser (6)
Public Administration Option
Acctg. 1. Accounting (3)
or
Acctg. 108. Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
I.R. 352. International Organization (3)
or
I-R- 361. International Law (3)
Fin. 351. Public Finance (3)
Govt. 360. Public Administration (3)
Govt. 363. Contemporary Political Thought (3)
or
Govt. 364. Contemporary Political Thought (3)
Govt. 361. Comparative Administrative Systems (3)
Open Option
In place of any of the three preceding options, a student may take an
Open Option by meeting the advanced course requirements for one of the
other Arts College majors. The Open Option is most feasible with humani-
ties and social science majors but will require a careful combining of distri-
bution courses and free electives with the eighteen hours normally given to
the option. Students interested in the Open Option should consult the director
of the Foreign Careers major as early as possible.
Geology. Geology is the science which deals with natural phenomena
on or within the earth. It is a science which makes use of most other scien-
tific disciplines in its practice; hence the student of geology must combine
thorough training in geology with a broad understanding of physical, chem-
ical, and biological principles. The undergraduate program in geology at
Lehigh emphasizes this relationship. About one-half of the courses re-
quired in the major are in geology; about one-half are in the collateral
sciences. Students interested in geochemistry, geophysics, or geological en-
gineering may be permitted to substitute certain additional courses in col-
laeral sciences or engineering for some required geology courses.
An extended field trip is held each year for advanced undergraduates
in conjunction with work in advanced required major courses.
Attendance at an approved summer field camp is required for all ma-
jors. Lehigh does not operate its own field camp but arrangements are easily
made for Lehigh students to attend field camps operated by other colleges
and universities. In certain cases equivalent experience is accepted in lieu
of attendance at field camp.
Geological training may be utilized in industry (especially in the petrol-
eum, mining, highway construction, ceramics, and metallurgical industries),
government service and in secondary school and college teaching.
Required Preliminary Courses
FRESHMAN YEAR
Geol. 1 Principles of Geology . 3 Geol. 2 Principles of Geology . 3
Chem. 1 Chemical Principles 1.3 Chem. 3 Chemical Principles II . . 3
Chem. 11 Chemical Principles II Chem. 13 Chemical . Principles II
Lab 1 Lab 1
Math. 21 An. Geom. and Cal. 1.4 Math. 22 An. Geom. and Cal. II . . 4
College of Arts and Science: Major Sequences 93
Geol.
Phys.
Chem.
Geol.
Geol.
Biol.
Biol.
Geol.
Geol.
Required Major Courses
SOPHOMORE YEAR
13 Sedimentation 3 Geol. 23 Structural Geology .... 3
1 Mechanics of Mass Phys. 16 General Physics 3
Points 3 Phys. 17 General Physics Lab. . . 2
39 Analytical Chemistry . 3
JUNIOR YEAR
301 Intro, to Geophysics .... 3 Geol. 311 Paleontology 3
333 Crystallography 3 Geol. 336 Min. Phase Relations . . 3
21 Principles of Biology . . 3
22 Intro, to Biol. Lab 1
SENIOR YEAR
315 Regional Stratigraphy . . 3 Geol. *
334 Petrology and Geol. *
Petrography 4
*Chosen with approval of major adviser from Geol. 302 (3), Geol. 337 (3),
Geol. 351 (2), Geol. 354 (4), Geol. 357 (3), Geol. 390 (3).
Recommended electives in collateral sciences and engineering: Math. 23
(4), Phys. 3, 4 (8) (may be taken in place of Phys. 16, 17), Chem. 91, 190
(6) or Chem. 95 (3), Met. 333 (3), Biol. 306 (3), C. E. 239 (3), Astr. 1 (3).
German. In this major, required courses in the German language and
literature constitute a core around which the student can build a program of
study providing a broad as well as sound understanding not only of German
cultural contributions per se but also as part of the culture of the Western
World. Specific courses other than those listed will depend upon each stu-
dent's previous educational experience; but, in general, collateral work should
include ancient and modern European history, fine arts, music, and the
languages and literatures of other peoples, especially the English, French,
Greeks and Romans.
Ger.
1,
2.
Ger.
U,
12.
Ger.
31.
Ger.
41,
42.
Ger.
251.
ai
Ger.
32.
Ger.
335.
Ger.
201.
Ger.
202.
Ger.
203.
Ger.
321.
Ger.
205.
Ger.
250.
Ger.
301,
302.
Required Preliminary Courses
Elementary German (6)
Intermediate German (6)
Required Major Courses
Conversation and Composition (3)
Survey of German Literature (6)
Goethe's Faust (3)
and at least two of the following:
Conversation and Composition (3)
German Poetry (3)
The Classical Period (3)
The German Novelle (3)
Nineteenth Century German Drama (3)
Middle High German (3)
Twentieth Century German Literature ...(3)
Special Topics (3)
The Age of Goethe (6)
Government. The major in government is designed to promote under-
standing of political ideas, institutions, and practices; to develop skill in the
analysis and appraisal of political problems; and to encourage an unbiased
consideration of controversial issues in the governmental field. Various
courses deal with both the theoretical aspects of government in general and
the machinery, processes, functions, and purposes of government in the
United States and other countries.
94 College of Arts and Science: Major Sequences
This major is suitable for undergraduates who may become attorneys,
social science teachers, government officials, party or civic leaders, public
affairs commentators, or staff members of governmental research bureaus.
It provides thorough preparation for graduate work in political science and
public administration. Graduate study is advisable for students contemplat-
ing certain careers, for example: the teaching of political science at the col-
lege level; research in the governmental field; and public service as city
managers or as administrators at the top and middle management levels of
the national and state governments.
Required Preliminary Courses
Govt. 1. Foundations of Government (3)
Govt. 2. American Political Ideas (3)
Govt. 3. Foreign Governments (3)
Govt. 51, 52. American Government (6)
Required Major Courses
Govt. 101. History of Political Theory (3)
Plus fifteen hours from the following:
Govt. 6. Democracy (3)
Govt. 351, 352. Constitutional Law, Civil Liberties (6)
Govt. 354. Administrative Law (3)
Govt. 357. City Government (3)
Govt. 359. Law-Making (3)
Govt. 360. Public Administration (3)
Govt. 361. Comparative Administrative Systems (3)
Govt. 362. The Soviet System of Government (3)
Govt. 363, 364. Contemporary Political Thought (6)
Govt. 304. Political Parties : (3)
Govt. 321. Scope and Methods of Political Science ... (3)
Plus one International Relations Course at the 300 level (3)
TOTAL (36)
Majors in Government are advised to enroll for certain
courses in the fields of economics, history, journalism,
philosophy, psychology, public finance, and social rela-
tions. The particular course selections should be made in
consultation with the head of the Department or his des-
ignated representative.
History. History is the study of man's activities upon the planet he in-
habits. As such, it encompasses not only a study of events and public policy,
but the whole sweep of man's cultural achievements — his religion and
philosophy, his literature and art. his economic and social life. Some of the
most influential thinkers and public men of our time (Toynbee, Kennan,
Churchill, and Kennedy, among others) have come to an understanding of
contemporary problems by studying the forces in the past which have
shaped the world of the present.
Majors in History take courses in the history of three culture areas,
examining the major developments in each in terms of the problem of cause
and effect, which is the historian's central concern. These courses provide
training in the disciplines of research, the analysis of historical problems,
and the formulation of historical judgments, as well as in writing. Majors
in history have the foundation for law school, government service, jour-
nalism, teaching, or graduate study.
A major in history consists of thirty-six hours distributed in three of
the four areas in which the department offers courses: American, British,
College of Arts and Science: Major Sequences 95
European, and Latin-American history. No more than eighteen of these
hours may be in one field. In the senior year, majors in history are ex-
amined on the three fields they have chosen, and are required to write an
acceptable senior paper. The senior paper will be due on the second Monday
in April for those graduating in June, the third Monday in September for
those graduating in October, and the second Monday in December for
those graduating in January. Honors students in the department may plan
special programs, with suitable substitutions for some of the above require-
ments, in consultation with the major adviser.
Required Preliminary Courses
Hist. 25, 26. European History (6)
Plus one of the following sequences:
Hist. 13, 14. American Civilization (6)
Hist. 15, 16. English History (6)
Hist. 49, 50. History of Latin America (6)
Required Major Courses
Twenty-four hours chosen from the following:
Hist. 319, 320. Colonial America (6)
Hist. 321, 322. United States History since 1789 (6)
Hist. 323, 324. American Constitutional History (6)
Hist. 325. American Immigrant History (3)
Hist. 326. American Urban History (3)
Hist. 327, 328. American Intellectual History (6)
Hist. 329, 330. American Foreign Policy (6)
Hist. 347, 348. British Empire, 1603 to the Present (6)
Hist. 349, 350. The Middle Ages (6)
Hist. 352. Renaissance and Reformation (3)
Hist. 353, 354. European History, 1648 to the Present ... (6)
Hist. 355, 356. European Intellectual History (6)
Hist. 365, 366. Modern Latin America (6)
Hist. 367. The Iberian Peninsula (3)
Hist. 368. The Caribbean (3)
Hist. 371, 372. Special Topics in History (6)
Majors in history will find it advantageous to enroll for certain courses
in economics, English and American literature, government, international
relations, philosophy, psychology, and social relations. Particular attention
is called to Greek 21 and Latin 22. Students planning to pursue graduate
studies should acquire a reading knowledge of at least one foreign language
as undergraduates, choosing the language or languages appropriate to their
area of concentration
International Relations. The field of international relations poses
an unprecedented challenge to student and teacher alike and provides a
stimulating focus of interest for undergraduate education. It demands full
recognition and understanding of the vast forces which are shaping the
world — wars, nationalism, political ideologies, and modern technology.
The leadership and responsibilities of the United States in the world arena
have created a need for broadly educated young men who possess a clear
appreciation of the factors which influence the policies of nations.
Students will approach the study of state behavior through courses in
the theory and techniques of diplomacy, the history of modern international
96 College of Arts and Science: Major Sequences
relations, and special seminars in international law, international organiza-
tion, and world politics. The ultimate objective is to shape and develop well-
informed and independent observers and participants in the field of interna-
tional affairs. The flexibility of the program permits added study in history,
government, economics and other social sciences.
The broad knowledge and understanding acquired can be utilized in
careers in teaching, the Foreign Service of the United States and other gov-
ernment agencies, international business, and the legal profession.
Required Preliminary Courses
I. R. 1, 2. World Politics (6)
Required Major Courses
I. R. 341, 342. International Relations (6)
I. R. 351, 352. International Organization (6)
I. R. 361, 362. International Law (6)
and twelve semester hours to be selected, with the approval of the
head of the department, from international relations, history, and gov-
ernment.
Mathematics. The major in mathematics is designed to cover each
of the three main divisions of mathematics: Analysis, Geometry, and Alge-
bra. Rigor and abstraction, properly motivated, are introduced early in the
major in the firm belief that therein lies the essence of mathematics, not
only as a liberal discipline studied for its own sake, but also in the deeper
applications of mathematics to the sciences. On completion of the major pro-
gram, it is expected that the student will have gained an appreciation of the
universal character of the subject as well as the ability to think in mathemat-
ical terms. With this broad orientation, he could readily become a teacher
with a penetrating knowledge of his field, a skilled user of mathematics in
one of the rapidly multplying positions in industry and government, or a stu-
dent in graduate school, continuing to advance to the frontiers of study and
research in mathematics.
Required Preliminary Courses
Math. 21. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4)
Math. 22. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4)
Math. 23. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4)
Required Major Courses
Math. 219. Principles of Analysis (3)
Math. 220. Principles of Analysis (3)
Math. 221. Differential Equations (3)
Math. 241. Higher Algebra I (3)
Math. 242. Higher Algebra II (3)
Math. 315. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable (3)
Approved electives (12)
The four elective courses are to be chosen with the approval of a
designated representative of the head of the department.
Students interested in Actuarial Science can major in Mathematics,
choosing appropriate courses, in consultation with a representative of the
head of the department, to prepare for certain of the actuarial examinations.
College of Arts and Science: Major Sequences 97
Natural Resources: This is an interdepartmental major designed to
give the student basic preparation for a career in management and con-
servation of natural resources and for research and graduate work in these
fields. Integrated work in biology and geology with adequate background
in chemistry and physics provides the best approach to an understanding
of the environment, its influence on man and man's influence upon it.
Biol.
Biol.
Chem.
Chem.
Math.
Chem.
Geol.
Phys.
Chem.
Chem.
Geol.
Biol.
Eco.
FRESHMAN YEAR
First Semester
21 General Biology 3 Biol.
22 Introduction Chem.
1 Chemical Principles . . 3 Chem.
11 Chemical Principles Math.
Lab 1
21 Anal. Geometry & Calc. 4
Second Semester
18 General Biology 3
2 Elementary Statistics . . 3
12 General Chemistry 3
8 General Chemistry Lab. 1
SOPHOMORE YEAR
39 Analytical Chem 3 Biol. 306 Ecology
1 Principles of Geol 3 Geol. 12 Historical Geology
1 Mechanics of Mass Phys. 16 General Physics
Points 3 Phys. 17 General Physics Lab
JUNIOR YEAR
51 Organic Chemistry ... 3 Biol.
53 Organic Chemistry Lab. 2 Biol.
63 Introduction to Ocean- Geol.
ography 3
SENIOR YEAR
303 Advanced Invertebrate
Zoology 3
311 Economics Resource
Use 3
35 Microbiology 3
361 Sanitary Microbiology 3
23 Structural Geology 3
Approved electives 6 or 9
Approved and suggested electives:
Biol.
Biol.
Geol.
Geol.
Geol.
Geol.
Phil.
Speech
14
320
14
311
312
357
341
30
Comparative Anatomy 3
Physiology . . . 3
Earth Materials Lab 1
Palaeontology 3
Stratigraphy 3
Economic Geology 3
Evolution of Scientific Ideas 3
Fundamentals of Speech 3
A student who is taking a major in biology, geology, or journalism, and
who is interested in natural resources and their conservation, should consult
with his major adviser. His program can be so arranged as to provide an ade-
quate major concentration combined with appropriate collateral work so se-
lected as to develop his knowledge of natural resources and the problems of
their management.
Natural Science. This major provides students with a broad back-
ground in the fundamentals of mathematics and science and the opportun-
ity to concentrate to a reasonable degree in one area of science. The pro-
gram is designed especially for (1) those students who desire preparation
for graduate work or careers in certain of the derivative or interdisciplinary
sciences or related professional fields (oceanography, astronomy, psycho-
physiology, geophysics, information science, medicine or dentistry, con-
servation, etc.), (2) those students who plan to teach science in secondary
schools or community colleges, and (3) those students without fixed career
objectives who desire undergraduate training in science.
Sudents who register for the program are required to select an area of
concentration (or option) which must be approved by the Dean of the
98 College of Arts and Science: Major Sequences
College of Arts and Science and Professor J. Donald Ryan, Department of
Geology, Director of the program. The option may be chosen in Chemistry,
Biology, Geology, Psychology, or in an approved interdisciplinary area (geo-
physics, marine science, biochemistry, information science, etc.). Courses
included in the option will be worked out individually for the student by
his major adviser. A committee, of which Professor Ryan is chairman,
administers the program.
A student registered for this major normally is expected to choose his
option no later than the beginning of his sophomore year.
Required Preliminary Courses
Math. 21, 22, 23 Analytical Geometry and Calculus (12)
Phys. 1 Mechanics of Mass Points (3)
Phys. 3 Heat and Electricity (4)
Phys. 4 Electricity, Light, and Atomic Physics . . . (4)
Chem. 1, 11, 3, 13 Chemical Principles (8)
Geol. 1 Principles of Geology or)
Astro. 1 Descriptive Astronomy) (3)
Biol. 21, 22 Principles of Biology or)
Psych. 1 Introduction to Psychology) (3 or 4)
Required Major Courses
Chem. 51, 52, 53, 54 Organic Chemistry or) (6-10)
Chem. 95, 195 Physical Chemistry)
*Math. elective (3)
*Option (24)
*Math. elective and courses included in option taken with the approval of
major adviser.
Philosophy. Few disciplines have experienced so radical a transfor-
mation of method and purpose as philosophy in recent times. The prin-
cipal aim of the major in philosophy is to acquaint the student with these
changes and to provide a systematic training in the use of new techniques
of logical and philosophical analysis.
Modern philosophical practice resembles scientific method, in that suc-
cessive approximations to the truth are made, in which each new stage re-
sults from an improvement of earlier stages. Accordingly, the student is
introduced to the thought of major philosophers from ancient to modern
times, and the development of analytical techniques within this period is
carefully charted. The answers achieved with the aid of powerful logical
and mathematical techniques have the quality of science rather than of
philosophy, in the traditional sense of the term. Where scientific methods
are inapplicable, as in the field of value judgments, the speculative nature
of theory is emphasized.
Since the Department of Philosophy is closely associated with the Cen-
ter for the Information Sciences, many courses are designed to provide the
necessary tools in dealing with the complex problems of information, com-
munication and the logical structure of science and recorded knowledge.
A preparation in modern philosophy will equip a student not only for
graduate study, but for a career in research, government and industry.
Required Preliminary Courses
Phil. 14. Logic (3)
Phil. 15. Ethics (3)
Required Major Courses
Phil. 331. Ancient Philosophy (3)
Phil. 335. Modern Philosophy (3)
Phil. 339. Twentieth Century Philosophy (3)
Phil. 261. Philosophy of the Natural Sciences (3)
Math. 303. Mathematical Logic (3)
College of Arts and Science: Major Sequences 99
and nine additional hours to be chosen from the courses listed below:
Phil. 337. Nineteenth Century Philosophy (3)
Phil. 251. Analytical Philosophy and Religion (3)
Phil. 271, 272. Readings in Philosophy (3)
Phil. 301. Philosophy of the Social Sciences (3)
Phil. 316. Advanced Ethics (3)
Phil. 341. Evolution of Scientific Ideas (3)
Phil. 362. Issues in the Philosophy of Science (3)
Phil. 364. Logic and Language (3)
Phil. 391. Logico-Mathematical Theories (3)
I.S. 202. Information Retrieval Theory (3)
I.S. 311. General Linguistics (3)
Physics. Designed primarily for students planning professional careers
in science, this sequence includes the minimum mathematical and subject
matter requirements for entrance to graduate schools. Most students who
proceed to graduate school in physics elect, as undergraduates, several addi-
tional mathematics, mechanics and physics courses. Graduate schools in
medicine, meteorology, geophysics, astrophysics, etc., will usually not re-
quire additional physics courses, but will require courses in electronics, biol-
ogy, geology, astronomy, etc. A student interested in immediate professional
employment is advised to study in an engineering curriculum. With special-
ization and careful planning, a student may embark on some graduate level
work in his senior year, or gain an early familiarity with research techniques.
Such intensive study will reduce the number of years required for study to the
Ph.D. since the courses coordinate with the graduate program in physics.
Required Preliminary Courses
Chem. 1, 11; 2, 12;
or 3, 13, Principles of Chemistry (8)
Math. 21, 22.
23. Analytical Geometry and Calculus (12)
Phys. 1. Mechanics of Mass Points (3)
Phys. 3. Heat and Electricity (4)
Phys. 4. Electricity, Light and Atomic Physics .... (4)
Required Major Courses
Phys. 32. Electrostatics (3)
Phys. 90. Electrical Phenomena (1)
Phys. 171. Proseminar (1)
Phys. 191. Laboratory Techniques (2)
Phys. 192. Advanced Physics Laboratory (1)
Phys. 213. Electromagnetism (3)
Phys. 215. Particles and Fields (3)
Phys. 252. Optics (3)
Phys. 254. Optics Laboratory (2)
Phys, 268, 369. Introduction to Modern Physical Theories (6)
Phys. 340. Physical Thermodynamics (3)
Phys. 362 or
363 or Atomic or Solid State or Nuclear Physics (3)
364.
Math. 219, 220. Principles of Analysis (6)
Math. 221. Differential Equations (3)
Psychology. The sequence of basic courses in psychology and related
sciences is designed to expand the student's understanding of the processes
which underlie the complex and varied forms of human and animal behavior,
both individual and social. Throughout the required courses, the emphasis is
on quantitative and experimental analysis. However, elective courses allow
further exploration and deepening of knowledge in special areas of psy-
chological theory and application as well as in many related fields. The
relatively small number of required courses makes the major program in
100 College of Arts and Science: Major Sequences
psychology particularly well suited for the student who wishes a liberal
arts program focused on the natural and social sciences. This nucleus of
courses also forms the foundation for graduate work in any field of psy-
chology, including social psychology, leading to careers in research, college
teaching, and a wide variety of applied fields, including clinical, engineering
and industrial psychology.
Students interested in medicine, dentistry or law may also profitably
choose psychology as their major. Students with these interests would
normally augment the major program with courses chosen from other de-
partments related to their career interests. For example, students planning
a career in medicine must meet the minimum requirements for admission
to medical school which are: 1 year of biology, 1 year of inorganic chemis-
try, 1 year of organic chemistry, and 1 year of physics.
Required Preliminary Courses
Principles of Biology (3)
Intro, to Biology Laboratory (1)
Finite Mathematics (3)
Anal. Geo. and Cal. 1 (4)
14, 261 or 281. Logic; Phil, of Nat. Science; or
Phil, of Soc. Sci (3)
Recommended Preliminary Courses
It is strongly recommended that any student considering post-graduate
study in psychology take a minimum of 7 semester hours of course
work in Physical Science. This recommendation would normally be
met by choosing from Chem. 1, 11, 2, 12; Physics 1, 16, 17.
Required Major Courses
Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology (3)
Math. 8. Elementary Statistical Analysis (3)
Psych. 11. General Experimental Psychology (3)
Psych. 12. General Experimental Psychology Lab. . . . (2)
Two courses chosen with approval of head of department from
Psych. 363. Learning (4)
Psych. 364. Sensation and Perception (4)
Psych. 365. Physiological Psychology (4)
Psych. 367. Experimental Psychodynamics (3)
S. R. 301. Experimental Social Psych (3) (6-8)
Biol.
21.
Biol.
22.
Math.
6.
Math.
21.
Phil.
14,
Additional courses to bring the total number of hours in the major pro-
gram to 24, to be selected from departmental courses; S. R. 21 or S. R.
201, with approval of head of department.
(5-7)
For the student who chooses psychology as his major, early in his
academic career, there will be extensive opportunities to take free electives
throughout the junior and senior years. These electives may be chosen
profitably from courses offered in a number of departments other than
psychology. Psychology majors are encouraged to exercise this choice with
the student's interests as the principal guide.
Romance Languages. The Department of Romance Languages offers
separate major programs in French and Spanish aiming to show the develop-
ment of the culture and civilization of France, Spain, and the Spanish-
speaking countries of Latin America. These programs prepare for graduate
work in several related fields as well as for teaching careers.
College of Arts and Science: Major Sequence 101
Each candidate is assigned a departmental adviser to correlate and inte-
grate supplementary reading and study to meet special objectives. Candi-
dates are urged to participate in junior-year-abroad programs and in study
and travel in foreign countries during summer vacations.
Although the minimum requirement is eighteen credit hours of which
at least six will be chosen from "200" courses, the normal requirement con-
sists of eight semester courses above elementary and intermediate levels,
through which the candidate is expected to gain a knowledge of literature
and an adequate command of the language in preparation for the oral and
written departmental comprehensives and the graduate record examinations.
French.
Required Preliminary Courses
Fr. 1, 2. Elementary French (6)
Fr. 11, 12. Intermediate French (6)
Required Courses in Major
Eighteen hours from the following of which at least six hours shall be
chosen from Fr. 221, 222, 223, 224:
Fr. 13, 14. Types of French Literature (6)
Fr. 23, 24. Seventeenth Century French Literature . (6)
Fr. 25, 26. Eighteenth Century French Literature . . (6)
Fr. 31, 32. Nineteenth Century French Literature ... (6)
Fr. 41, 42. French Oral and Written Composition . (6)
Fr. 221. French Lit. before Seventeenth Century ..(3)
Fr. 222. Contemporary French Literature (3)
Fr. 223, 224. Proseminar (6)
The student will be expected to complete supplementary reading, the
list of which he will receive at the beginning of his major work, and to cor-
relate the knowledge gained in courses and readings through the use of some
recommended history of French literature.
Spanish.
Required Preliminary Courses
Span. 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (6)
Span. 11, 12. Intermediate Spanish (6)
Required Courses in Major
Eighteen hours from the following of which at least six shall be chosen
from Spanish 221, 222, 223, 224, 231, 232.
Span. 13. Cultural Evolution of Spain (3)
Span. 14. Cultural Evolution of Latin-America (3)
Span. 21. Introduction to Modern Spanish Fiction . (3)
Span. 22. Introduction to Modern Spanish Drama . (3)
Span. 31, 32. Spanish Conversation and Composition (6)
Span. 221. Spanish Drama of the Golden Age (3)
Span. 222. Spanish Fiction of the Golden Age (3)
Span. 223, 224. Proseminar (6)
Span. 231, 232. Spanish-American Literature (6)
In addition to the outside reading and reports required in connection
with these courses, the student will be expected to acquire a knowledge of
the history of Spanish literature as a whole.
Social Relations. The purpose of Social Relations is, among other things,
to train the student to understand the individual, society, and culture. Three
disciplines constitute the Major: Social Psychology, Cultural Anthropology,
and Sociology, and the student will elect an option in one of these fields.
However, these behavioral sciences are closely interrelated and each regards
empirical research as the major means of extending knowledge.
102 College of Arts and Science: Major Sequences
These three fields may in varying degree provide a useful background
in fields as diverse as law or the ministry. Particularly, these three social
sciences provide pre-professional preparation for graduate work in social
research and teaching, interracial and intercultural relations, personnel
procedures, and for various civil service appointments with local, state,
national, and international governmental and private agencies.
Required Preliminary Courses
S. R. 298. Research Methods (3)
Psych. 1 or 11. Introduction to Psychology (3)
Math. 6. Finite Mathematics ( or Math. 21, Analytical
Geometry and Calculus) (3)
Two of the following:
S. R. 11. Principles of Sociology (3)
S. R. 21. Social Psychology (3)
S. R. 31. Cultural Anthropology (3)
Strongly recommended: Economics 3, 4; Philosophy 14; Mathematics 8.
Required Major Courses
Option in Social Psychology:
Twelve hours of the following:
S. R. 301. Experimental Social Psychology (3)
S. R. 302. Seminar in Social Psychology (3)
S. R. 303. The Social Psychology of Groups (3)
S. R. 304. Human Communication (3)
Psych. 105. Personality and Abnormal Behavior (3)
Psych. 302. Theories of Personality (3)
Six hours to be selected from approved courses in Psychology (6)
One course from S. R. 331, 333, 335, 338, 339, or 394 (3)
One course from S. R. 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 373, or 384 (3)
Option in Cultural Anthropology:
Twelve hours from the following:
S. R. 331. Theories of Cultural Anthropology (3)
S. R. 333. Primitive Political Systems (3)
S. R. 335. Cultural Dynamics (3)
S. R. 336. Religion and Magic (3)
S. R. 338. Folklore and Culture (3)
S. R. 339. Seminar in Anthropology (3)
I. S. 311 Introduction to Linguistics (3)
One course from S. R. 301, 302, 303, or 304 (3)
One course from S. R. 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 373, or 384 (3)
Approved electives (3)
Option in Sociology:
Twelve hours from the following:
S. R. 364. The Family (3)
S. R. 366. Population Problems (3)
S. R. 367. Latin American Social Institutions (3)
S. R. 368. The Urban Community (3)
S. R. 373. Seminar in Sociology (3)
S. R. 381. Development of Sociological Theory (3)
S. R. 384. Social Structure (3)
One course from S. R. 301, 302, 303, or 394 (3)
One course from S. R. 331, 333, 335, 336, 338, or 339 (3)
History 325 or 326 (3)
Approved electives (3)
Major Sequences in Arts-Engineering
The standard major for students in the five-year Arts-Engineering cur-
riculum is Applied Science. This major is open only to Arts-Engineers.
Applied Science.
Required Preliminary Courses
Chem. 1, 11; 2, 12 Principles of Chemistry (8)
Math. 21, 22. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I and n (8)
Phys. 1. Mechanics of Mass Points (3)
Required Courses in Major
Math. 23. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4)
Mech. 1. Statics (3)
Phys. 3. Heat and Electricity (4)
Phys. 4. Electricity, Light, and Atomic Physics . . (4)
College of Arts and Science: Arts-Engineering Sequences 103
plus
(1) A minimum of twenty-four hours of the advanced work in the
mathematical, physical, or engineering sciences required for the
B.S. degree to be conferred on completion of the fifth year.
(2) AH courses in mathematics, science, and engineering required in
the first three years of the chosen engineering curriculum.
(3) Any additional courses necessary to prepare for the appropriate
B.S. degree in one additional year.
Other Arts or Science Major.
Able Arts-Engineers with special interests outside engineering frequently
can combine another Arts or Science major with their engineering program.
Interested students should consult the dean of the Arts College and the head
of their engineering department.
ARTS-ENGINEERING SEQUENCE PATTERN ROSTERS
The following pattern rosters, prepared with the help of the heads of the
several engineering departments, show the most effective way to combine
arts and engineering courses to prepare for the last year in the branch of
engineering chosen. (For descriptions of the engineering curricula, see pages
129-146.)
Although the minimum number of credit hours needed for the B.A. in
Applied Science is 120, the student in Arts-Engineering is expected to earn
more than this in order to qualify for the B.S. degree at the end of the fifth
year. The number needed for both degrees is shown for each pattern roster.
ARTS - CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Credit hours collegiate work needed for B. A. and B. S. : 168
Lang.
Engl.
Math.
Dist.
Chem.
Chem.
P. E.
Lang.
Dist.
Math.
Phys.
Ch. E.
Lang.
Chem.
Chem.
Eco.
Chem.
Chem.
Dist.
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
21 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I
51
5:;
3
Chem. Principles I . .
Chem. Principles Lab.
Physical Education . . .
Lang.
Engl.
Math.
Phys.
Chem.
Chem.
P. E.
17
23 Anal. Geom.
SECOND YEAR
3 Lang.
Math.
Phys.
&
... 3
Calc.
Ill 4
3 Heat & Elect. 4
70 ind. Stoichiometry 3
17
Ch. E.
Chem.
Met.
Met.
Organic Chemistry 3
Organic Chem. Lab 2
Economics 3
190 Phys. Chemistry 3
192 Phys. Chem. Lab 1
3
18
THIRD YEAR
3 Lang.
Eco.
Chem.
Dist.
Chem.
Math.
Second Semester
221
4
10
91
63
3
3
Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 4
Mech. of Mass Pts 3
Chem. Principles II .... 3
Chem. Principles Lab. . . 1
Physical Education
17
Diff. Equations 3
Elect., Light, &
Atomic Physics 4
Ch. E. Computation .... 1
Physical Chemistry .... 3
Eng. Met. & Processes
91 El. Mat. Science 3
17
4 Economics 3
52 Organic Chemistry 3
3
193 Phys. Chem. Lab 1
231 stat. Inference 3
16
104 College of Arts and Science: Arts-Engineering Sequences
FOURTH YEAR
Dist. 3
Ch. E. 163 Units Operations I 3
E. E. 160 Elect. Circuits 3
E. E. 161 Elect. Prob 1
E. E. 162 Dynamo Lab 1
Mech. 1 Statics 3
Elective 3
17
Dist. 6
Ch. E. 164 Unit Operations II 4
Elective 3
Mech. 11 Mech. of Materials
or
Mech. 102 Dynamics 3
16
ARTS - CIVIL ENGINEERING
Credit hours collegiate work needed for B.A. and B.S.: 174
FIRST YEAR
Lang.
Engl.
Math.
Phys.
Chem.
Chem.
P.E.
Lang.
Eco.
Math.
Phys.
Dist.
Lang.
Elect.
Mech.
C.E.
Dist.
C.E.
C.E.
First Semester
Second Semester
21 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I
1 Mech. of Mass Points . .
1 Chem. Principles I
11 Chem. Principles I Lab.
1 Physical Education
Lang.
Engl.
Math.
Dist.
Chem.
Chem.
P.E.
22 Anal. Geom. & Cal. II
2 Chem. Principles II
12 Chem. Principles II Lab.
17
Economics 3
Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4
Heat & Electricity 4
3
SECOND YEAR
3 Lang.
Elec.
*Math.
Dist.
Phys.
17
THIRD YEAR
3 Lang.
3 Elect.
1 Statics 3 Mech.
11 Engineering Graphics . 2 Mech.
6 C.E.
10 Problem Comp. Lab. 1 C.E.
18
Summer: C.E. 41 Engineering Surveys (3).
2 Physical Education ... —
17
3
3
3
3
4 Electric Light &
Atomic Phys 4
16
3
3
11 Mech. of Materials .... 3
13 Materials Testing Lab. . 1
12 Applied Eng. Graphics 2
40 Prin. of Surveying 3
15
FOURTH YEAR
C.E.
121
C.E.
123
C.E.
150
Mech.
102
Geol.
1
Met.
63
112 Adv. Mech. of Mat'ls .
Fluid Mechanics
Fluid Mechanics Lab.
Structural Anal. I
Dynamics
Principles of Geology
Eng. Met. & Processes
. 3
1
3
3
3
. 3
19
C.E.
C.E.
C.E.
E.E.
E.E.
E.E.
M.E.
Structural Analysis II . 3
Soil Mechanics 3
Elec. Circuits 3
Elec. Problems 1
Dynamo Lab 1
Thermodynamics 3
16
Summer: C.E. 100. Eight (8) weeks industrial employment with
report should precede fifth year. Consult head of the department.
*Approved by C.E. Department Head.
ARTS - ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Credit hours collegiate work needed for B.A. and B.S.: 168
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Lang.
Engl.
Math.
21
Phys.
1
Chem.
1
Chem.
11
Anal. Geom. & Calc. I
Mech. of Mass Points . .
Chem. Principles I
Chem. Principles I Lab.
P.E.
1 Physical Education
Lang.
Engl.
Dist.
Math.
Chem.
Chem.
P.E.
17
Second Semester
3
3
3
22 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 4
2 Chem. Principles II 3
12 Chem. Principles II Lab. 1
2 Physical Education . . —
17
College of Arts and Science: Arts-Engineering Sequences 105
SECOND YEAR
Lang. 3 Lang.
C.E. 11 Eng. Graphics 2 Dist.
Math. 23 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 Math.
Phys. 3 Heat & Electricity 4 Phys.
Mech. 1 Statics 3
Mech.
16 Mech.
3
3
204 Linear Analysis 3
4 Electricity, Light &
Atomic Physics 4
11 Mech. of Materials .... 3
13 Mat. Test. Lab l
THIRD YEAR
Lang. 3 Lang.
Eco. 3 Economics 3 E.E. 14
Dist. 3 Eco. 4
Math. 208 Applied Math. II 3 Dist.
Mech. 102 Dynamics 3 Math. 309
Met. 63
15
17
3
Circuit Theory I 3
Economics 3
3
Theory of Probability . . 3
Engr. Mat. & Proc. ... 3
18
Electrical Machinery
Electronics
Elec. & Mag. Fields
FOURTH YEAR
Dist. 3 Dist.
E.E. 103 Physical Electronics ... 3 E.E. 106
E.E. 101 Analog. & Digital E.E. 105
Computation 2 E.E. 231
E.E. 104 Circuit Theory II 4 Elect.
Elect. 6
18
(E.E. 100. Summer employment should precede fifth year. Consult
Head of Department.)
ARTS - ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Credit hours collegiate work needed for B.A. and B.S.: 167
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Lang.
Engl.
Math.
21
Phys.
1
Chem.
1
Chem.
11
P.E.
1
Anal. Geom. & Calc. I . 4
Mech. of Mass Points . 3
Chem. Principles I . 3
Chem. Principles I Lab. 1
Physical Education ... —
Lang.
Engl.
Eco.
Math.
Chem.
Chem.
P.E.
17
SECOND YEAR
Lang. 3 Lang.
Eco. 4 Economics 3 Dist.
Math. 23 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 Math.
Mech. 1 Statics 3 Mech.
Phys. 3 Heat & Electricity 4 Mech.
Phys.
17
THIRD YEAR
Lang. 3 Lang.
Dist, 3 Dist.
CE. 11 Engineering Graphics . 2 Math.
Math. 204 Linear Analysis 3 Mech.
Mech. 102 Dynamics 3 C.E.
Math. 208 Complex Variables 3 Mech.
Met.
17
FOURTH YEAR
Dist. 3 Dist.
Math. 220 Principles of Analysis . 3 Math.
Mech. 301 Adv. Mech. of Materials 3 Mech.
EE. 14 Circuit Theory I 3 Elect.
Elect. 6
18
Second Semester
3
3
3 Economics 3
22 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 4
2 Chem. Principles II . 3
12 Chem. Principles II Lab. 1
2 Physical Education ... —
17
3
3
221 Diff. Equations 3
11 Mech. of Materials 3
13 Mat. Testing Lab 1
4 Elec, Light &
Atomic Phys 4
17
3
3
219 Principles of Analysis . 3
104 Fluid Dynamics 3
123 Fluids Lab 3
10 Problem Comp. Lab. . . 1
91 El. Mat. Science 3
19
3
309 Theory of Probability . 3
302 Adv. Dynamics 3
6
15
Mech. 100 Summer Employment
106 College of Arts and Science: Arts-Engineering Sequences
FIFTH YEAR
The following courses are required to complete a degree in Eng. Mech, (Additional
courses will be necessary to satisfy graduation requirements for B.A. and B.S.).
Math. 322 Diff. Eq. & Harm. Anal 3
Mech. 303 Mech. of Continua I ... 3
Phys. 340 Phys. Ther. Dynamics . 3
Phys. 191 Lab. Techniques 2
Mech. 305 System Dynamics 3
Mech. 304 Mech. of Cont. II 3
Mech. 306 Exp. Methods in Mech . 3
Elect 3
ARTS - ENGINEERING PHYSICS
Credit hour collegiate work needed for B.A. and B.S. : 166
Arts-Engineering Physics students will complete, during the first four
years, the Physics major under the guidance of the head of the Department
of Physics.
ARTS - INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Credit hours collegiate work needed for B.A. and B.S.: 173
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Lang.
Engl.
Dist.
Math.
Chem.
Chem.
P.E.
Lang.
Math.
Phys.
Met.
Eco.
I.E.
Lang.
I.E.
Mech.
Dist.
Math.
I.E.
Dist.
Psych.
Mech.
I.E.
21
1
11
1
Anal. Geom. & Calc. I .
Chem. Principles I
Chem. Principles I Lab.
Physical Education . . .
17
Second Semester
Lang. 3
Engl. 3
Math. 22 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 4
Chem. 2 Chem. Principles II . . .3
Chem. 12 Chem. Principles II Lab. 1
Phys. 1 Mech. of Mass Pts. 3
P.E. 2 Physical Education ... —
~~ 17
SECOND YEAR
3 Lang.
Eco.
Math.
Phys.
Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4
Heat and Elec 4
Eng. Met. & Proc 3
Economics 3
Problem Comp. Lab. . . 1
18
3
4 Economics 3
231 Stat. Inference 3
4 Elec, Light and
Atom. Phys 4
Met. 67 Metallurgy Lab 2
I.E. 11 Applied Prob. Lab 1
C.E. 11 Engineering Graphics 2
~~ 18
I.E.
221
1
204
Industrial Statistics
Statics 3
6
Linear Anal 3
SUMMER
40 Machine Shop Practice (3)
THIRD YEAR
3
4
Lang.
Dist.
I.E.
Mech.
Mech.
19
FOURTH YEAR
121 Analysis & Design I
5 I.E. .
6 M.E.
1 Elem. Psych 3 Elect.
102 Dynamics 3 Acctg.
140 Mfg. Processes Lab. . . 1
222 Operations Analysis .
11 Mech. of Materials .
13 Materials Test. Lab.
122 Analysis & Design II
168 Elem. Mach. Design
. 3
6
4
3
. 1
17
108 Fund, of Acctg 3
17
18
SUMMER
(I.E. 100. Industrial employment should precede fifth year,
suit Head of Department.).
Con-
ARTS - MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Credit hours collegiate work needed for B.A. and B.S.: 170
FIRST YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
Lang.
Engl.
Math.
Dist.
Chem.
Chem.
P. E.
21 Anal. Geom. & Cal. I
1 Chem. Principles I
11 Chem. Principles I Lab.
1 Physical Education
3
Lang.
3
Engl.
4
Math.
22
3
Phys.
1
3
Chem.
2
1
Chem.
12
P.E.
2
Anal. Geom. & Cal. II
Mech. of Mass Points . .
Chem. Principles II
Chem. Principles II Lab.
Physical Education . .
17
College of Arts and Science: Arts-Engineering Sequences 107
Lang.
Dist.
Eco.
Math.
Phys.
M.E.
3
3 Economics 3
23 Anal. Geom. & Cal. Ill 4
3 Heat and Electricity 4
10 Anal, of Eng. Problems 1
18
SECOND YEAR
3 Dist.
Lang.
Eco.
Math.
Phys.
C.E.
THIRD YEAR
Lang.
.. . 3
Lang.
Dist.
.. 6
Dist.
M.E.
Ill Anal, of Engr. Prob.
.. 2
Mech.
11
Mech.
1 Statics
...3
Mech.
13
Met.
63 Engr. Mat. and Proc.
3
Math.
208
E.E.
160
17
E.E.
E.E.
161
162
3
3
4 Economics 3
221 Diff. Equations 3
4 Elec. Light and
Atomic Physics 4
11 Engr. Graphics 2
18
3
3
Mech. of Mater 3
Mater. Test. Lab 1
Applied Math. II ... 3
Elec. Cir. and Appar. . . 3
Elect. Prob 1
Dynamo Lab 1
18
Summer School: I. E. 40 Machine Shop Practice (3)
(Preregister during Spring Pre-registration in M.E. Department)
FOURTH YEAR
M.E.
M.E.
Mech.
Met.
Elect.
101 Mech. E. Design I 3 M.E.
104 Thermodynamics I .... 4 M.E.
102 Dynamics 3 C.E.
67 Met. Lab 2 C.E.
6 Elect.
102 Mech. E. Design II 3
105 Thermodynamics II ... 3
121 Mech. of Fluids 3
123 Fluid Mech. Lab 1
6
18
(M.E. 100 Summer Employment should precede Fifth Year.
Consult Head of Department)
METALLURGY AND MATERIALS SCIENCE
16
ARTS
Credit hours collegiate work needed for B.A. and B.S. : 169 (170 for
the Industrial and Research option)
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Lang. 3 Lang.
Engl. 3 Engl.
Math. 21 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I 4 Math.
Chem. 1 Chem. Principles I .3 Phys.
Chem. 11 Chem. Principles I Lab. 1 Chem. 2
Dist. 3 or 3
P.E. 1 Physical Education — Chem. 12
Lang.
Dist.
Met.
17
Chem.
or
P.E.
Second Semester
22 Anal. Geom. & Cal. II
1 Mech. of Mass Points
Chem. Principles II
Lang.
Met.
91
Math.
23
Phys.
3
Eco.
3
SECOND YEAR
3 Lang.
Dist.
Phys.
El. of Mat. Science 3
Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 4
Heat & Electricity 4
Economics 3
17
Met.
C.E.
Eco.
230 Phys. Met. I 4
App. Math. Elective 3
Mech. 1 Statics 3
THIRD YEAR
3 Lang.
6 Dist.
Met.
Ch.E.
Mech.
13 Chem. Principles II Lab. 1
2 Physical Education . —
17
3
3
4 Elec, Light and
Atomic Physics 4
10 Met. Lab. 2
11 Engineering Graphics . . 2
4 Economics 3
17
231 Phys. Met. II
60 Engr. in Chem. Mfg.
11 Mech. of Materials
Dist.
Elect.
M.E.
Met.
Chem.
3
166 Proc. of Mach. Des .2
210 Met. Thermodynamics . . 3
95 Phys. Chemistry 3
Approved Elective 3
19
FOURTH YEAR
3 Elect.
Mech.
Chem.
Met.
Met.
102 Dynamics
195 Phys. Chemistry .
304 Extractive Met.
101 Prof. Development
lit
. 6
. 3
. 3
. 4
. 1
17
SUMMER
(Met. E. 100 — Industrial Employment should precede fifth
year. Consult Head of Department).
108
Dean L. Reed Tripp, College of Business Administration
THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
L. Reed Tripp, Dean of the College of Business Administration
The College of Business Administration, which is a member of the
American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business, offers a program of
study designed to provide thorough and systematic training in the funda-
mentals of business. The College aims to develop in the student an intelligent
understanding of business principles, an ability to analyze industrial facts,
and habits of thought which will enable him to cope with the problems that
increasing executive responsibilities will bring him in later life. Stress is on
building a sound foundation, since it is the firm belief of the College that no
substitute can be furnished for the training and experience provided by ac-
tual contact with the complex problems of modern business. Accordingly,
the student's interests are best served by equipping him with those funda-
mental principles and insights which will make it possible for him to profit
more readily from practical experience after graduation.
In accordance with this plan of training in fundamentals, the student
is required to learn the basic principles that underlie business. No student
may omit basic work in the principles and problems of economics, account-
ing, corporation finance, money and banking, marketing, business law, labor
problems, management, and statistical method, which are essential for a
career in all types of business enterprise. Acquaintance with the fundamentals
of the broad field not only equips the student with the elementary requisites
for a career in a variety of commercial and industrial enterprises but also
gives him an invaluable means of discovering his real abilities and making a
sound choice of a profession. A major function of the curriculum in business
administration is to aid students in their efforts to discover their best talents,
not only students who enter college uncertain of their ultimate objectives but
also those whose choice of a future profession or field of business may have
been determined already but predicated upon inadequate grounds.
110 College of Business Administration
No student may devote himself exclusively to business subjects. He
must acquire at least a rudimentary acquaintance with the cultural and
humanitarian aspects of the world around him, and at least a brief contact
with science. Consequently, a large part of the curriculum is devoted to work
in liberal and scientific subjects. Throughout the entire four years' work
there is emphasis on the social aspects of the subjects considered. If a student
develops alongside his business work a special interest in some such field as
languages, mathematics, or science, he is given opportunity through electives
to pursue his special line. The College regards as important the principle that
the training as a whole shall offer an education commensurate with the stand-
ards of a university.
In view of the breadth of training afforded by the variety of required
and elective courses, satisfactory preparation for careers in fields other than
commerce and industry is also available to students in the College of Busi-
ness Administration. This is particularly true of law, for which liberal busi-
ness curricula are now recognized as excellent preliminary training. Lehigh
University has been included by the leading law schools of the country
among the institutions whose business curricula meet their admissions re-
quirements.
Perhaps the most distinctive feature of the work in business administra-
tion at Lehigh is the character of the class work. Much of the work of the
curriculum is taken in the College of Arts and Science, while students of this
division and of the College of Engineering avail themselves of the courses
given in the College of Business Administration. There is no segregation of
students by colleges, and students in business administration take their
courses in competition with students trained in liberal arts and in the exact
sciences. This condition has a marked influence on the standards of work
and the quality of the student. Qualified students in Business Administration
are eligible for the Interdepartmental Honors Program (see page 71). Also,
on the advice of the head of the department in which the major work is be-
ing done, and with the consent of the Dean of the College, a junior or senior
of unusual merit in the College of Business Administration who wishes to
concentrate in his chosen field may be allowed to substitute not more than
four hours (if a junior) or six hours (if a senior) of unscheduled work per
semester for an equivalent number of hours of elective work otherwise re-
quired for graduation.
Although emphasis is upon broad training, rather than specialization, the
College recognizes that some degree of concentration is desirable after the
student's interests may reasonably be expected to have crystallized. Accord-
ingly, in the junior and senior years, every student is required to pursue a
series of related courses in some more restricted field. Seven fields of con-
centration are offered, viz: accounting, economics, economic statistics, fi-
nance, foreign careers, management, and marketing. The detailed programs
of study in each of the above fields are set forth on the following pages.
In times of normal business activity, students who have made creditable
records may reasonably expect to receive one or more offers of positions
before the date of their graduation. The College of Business Administration
College of Business Administration 111
enjoys happy relations with many of the country's leading industries. Repre-
sentatives regularly visit the campus to engage the services of students gradu-
ating in business administration. The University assumes no responsibility
for finding positions for its graduates, but every effort is made by the Col-
lege and by the University placement service to put its graduating students
in touch with desirable opportunities for employment.
Graduates of this curriculum receive the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Business Administration.
In recognition of the increasing demand in industry for management
training personnel who have been educated both in engineering or arts and
in business, the College has instituted five-year curricula which combine
business education at the graduate level with undergraduate concentration in
engineering or arts.
An Engineering — M.B.A., an Engineering — M.S. in Management
Science, and an Arts — M.B.A. program are outlined on pages 118 and
119 respectively.
Graduate programs leading to the degrees of Master of Business Ad-
ministration, Master of Arts in Economics, Master of Science in Business
Economics, and Master of Science in Management Science are outlined on
pages 173-176.
A five-year curriculum with a bachelor's degree in industrial engineer-
ing and a bachelor's degree in business administration is outlined on page
119.
The Ph.D. degree in Business and Industrial Economics is described on
page 176.
THE CURRICULUM IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
I. Required Courses (55 hours)
Total hours required for Degree of B.S. in Business Administration: 121
Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Acctg. 1 Accounting 3
Acctg. 2 Accounting 3
Eco. 11 Intro, to Pol.-Eco.
Thought 3
Eco. 12 Intro, to Pol.-Eco.
Thought 3
Eco. 3 Economics 3
Eco. 4 Economics 3
Mkt. 11 Marketing 3
Engl. 1 Composition & Lit
or Engl. 11 Types of World Lit 3
Engl. 2 Composition & Lit
or Engl. 12 Types of World Lit 3
Eco. 45 Statistical Method 3
Law 1 Business Law 3
Course
No.
Eco.
321
or Eco.
313
Eco.
306
Eco.
346
or Eco
333
Fin.
125
Fin.
129
Math.
21
Math.
6
P.E.
1
P.E.
2
Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Business and
Organization Behavior 3
Quant. Planning
and Control 3
Intermed. Eco. Theory 3
Business Cycles
Labor Problems 3
Corporation Finance . . 3
Money and Banking . . 3
Anal Geom. &
Calculus I 4
Finite Math. 3
Physical Education . . —
Physical Education . —
II. Major Program (24 hours)
Before the end of the second semester of their sophomore year students will
select a major or field of concentration. A major program will consist of twenty-
four hours of sequential or related courses prescribed by the dean of the College
and the head of the department concerned.
112 College of Business Administration: Courses of Study
III. Optional Courses (33 hours)
English or Foreign Language Option (12 Hours)
Students who present two units in one foreign language for entrance credit
will not be required to take work in foreign languages. Foreign Careers students,
however, will take at least 12 hours in an appropriate foreign language specialty.
Students who present less than two units of a foreign language for entrance credit
will be required to take six hours in one foreign language. Credit for less than six
hours in an elementary language will not be accepted in partial satisfaction of this
requirement.
All courses offered by the Department of English which require work in com-
position, either oral or written, or a study of literature will be accepted in satis-
faction of the English requirement. Journalism courses which do not require work
in composition or study of literature will not be accepted. One-hour courses in
speech and journalism will not be accepted for the English requirement but may
be counted toward electives — See IV below.
Other Arts Options (12 Hours)
The Arts Options requirement may be met by taking a total of twelve hours
work in the following fields, not more than six hours to be in any of the fields
designated: astronomy, education, fine arts, government, history, international re-
lations, mathematics, music, philosophy, psychology, religion, social relations.
One-hour courses in music will not be accepted for the Arts Option but may be
counted toward electives — See IV below.
Science Option (9 Hours)
Not more than six hours from one department may be credited toward the
Science Option. The following courses are acceptable in satisfaction of this dis-
tribution requirement: Biol. 1, 2, or 13; Geol. 1 and 2; Physics 1 and 16; Chem.
1-11 and 2-12. If four-hour sciences are taken, the additional hours by which
four-hour courses exceed three credit units may be counted as electives. See IV
below.
IV. Electives (9 hours)
Any courses in the University for which a student has the prerequisites may
be used to meet this requirement.
Courses of Study
First Semester
UNIFORM FRESHMAN YEAR
Second Semester
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Eco. 11 Intro, to Pol.-Eco.
Thought 3
Math. 21 Anal. Geom. &
Calculus I 4
Engl. 1 Englishl 3
Two Optional Courses2 6
P.E. 1 Physical Education . . . —
16
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Eco. 12 Intro, to Pol.-Eco.
Thought 3
Math. 6 Finite Math 3
Engl. 2 Englishl 3
Two Optional Courses2 6
P.E. 2 Physical Education ... —
15
lFor a statement of the freshmen English requirement see page 220.
20ptional Courses fall into three groups: English or Foreign Language, Arts, and
Science. For a general statement concerning these groups see this page above.
Major in Accounting*
First Semester SOPHOMORE
Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Acctg. 1 Accounting 3
Eco. 3 Economics 3
Optional Courses! 9
15
YEAR Second Semester
Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Acctg. 2 Accounting 3
Eco. 4 Economics 3
Eco. 45 Statistical Method ... 3
Optional Courses i 6
15
College of Business Administration: Courses of Study 113
First Semester JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS
Eco. 346 Business Cycles Mkt. 11
or Fin. 125
Eco. 333 Labor Problems 3 Eco. 306
Fin. 129 Money and Banking 3
Law 1 Business Law 3
Eco. 321 Business and
or Organization Behavior —
Eco. 313 Quant. Planning
& Control3 3
Optional Courses l 3
Free Elective 3
Second Semester
Marketing 3
Corporation Finance . . 3
Intermed. Eco. Theory . 3
Optional Courses l .... 3
Free Electives 6
Required Courses in Major
Acctg. 13 Intermediate Acctg. . 3 Acctg. 14 Intermediate Acctg 3
Acctg. 115 Cost Accounting 3 Law 102 Business Law 3
Major Program Major Program
Elective2 6 Electives2 6
30
30
'Optional Courses fall into three groups: English or Foreign Language, Arts, and
Science. For a general statement concerning these groups see page 112.
2Electives in the Accounting Major may be chosen from the following in consul-
tation with advisor:
Acctg. 320 Auditing 3 Acctg. 318 Adv. Cost Budgeting
Acctg. 325 Controllership 3 and Analysis 3
Acctg. 203 Fed. Tax Accounting . 3 Acctg. 304 Govt. & Inst. Acctg 3
Law 204 Wills, Estates, & Trusts 3 Acctg. 308 Tax Planning and
I.E. 308 Data Processing 3 Research 3
Acctg. 315 Adv. Accounting 3
3Eco. 313 is recommended either as a core course or as an elective.
^'Candidates for the C.P.A. examination in New Jersey are required to have 8 credit
hours of finance and 8 credit hours of business law. In addition, the New Jersey State
Board requires 30 hours of accounting for candidates for the C.P.A. examination in
that state. It is therefore recommended that students who anticipate becoming can-
didates for the C.P.A. examinations in New Jersey take 3 additional credit hours each
of finance and business law courses and 6 additional credit hours in accounting, as
part of their elective program.
Lehigh University's College of Business Administration is registered with both the
New York and New Jersey boards as an approved accounting curriculum.
Major in Economics
First Semester
Course No. Course Title
Acctg.
Eco.
Law
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Second Semester
Cr. Hrs. Course No. Course Title
1 Accounting 3
3 Economics 3
1 Business Law 3
Optional Courses' .... 6
15
Cr. Hrs.
Acctg.
2
Eco.
4
Mkt.
11
Eco.
45
Accounting 3
Economics 3
Marketing 3
Statistical Method .3
Optional Course! 3
15
First Semester
JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS
Second Semester
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Eco. 346 Business Cycles . .
Fin. 129 Money and Banking
Eco. 306 Inter. Eco. Theory
Optional Courses' .
Free Elective3
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Fin. 125 Corporation Finance 3
Eco. 321 Business and Organization
or Behavior
Eco. 313 Quantitative Planning
and Control 3
Optional Course l 3
Major Program
Electives2 6
Free EIectives3 6
114 College of Business Administration: Courses of Study
Required Courses in Major
Eco. 307 Hist, of Eco. Thought . 3 Eco.
Eco. 347 Nat. Income Analysis . . 3 Eco.
Fin. 351 Pub. Fin: Fed 3 Eco.
333 Labor Problems 3
308 Hist, of Eco. Thought . . 3
309 Comp. Eco. Systems 3
30
'Optional Courses fall into three groups: English or Foreign Language, Arts, and
Science. For a general statement concerning these groups see page 112.
2Electives in the Economics major be chosen from the following in consultation with
advisor:
Fin. 341 Inter. Trade & Fin 3
Eco. 310 Eco. Evolution 3
Eco. 311 Eco. Resource Use 3
Eco. 352 Adv. Statistical Method 3
Eco. 334 Labor Legislation 3
Eco. 337 Transportation and
Spatial Economics .... 3
Eco. 348 Adv. Bus. Cycles 3
Fin. 342 Inter. Trade & Fin 3
Eco. 336 Bus. & Govt 3
Eco. 372 Readings in Eco 3
Eco. 303 Eco. Development 3
Eco. 305 Eco. Dev. of Latin
Amer. 3
Fin. 332 Monetary Fiscal Pol. . . 3
3Suggested Free Electives:
Phil. 14 Logic & Scient. Meth. . . 3
Hist. 327 Dev. Amer. Inst 3
Acctg. 305 Fin. State and Rep 3
Hist. 355 Intel. Expan. Eur 3
Math. 22 Anal. Geom. & Cal. II 4
Math. 23 Anal. Geom. & Cal. Ill 4
Math. 204 Linear Analysis 3
Hist. 328 Dev. Amer. Inst 3
Hist. 356 Intel. Expan. Eur 3
Major in Economic Statistics
First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR
Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs. Course
Acctg. 1 Accounting 3 Acctg.
Eco. 3 Economics 3 Eco.
Law 1 Business Law 3 Eco.
Optional Courses' ... 6
15
Second Semester
No. Course Title Cr. Hrs.
2 Accounting 3
4 Economics 3
45 Statistical Method 3
Optional Courses' .... 6
15
First Semester
JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS
Second Semester
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Mkt. 11 Marketing 3
Fin. 129 Money and Banking .3
Eco. 346 Business Cycles 3
Optional Courses l 6
Major Program
Elective2 3
Free Elective3 3
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Fin.
Eco.
125
321
306
Corporation Finance 3
Business and Organization
Behavior 3
Int. Eco. Theory 3
Optional Course' 3
Major Program
Elective2 3
Free Electives3 6
Required Courses in Major
Eco.
Eco.
Eco.
347 Nat. Inc. Analysis 3
352 Adv. Stat. Method 3
313 Quant. Planning
& Control 3
30
Eco. 302 Mgmt. Analysis 3
Eco. 333 Labor Problems 3
Eco. 348 Adv. Bus. Cycles 3
30
i Optional Courses fall into three groups: English or Foreign Language, Arts, and
Science. For a general statement concerning these groups see page 112.
2Electives in the Economic Statistics major be chosen from among the following:
Int. Trade & Fin 3
Bus. & Govt. 3
Readings in Eco 3
Eco. Development 3
Monetary Fiscal Policy 3
Eco. Dev. of Latin
America 3
Fin.
341
Eco.
310
Eco.
311
Eco.
309
Eco.
371
Mkt.
312
Fin.
326
Fin.
332
Eco.
337
Int. Trade & Fin 3
Eco. Evolution 3
Eco. Resource Use
Comparative Eco. Sys.
Readings in Eco.
Mktg. & Dist. Research
Prob. in Fin. Mgmt.
Monetary & Fiscal Pol
Transportation and
Spatial Economics
3
Fin.
342
3
Eco.
336
3
Eco.
372
3
Fco.
303
3
Fin.
332
3
Eco.
305
3
3
College of Business Administration: Courses of Study 115
3Suggested Free Electives:
Hist. 327 Dev. Amer. Inst 3
Eco. 371 Readings in Eco 3
Math. 233 Math. Stat 3
Math. 22 Anal. Geo. & Cal. II . . 4
Math. 23 Anal. Geo. & Cal. Ill . . 4
Hist. 328 Dev. Amer. Inst 3
Eco. 372 Readings in Eco 3
Math. 204 Linear Analysis 3
Major in Finance
First Semester
Course No. Course Title
Acctg. 1 Accounting 3
Eco. 3 Economics 3
Law 1 Business Law 3
Optional Coursesi 6
SOPHOMORE YEAR Second Semester
Cr. Hrs. Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Acctg. 2 Accounting 3
Eco. 4 Economics 3
Eco. 45 Statistical Method .... 3
Optional Coursesi 6
15
First Semester
JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS
Fin.
Fin.
15
Second Semester
Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Labor Problems 3
Business and Organization
Behavior 3
Quant. Planning
& Control 3
Optional Coursesi 6
Major Program
Elective2 . . 3
Free Electives3 6
Required Courses in Major
323 Investments 3 Eco. 346 Business Cycles 3
351 Pub. Fin.: Fed 3 Fin. 326 Prob. in Fin. Mgmt 3
Fin. 130 Money & Banking 3
30
30
Course
No.
Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Course
No.
Mkt.
11
Marketing 3
Eco.
333
Fin.
125
Corporation Finance . 3
Eco.
321
Eco.
306
Intermed. Eco. Theory. . 3
or
Fin.
129
Money and Banking .... 3
Optional Course l 3
Major Program
Electives2 6
Free Electives3 3
Eco.
313
i Optional Courses fall into three groups: English or Foreign Language, Arts, and
Science. For a general statement concerning these groups see page 112.
2Electives in the Finance major may be chosen from the following in consultation
with advisor:
Fin. 332 Mon.-Fiscal Policy 3
Fin. 341 Inter. Trade & Fin 3
Eco. 347 Nat. Inc. Analysis 3
Acctg. 305 Fin. Stat. & Reports
or
Acctg. 13 Intermed. Acctg 3
3Suggested Free Electives:
Eco. 307 Hist, of Eco. Thought 3
Fin. 371 Readings in Fin 3
Fin. 324 Investments 3
Fin. 331 Bank Credit Mgmt 3
Fin. 342 Inter. Trade & Fin 3
Fin. 352 Pub. Finance:
State & Local 3
Eco. 348 Adv. Bus. Cycles 3
Eco. 336 Business and Govt 3
Law. 204 Wills, Estates & Trusts 3
Acctg. 14 Intermed. Acctg 3
Acctg. 115 Cost Acctg 3
Eco. 308 Hist, of Eco. Thought 3
Fin. 372 Readings in Fin 3
Major in Foreign Careers
First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR
Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs. Course No.
Acctg. 1 Accounting 3 Acctg. 2
Eco. 3 Economics 3 Eco. 4
Law 1 Business Law 3 Mkt. 11
Foreign Language 3
Govt. 3 Foreign Govts 3 Science
~~ 15
Second Semester
Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Accounting 3
Economics 3
Marketing 3
Foreign Language .... 3
Science 3
15
116 College of Business Administration: Courses of Study
First Semester
Course No. Course Title
JUNIOR YEAR
Second Semester
Cr. Hrs.
Fin.
Eco.
Hist.
129 Money and Banking
303 Eco. Dev
49 Hist, of Lat. Amer.
Major Prog. Elective'
333 Labor Problems
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
346 Business Cycles 3
Fin.
Eco.
Eco.
Hist.
Eco.
125 Corporation Finance
305 Eco. Dev. of
Latin America
309 Comp. Eco. Systems
50 Hist, of Lat. Amer. . .
45 Statistical Method
Major Prog. Elective l
First Semester
Course No. Course Title
Eco. 311 Eco. of Resource Use
Eco. 306 Intermed. Eco. Theory
Fin. 341 Inter. Tr. & Fin
Hist. 365 Modern Lat. Amer.
Major Prog. Electivel
15
SENIOR YEAR
Cr. Hrs. Course
. 3
. 3
. 3
3
15
15
Fin.
Hist.
Second Semester
No. Course Title Cr. Hrs.
321 Business and Organization
Behavior
313 Quant. Planning
& Control 3
342 Inter. Tr. & Fin 3
366 Modern Lat. Amer. .3
Major Prog. Electivel . . 3
Free Elective 3
15
'Electives in the Foreign Career major may be chosen from the following in con-
sultation with advisor.
Major Program Electives
(Total of 12 hours required)
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Eco. 347 Nat'l Income Anal 3
Govt. 51 Am. Nat'l. Gov 3
For. Lang. F. L. of Area 6
I.R. 341 Inter. Relat 3
I.R. 361 Inter. Law 3
S.R. 31 Cult. Anthro. 3
Fin.
351 Publ. Fin. Fed.
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
S.R. 366 Pop. Problems 3
Govt. 360 Public Admin. 3
Govt. 361 Comp. Ad. Systems .... 3
For. Lang. F. L. of Area 6
I.R. 352 Inter. Organ 3
Fin. 326 Prob. of Fin. Mgmt 3
Phil.
14 Logic & Sci. Meth.
Major in Management
First Semester
Course No. Course Title
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Second Semester
Acctg.
Eco.
1 Accounting 3
3 Economics 3
Optional Courses l
15
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Acctg. 2 Accounting 3
Eco. 4 Economics 3
Law 1 Business Law 3
Mkt. 11 Marketing 3
Optional Course! 3
15
First Semester
JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS
Course
No.
Eco.
45
Fin.
125
Eco.
321
Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Statistical Method .... 3
Corporation Finance 3
Business and Organization
Theory 3
Inter. Eco. Theory .... 3
Optional Course' . . . 3
Major Prog. Elective2 . 3
Free Elective3 3
Course
Eco.
Fin.
No.
346
129
Second Semester
Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Business Cycles 3
Money & Banking 3
Optional Courses l ... 6
Maj. Prog. Elective2 . . 3
Free Electives3 6
Required Courses in Major
Acctg. 305 Fin. Statements &
Reports 3
Eco. 313 Quant. Planning
& Control 3
Eco. 333 Labor Problems 3
Eco.
334
Fin.
326
Eco.
302
Labor Legislation 3
Prob. in Fin. Mgmt. ... 3
Management Analysis 3
30
3(1
i Optional Courses fall into three groups: English or Foreign Language, Arts, and
Science. For a general statement concerning these groups see page 112.
College of Business Administration: Courses of Study 117
2EIectives in the Management Program may be chosen from the following in con
sultation with advisor:
3
3
3
3
Eco.
Mkt.
Psych.
I.E.
Eco.
347
Nat. Inc. Analysis
217 Industrial Marketing
201 Industrial Psychology .
329 Wage & Salary Admin.
337 Transportation and
Spatial Econ 3
Fin.
Eco.
Acctg.
Mkt.
I. E.
I.E.
331
336
203
Bank Credit Mgmt 3
Bus. & Govt 3
Fed. Tax Acctg 3
312 Market Research 3
166 Production Management 3
339 Manpower Management 3
3Suggested Free Electives:
S.R. 61 Princ. of Sociology
Psych. 1 Elem. Psychology 3
Mkt. 214 Sell. & Sales Mgmt. ... 3
S.R. 366 Population Problems . 3
Eco. 303 Eco. Development 3
Major in Marketing
First Semester
Course No. Course Title
SOPHOMORE YEAR Second Semester
Cr. Hrs. Course No. Course Title
Acctg. 1 Accounting 3 Acctg. 2
Eco. 3 Economics 3 Eco. 4
Law 1 Business Law 3 Mkt. 11
Optional Courses l ... 6
Cr. Hrs.
Accounting 3
Economics 3
Marketing 3
Optional Courses' 6
15
15
First Semester
JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS
Second Semester
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Eco. 45 Statistical Method 3
Fin. 129 Money & Banking ... 3
Eco. 306 Inter. Eco. Theory .... 3
Optional Course l 3
Major Program
Elective2 3
Free Electives3 6
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Eco. 346 Business Cycles 3
Fin. 125 Corporation Finance . . 3
Eco. 321 Business and
Organization Behavior . 3
Optional Coursesi .... 6
Major Program
Elective2 3
Free Elective3 3
Required Courses in Major
Mkt. 113 Advertising
Eco. 313 Quant. Planning
& Control
Eco. 333 Labor Problems
30
Mkt. 115 Retailing 3
Mkt. 214 Sell. & Sales Mgmt. . 3
Mkt. 312 Mkt. & Dist. Research 3
30
'Optional Courses fall into three groups: English or Foreign Language, Arts, and
Science. For a general statement concerning these groups see page 112.
2Electives in the Marketing major may be chosen from the following in consultation
with advisor:
Mkt. 217 Industrial Mkt 3 S.R.
Acctg. 115 Cost Accounting 3 Psych.
Eco. 303 Eco. Development .... 3 Fin.
Eco. 310 Eco. Evolution 3 Eco.
Eco. 347 Nat. Inc. Analysis 3 Eco.
Eco. 371 Readings in Eco 3 Eco.
Fin. 341 Inter. Trade & Fin 3 Eco.
Eco.
3Suggestcd Free Electives:
Journ.
17 Magazine Article
Writing 3
Speech
Journ.
366 Population Prob 3
201 Industrial Psych 3
342 Inter. Trade & Fin. 3
305 Eco. Dev. of Lat. Amer. 3
336 Business and Govt 3
372 Readings in Eco 3
311 Economics Res. Use . . 3
337 Transportation and
Spatial Econ 3
31 Bus. & Prof. Speaking 3
21 Creative Writing 3
118 College of Business Administration: Engine ering-M.B. A. Programs
ENGINEERING - M.B.A. PROGRAM AND
ENGINEERING - M.S. IN MANAGEMENT SCIENCE PROGRAM
These programs are designed to meet the needs of competent students
in any of the engineering curricula who wish to add to their engineering
studies training in business management at an advanced level.
The over-all time involved in each program is five years, but a certain
amount of summer session work would be necessary to attain both a bach-
elor's degree in engineering and a master's degree in business administration
or management science within that period. In addition to a course in eco-
nomics, which is required of all engineering undergraduates, twenty-one
or twenty-four hours of basic business courses are necessary to meet the
background requirements for both the M.S. in Management Science and the
M.B.A. degrees. If as much as nine hours of such courses can be rostered
in the student's engineering curriculum, the remaining twelve hours can be
obtained in one summer. Otherwise, attendance at an additional summer
session would be necessary. Candidates for each program will be required
to take the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business.
The background courses required for M.B.A. candidates are:
Principles of Economics (3)
Money and Banking (3)
Corporation Finance (3)
Business Law (3)
Statistical Method (3)
Marketing (3)
Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
Cost Accounting (3)
Intermediate Economic Theory (3)
Problems In Financial Management (3)
or other 300 course
The background courses required for the M.S. in Management Science
candidates are:
Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
Cost Accounting (3)
Corporation Finance (3)
Mathematical Statistics or (3)
Statistical Method (3)
Intermediate Economic Theory (3)
Marketing (3)
Transfer credits from a reputable accredited college or university will be
accepted for background courses. Students wishing to take some of their
background work elsewhere should consult Professor M. D. Snider, Office
of the Dean (Graduate Studies), to obtain approval of the proposed course
or courses and of the institution at which they are to be taken.
It is suggested that engineering students who are interested in these
programs confer with Professor Snider for additional information. The
graduate programs leading to the degrees of Master of Business Admin-
istration and M.S. in Management Science are outlined on pages 173-176.
The Ph.D. in Business and Industrial Economics is described on page 176.
Eco.
3.
Fin.
129.
Fin.
125.
Law
1.
Eco.
45.
Mkt.
11.
Acctg.
108.
and
Acctg.
115.
Eco.
306.
Fin.
306.
Acctg.
108.
and
Acctg.
115.
Fin.
125.
Math.
233.
Eco.
45.
Eco.
306.
Mkt.
11.
College of Business Administration: Arts-M.B.A., I.E. 119
ARTS — M.B.A. PROGRAM
This program is designed to meet the needs of competent students in any
of the Arts and Science Majors who wish to add to their Arts studies train-
ing in business management at an advanced level.
The over-all time involved in the program is five years, but a certain
amount of summer session work may be necessary for majors in the sciences
to attain both a B.A. and a master's degree in business administration within
that period. In addition to a year's work in economics, which can be counted
as part of the undergraduate social science distribution requirements,
eighteen or twenty-one hours of basic business courses are necessary to meet
the background requirements for the M.B.A. degree.
The background courses required for M.B.A. candidates are:
Fin. 129. Money and Banking (3)
Fin. 125. Corporation Finance (3)
Law. 1. Business Law (3)
Eco. 45. Statistical Method (3)
Mkt. 11. Marketing (3)
Acctg. 108. Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
and
Acctg. 115. Cost Accounting (3)
Transfer credits from a reputable accredited college or university will
be accepted for background courses. Students wishing to take some of their
background work elsewhere should consult Professor M. D. Snider, Office
of the Dean (Graduate Studies), to obtain approval of the proposed course
or courses and of the institution at which they are to be taken.
It is suggested that Arts and Science students who are interested in this
program confer with Professor Snider for additional information. The gradu-
ate program leading to the degree of Master of Business Administration is
outlined on pages 173-176. The Ph.D. in Business and Industrial Economics
is described on page 176.
FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM IN INDUSTRIAL
ENGINEERING AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Students who desire to pursue both industrial engineering and business
administration may complete the required work for the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Industrial Engineering by the end of the fourth year and that
required for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration by
the end of the fifth year. It is necessary that a student be enrolled in the cur-
riculum in industrial engineering for the first four years and that he complete
the requirements in the curriculum as outlined on page 141. At the be-
ginning of the fifth year the student transfers to the curriculum in business
administration and is required to complete thirty-three semester hours in one
of the following majors:
120 College of Business Administration: I. E. - Business
Major in Accounting
Law
Fin.
Eco.
Fin.
Acctg.
Acctg.
Acctg.
I. E.
First Semester
FIFTH YEAR
Second Semester
1
129
346
125
203
320
325
308
Required Courses
Business Law 3 Law 102
Money and Banking ... 3 Mkt. 11
Business Cycles ... 3 Acctg. 318
Corporation Finance 3
and twelve semester hours to be selected
from the following in consultation with the advisor
Business Law 3
Marketing 3
Adv. Cost 3
Budgeting & Analysis . . 3
Fed. Tax Acctg 3
Auditing 3
Controllership 3
Data Processing 3
Acctg.
Acctg.
Law
315
308
204
Adv. Accounting 3
Tax Planning
and Research 3
Wills, Estates &
Trusts 3
Major in Economics
Law
1
Fin.
129
Eco.
307
Fin.
351
Fin.
341
Eco.
347
Eco.
371
Eco.
352
S.R.
61
Eco.
334
First Semester FIFTH YEAR
Required Courses
Business Law 3 Eco.
129 Money and Banking . 3 Eco.
Hist, of Eco. Thought 3 Fin.
Pub. Fin.: Federal .3
Second Semester
306 Inter. Eco. Theory
308 Hist, of Eco. Thought
125 Corporation Finance
and twelve semester hours to be selected
from the following in consultation with the advisor:
Inter. Trade & Fin.
Nat. Inc. Analysis
Readings in Eco.
Adv. Stat. Method
Sociology
Labor Legislation
Fin. 342 Inter. Trade & Fin 3
Eco. 348 Adv. Bus. Cycles 3
S.R. 362 Social Problems 3
Eco. 372 Readings in Eco 3
Eco. 336 Bus. & Govt 3
Major in Economic Statistics
First Semester FIFTH YEAR
Required Courses
Business Law 3
Money and Banking ... 3
Nat. Inc. Analysis .3
Adv. Stat. Method 3
Law
1
Fin.
129
Eco.
347
Eco.
352
Eco.
306
Eco.
348
Fin.
125
Second Semester
Inter. Eco. Theory .... 3
Adv. Bus. Cycles 3
Corporation Finance ... 3
and twelve semester hours to be selected
in consultation with the advisor
Major in Finance
First Semester FIFTH YEAR Second Semester
Required Courses
Law 1 Business Law 3 Fin. 326 Prob. in Fin. Mgmt. . . 3
Fin. 129 Money and Banking .... 3 Eco. 306 Inter. Eco. Theory .... 3
Fin. 323 Investments 3 Eco. 346 Business Cycles 3
Fin. 351 Pub. Fin. : Federal 3
and twelve semester hours to be selected
from the following in consultation with the advisor:
Fin. 341 Inter. Trade & Fin 3 Fin. 342 Inter. Trade & Fin 3
Fin. 371 Readings in Fin 3 Fin. 324 Investments 3
Fin. 332 Mon. -Fiscal Policy 3 Fin. 352 Pub. Finance:
Eco. 321 Business and State & Local 3
Organization Behavior 3 Eco. 336 Bus. & Govt 3
Acctg. 305 Fin. Statements & Acctg. 14 Intermed. Acctg 3
Reports or Fin. 372 Readings in Fin. 3
Acctg. 13 Intermed. Acctg 3 Law 204 Wills, Estates & Trusts 3
College of Business Administration: I. E. - Business 121
Major in Management
Law
Fin.
Acctg.
1
129
305
Fin.
Eco.
125
321
Eco.
Mkt.
347
217
FIFTH YEAR
3 Eco
3
First Semester
Business Law
Money and Banking .3 Fin.
Fin. Statements & Eco.
Reports 3 Eco.
Corporation Finance . . 3
Business and
Organization Behavior 3
and six semester hours to
from the following in consultation
Nat. Inc. Analysis 3 Fin.
Industrial Marketing . . 3 Eco.
I.E. (300 level) Courses not taken Mkt.
previously 6 Mkt.
Eco.
Second Semester
306 Inter. Eco. Theory ... 3
326 Prob. in Fin. Mgmt. . . 3
302 Management Analysis 3
313 Quant. Planning
and Control 3
be selected
with the advisor:
331 Bank Credit Mgmt.
336 Bus. & Gvt
214 Sell. & Sales Mgmt.
312 Market Research
334 Labor Legislation .
Major in Marketing
Law
Fin.
Mkt.
Fin.
Eco.
Mkt.
Eco.
Eco.
First Semester
FIFTH YEAR
Second S>- nester
1
129
113
341
371
217
301
346
Required Courses
Business Law 3 Mkt. 115 Retailing
Money and Banking .... 3 Eco. 306 Inter. Eco. Theory
Advertising 3 Mkt. 214 Sell. & Sales Mgmt.
and twelve semester hours to be selected
from the following in consultation with the advisor:
Inter. Trade & Fin 3
Readings in Eco 3
Industrial Mkt 3
Business Policy 3
Business Cycles 3
Fin. 342 Inter. Trade & Fin 3
Acctg. 318 Adv. Cost Budgeting
& Analysis 3
Eco. 372 Readings in Eco 3
Mkt. 312 Mkt. Research 3
S.R. 61 Sociology 3
Major in Personnel and Industrial Relations
Law
Fin.
Psych.
Fin.
Fin.
Fin.
Eco.
Eco.
Eco.
Law
First Semester
1
129
201
FIFTH YEAR
Required Courses
Business Law 3
Money and Banking . 3
Industrial Psych 3
Eco.
Eco.
S.R.
Eco.
Second Semester
306 Inter. Eco. Theory 3
334 Labor Legislation 3
61 Sociology 3
346 Business Cycles 3
and twelve semester hours to be selected
from the following in consultation with the advisor:
323 Investments
351 Pub. Fin.: Federal
341 Inter. Trade & Fin.
347 Nat. Inc. Analysis .
371 Readings in Eco.
352 Adv. Stat. Method
102 Business Law
Psych.
Govt.
S.R.
Eco.
I.E.
Eco.
Human Engineering 3
Pub. Adm. 3
362 Social Problems 3
372 Readings in Eco 3
339 Industrial Manpower
Management 3
Business and
Organization Behavior 3
354
360
321
122
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
John J. Karakash, Dean of the College of Engineering
Robert Taylor Gallagher, Associate Dean of the College of Engineering
The College of Engineering offers curricula in chemical engineering,
chemistry, civil engineering, electrical engineering, engineering mechanics,
engineering physics, fundamental sciences, industrial engineering, mechani-
cal engineering, and metallurgical engineering.
The engineering curricula were formulated on the basis of an intense
study, by the faculty of Lehigh University, of the problems of technical edu-
cation and the changing needs of modern society. This study led to the
conclusion that greater emphasis than heretofore should be placed upon the
fundamentals of engineering, including mathematics, physics, chemistry, and
theoretical and applied mechanics and less emphasis upon the highly special-
ized details of engineering practice; and that the engineer must know some-
thing of the social sciences and humanities, that is, the sciences which deal
with human relations. The various engineering curricula accordingly em-
phasize the fundamental sciences and those subjects from the social sciences
and the humanities which are part of the equipment of every well-educated
man. These latter are now recognized as essential to the proper training of
engineers, not only because of their practical applications in industrial,
business, and civic life, but also because they enrich the whole of a man's
private life.
Recommendation is made for a uniform freshman year in the College of
Engineering. The student's tentative choice of a specific engineering cur-
riculum, as recorded at the time of entrance, may be changed (within the
limitations of enrollment in the various curricula) prior to his entering upon
the sophomore year without loss of time. Engineering freshmen are admitted
with "open" curriculum choice. Within a year of college experience, and on
the basis of conferences with members of the faculty, it is hoped that any
student who is uncertain as to his curriculum choice may choose wisely.
In the second semester of his freshman year, just prior to preregistration
for the sophomore year, each engineering student must select a particular
124 College of Engineering
engineering curriculum. The sophomore year for many of the engineering
curricula are sufficiently alike so as to be "tradeable" between these cur-
ricula, and it is thus possible for a student to transfer from one curriculum
to another without loss of credit or having to make up courses at the end
of his sophomore year.
The work of the first two years is fairly self-contained. To those who
for one reason or another are unable to complete their engineering education,
it affords preparation for careers as draftsmen, chiefs of party, shop fore-
men, or assistants in industrial laboratories or plants.
Since the University recognizes that an engineer can not be trained by
purely academic process, the degree awarded upon graduation is Bachelor
of Science in the particular division of engineering that has been studied, for
example, Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering. The successful completion
of one year of full-time graduate study leads to the degree of Master of
Science.
Five-year courses combining the liberal arts and engineering, business
administration and engineering, electrical and mechanical engineering, elec-
trical engineering and physics are also provided. In each of these combined
curricula one baccalaureate degree is awarded upon the successful comple-
tion of four years of study, and a second baccalaureate degree is awarded
at the end of the fifth year. Similar programs may be worked out leading to
an M.S. in Materials, or an M.B.A.
GENERAL STUDIES
General studies are non-professional, non-specialized studies in the
large areas of human knowledge and experience with which any educated
man should be acquainted. These areas are three: the humanities, the
natural sciences, and the social sciences. Since all engineers receive extensive
training in the physical sciences, their general studies are restricted to the
humanities, the life and earth sciences, and the social sciences.
The general studies sequence starts in the freshman year with six hours
of English composition and literature, six hours of social sciences, and three
hours of Economics. This is followed usually in the sophomore year with
another three hours of an elective; in the junior year with six hours of elec-
tives. By the end of the junior year the student is expected to have com-
pleted all stipulations so that in the senior year he can take a final six
hours freely selected and fulfill the total general studies requirement of
thirty hours.
All courses must be on the approved list of courses for general studies.
The distribution requirements of general studies are as follows:
Group 1: Humanities (9 hours)
Freshman English. Six semester hours (university-wide re-
quirement). English 1 and 2, Composition and Literature. Stu-
dents who demostrate satisfactory ability in written composition
College of Engineering 125
in the freshman placement tests may be admitted to English 11
and 12, Types of World Literature, which satisfies this require-
ment.
Group 2: Life and Earth Sciences (0 hours)
Group 3: Social Sciences (9 hours)
Economics 3. Three semester hours.
Electives Twelve (12) additional hours from the approved General
Study List, with the total of elective and required courses not
to exceed 12 hours in any one department.
On the recommendation of the department heads and with
the approval of the Dean of the College of Engineering certain
courses, not to exceed two above the stipulated requirements,
from the general study list can be used toward regular curricu-
lum requirements and also counted toward general study re-
quirements.
Registration into any of the elective courses may be limited
by the maximum class size.
Total 30 hours
The objective of the study of the humanities and the social sciences in
technical schools has been stated by the American Society for Engineering
Education to be the development of an "understanding of the evolution of
the social organism within which we live. . . .; and the development of
moral, ethical, and social concepts essential to a satisfying personal phil-
osophy, to a career consistent with the public welfare, and to a sound pro-
fessional attitude." We conceive it to be the duty of the engineer to be a
professional man in the broadest sense of the term, a member of a group
whose primary aim is to advance human well-being.
Several of these courses (notably History 1 1 and 12, "Development of
Western Civilization"; Biology 13, "Human Biology"; and Philosophy 100,
"Philosophy of Contemporary Civilization") have been developed par-
ticularly to satisfy the objectives of general studies. They are designed to
acquaint the student with some broad segment of the heritage of our civili-
zation, thereby opening intellectual doors for the student to facilitate the
self-education which will continue throughout his life. The requirements
in various fields are planned to encourage the student to study as broadly
as is possible yet retain the possibility that the student who has a strong
interest in a field may pursue that interest to as great an extent as is reason-
able within the time available. Since election of History 11 and 12 is en-
couraged in the freshman year, it is scheduled to fit with the normal fresh-
man courses, whereas difficulty of schedules and conflicts may be expected
in later years.
126 College of Engineering
GENERAL STUDIES COURSES
Group I: Humanities
Required Course. English 1 and 2, Composition and Literature
Literature
Classical — Greek 50 — Greek Literature in English Translation.
Latin 51 — Latin Literature in English Translation.
English and American — English 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 18, 19, 20, 21; 35,
36, or any English Literature course above 100.
Foreign — any literature course in a foreign language (i.e., must be
beyond intermediate level).
Communication
Speech 30 or 32
Foreign Language
Any language course on the intermediate or elementary level, classi-
cal or modern. (If elementary language study is elected a minimum
of six hours must be in one language in order to receive General
Studies credit. A student may not elect for elementary study any
language in which he has entering credit.)
Fine Arts
Fine Arts, any course.
Music 20-30, any course.
Speech 61 (Dramatics).
Philosophy and Religion
Any course.
Group 2: Life and Earth Sciences
Astronomy
Astron. 1. Descriptive Astronomy.
Astron. 2. General Astronomy.
Astron. 104. Stellar Astronomy and Astrophysics.
2. Elementary Biology. (A student may not take
for credit both Biol. 1 and Biol. 13).
12. General Biology
Human Biology
Genetics (2 hours)
Microbiology
Virology
2. Principles of Geology.
Historical Geology.
Introduction to Oceanography.
Paleontology.
Psychology
Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology.
Psych. 101. History of Psychology.
Psych. 103. Comparative Psychology
Group 3: Social Sciences
Required Course. Economics 3.
Economics
Economics Development
Intermediate Economic Theory.
History of Economic Thought.
History of Economic Thought.
Labor Problems.
Labor Legislation.
Business and Government.
International Trade and Finance.
International Trade and Finance.
Public Finance — Federal.
Government and International Relations
Any Course.
History
Greek 21. Ancient History.
Greek 202. Greek Archaeology.
Latin 22. Ancient History.
Latin 203. Archaeology of Italy.
History, and Course.
Social Relations
Any Course.
Biology
Biol.
1,
Biol.
11,
Biol.
13,
Biol.
18.
Biol.
35.
Biol.
353
Geology
Geol.
1,
Geol.
12.
Geol.
63.
Geol.
311.
Economics
Econ.
4.
Econ.
303.
Econ.
306.
Econ.
307.
Econ.
308.
Econ.
333.
Econ.
334.
Econ.
336.
Finance
Fin.
241.
Fin.
342.
Fin.
351.
College of Engineering: Recommended Freshman Year 127
THE RECOMMENDED FRESHMAN YEAR
An outline follows of the work of the freshman year, most easily sched-
uled and satisfying appropriate requirements for all engineering students.
For schedules of the work of the upper three years, varying according to
the several specialized curricula, see pages 129-146.
First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester
Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs. Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Chem. 1 Chem. Principles I .... 3 Chem. 2) Gen. Chemistry . . 3
Chem. 11 Chem. Principles I Lab. 1 Chem. 12) Gen. Chemistry Lab. 1
*Engl. 1 Composition & Lit 3 or
Hist. 11 Dev. W. Civilization 3 Chem. 3) Chem. Principles II . . 3
Math. 21 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I 4 Chem. 13) Chem. Principles II Lab.
Phys. 1 Mech. of Mass Points .3 1
or Engl. 2 Composition & Lit 3
Eco. 3 Economics 3 Hist. 12 Dev. W. Civilization . 3
UFY Engr. Orientation — Math. 22 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 4
P.E. 1 Physical Education — Eco. 3 Economics 3
or
17 Phys. 1 Mech. of Mass Points 3
P.E. 2 Physical Education . —
17
*Engl. 1 and 2, Composition and Literature, are the courses normally taken in the
first and second semesters respectively of the freshman year. Students who demon-
strate superior ability in composition on the English placement tests will be offered
registration in Engl. 11 and 12, Types of World Literature.
INSPECTION TRIPS
Inspection trips to industrial plants are a required part of specific
courses in the various curricula in engineering. Written reports may be re-
quired. These trips are generally held during the senior year and involve
an average expense of about $25. The location of the University in the center
of industrial activities of various types furnishes unusual opportunities for
visits of inspection to engineering plants.
HONORS PROGRAMS
Outstanding students in the college may participate in the Honors
Program. Each department offers Honors work, with some differences in
detail to adapt to the specific needs of the department.
Outstanding students may receive permission to do independent study
on an unscheduled basis, thereby proceeding more rapidly and more deeply
than is possible in regularly organized classes. This permits the student
who is qualified for and interested in this work to proceed in a direction
agreed upon with his Honors Advisor, leading to the preparation of an un-
dergraduate thesis.
During the first two years, the student who contemplates independent
study should consult his department head to determine desirable accelera-
tions or rearrangements in his standard program. Normally, the unscheduled
work is begun in the junior year, but under conditions which vary slightly
among departments.
Outstanding students are urged to consult their department heads con-
cerning the requirements for independent study and the thesis which must
be submitted. Within the limits of facilities and staff available special pro-
grams will be arranged for those accepted for Honors work. Students who
successfully complete the program and submit an outstanding thesis are
awarded Departmental Honors at graduation.
128 College of Engineering: Combined Programs
Students of the college are also eligible for Comprehensive Honors,
award of which is based on a series of very broad Creative Concepts Sem-
inars and the submission of a thesis. (See page 72-73).
COMBINED ARTS AND ENGINEERING CURRICULA
Under the five-year plan the student is in the College of Arts and
Science for four years, earning the B.A. degree on completion of a program
which includes, along with specific B.A. training, the fundamental mathe-
matical, scientific, and engineering subjects of the engineering curriculum of
his choice. The fifth year is spent in the College of Engineering, carrying on
a program leading to the degree of B.S. in his selected branch of engineering.
This is usually the senior year curriculum of the chosen branch of engi-
neering.
An engineering student who decides at any stage of his course that he
wishes to work for both the B. A. and B. S. degrees, may register in one of
the colleges concerned for a period of years and complete the combined re-
quirements of both degrees in five or six years, depending upon the program
followed before the decision is made. His curriculum is so arranged that the
work for one degree may be finished at the end of a four-year period,
and the work for the subsequent degree at the close of the fifth or sixth year.
ENGINEERING-M.B.A. PROGRAM
Qualified engineering students who wish to obtain supplementary train-
ing in business management may be interested in the Engineering — M.B.A.
program described on page 118 of this Catalog. By attending one or two
summer sessions, both the bachelor's degree in engineering and the master's
degree in business administration may be attained in a period of five years.
ENGINEERING-M.S. (MATERIALS) PROGRAM
Graduates in various fields of engineering who wish to pursue a study
of materials at the graduate level may do so with appropriate adjustments
of the undergraduate program. Students who are properly qualified may
adjust or supplement their undergraduate program, permitting completion
after an additional year of the degree M.S. (materials).
COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS
Lehigh University has entered into agreements with certain industrial
organizations whereby undergraduate students in various branches of engi-
neering may pursue an interleaved course of study and industrial employ-
ment, comprising eight semesters of study at Lehigh University, and two
periods (each approximately equal to a semester in length) of employment
in industry, totaling four calendar years, at the successful completion of
which the student will receive a B.S. degree from Lehigh University and a
suitable certificate from the industrial concern.
The objective of a cooperative program is to give the student an op-
portunity to become familiar with industrial methods, policies, and environ-
ment to the end that he will acquire a greater degree of motivation in his
academic studies.
College of Engineering: Combined Programs 129
The scope of the academic part of a cooperative program is identical
with that of the standard curriculum in which the student is registered.
Exactly the same courses are taken and in substantially the same sequence.
The first industrial employment period commences at the end of the
sophomore year. The degree is conferred upon the completion of the senior
year. Students electing a cooperative program are expected to complete it.
During the two periods of industrial employment the student is close-
ly supervised to guarantee that he acquires a balanced training in industrial
practice. Representatives from the University make periodic inspections of
the industrial training part of the program for the purpose of assuring that
this training is in keeping with the above objectives and that the student is
receiving maximum benefits from the cooperative program. The student
is required to render a comprehensive report on his observations and work
while employed in industry.
While engaged in industrial employment the student is paid at prevailing
rates for the type of work in which he is engaged.
There is no obligation, either legal or moral, on the part of the student
to agree to accept permanent employment with the industrial concern with
which he is connected on a cooperative program; nor is there any obligation
on the part of the industrial concern to offer him permanent employment.
The details of cooperative programs vary with different curricula and
industrial organizations. Interested students should consult their curriculum
directors. A typical four-year program between Electrical Engineering and
the sponsoring company, which comprises ten approximately equal per-
iods, is as follows:
Fall Semester Spring Semester Summer Semester
1. Freshman I 2. Freshman II Vacation
3. Sophomore I 4. Sophomore II 5. Company Work
6. Junior I 7. Company Work 8. Junior II
9. Senior I 10. Senior II
During Period 7, while the student is with the sponsoring company, a course in Elec-
tronic Circuits (E.E. 105) is required.
Students interested in such a program should apply to their curriculum director not
later than the middle of the semester preceding the first scheduled period with in-
dustry.
Curricula
THE CURRICULUM IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Graduates in chemical engineering are expected to develop competence
in all phases of the work conducted by manufacturing establishments in which
chemical and certain physical changes of materials are accomplished during
the manufacturing processes. The various phases of this work are research,
development, design, construction, operation, plant management, and sales.
A small number of the industries that utilize such processes are atomic
energy, petroleum and petro-chemicals, rubber, soap, and foods in addition
to the generally recognized chemical industries.
130 College of Engineering: Curricula
Preparation for this broad field requires a sound background in the
fundamental sciences of physics, chemistry, and mathematics plus a general
background in engineering principles and intensive training in the application
of these fundamentals to carrying forward into industrial production the new
products and processes discovered in the laboratory. This latter training is
directly called Chemical Engineering. In accord with this philosophy, the
student is not trained for any specific industry, but the education is sufficient-
ly broad that a graduate is competent in any of the chemical and allied
industries.
The aim of the curriculum is to develop expertness in the sciences, the
processes, and the unit operations which must be integrated into a chemical
manufacturing operation. Some familiarity with factory methods under ac-
tual working conditions is acquired through contact with operations in near-
by plants. Frequent visits are made to manufacturing plants in the imme-
diate vicinity and nearby centers of activity in the chemical industry.
The program is also designed to prepare a student for graduate study in
chemical, engineering. Further study at the graduate level leading to advanced
degrees is highly desirable in preparation for careers in the more highly tech-
nical aspects of manufacturing. The increasing complexity of modern manu-
facturing methods requires superior training for men working in the research,
development, and design fields or for teaching. By proper election of tech-
nical option courses, the graduate can prepare for graduate study in chem-
istry.
(Effective for the Class of 1966)
First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR
See Page 127
(34 hrs.)
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Math. 23 Anal. Geom. and Calc. Math.
Ill 4 Phys.
Phys. 3 Heat and Elect 4
Mech. 1 Statics 3
Eco. 4 Economics 3 Chem.
Ch. E. 70 Ind. Stoichiometry .... 3 Mech.
or
17 Mech.
Ch. E.
Met.
or
Met.
JUNIOR YEAR
Organic Chem 3 Chem.
Org. Chem. Lab 2 Chem.
Phys. Chem 3 Ch. E.
Phys. Chem. Lab 1 Math.
Unit Operations 3 Chem.
Elec. Circuits 3
Elec. Probs 1
Dynamo Lab 1
17
Chem.
51
Chem.
53
Chem.
190
Chem.
192
Ch, E.
163
E. E.
160
E. E.
161
E. E.
162
Second Semester
221 Diff. Eqns 3
4 Phys. 4 Elect.,
Light & Atomic
Phys. 4
91 Phys. Chem 3
11 Mech. of Matls.
102 Dynamics 3
10 Ch. E. Comp 1
63 Ehg. Matls
91 El. of Matls. Sci 3
17
52 Organic Chem 3
193 Phys. Chem. Lab 1
164 Unit Operations 4
231 Stat. Inf 3
39 Anal. Chem 3
General Study 3
17
College of Engineering: Curricula 131
SENIOR YEAR
Ch. E. 181 Ch. E. Lab 3
Ch. E. 200 Thermo. (Ch. E.) 3
Ch. E. 386 Process Control &
Dynamics 3
General Study 6
Tech. Optioni 3
18
Ch. E.
Ch. E.
Ch. E.
182 Ch. E. Lab 3
174 Plant Design 3
302 Ch. E. Kinetics 3
General Study 3
Tech. Options 6
IS
iThe technical options must represent a coherent group of approved courses such as:
Any 200 or 300-level course in Ch.E. or Chem. (Students expecting to use organic
chemistry are urged to include Chem. 54); Phys. 266, 340 or 363; Math. 208 or 221;
I.E. 166; M.E. 322; Law 103; Acctg. 108; Mkt. 214 or 217.
THE CURRICULUM IN CHEMISTRY
Chemists constitute nearly one-half of all professional research person-
nel in industry as shown by a report of the National Resources Planning
Board. The American Chemical Society, which requires professional train-
ing and experience for eligibility, has a present membership of over 100,
000. The consistently rapid increase in the membership of this society in
recent years may be taken as an index of the expanding opportunities in the
chemical profession.
The curriculum in chemistry provides a thorough grounding in the
fundamentals of this science, with the requisite collateral training in physics
and mathematics, and gives some consideration to industrial and engineering
principles. As a curriculum in the engineering school leading to a bachelor
of science degree, the fundamentals of chemistry as well as engineering are
stressed. In addition to the liberal allotment of time to courses in English,
German, economics, history and other non-professional studies, provision is
made for twelve semester hours (ordinarily four courses) of professional
electives in a minor field of concentration. The tabulation below indicates
some of the possibilities of this guided selection of elective courses.
PREPARATION FOR
Executive or sales departments
of chemical industry
Plant operation
Food and pharmaceutical
industries
ELECTIVE SEQUENCE IN
Business administration
Chemical engineering
Biochemistry and bacteriology
PREPARATION FOR ELECTIVE SEQUENCE IN
Medicine Biology
Graduate study or research in Physics and mathematics
chemistry
Teaching, especially in public Education
schools
Metals industries Metallurgy
132 College of Engineering: Curricula
Since the freshman year of this curriculum is identical with that of
chemical engineering, and the sophomore years in the two curricula are
nearly the same, it is possible, by a slight rearrangement, for the student
to transfer from one curriculum to the other before the beginning of the
junior year without a considerable sacrifice of credits. In a transfer from
chemical engineering to chemistry, the chemical engineering courses may be
utilized as electives.
Seniors in the curriculum in chemistry may arrange to make the super-
vised visits to industrial plants, which are required in the engineering curri-
culum.
First Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR
See Page 127
Second Semester
First Semester
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Course No. Course Cr. Hrs.
Math. 23 Anal. Geom. & Calc. HI 4
Phys. 3 Heat & Electricity 4
Chem. 51 Organic Chemistry .... 3
Chem. 53 Organic Chem. Lab 2
Ger. 1 German 3
Chem.
Phys.
Chem.
Chem.
Ger.
Second Semester
Course Title Cr. Hrs.
91 Physical Chemistry ... 3
4 Electricity, Light,
& Atomic Physics ... 4
52 Organic Chemistry ... 3
54 Organic Chem. Lab. . 2
2 German 3
15
First Semester JUNIOR YEAR
Chem. 190 Phys. Chemistry ... 3 Chem.
Chem. 302 Inorganic Chemistry 3 Chem.
Chem. 358 Adv. Organic Chem. 3 Chem.
Ger. 27 Scientific German 3 Eco.
General Study2 3
Chem. 192 Phys. Chem. Lab 1
16
Second Semester
193 Phys. Chem. Lam. . 1
235 Analytical Chem 3
352 Organic Chem 3
4 Economics 3
General Study2 3
Elective 3
16
SUMMER
Chem. 100 Eight (8) weeks industrial employment with report.
SENIOR YEAR
Chem. 381 4 Chem. 382
Chem. 236 3 Chem. 375
GS 3 GS
Electives 6
16
l Optional — consent of Head of Department required.
2For an elucidation of this requirement see page 124.
3
3
3
Electives 6
15
College of Engineering: Curricula 133
THE CURRICULUM IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
Civil Engineering, the original stem from which have branched the
other types of engineering, continues to meet the demands of those branches
of business, industry and government which prefer a broad, fundamental
education to a more specialized training. The curriculum, however, develops
depth in the various professional areas of civil engineering.
Civil Engineers create the Monuments of Civilization. The professional
practice of a civil engineer includes the conception, design, construction,
operation, and maintenance of private and public projects, including bridges,
buildings, highways, airports, railroads, harbors, docks, subways, tunnels,
water supply and purification systems, sewage collection and treatment fa-
cilities, water power developments, the making of surveys, and research.
Many civil engineers are associated with consulting engineering firms, con-
tractors, industrial concerns, or various governmental subdivisions.
The work of the first three years deals chiefly with the scientific and
mathematical basis of engineering practice, with emphasis upon the applica-
tion of these principles during the fourth year. All students receive in-
struction in surveying, geology, fluid mechanics, soil mechanics, structural
theory and design, ■ transportation engineering, foundation engineering,
hydraulic engineering, and sanitary engineering. Opportunity is provided
through an elective for a student to determine whether he has an interest
in and aptitude for research. Development of abilities in self-expression is
stressed throughout the curriculum.
Special five-year combined programs leading to the degrees B.S. in
C.E. and either B.A. or B.S. in M.E. can be arranged. Also a combined
program leading to the degree B.S. in C.E. and B.S. in Bus. Adm., (five
and one-half years), M.B.A. in Management Science, or M.S. in Foreign
Studies can be arranged.
Engineers, through their professional societies, have urged that the
engineering student be trained as a professional man with a sound under-
standing of his place in society, so that he can direct the technician and
tradesman as he creates the Monuments of Civilization. This training is
provided through a well planned Civil Engineering program enriched by the
humanistic-social courses taken during the four years, and selected with
the advice and approval of the curriculum director.
First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester
See Page 127
First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Second Semester
Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs. Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs.
C.E. 10 Problem Comp. Lab. 1 C.E. 12 Applied Engrg.
C.E. 11 Engineering Graphics 2 Graphics 2
Math. 23 Anal. Geom. & Cal. Ill 4 C.E. 40 Principles of Surveying 3
Mech. 1 Statics 3 Mech. 11 Mech. of Materials .3
Phys. 3 Heat & Electricity 4 Mech. 13 Materials Testing Lab. 1
General Studies! 3 Phys. 4 Electricity, Light &
Atomic Physics 4
17 Approved Math. Elect. . 3
16
134 College of Engineering: Curricula
SUMMER
C.E. 41 Engineering Surveys (3)
First Semester JUNIOR YEAR
C.E.
112
Adv. Mech. of Mat 3
C.E.
C.E.
121
Mech. of Fluids 3
C.E.
C.E.
123
Fluid Mechanics Lab . . 1
C.E.
C.E.
150
Structural Analysis 13
E.E.
Mech.
102
Dynamics 3
E.E.
Met.
63
Engr. Mat'ls & Proc. . . 3
E.E.
Geol.
1
Principles of Geology . 3
M.E.
19
Second Semester
124 Applied Hydrology ... 2
154 Structural Analysis II . . 3
239 Soil Mechanics 3
160 Elec. Cir. & Appr 3
161 Elec. Problems 1
162 Dynamo Lab. 1
160 Thermodynamics 3
General Study2 3
19
SUMMER
C.E. 100 Eight (8) Weeks Industrial Employment with Report (-)
First Semester SENIOR YEAR Second Semester
C.E. 102 Proseminar 1 C.E. 155 Structural Design .... 3
C.E. 125 Hydraulic Engineering 2 C.E. 162 Sanitary Engineering . 3
C.E. 145 Transport Engrg. I .... 3 Adv. Civil Engineering! 3
C.E. 151 Structural Theory 3 Approved Elective .... 6
C.E. 153 Reinf. Concrete Theory 3 General Study2 3
C.E. 201 Foundation Engineering 3
General Study2 3 18
18
'Any advanced civil engineering course approved by Department Head.
2 For an elucidation of this requirement see page 124.
THE CURRICULUM IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
The curriculum has been formulated to provide a foundation for com-
petence and growth in the field of electrical engineering. Career opportuni-
ties identified with the field include research, development, design, operation,
and administration in the areas of electrical communication, digital systems,
information processing, electrical power systems. The latter includes con-
version, transmission, and distribution of electric power, and its control.
The principles underlying these areas are derived from the basic
sciences and mathematics. The physical sciences provide the basis for a
theoretical and experimental approach to devices such as solid state devices,
electron tubes, and electrical machines. Mathematics provides the basis for
the analytical studies related to the models of the devices, to the analysis,
design and use of analog and digital computers and to the synthesis of com-
munication networks and control systems.
In addition to the requirements of the General Study Program, which
deals with the humanities and social sciences, the electrical engineering pro-
gram includes required courses in allied engineering fields. In terms of the
engineering aspects of the program, the first three years are devoted to the
study of science, mathematics, physical electronics, and introductory work
in linear electric circuits, electronic circuits, and machines. During the
fourth year elective courses provide opportunities for growth in those areas
in which the student has interest and ability. Elective courses in other de-
partments are encouraged, especially when such electives are chosen on the
basis of an educational objective.
College of Engineering: Curricula 135
Irrespective of the specific area of engineering a student may event-
ually pursue as a career, his ultimate success will depend upon the amount of
basic science and mathematics he has mastered and the effectiveness with
which this knowledge has been integrated with his engineering work. This
is the philosophy upon which the four-year curriculum is based.
Through judicious choice of electives and in some cases with a limited
amount of summer work a student can also acquire the necessary back-
ground for graduate work in such areas as computing science; engineering
materials, bio-electronics or business administration.
The experimental aspects of the program are supported by the follow-
ing laboratory facilities: Circuits Laboratory, Electronics Laboratory, Elec-
trical Machine and Transient Laboratories, Network Analyzer, Digital Sys-
tems Laboratory, and Microwave Laboratory.
A cooperative program combining academic work and industrial ex-
perience is available for those who are interested and can qualify.
First Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR
See Page 127
Second Semester
First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Second Semester
Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs. Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs.
C.E. 11 Engineering Graphics 2 Eco. 4 Economics 3
Math. 23 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 Math. 204 Linear Analysis 3
Mech. 1 Statics 3 Mech. 11 Mech. of Materials 3
Met. 63 Engr. Mat. & Proc. ... 3 Mech. 13 Materials Testing Lab. 1
Phys. 3 Heat & Electricity .... 4 Phys. 4 Electricity, Light, &
Atomic Physics 4
E.E. 14 Circuit Theory I 3
16 17
E.E.
104
E.E.
101
Math.
208
Mech.
102
E.E.
103
First Semester JUNIOR YEAR
Circuit Theory II 4 E.E.
Analog & Dig. Comp. 2 E.E.
Applied Mathematics II 3 Math.
Dynamics 3 E.E.
Phys. Electronics 3
*General Study 3
18
Second Semester
105 Electronic Circuits .... 4
106 Elect. Machines I 5
309 Theory of Probability . 3
231 Elec. & Mag. Fields 3
^General Study 3
18
SUMMER
E.E. 100 Summer Employment
E.E.
Ill
E.E.
151
M.E.
220
First Semester SENIOR YEAR
Electronics Option
Proseminar 1 E.E.
Senior Lab 2 E.E.
Thermodynamics 3
*General Study 3
Approved Electives .... 9
18
Second Semester
245 Electromagnetic Theory 3
152 Senior Lab 2
Approved Electives 9
^General Study 3
17
136 College of Engineering: Curricula
Power Option
E.E. 107 Elect. Machines II 3 E.E. Ill
E.E. 133 Power System E.E. 134
Analysis I 3
M.E. 220 Thermodynamics 3 E.E. 152
*General Study 3 M.E. 161
Approved Elective 6 C.E. 121
C.E. 123
18
;:For an elucidation of this requirement see page 124.
Proseminar 1
Power System
Analysis II 3
Senior Lab. 2
M.E. Laboratory 1
Mechanics of Fluids .... 3
Fluid Mechanics Lab. . . 1
*General Study 3
Approved Elective .... 3
17
THE CURRICULUM IN ENGINEERING MECHANICS
The curriculum in engineering mechanics is designed to prepare men
for careers in engineering research and development. There is an increasing
demand in industry and government service for men with a broad training
in the fundamentals of engineering, rather than in a given specific field. Such
a training, in which engineering mechanics and applied mathematics play an
important part, is provided by this curriculum. It emphasizes the analytical
approach to engineering problems and the application to their solution of the
basic methods and principles of mechanics.
The first two years of work are the same as those in most of the other
engineering curricula. During the junior and senior years, time is about
equally divided among (1) engineering mechanics, (2) mathematics, (3)
allied branches of engineering and general studies, and (4) technical elec-
tives. The major areas of study in engineering mechanics are statics and
strength of materials, dynamics and vibrations analysis, elasticity, plasticity,
and fluid mechanics. The technical electives should be used to form one of
the suggested group options.
Only those men who have achieved high standing in mathematics, me-
chanics, and physics during the first two years of college and who have
shown definite analytical ability are encouraged to proceed toward the degree
of bachelor of science in engineering mechanics. Graduates in engineering
mechanics are equipped for immediate work in research and development in
government service or in aerospace, automotive, and similar industries. They
are also eligible for admission to the Graduate School for advanced work in
applied mechanics or in some related engineering field.
FRESHMAN YEAR
See Page 127
First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Second Semester
Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs. Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Math. 23 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 4 C.E. 11 Eng. Graphics 2
Mech. 1 Statics 3 Math. 221 Diff. Equations 3
Phys. 3 Heat & Electricity .4 Math. 204 Linear Analysis 3
Met. 91 El. of Mat. Science 3 Mech. 11 Mech. of Materials 3
^General Study 3 Mech. 13 Materials Testing Lab. 1
Phys. 4 Electricity, Light &
Atomic Physics 4
Mech. 10 Prob. Computation Lab. 1
~~17 ~" 17
College of Engineering: Curricula 137
Math.
208
Mech.
102
Mech.
301
E.E.
14
First Semester JUNIOR
Complex Variables .... 3
Dynamics 3
Adv. Mech. of Mat 3
Circuit Theory I 3
Elective 3
-General Study 3
18
Second Semester
Math. 309 Theory of Probability . . 3
Mech. 302 Adv. Dynamics 3
Mech. 104 Fluid Dynamics 3
C.E. 123 Fluid Mechanics Lab . 1
Elective 3
-General Study 3
16
Math.
Mech.
Mech.
Phys.
Phys.
SUMMER
Mech. 100 Summer Employment
First Semester SENIOR YEAR
322 Diff. Eq. & Harm. Mech.
Anal. 3 Mech.
303 Mech. of Continua I 3
305 System Dynamics 3
340 Physical Thermodyn. . . 3
Electives 3
191 Lab. Techniques 2
17
Second Semester
304 Mech. of Continua II . 3
306 Exper. Methods
in Mech. 6
Electives 6
-General Study 6
18
*Electives in junior and senior years consist of 14-15 hours and should include a group
option, such as listed below. An approved technical elective or an approved foreign
language will be used, when needed, to complete the total credit-hours requirement.
Typical Group Options
Math.
219.
Math.
220.
Math.
320.
Math.
340.
A. MATHEMATICS
Principles of Analysis (3)
Principles of Analysis (3)
Ordinary Diff. Equations (3)
Higher Algebra (3)
12
M.E.
104.
M.E.
105.
M.E.
321.
M.E.
322.
Mech.
326.
B. AERO- and THERMODYNAMICS
Thermodynamics I (4)
Thermodynamics II (4)
Heat Transfer (3)
Gas Dynamics (3)
Aerodynamics (3)
17
Note: Students electing this group option will not take Phys. 340.
C. MATERIALS
Chem. 95 Physical Chemistry (3)
Chem. 195 Physical Chemistry (3)
Met. 2XX Structure and Behavior of Materials (3)
Met. 358 Selection of Materials (3)
12
Note: Students planning to obtain the M.S. in Materials should take this group option.
THE CURRICULUM IN ENGINEERING PHYSICS
The curriculum in engineering physics is designed to prepare men for
careers in scientific work. Emphasis on the principles of physics is carefully
coordinated with laboratory training. The first two years of work are similar
to those in any of the engineering curricula, and some further engineering
study is required in addition to the work in physics during the final two years.
The training is thus consciously practical.
138 College of Engineering: Curricula
The complete curriculum is not dictated. A liberal number of electives,
particularly in the senior year, provides flexibility in allowing the curriculum
to be adapted to the needs and interests of the individual student. Those
whose interests lie in the theoretical or analytical aspects, or who are prepar-
ing for graduate study, elect additional courses in mathematics and physics.
Others elect additional work in chemistry, engineering, geophysics, or busi-
ness, or further studies in the social sciences and the humanities. The latter
are equipped for work in business or applied science; they can undertake the
solution of problems which have not yet been reduced to engineering prac-
tice.
Specialization within the curriculum permits the very capable student to
embark on some graduate level work in the senior year, or to gain an early
familiarity with research techniques. Such intensive study will reduce the
number of years required for study to the Ph.D since the courses coordinate
with the graduate program in physics.
First Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR
See Page 127
Second Semester
Course
Ger.
or
Met.
Phys.
Math.
Mech.
Eco.
First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR
No. Course Title Cr. Hrs. Ger.
German 3 or
C.E.
91 El. of Materials Phys.
Science 3
3 Heat and Electricity 4 Math.
23 Anal. Geom. & Cal. Ill 4 Phys.
1 Statics 3 Phys.
4 Economics 3
17
First Semester JUNIOR YEAR
E.E.
14
Circuit Theory I 3
E.E.
Phys.
191
Lab. Techniques 2
Mech.
Phys.
213
Electromagnetism ... 3
Phys.
Math.
322
Partial Diff. Eq 3
Phys.
Phys.
215
Particles and Fields ... 3
*General Study 3
Phys.
17
Second Semester
German 3
11 Eng. Graphics 2
4 Electricity, Light,
Atomic Physics 4
221 Differential Eq 3
32 Electrostatics 3
90 Elect. Phenomena 1
^General Study 3
16 or 17
Second Semester
105 Electronic Circuits .... 4
102 Dynamics 3
252 Optics 3
254 Optics Lab. 2
268 Int. Mod. Th. I 3
Elective 3
18
SUMMER
Phys. 100 Industrial Employment
First Semester
SENIOR YEAR
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
or
Phys.
369
340
270
192
362
364
Int. Mod. Th. II 3
Thermodynamics 3
Mod. Phys. Lab 1
Advanced Lab'. 1
At. & Mol. Struct. 1 3
Nuclear Physics' .... 3
Elective 3
*General Study 3
17
Phys.
Phys.
or
Phys.
Second Semester
171 Proseminar 1
363 Phys. of Solids 1 3
365 Phys. of Fluids' 3
Electives 9
*General Study 3
~16
*See page 124 for an elucidation of this requirement.
'Two of Phys. 362, Phys. 363, Phys. 364, Phys. 365 are to be elected during the senior
year.
College of Engineering: Curricula 139
THE COMBINED FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM IN
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING PHYSICS
This curriculum is designed to meet the needs of those who plan a
career in electronics and communications research and development. It dif-
fers from the standard four-year Electronics Option in Electrical Engineering
in that the five-year two-degree program includes additional courses in
mathematics and physics. It differs from the standard four-year curriculum
in Engineering Physics in that it includes additional courses in electronic
circuits, microwaves, communication networks, and electron devices.
For men planning careers in the electronics communications area, it is
found that the greater breadth of training afforded by this combined pro-
gram is preferable to early specialization in either field alone.
The E.E. degree is conferred on the successful completion of the fourth
year, and the E.P. degree at the end of the fifth year.
FRESHMAN
YEAR
See Page
127
First Semester SOPHOMORE
YEAR
Course
No. Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Course
No.
C.E.
11 Engineering Graphics . 2
Eco.
4
Math.
23 Anal. Geom. & Cal. Ill 4
Math.
204
Mech.
1 Statics 3
Phys.
32
Met.
91 El. of Materials Sci. . . 3
Phy.
4
Phys.
3 Heat and Electricity . 4
Phys.
90
16
E.E.
14
E.E.
E.E.
103
E.E.
104
Math.
208
Mech.
102
E.E.
E.E.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
or
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Ger.
First Semester JUNIOR YEAR
101 Analog & Digital E.E.
Comp 2 E.E.
Phys. Electronics 3 Math.
Circuit Theory II 4 E.E.
Applied Math 3
Dynamics 3
*General Study 3
18
Second Semester
Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Economics 3
Linear Analysis 3
Electrostatics 3
Electricity, Light &
Atomic Physics 4
Electrical Phenomena . . 1
Circuit Theory I 3
17
Second Semester
105 Electronic Circuits .4
106 Elec. Machines I 5
221 Differ. Equations 3
231 Elec. & Mag. Fields 3
*General Study 3
18
SUMMER
E.E. 100 Summer Employment
First Semester
SENIOR YEAR
151 Senior Lab 2 E.E.
Ill Proseminar 1
Appr. Electives 6
213 Electromagnetism 3
215 Particles & Fields 3
-General Study 3
18
E.E.
Phys.
340
362
364
369
192
270
First Semester
FIFTH YEAR
Phys. Thermodynamics
Atom. & Mol. Struct.
Nuclear Physics 3
Intr. Mod Phys.
Th. II 3
Advanced Lab 1
Mod. Phys. Lab. 1
German or
Approved Electivel ... 3
17
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Ger.
Second Semester
152 Senior Lab. 2
245 Electromag. Theory ... 3
Appr. Electives 6
268 Intr. Mod. Phys.
Th. 1 3
♦General Study 3
17
Second Semester
252 Optics 3
254 Optics Lab 2
363 Phys. of Solids 3
171 Proseminar 1
German or
Approved Elect.2 . . . . 3
Electives 6
18
*For an elucidation of this requirement see page 124.
'Students planning graduate study should elect German. For others Math. 224 and
Mech. 302 are suggested.
140 College of Engineering: Curricula
THE CURRICULUM IN FUNDAMENTAL SCIENCES
The curriculum in Fundamental Sciences is designed to permit students
to achieve a breadth of experience in the basic fields of modern science and
at the same time, through an option, to acquire the discipline of one of them,
about to the level of a minimum bachelors program. The options and elec-
tives offer the student the flexibility by which he may prepare himself for
work in industry or government, requiring wide understanding of the basic
sciences but not the depth in a single field equalling that of a standard
major, or he may approach adequacy for graduate study in a field.
The program offers excellent opportunity for a student who is un-
certain of his firm desire for a career in a particular standard major to pro-
ceed on a broad program which can lead him to a bachelors degree. If his
interest crystallizes in an established field in which he has been taking
courses, transfer to that major will normally be possible with only a mini-
mum of dislocation.
Fundamental Sciences majors are required to concentrate in an option
or recognized hybrids of them: chemistry, physics and mathematics, biol-
ogy, earth and space science, and science of living systems, materials.
Work in the major science subjects is continuous through all four
years. The freshman year is identical with that required of all engineering
students. The general studies requirements of the engineering college must
also be completed. The discipline of a science will be provided by the
inclusion of at least 15 semester hours in his option or from a combination
which constitutes the core of one of the inter-disciplinary fields, for ex-
ample, geophysics or biochemistry.
The details of the student's program will be worked out by the student
with the advice of the curriculum advisor, and with the approval of the
department heads concerned with the major field of his option.
Math.
Phys.
Chem.
Geol.
Biol.
Math.
Biol.
First Semester
23 Anal. Geom.
FRESHMAN YEAR
See Page 127
SOPHOMORE YEAR
& Calc. Ill 4
3 Heat & Electricity
51 Organic Chemistry
1 Principles of Geol.
or
11 General Biology . . .
Second Semester
Electricity, Light &
Atomic Physics 4
4 Economics 3
12 Historical Geology 3
or
Biol. 12 General Biology 4
Elective l 3
Phys.
Eco.
Geol.
14 or 15
13 or 14
221
11
First Semester
JUNIOR YEAR
Differential Equations 3
General Biology 4
or
Principles of Geology ..-3
General Study 3
Elective 6
Option 3
Psych.
Astr.
Biol.
Geol.
Second Semester
1 Intro, to Psychology . . 3
2 General Astronomy .... 3
12 General Biology 4
or
12 Historical Geology .... 3
Elective 6
Option 3
18 or 19
SUMMER: Industrial Employment
18 or 19
Math.
Math.
Math.
233
First Semester SENIOR YEAR
Statistical Inference .... 3 Phil.
or
Mathematical
Statistics I 3
Linear Analysis 3
General Study 3
Elective 6
Option 3
Second Semester
261 Philosophy of the
Natural Science 3
General Study 3
Option 6
Elective 6
18
18
College of Engineering: Curricula 141
THE CURRICULUM IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
The curriculum is designed with the principal aim of industrial engineer-
ing in view, which is the design, improvement, and installation of integrated
systems of men, materials, and equipment for operations by the applica-
tion of the principles of the mathematical, physical, and behavioral sciences.
Thoughout the program there is an integrated series or sequence in the
major field which includes not only basic and fundamental courses but spe-
cialized courses as well, in the fields of production planning and control,
quality control, production engineering, information systems, methods en-
gineering, operations research, and industrial manpower management.
These specialized courses reflect the impact of recent developments in opera-
tions research, information processing, and automation, and considerable
course work involves use of a high-speed digital computer.
There is a growing tendency on the part of industries to select young
men from their engineering departments for managerial positions. Because
of this the industrial engineering courses are oriented to the principles of
scientific management to enable the industrial engineering graduate to ac-
cept and succeed in these opportunities.
It is the aim of the industrial engineering program to develop for in-
dustry a potential manager, a graduate well grounded in the fundamentals
of science, trained in the principles and methods of engineering analysis and
design, and adequately prepared to practice the profession of industrial
engineering.
First Semester
First Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR
See Page 127
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Second Semester
Second Semester
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
C.E.
Math.
Met.
Phys.
Mech.
I.E.
I.E.
I.E.
Mech.
Math.
Psych.
I.E.
E.E.
E.E.
E.E.
M.E.
11 Engineering Graphics 2
23 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4
63 Engr. Mat. and Proc. 3
3 Heat & Electricity 4
1 Statics 3
10 Prob. Comp. Lab. .1
17
Eco. 4 Economics 3
Math. 231 Statistical Inference .... 3
Mech. 11 Mech. of Materials .... 3
Mech. 13 Mat. Testing Lab 1
Met. 67 Met. Lab. 2
Phys. 4 Elec. Light and
Atomic Physics 4
I.E. 11 Applied Prob. Lab 1
17
I.E.
First Semester
SUMMER
40 Machine Shop Practice (3)
JUNIOR YEAR
121
221
102
204
1
140
Analysis & Design I ... 5 I.E.
Industrial Statistics .... 4 I.E.
Dynamics 3
Linear Analysis 3 Acctg.
Elem. Psychology 3 M.E.
Mfg. Processes Lab. . 1
1!)
Second Semester
122 Analysis & Design II
222 Operations Analysis &
Design
108 Fund. Accounting
168 Elem. Machine Design
Gen. Study 3
18
I.E.
First Semester
SUMMER
100 Industrial Employment
SENIOR YEAR
160 Elec. Cir. & Appar 3
161 Elec. Problems 1
162 Dynamo Lab 1
160 Thermodynamics 3
App. Tech. Electives . . 6
Gen. Study 3
17
I.E.
Ch.E.
M.E.
Second Semester
152 I.E. Project 2
60 Unit Oper. Survey 3
161 Engin. Lab 1
App. Tech. Elective 9
Gen. Study 3
18
142 College of Engineering: Curricula
THE COMBINED FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM IN
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Students with definite objectives in mind which require more concen-
tration in business administration may elect to pursue a five-year program
which combines the two curricula of industrial engineering and business
administration. This combined curriculum will lead to the degree B.S. in
Industrial Engineering at the end of the fourth year and B.S. in Business
Administration at the end of the fifth year. The first four years are essentially
the standard industrial engineering curriculum. For the fifth year please see
pages 119-124 under Business Administration.
SUMMER
I.E. 40 Machine Shop Practice (3)
First Semester JUNIOR YEAR Second Semester
I.E. 121 Analysis & Design I 5 I.E. 122 Analysis & Design II . 4
I.E. 221 Industrial Statistics ... 4 I.E. 122 Operations Analysis &
Mech. 102 Dynamics 3 Design 4
Math 204 Linear Analysis 3 Acctg 108 Fundamental Accounting 3
Psych. 1 Elem. Psychology .3 M.E. 168 Elem. Machine Design 4
I.E. 140 Mfg. Processes Lah. . 1 Eco. 333 Labor Problems 3
~~ 19 18
Note A: Those students who will major in Accounting in the fifth year will take
Accounting 1 and 2 in the junior year in place of Eco. 333 and Acctg. 108; and will
take Eco. 333 in the senior year in place of Mkt. 11; and Acctg. 13 and Acctg. 14 will
be taken in the senior year in place of Fin. 125 and an Approved Technical Elective;
and Mkt. 11 and Fin. 125 will be taken in the fifth year.
SUMMER
I.E. 100 Industrial Employment
First Semester SENIOR YEAR Second Semester
E.E. 160 Elec. Cir. & Appar 3 I.E. 152 I.E. Project 2
E.E. 161 Elec. Problems 1 Ch.E. 60 Unit Oper. Survey . . 3
E.E. 162 Dynamo Lab. 1 M.E. 161 Enginering Lab 1
M.E. 160 Thermodynamics 3 Fin. 125 Corp. Finance 3
Mkt. 11 Marketing 3 App. Tech. Elec 6
Approved Tech. Elect. . 3 English Elective 3
English Elective 3
18
17
Note B: Those students who will major in Economics, Economic Statistics or Man-
agement in the fifth year will take Eco. 346 in the senior year in place of Fin. 125
and Fin. 125 will be taken in the fifth year.
THE CURRICULUM IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
The field of mechanical engineering is wide and challenging. Conven-
tionally mechanical engineering deals with the design and production of
machines and their power sources, but the field has broadened to include
many applications of the engineering sciences to a variety of engineering
systems for the benefit of mankind.
The mechanical engineer has played an essential role in the exploitation
of new engineering frontiers such as nuclear power, cryogenic systems,
rocketry, satelite guidance systems, and systems at very high and very low
pressures and temperatures.
Almost every manufactured product, including automobiles, airplanes,
and missile systems, requires the services of the mechanical engineer either
in the product design or in the design and manufacture of the machinery
needed to produce the product. Engineering subjects such as thermody-
College of Engineering: Curricula 143
namics, strength of materials, dynamics, vibrations, heat transfer, aerody-
namics, fluid mechanics, and automatic control systems build upon a found-
ation in physics, chemistry, and mathematics. A basic knowledge of the
fundamentals of electricity, electronics, and metallurgy is also needed.
The curriculum is broad with several electives, which permits a student
to go directly into an engineering position. It may also provide the essential
background suitable for further studies at the graduate level, for those with
ability and interest, for positions at the forefront of technology such as re-
search and development or teaching activities.
Many managerial positions are being filled by men with mechanical
engineering backgrounds.
First Semester
First Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR
See Page 127
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Second Semester
Second Semester
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs. Course No. Course Title
Eco.
Math.
Mech.
Phys.
C.E.
M.E.
Cr. Hrs.
4 Economics 3 Math.
23 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 Mech.
1 Statics 3 Mech.
3 Heat and Elec 4 Phys.
11 Engr. Graphics 2
10 Anal, of Eng. Prob. I . . 1 Met.
17
221 Diff. Equations 3
11 Mech. of Materials .... 3
13 Materials Testing Lab. 1
4 Elec, Light and
Atom. Phys 4
63 Engr. Mat. and Proc. 3
General Studyi 3
17
M.E.
M.E.
Mech.
C.E.
C.E.
Met.
M.E.
SUMMER
I.E. 40 Machine Shop Practice (3)
First Semester
104 Thermodynamics I .... 4
101 Mechanical Eng.
Design I 3
102 Dynamics 3
121 Mech. of Fluids 3
123 Fluid Mech. Lab 1
67 Met. Lab. 2
111 Analysis of Eng.
Prob. II 2
~~ 19
JUNIOR YEAR
Second
M. E. 105 Thermodynamics II . . 4
M.E. 102 Mechanical Eng.
Design II 3
E.E. 160 Elec. Circ. and Appar. 3
E.E. 161 Elec. Probs 1
E.E. 162 Dynamo Lab 1
Math. 208 Complex Variables 3
General Studyi 3
18
SUMMER
M.E. 100 Summer Employment
First Semester
SENIOR YEAR
M. E.
M.E. 108 Laboratory I 2
M.E. 103 Mechanical Eng.
Design III 5
M.E. Elective . . 3
Approved Tech. Elect.2 3
General Studyi 3
16
Second Semester
109 Laboratory II 2
Approved Tech. EIect.2 6
Business Elective 3
M.E. Elective 3
General Studyi 3
17
'For an elucidation of the General Study requirement see page 124.
2The Approved Technical Electives must represent a coherent group of approved
courses such as 200 level courses in Mechanical Engineering, Mechanics, Mathematics,
Physics and Chemistry, and a limited number of courses in other fields of engineering.
THE COMBINED FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM IN
MECHANICAL-ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
This curriculum is designed to meet the needs of the power engineer
engaged in the operation of large public utilities for the generation and dis-
tribution of electrical energy, as well as for those concerned with the design
144 College of Engineering: Curricula
of electrical machines and apparatus. It is generally recognized that the en-
gineering work of the electrical manufacturers and public utilities in the
power field encounters as many mechanical as electrical problems. These two
types of problems are equally important and equally interesting. In order to
carry out the design of electrical machinery and power plants it is now gener-
ally necessary to employ both mechanical and electrical engineers on the
same job because, with rare exceptions, one engineer is not proficient in
both fields.
This combined five-year curriculum in M.E. and E.E. is intended to
circumvent this deficiency in the present training of power engineers by of-
fering a highly integrated, comprehensive, and balanced program which is
devised to turn out graduates equally proficient in mechanical and electrical
engineering and who in addition will have some grounding in those business
courses which are deemed essential to the engineer when he eventually
takes on executive and administrative responsibilities.
It is the intent of this curriculum that anyone undertaking it will make
every effort to complete the five years. The B.S. (M.E.) degree will be con-
ferred at the end of the fourth year and the B.S. (E.E.) at the end of the
fifth year.
Frist Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR
See Page 127
Second Semester
SOPHOMORE YEAR
First Se"mester
Course No. Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Eco. 4 Economics 3
Math. 23 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4
Mech. 1 Statics 3
Phys. 3 Heat and Elec 4
C.E. 11 Engr. Graphics 2
M.E. 10 Anal, of Engr. Prob. 13
17
Second Semester
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Math. 221 Diff. Equations
Mech. 11 Mech. of Materials
Mech. 13 Materials Testing Lab.
Phys. 4 Elec, Light and
Atom. Phys.
Met. 63 Engr. Mat. and Proc. .
E.E. 14 Circuit Theory I
17
SUMMER
I.E. 40 Machine Shop Practice (3)
E.E.
First Semester
JUNIOR YEAR
M.E. 104 Thermodynamics I
Mech. 102 Dynamics
M.E. Ill Anal, of Eng.
Prob. II 2
Met. 67 Met. Lab 2
General Study* 3
18
M.E.
104 Circuit Theory II 4 E.E.
C.E.
C.E.
Math.
Second Semester
105 Thermodynamics II . 4
106 Elec. Machines I 5
121 Mech. of Fluids 3
123 Fluid Mech. Lab 1
208 Complex Variables .... 3
General Study* 3
19
SUMMER
M.E. 100 Summer Employment
First Semester
SENIOR YEAR
M.E.
M.E.
M.E.
E.E.
Eng.
101 Mechanical
Design I 3
108 Laboratory I 2
321 Heat Transfer 3
103 Physical Electronics . . 3
Technical Elective 3
General Study* 3
17
M.E.
E.E.
Math.
Math.
E.E.
Second Semester
102 Mechanical Eng.
Design II 3
109 Laboratory II 2
105 Electronic Circuits .... 4
309 Theory of Probability . . 3
or
231 Statistical Inference .... 3
231 Elec. & Mag. Fields 3
General Study* 3
18
;;For an elucidation of the General Study requirement see page 124.
College of Engineering: Curricula 145
First Semester FIFTH YEAR Second Semester
M.E. 103 Mechanical Eng. M.E. 342 Mech. Vibr. Anal 3
Design III 5 Mech. 302 Adv. Dynamics 3
E.E. 107 Elec. Machines II . 3 E.E. 112 Control Systems .3
E.E. 133 Power Systems Anal. I 3 E.E. 134 Power System Anal. II . 3
E.E. Ill Proseminar 1 Elective 6
E.E. 151 Senior Laboratory 2 ■
Elective 3 18
17
THE CURRICULUM IN METALLURGY AND MATERIALS SCIENCES
Progress in many fields of engineering depends upon discovery of new
materials and a better understanding of the behavior of existing materials.
Interest in new materials for solid-state devices, for application of nuclear
energy and for space technology, as well as a better understanding of the
behavior of materials in the design of structures, automobiles and aircraft,
plant processing equipment, electrical machinery, etc., have increased the
need for men trained in the science and technology of metals and other
materials. The curriculum in metallurgy and materials sciences is designed
to train graduates for research, development, operations, management and
sales careers in industry or for graduate study in metallurgy and materials
science.
Training for this field of engineering requires basic studies in mathe-
matics, chemistry, physics, and mechanics, plus a general background in
engineering principles, followed by intensive training in the application of
scientific and engineering principles to the development and use of materials
in a technological society. In addition, the curriculum offers an introduction
to humanistic and social studies which broaden the student's outlook and
enhance his professional development after graduation.
The objective of the program is to combine a fundamental understand-
ing of the behavior of materials from the electronic, atomic, crystallographic,
microstructural and macrostructural viewpoints with knowledge of the tech-
nology of materials preparation and processing. The metallurgical engineer-
ing student will thus receive a broad education with emphasis on the factors
which govern the mechanical, physical and chemical properties of materials
to aid him in the analysis, development, selection and use of materials for
all types of industries. While some graduates go directly into metal produc-
ing companies, a larger proportion serve as metallurgists or materials engi-
neers in the chemical, electrical, transportation, communications, space and
other metal and materials consumer industries. A number of students pursue
graduate study for university teaching and research careers.
In addition to the regular program, there are two options in the curri-
culum oriented to emphasize (1) industrial metallurgy, and (2) preparation
for graduate research in materials.
Industrial Metallurgy Option
The Industrial Metallurgy Option is designed to prepare men in a four-
year program as a plant metallurgist or materials engineer. To assist in this
objective, students electing the option take a special course, Met. 325, In-
dustrial Metallurgy (8), in the second semester of the senior year in place
of an equivalent number of other specified courses. The emphasis in this
course is a team approach to solution of actual plant problems. The course
is conducted in cooperation with the Bethlehem Steel Company, and three
146 College of Engineering: Curricula
days per week are spent in the Bethlehem plant for investigation of problems
in plant operations. The option is limited to a small group of seniors selected
by the department from among those who apply.
Research Option
For those students whose interests lie in the fields of theoretical metal-
lurgy or materials science, and who intend to pursue graduate work, a Re-
search Option is offered. In this option, students are required to take Met.
340, Research Techniques (2-3); and Met. 191, Experimental Metallurgy
(3). Financial support is awarded to those students who elect to initiate a
research program during the summer preceding the senior year. The option
is limited to a small group of selected students.
First Semester
First Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester
See Page 127
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Second Semester
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Course No. Course Title
Cr. Hrs.
Eco.
Math.
Mech.
Phys.
Met.
4
23
1
3
Economics 3
Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4
Statics
Heat & Electricity
91 El. of Mat. Science
17
Ch.E. 60 Unit Operations 3
Mech. 11 Mech. of Materials .... 3
Phys. 4 Electricity, Light, &
Atomic Physics 4
Met. 10 Met. Laboratory 2
C.E. 11 Eng. Graphics 2
General Study 3
17
First Semester JUNIOR
YEAR
Se(
Met.
230 Physical Met. I 4
Met.
231
Met.
210 Met. Thermodynamics 3
Met.
304
Chem.
95 Physical Chem 3
Chem.
195
M.E.
166 Proced. of Mech. Des. 2
Mech.
102
Approved Math.
Met.
101
Elective 3
Second Semester
Phys. Metallurgy II
General Study* 3
First Semester
18
SENIOR YEAR
Met.
Met.
Met.
305 Extractive Met. II 3
323 Mechanical Met 3
352 Physical Met. Ill 3
Approved Elective .... 3
General Study* 3
Approved Elective .... 3
18
Met.
278
Met.
358
E.E.
160
E.E.
161
E.E.
162
4
Extractive Met. I 4
Physical Chem 3
Dynamics 3
Professional
Development 1
Elective 3
18
Second Semester
Metallurgical Reports . . 3
Selection of Materials . . 3
Elec. Cir. & Appar 3
Elec. Problems 1
Dynamo Lab. 1
General Study* 3
Approved Elective ... 3
17
SENIOR YEAR RESEARCH OPTION
Met.
323
Mechanical Met.
3
Met.
Met.
305
Extractive Met. II . .
3
Met.
Met.
352
Physical Met. Ill
. 3
Met.
Met.
340
Research Techniques
. 2
E.E.
General Study*
3
E.E.
Approved Elective .
3
E.E.
358 Selection of Materials 3
338 Met. Colloquium 2
191 Experimental Met. .... 3
160 Elec. Cir. & Appar 3
161 Elec. Problems 1
162 Dynamo Lab 1
General Study* 3
Approved Elective
3
SENIOR YEAR INDUSTRIAL METALLURGY OPTION
Met.
Met.
Met.
E.E.
E.E.
E.E.
323 Mechanical Met 3
305 Extractive Met. II 3
352 Physical Met. Ill 3
160 Elec. Cir. & Appar 3
161 Elec. Problems 1
162 Dynamo Lab 1
General Study* 3
17
Met. 358 Selection of Materials . . 3
Met. 338 Met. Colloquium 2
Met. 325 Industrial Met 8
General Study* 3
Approved Elective .... 3
19
•'For an elucidation of this requirement see page 124.
148
4
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Robert Daniel Stout, Dean of the Graduate School
Executive Committee of the Graduate Faculty
Dean Stout, Chairman Provost Christensen, (ex officii), Professors
Tresolini, Jensen, Emrich, Barber, Wenzel
Graduate study was a part of the original plan of the University and
was announced in its first Register in 1866. More definite organization of
the work along lines that are now generally accepted dates from 1883. Since
that time the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Science have been
offered without interruption. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy was also
announced for a time and twice conferred. In the middle nineties this degree
was withdrawn and doctoral work was not again offered until 1936, when it
was once more authorized by the trustees. In the same year the Graduate
School was organized, with a Graduate Faculty which has full power to en-
act the necessary legislation governing the work of the school. In 1960 a
program of studies leading to the degree of Doctor of Education was first
offered.
The faculty is composed of the administrative officers of the Graduate
School, the deans of the Colleges, and all professors, associate professors, and
assistant professors who offer work for graduate credit. The rules and regula-
tions of the faculty are administered by an Executive Committee composed
of the President and Provost of the University, the Dean of the Graduate
School, and five elected members of the Graduate Faculty.
The Graduate School, in certain areas, offers qualified students oppor-
tunity for intensive advanced study and for specialized training in methods
of investigation and research, with a view to their development as scholars
and independent investigators. The School also aims to serve the needs of
teachers and prospective teachers in elementary and secondary schools by
providing opportunities for advanced professional training, and by preparing
them for administrative positions.
Major work leading to the master's degree may be taken in the follow-
ing fields; applied mechanics, biology, business administration, chemi-
cal engineering, chemistry, civil engineering, economics, education, electrical
engineering, English, geology, government, history, industrial engineering,
information sciences, international relations, mathematics, materials, me-
chanical engineering, metallurgy and materials science, philosophy, physics,
political science, psychology, and social relations. In the fields of Greek,
Latin, German, French, and Spanish, advanced degrees are not offered; but
150 Graduate School
students majoring in other fields may take collateral work in these fields from
the list of courses acceptable for graduate credit ("200" courses).
Work leading to the doctor's degree is offered in the following fields:
applied mechanics, biology, business and industrial economics, chemical
engineering, chemistry, civil engineering, education, electrical engineering,
English, geology, history, industrial engineering, mathematics, mechanical
engineering, metallurgy and materials science, philosophy, physics, and
psychology.
Admission to Graduate Standing
A graduate of an accredited college, university, or technical institution
is eligible for consideration for admission to the Graduate School at Lehigh
University. Actual admission is subject to enrollment limitations in each de-
partment and is, therefore, competitive. An application for admission to the
Graduate School may be secured from the Office of Admission. The candi-
date should file this application as far in advance as possible of the beginning
of the semester when he wishes to undertake his graduate work. In addition
to the application the candidate should also request that each institution of
higher learning which he has attended send directly to the Office of Admis-
sion a transcript of his academic record. An application fee of $5 will be
charged.
A prospective graduate student is invited to communicate directly with
the head of the department in which he is interested. If it is convenient for
him to visit the University prior to completing his admission or prior to regis-
tration, a consultation with the head of the department (or his representative)
will assist the department in working out a program for the student and will
aid the student by giving him a better understanding of the facilities and
opportunities for graduate study at the University.
The submission of Graduate Record Examination scores by a student
applying for admission is urged. (For information about this examination,
write to the Educational Testing Service, 20 Nassau St., Princeton, New
Jersey.) If a student is applying for admission to graduate work in educa-
tion, scores may be submitted for either the Graduate Record Examination
or the National Teachers Examination. Candidates for graduate work in
business administration may submit scores for the Admissions Test for
Graduate Students in Business. In all three instances, test scores may under
certain circumstances be required.
Foreign students are required to submit evidence of competence in use
of English. Tests such as those administered by the International Institute of
Education or the Educational Testing Service are suitable for this purpose.
Admission to graduate standing permits the student to take any course
for which he has the necessary qualifications. It does not imply admission to
candidacy for a degree. Admission to candidacy for an advanced degree is
granted in accordance with the provisions set forth below under "Degrees."
Graduate School 1 5 1
Women are admitted as graduate students on the same terms as men.
Except during a summer session, however, they are not ordinarily permitted
to attend, either as registered students or as listeners, courses intended only
for undergraduates.
A graduate student who is absent from the University for a semester
or more must obtain the written approval of the head of his major depart-
ment in order to be readmitted to graduate standing. If the student has not
established a major, he must obtain the approval of the Dean of the Graduate
School.
Students of Lehigh University who are within a few hours of meeting
the requirements for the bachelor's degree may, if given permission by the
Graduate Faculty, enroll for a limited amount of work for graduate credit.
Registration
Several days are set aside for graduate registration just prior to the be-
ginning of the semester as indicated in the calendar. However, a student,
once admitted, can complete advance registration anytime in January, June,
or September as the case may be, by obtaining a registration ticket in the
office of the Registrar and arranging in advance for an interview with his
advisor. Anyone who can register in advance is urged to do so. Normally
students are expected to complete their registration before the close of the
third day of instruction. Registration after the tenth day of instruction in a
regular semester or the fifth day in a summer session is permitted only when
the express consent of the Dean of the Graduate School has been obtained.
A $10 Late Registration Fee will be charged.
It should be noted that graduate work itself starts promptly at the be-
ginning of the term, and it is frequently true that graduate courses can be
given only if there is a certain minimum demand for them. Delay in enrolling
for a given course may therefore cause the course to be withdrawn.
A graduate student in residence must register each semester. A graduate
student who is a degree candidate in absentia must register for that semester
in which he expects to complete the degree requirements.
Tuition and Fees
Effective with the Fall Semester 1965 the tuition in the Graduate
School is $700 per semester or $60 per semester hour, whichever amount
is lower. The maximum full-time roster of graduate courses is 15 semester
hours.
In an effort to help alleviate the existing shortage of fully qualified
school teachers in the United States, the University will award educational
grants to all qualified elementary and secondary school personnel enrolled
in the Graduate School. By virtue of these grants, tuition for teachers either
in full-time service or on leave is $475 a semester or $40 per semester hour.
152 Graduate School
A listener's fee of $35 is charged for each course audited, unless the
student is already paying the full tuition fee. (See regulation on page 159.)
Where the major department requires a master's thesis, the student
registers for the thesis and pays at the rate of the regular semester hour
charge.
A graduate student in residence or using the facilities of the University
must register and pay a minimum tuition or dissertation fee of $150 per
semester.
For a doctoral dissertation prepared in absentia a reading fee of $150
is charged to a graduate student who has not paid a dissertation fee of at
least $150 while in residence.
Identification cards, entitling the holder to attend various campus
events, are issued to graduate students at a fee of $10 for the full aca-
demic year, and $5 for the period from January to June.
Transcripts
Each student is entitled to one copy of his record free of charge. This
can be an official or unofficial transcript. Unofficial copies are released to
the student; official copies are sent directly to the educational institution,
company, state board, etc., as the circumstances may require. After the first
copy is released a fee of $1 is assessed for each subsequent copy.
Housing
Most resident graduate students live in rooms or apartments near the
campus, although from time to time a limited number of living accommoda-
tions is available in the undergraduate Residence Halls on the University
campus.
Inquiries in regard to accommodations for graduate students, either
married or single, can be directed either to the Director of Admission or to
the Bureau of Housing Information, Lehigh University.
Parking Regulations
Graduate students are expected to comply with campus parking regula-
tions. They should register their automobiles, and secure instructions from
the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds in the Alumni Memorial
Building. No fee is charged for this registration.
Health and Accident Insurance
The University offers graduate students a choice between two types of
insurance policies covering accident or illness. One type covers both accident
and illness, and the other covers accident only. Either type is available at
nominal cost at the Bursar's office.
All students are required to carry insurance for both accident and
illness either through the University or by other approved policies.
Graduate School 153
Refunds
A graduate student who formally withdraws from the University or
who, on the advice of his department head and with the approval of the
dean, finds it necessary to reduce his roster below twelve hours in any
regular semester, may qualify for a tuition refund. The amount of refund is
equal to the tuition paid for the course or courses being dropped less 15 per
cent of this tuition for each full or fractional week of the semester computed
from the date of the beginning of instruction in courses open only to gradu-
ate students. There is no refund for semester hours dropped if the remaining
roster totals 12 or more hours.
A summer session student who formally withdraws from the University
is entitled to receive a refund of his total tuition less $5 for each credit hour
for which he is registered and less a deduction for each day of regular in-
struction of 4 per cent of the total tuition paid computed from the first day
of instruction in the session.
In the event of the death of a student or his involuntary induction into
the armed forces, fees will be refunded in proportion to the fraction to the
semester remaining at the time of the student's death or induction.
A student who is suspended or expelled from the University is not en-
titled to any refunds.
Filing of Application for Degree
Candidates for degrees to be conferred in June file with the Registrar,
on a form provided for the purpose, on or before April 15, a written notice
of their candidacy; candidates for degrees to be conferred in October file a
similar notice on or before September 10. Failure to file such notice by the
dates mentioned may bar the candidate from receiving the degree at the en-
suing graduation exercises. If a late application can be accepted, the candi-
date is assessed a $10 fee to help cover the extra cost of processing.
In addition to the degree requirements set forth below, there may be
departmental requirements in the field of the major. These requirements ap-
pear in the separate departmental statements in the section, "Description of
Courses."
Degrees
In addition to the general regulations set forth below, more detailed in-
structions for procedures may be obtained from the Office of the Graduate
School.
Students desiring to qualify for graduate degrees in the minimum time
should have pursued an undergraduate major in the subject equivalent to
that offered at Lehigh. At the discretion of the head of the department, a
limited number of credits in closely allied subjects may be accepted in lieu
of courses in the undergraduate major. Those with undergraduate deficien-
154 Graduate School
cies who are admitted because they are otherwise well qualified will be ex-
pected to make up such deficiencies in addition to satisfying the minimum
requirement for the degree sought.
MASTER OF ARTS, MASTER OF EDUCATION, MASTER OF
SCIENCE, AND MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The master's degree is granted to properly qualified students who com-
plete satisfactorily at least two full semesters of advanced work. In meeting
the requirements for the degree, the student must comply with the following
regulations:
1. Each candidate for the master's degree must submit for the approval
of the Graduate Faculty the program of courses he proposes to take to satisfy
the requirements. This program must have the approval of the head of the
student's major department, and all courses included which are not offered
by the student's major department, must also be approved by the heads of
the departments concerned. The program should be submitted as soon as
possible after completion of 15 credits toward the degree. Approval of the
program by the Graduate Faculty signifies that the student has formally
been admitted to candidacy for the degree.
2. The minimum program for the master's degree must include:
a. Not less than thirty semester hours of graduate work.
b. Not less than eighteen hours of "400" level course work (see page
33 for classification of courses).
c. Not less than eighteen hours in the major field.
d. Not less than fifteen hours of "400" courses in the major field.
3. The eighteen hours required in the major field are ordinarily taken
in one department. Specific exceptions to this rule are mentioned in the
departmental statements at the head of course listings. The remaining twelve
hours of a minimum program, or any part of them, may also be taken in the
major department; or they may be taken in any other field in which courses
for graduate credit are offered, as the needs or interests of the student may
indicate, subject to the approval of the head of the major department. In all
cases, the work for the master's degree must be taken under at least two
instructors.
4. Graduate students registered in "200" and "300" courses may be
assigned additional work at the discretion of the instructor.
5. In order to qualify for the master's degree, candidates will be re-
quired (a) to submit a thesis or a report based on a research course of at
least 3 credit hours, or (b) to pass a comprehensive examination given by
the major department. The department will specify which of these require-
Graduate School 155
ments applies, and may specify both. If required, the thesis shall not count
for more than six semester hours. The credit to be allowed shall be fixed by
the head of the major department. One unbound typewritten copy of the
thesis, approved by the faculty members under whom the work was done
and by the head of the major department, shall be placed in the hands of
the Dean of the Graduate School with a receipt for $8.00 to cover the fee
for microfilming, at least three weeks before the day on which the degree is
to be conferred. Information as to the form in which the thesis must be
presented may be obtained from the Office of the Graduate School.
6. The master's degree is not granted unless the candidate has earned
the grades "A" or "B" in at least eighteen hours of the work on his program.
No course in which the grade earned is less than "C" is credited toward the
degree, but in the case of "300" courses in the major field, the grade must
be at least "B". A student who receives more than four grades below "B"
in courses numbered "200" or higher will be allowed to qualify for the
master's degree only by special petition to the head of the major department
and to the dean of the graduate school.
7. All work which is to be credited toward a masters degree must be
done in actual and regular attendance at Lehigh University.
8. All work on a program for the master's degree must be completed
within a six-year period.
When all requirements have been met, the candidate is recommended
by the faculty to the trustees for the master's degree appropriate to the work
pursued.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is conferred on candidates who
have demonstrated general proficiency and high attainment in a special field
of knowledge and capacity to carry on independent investigation in that field
as evidenced by the presentation of an acceptable dissertation embodying
the results of original research. The requirements for the degrees are more
specifically set forth in the following regulations.
1. Time Requirements. A candidate ordinarily is expected to devote
three or more academic years to graduate study. In no case is the degree
awarded to one who has spent less than two full academic years in graduate
work. Study for any specified period of time, however, is not in itself re-
garded as sufficient ground for awarding of the degree.
156 Graduate School
Graduate work done in residence at other institutions will be accepted
in partial fulfillment of the time requirements, provided such work is ap-
proved by the Graduate Faculty and by the departments concerned.
Work of fragmentary character scattered over a long period of years,
or work completed many years before the student becomes a candidate for
the degree, is subject to special review by the Graduate Faculty. The extent to
which such work may be credited towards the fulfillment of the time re-
quirements will be decided by the faculty. All work on a program for the
Ph.D. degree must be completed within a ten-year period.
2. Residence Requirements. A candidate for the degree must com-
plete at least one full academic year of resident graduate study at Lehigh
University.
3. Admission to Candidacy. Candidates for the doctorate are accepted
in a limited number of departments only, and a department may limit the
number of candidates accepted in any year. In exceptional cases new students
may be admitted to candidacy immediately upon registration in the Graduate
School. Ordinarily, however, they are required to spend at least one semester
in residence before they are accepted as candidates. Admission to candidacy
is at the discretion of the Graduate Faculty and is granted only upon written
application by the student. The applicant must have the endorsement of the
departments concerned. The proposed major department may require a
qualifying examination. In passing upon a student's application, the faculty
will take into consideration the applicant's general education, as well as his
special qualifications for work in his chosen field. Each applicant is notified
by the Dean of the Graduate School, in writing, of the action of the faculty
upon his application.
The application of a foreign student must be accompanied by a state-
ment from the department in which he intends to specialize, certifying that
he has a satisfactory command of English.
At the time of admission to candidacy a special committee is appointed
by the Executive Committee of the Graduate Faculty to direct the work of
the candidate.
4. Plan of Work. Preparation for the degree is based on the study of a
major subject to which one or two minors may be added. The program of
work, to be formulated by the candidate, his special committee, and the head
of his major department, should be planned to lead a general mastery of the
major field and to a significant grasp of any minor that may be added. The
program must be approved by the Executive Committee of the Graduate
Faculty.
While there is no definite requirement as to the number of courses to
be taken, two years devoted to formal courses is the customary minimum.
5. Language Requirements. The candidate must give evidence,
through examinations, of a reading knowledge, sufficient for the purposes of
his special studies, of at least two foreign languages (in addition to any
Graduate School 157
language which may constitute his major subject). In each case, the required
languages are designated by the candidate's major department and approved
by the Graduate Faculty. In certain fields, the candidate, with permission of
the head of his major department and approval of the Dean of the Graduate
School, may reduce the requirement to one language appropriate to his field.
The qualifying examination in one language must be passed at least
twelve (12) months before the candidate applies for his degree.
Language examinations are in charge of a committee consisting of
representatives of the language department concerned and of the candidate's
major department.
Permission to take the language examinations does not imply admission
to candidacy for the degree.
6. General Examination. The general examinations for the doctorate
are designed to test both the student's capacity and his proficiency in his field
of study. The examinations are not necessarily confined to the content of
courses that have been taken at Lehigh University or elsewhere. They are not
held later than seven months prior to the time when the candidate plans to
receive the degree. The student's department is in charge of the examina-
tion, which may be both written and oral.
Should a candidate fail in any part of the general examinations he may
be permitted by the Graduate Faculty to present himself for a second exam-
ination not earlier than five months after the first. If the results of the
second trial are also unsatisfactory no further examination is set.
7. Dissertation. The candidate is required to present a dissertation
prepared under the general direction of a professor at Lehigh University.
The dissertation shall treat a topic related to the candidate's major subject,
embody the results of original research, give evidence of high scholarship,
and constitute a contribution to knowledge. It must be approved by the pro-
fessor under whose direction it was written, by the candidate's special com-
mittee, and by the Graduate Faculty. A copy bearing the written approval
of the professor in charge must be presented to the Dean of the Graduate
School for transmission to the student's special committee not later than
May 1, if the degree is to be conferred in lune; not later than September 1,
if the degree is to be conferred in October.
The candidate shall deposit with the Dean of the Graduate School, at
least two weeks before the degree is to be conferred: (1) the original type-
script of the accepted dissertation, unbound, in standard form, and suitable
for microfilming; (2) the first carbon copy of the accepted dissertation in
standard form and binding; (3) three copies of an abstract, not exceeding
600 words, of the dissertation, accompanied by a letter from the dissertation
supervisor stating that the abstract is acceptable and suitable for publication;
(4) a receipt from the Bursar for the payment of the publication fee of
thirty dollars ($30). The publication fee is used by the University to
158 Graduate School
defray the cost of publishing the dissertation on microfilm (through Univers-
ity Microfilms) and the abstract in Dissertation Abstracts. If the candidate
wishes to copyright his dissertation, he may do so by paying the copyright
fee of fifteen dollars ($15) to the Bursar at the time the publication fee is
paid. Arrangements for the copyright in the author's name will then be
made by the University through University Microfilms.
8. Final Examination. After the dissertation has been accepted by
his special committee, the candidate will be examined orally by the officers
of professorial rank in the departments concerned and such other persons as
may be selected by the candidate's special committee.
9. Conferring of Degree in Absentia. The degree of Doctor of
Philosophy will not be conferred in absentia unless the candidate is excused
by the President of the University.
DOCTOR OF EDUCATION
The degree of Doctor of Education is intended for a limited number of
carefully selected students engaged in the fields of administration, counseling,
and teaching. At least four years of successful professional experience is re-
quired for admission to candidacy for this degree. The plan for the Ed.D.
degree includes a sixth-year program, with a certificate given for its success-
ful completion, and the final work for the doctorate which will emphasize
the application of knowledge to an educational problem.
In general, requirements for the Ed.D. degree parallel those already
stated for the Ph.D. degree with the exception of the following: (a) language
examinations are not required, (b) a statistics competency examination is
required, (c) a residence requirement which may be satisfied by an academic
year of full-time study or a semester of full-time study preceded or followed
by a summer session in which 12 semester hours of credit are earned. There
is enough flexibility in this program to permit certain modifications appropri-
ate to the specific objectives and background of the doctoral student. For
more detailed information, consult the Dean of the School of Education,
and see the section on the School of Education on page 163 in this Catalog.
POSTDOCTORAL WORK
Students who have completed the requirements for the doctorate may
enroll for postdoctoral individualized study under the guidance of selected
members of the faculty. Such a program of study contemplates a broad edu-
cational and research development at advanced and mature levels, and pro-
vides opportunities to prepare for specific positions. A formal certification
of such work as may be accomplished by the student will be made.
MISCELLANEOUS REGULATIONS
The maximum roster of a full-time graduate student is fifteen semester
hours. Graduate students who are employed elsewhere and can give only
part of their time to graduate work should restrict the size of their rosters
accordingly.
Graduate students who hold University appointments of any kind are
Interdisciplinary Centers: Information Science, Marine Science 159
permitted to enroll for only a limited amount of graduate work. Full-time
employees of the University may not take more than six semester hours of
graduate work in any one semester; half-time employees may not take more
than ten semester hours.
With the consent of the head of his major department and of the head
of the department concerned, a graduate student may be admitted as a regular
listener in one or more courses which course or courses shall be outside his
approved program of studies for the degree, provided that the total number
of hours in which he is registered and in which he is a listener shall not ex-
ceed the limits set forth above. In no case shall a student who has attended
a course as a listener be given an examination for credit in that course. A
listener's fee is charged for each course audited.
Interdisciplinary Centers
CENTER FOR THE INFORMATION SCIENCES
The Center for the Information Sciences was established in 1962 as
a division of the University Library and is now affiliated with the Center
for the Application of Mathematics. It is designed to fulfill two general
objectives. The first is the training of specialists who can analyze and or-
ganize information. The second is the investigation of the properties and
behavior of recorded information, and the forces governing its flow.
In the last twenty years, technology, science, and the emerging social
sciences have not only posed unforeseen demands on libraries, but have
generated an entirely new complex of ideas about the processes of com-
munication. The information sciences are a response to these needs and
ideas. As science, they cut across such disciplines as psychology, logic,
neurophysiology, linguistics, and mathematics. As technology, concerned
with the processing of information for optimum accessibility, the information
sciences utilize the techniques and concepts of computer technology, librari-
anship, operations research, and the management sciences.
In 1963, a Division of the Information Sciences was established within
the College of Arts and Science, as the instructional section of the Center.
A graduate program was initiated in 1964. Research in various aspects of
the subject are presently being carried out in cooperation with the Depart-
ments of Industrial Engineering, Philosophy, Psychology, Social Relations,
and the Computing Laboratory.
MARINE SCIENCE CENTER
... we must look to the sea for the rule, to the land for the exceptions.
M. F. Maury, 1851
The Marine Science Center is an interdepartmental research institute
with the purpose of encouraging interdisciplinary studies of oceanic prob-
160 Interdisciplinary Centers: Materials Research
lems. In the ocean, physical, chemical, biological and geological processes
are so closely interrelated that it is often difficult or impossible to separate
them. Thus in order to facilitate research on oceanographic problems the
Center brings together faculty and graduate students from the Departments
of Geology, Biology and Chemistry for discussion and research cooperation.
The laboratories in the Center are well equipped for field and lab-
oratory oceanographic studies. In addition, cooperative projects are under-
way with marine stations in the Eastern U. S., Bermuda and the Caribbean.
Research activities of the staff and students include:
Air-sea interactions and surface water circulation;
Basic seawater chemistry and the carbonate cycle;
Marine microbiology and biochemistry of proteolytic bacteria;
Shallow-water sedimentation and organism-sediment interactions;
Zooplankton dynamics;
Algal and crustacean physiology.
MATERIALS RESEARCH CENTER
The Materials Research Center was established in February 1962 to
fulfill the need for a research and educational facility permitting intellectual
stimulation of scientists and engineers dedicated to research in materials. The
fundamental objectives of the Materials Research Center are to encourage
interaction among the science and engineering disciplines with an interest
in materials and to promote interdisciplinary research activity and inter-
departmental education opportunities.
To achieve these objectives, the Center:
a. Coordinates and integrates all activities pertaining to materials
science and technology at Lehigh University;
b. Seeks to establish a climate in which faculty members, post-doctoral
associates, and graduate assistants develop an awareness of materials
problems;
c. Arranges for physical facilities and space required to conduct inter-
disciplinary research;
d. Guides the search for new materials by encouraging fundamental
research and new approaches to materials problems; and
e. Assists in developing educational opportunities in materials, in par-
ticular, interdisciplinary graduate programs devoted to training for
research in materials.
Materials research has played an important role at Lehigh for the
past two decades. Currently, approximately 150 persons, including graduate
students and faculty members representing science and engineering de-
partments, are engaged in research pertaining to materials science and engi-
neering. These persons are distributed in departmental laboratories; in special
University laboratories for Engineering Structure Analysis, Surface Chem-
istry, Magnetic Materials, Crystal Growing and Zone Processing, Manu-
facturing Processes, and Microwave Measurement; and in four interdis-
ciplinary laboratories of the Center housed in Coxe Building i.e., Advanced
Materials Preparation, Mechanical Behavior, Physical Ceramics, and Pojy-
Center for the Application of Mathematics 161
mers. Government, industry, foundations, and technical societies support
this work.
Organizationally the Materials Research Center is guided by a Ma-
terials Council composed of senior faculty members representing several
departments of the University. The policies of the Council are implemented
by the Director of the Center and his staff.
This Center facilitates interdisciplinary programs of study and research
that cross the traditional boundaries of science and engineering curricula,
providing a fundamental, broad approach to the field of materials science
and technology. Graduate students participating in the Center's program
usually receive M.S. or Ph.D. degrees in the traditional discipline of their
choice, i.e., Chemistry, Physics, Metallurgy and Materials Science, Electri-
cal Engineering, etc.; however, they may pursue course work related to a
fundamental understanding of materials in several disciplines and conduct
research on a broad materials problem involving several graduate students
from different disciplines. Furthermore, commencing in 1965, an M.S.
degree in Materials will be offered. While intended primarily as a terminal
degree for those entering industry, the M.S. in Materials Science provides
sufficient flexibility to permit those interested in a career in materials re-
search to continue for a Ph.D. degree. Materials Fellowships and graduate
research assistantships are provided by the Center to financially assist able
students.
CENTER FOR THE APPLICATION OF MATHEMATICS
The Center was established in the fall of 1965. The purpose of the
Center is to foster interdisciplinary research related to the application of
mathematics, to draw on other disciplines for pertinent mathematical prob-
lems, and to encourage the development of advanced courses in the ap-
plication of mathematics.
The staff of the Center consists of certain Lehigh faculty members
who hold a second appointment to the staff from the President.
In addition to the research and the support of teaching already de-
scribed, the activities of the Center include the sponsorship of a colloquium,
of lectures which report current research on the campus, and of expository
lectures.
The Center serves in an advisory capacity on interdepartmental gradu-
ate programs, both in the design of programs to suit the interests of stu-
dents and departments and in making recommendations on the award of
fellowships and assistantships.
The Center surveys the need for courses in the application of mathe-
matics and is concerned both with the design of new courses and the re-
organization of existing courses so that these needs may be better served.
The Center sponsors institutes and conferences. It seeks support through
contracts and grants for interdepartmental research related to the applica-
tion of mathematics.
The Center is concerned with the imaginative use of computing facili-
ties.
BUSINESS ECONOMICS CENTER
The Business Economics Center was established in July. 1965 to (1)
apply economic analysis to business problems and to (2) carry out re-
162 Business Economic Center
search linking business behavior and policy with economic analysis and
investigation. In the first case the goal is to test and make greater use of
existing academic economic understanding, and in the second case to de-
velop new ideas which will both be useful in the business world and will
contribute to academic advances in developing economic explanations and
prediction in the real world.
The Center provides a focal point to which businessmen can turn in
seeking solution to economic problems, which will benefit the professional
economist by testing principles against applications and which will provide
research training for students interested in business economics. The ques-
tions of businessmen, government officials and others in the field are invited
and arrangements are provided to try to develop answers by organizing
research where that appears appropriate and by making use of professional
experts who desire to cooperate when that course appears promising. Re-
search fellowships are available to a limited extent to attract students who
are desirous of working on the research problems which arise.
Lehigh University offers an M.S. in Business Economics which students
working in the Center usually receive. A few students who work with the
Center are working toward the Ph.D. degree.
The Center works closely with the National Association of Business
Economists. The Clearinghouse Project, of that Association, which con-
centrates on possibilities of business and academic economists helping each
other, is directed at Lehigh University.
CENTER FOR SURFACE AND COATING RESEARCH
Principal purpose of the Center for Surface and Coating Research,
which was established at Lehigh University February 1, 1966, is to en-
courage faculty and students from all pertinent disciplines to undertake re-
search relevant to surface and coating phenomena. These disciplines in-
clude chemistry, physics, metallurgy, mechanics, life sciences and engi-
neering.
Traditionally, the development of surface science and related aspects
has been associated with the physical chemistry curriculum. Recent years,
however, have brought about an increasingly widespread awareness that
an intimate knowledge of fundamental surface behavior is necessary to the
solution of many problems vital to modern life.
In fact, there is hardly an industry in which technological advances do
not depend on the application of surface and coating science. A prime ex-
ample is the communications industry ranging from electronic circuits to
the production of printed matter. Another example is the construction in-
dustry, where degradation of metal and other surfaces is costing untold
millions of dollars annually.
The result is that today practically every scientific field has become ac-
tively involved: not only chemistry, but also metallurgy, physics, bio-and
life sciences, pharmaceuticals, mechanics and related engineering curricula.
It is therefore the aim of the new Center to encompass all pertinent dis-
ciplines in its efforts to develop and promulgate basic understanding of
surface and coating phenomena.
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
John A. Stoops, B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Dean
The President and the Board of Trustees have announced the estab-
lishment of the School of Education effective February 1, 1966. The School
of Education operates in conjunction with the Graduate School. Its admin-
istrative procedures are identical or similar to those of the Graduate School
in regard to admission, registration, tuition, fees, transcripts, and other re-
lated matters. Degree requirements are also consistent with those established
by the Graduate School. The School of Education offers the Master of Arts
in Education, the Master of Education, and the Doctor of Education. De-
tails regarding the specific regulations and requirements can be found in
that section of this catalog pertaining to the Graduate School (see pages
149-159). Course offerings and other pertinent data may be found under
the list beginning on page 207.
The School is interested in the preparation of elementary teachers,
secondary teachers, community college teachers, counselors, administrators,
reading specialists, and curriculum specialists. Of particular interest are
qualified persons holding B.A. degrees who wish to enter teaching and estab-
lished teachers who wish to prepare for leadership responsibility in the
school through preparation at the Master's and Doctorate levels.
Whereas graduate study in Education was once undertaken only by
those preparing for leadership in the schools, it is now a part of the training
required of every qualified teacher. In the face of this mounting trend,
Lehigh is strengthening its graduate program in Education and has discon-
tinued professional preparation of undergraduate students.
Accordingly, a fifth-year program is offered to qualified holders of
B.A. degrees who wish to enter teaching. Those admitted to the program
have the opportunity to accomplish their professional training and serve as
salaried interns in the public schools. At the completion of a full year of
full-time study, students can (1) meet the requirements to begin teaching,
and (2) meet the requirements for the Master of Arts (secondary teachers)
or the Master of Education (elementary teachers) degree.
For the benefit of in-service teachers many courses are offered in the
evenings and on Saturday mornings. Teachers of the Lehigh Valley and
surrounding regions are sent special bulletins on the offerings of the School
of Education and various departments for the fall, spring, and summer ses-
sions. Each bulletin is scheduled for mailing approximately one month be-
fore registration. All teachers are encouraged to participate in the life and
work of the University.
The Graduate School, through the School of Education, offers the
Master of Arts Degree, Major in Education. Candidates for this Degree
must include in their program a minimum of twelve hours of graduate work
164 School of Education
in an academic specialty such as social studies or English. This is combined
with a minimum of 18 hours in professional Education.
Lehigh's program of training for advanced professional responsibility
is planned in three stages. The first is represented in the M.Ed, or M.A.; the
second exists in the several specialist programs. The final stage is the Doc-
torate in Education.
The Master of Education degree requires, in addition to broad study of
the social foundations of education, specialization in a professional field.
Special fields include elementary education, elementary administration,
secondary administration, general administration, guidance and counseling,
and reading. Although study at the Master's level is intense and specialized,
the School recognizes that additional training is needed for professional
leadership in most areas. Therefore, programs designed for these specialists
are extended to the sixth-year certificate.
The Doctorate in Education program at present provides for major
work in four areas: (1) administration, (2) reading, (3) educational foun-
dations, and (4) school psychology. Students are screened for admission
in the fall of each year and begin doctoral study the following spring semes-
ter. Formal admission to candidacy for the Ed.D. degree usually occurs
after the completion of the equivalent of a semester of resident study and
the submission of an approved outline for the dissertation.
Examination Dates for Doctor of Education 1966-67 Academic Year
Initial Screening Exam October 7
Final Comprehensive Exam November 5
Final Statistics Exam February 25
Final Comprehensive Exam March 4
Final Statistics Exam June 24
The School is organized in five divisions. Specific information regard-
ing degree programs can be obtained from the director of the appropriate
division.
DIVISION OF EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION
John S. Cartwright, Director
Elementary School Principalship, Secondary School Principalship, School
Business Managership, Curriculum Administration, School Superintendency.
DIVISION OF COUNSELOR EDUCATION
Edward C. Scanlan, Director
Guidance Counselor, School Psychologists, Counseling Psychologist
DIVISION OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Norman H. Sam, Director
Elementary Teachers (Interns), and Elementary Master Teachers
DIVISION OF SECONDARY EDUCATION
Natt M. Burbank, Director
Secondary School Teachers (Interns), and Secondary Master Teachers
DIVISION OF EDUCATION SPECIALISTS
John A. Stoops, Director
Atypical Education, Charles Versacci; Reading, Albert Mazurkiewicz; Com-
munity College Teachers, Charles Guditus; Foundations, Robert height; and
Research, Merle Tate.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
Following is a list of undergraduate and graduate courses offered by
Lehigh University. For purposes of record, all approved courses are listed.
It must be understood, however, that the offerings in any given semester are
contingent upon a number of factors, including student needs as determined
at the time of pre-registration.
Credit Hours
The number in parentheses following each course title indicates the
credit value of the course in terms of semester hours. Three hours of drawing,
of work in the laboratory, or of practice in the field are regarded as the
equivalent of a recitation or lecture of one hour's duration.
Course Numbering
The course numbering system specifies which courses can be applied
to the program of study as the student progresses toward his undergraduate
or graduate degree. The numbering series is as follows:
0-99 Undergraduate courses, primarily for underclassmen. Not available for
graduate credit.
100-199 Advanced undergraduate courses. Not open to freshmen except on peti-
tion. Not open to sophomores except on petition, unless part of major
program or curriculum. Not available for graduate credit.
200-299 Courses open to advanced undergraduates and graduates. Not available
for graduate credit in the major field.
300-399 Courses open to advanced undergraduates and graduates. Available for
graduate credit in the major field.
400-499 Courses open to graduate students only.
Prerequisites
Academic preparation required for admission to courses is indicated
under "Prerequisites" following course descriptions stated in most cases for
purposes of convenience in terms of Lehigh courses. Status required for ad-
mission, where numbering does not fully describe this status, is also indi-
cated under "Prerequisites."
A student who does not have the status or the academic preparation set
forth as prerequisites must, in order to be admitted to a course, file with the
Registrar at the time of registration and on a standard form provided by the
Registrar a waiver of prerequisites signed by the instructor teaching or in
charge of the course, the head of the teaching department, and the student's
curriculum director. Academic work completed elsewhere must be attested in
this manner as being substantially equivalent to prerequisites listed, unless the
student's records in the Office of the Registrar show that the proper officers
have so evaluated this preparation previously.
English 2 shall be prerequisite to all 100 — or higher — level courses; ex-
ceptions may be made only by petition to the Committee on Standing of
Students.
166 Accounting Lehigh University
ACCOUNTING
ACCOUNTING
Professors Trumbull, Koch, Moore
Associate Professors Kubelius, Mills
Assistant Professors Brady, Brockway, Kraus, Luh
Acctg. 1. Accounting (3)
Essentials of double-entry bookkeeping, transaction analysis, the accounting cy-
cle, including presentation of operating results, funds flow, and financial position
in formal financial statements. Controls and analysis for managerial decisions.
Principles of financial accounting for corporations, partnerships, and other finan-
cial entities. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. First and second semesters.
Acctg. 2. Accounting (3)
Continuation of Acctg. 1, including problems concerned with more specific
areas such as inventories, plant assets and depreciation, manufacturing costs, long-
term liabilities, and revenue and expense recognition. Prerequisite: Acctg. 1. First
and second semesters.
Acctg. 13. Intermediate Accounting (3)
Intensive study of theory, generally accepted accounting principles, and prob-
lems concerned with presenting fairly the operating results and financial position
of business entities; preparation, analysis, and interpretation of financial state-
ments. Prerequisite: Acctg. 2. First semester.
Acctg. 14. Intermediate Accounting (3)
A continuation of Acctg. 13. Prerequisite: Acctg. 2. Second semester.
Acctg. 108. Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
A one-semester survey of accounting principles and practices, including an in-
troduction to industrial cost systems. This course in combination with Acctg. 115
is designed for those planning industrial or engineering careers. (Students planning
careers in business or professional accounting, perhaps after graduate work in
business administration, should select the alternative two-semester sequence of
Acctg. 1 and 2.) First and second semesters.
Acctg. 111. Business Data Processing (3)
An introduction to electronic data processing emphasizing general principles
applicable to business data. The course includes (1) familiarization with a basic
computer language, (2) uses of computers in processing information for the
needs of business enterprises, and (3) the elements of integrated systems of fin-
ancial information' for business purposes. First and second semesters. Mr. Luh
Acctg. 115. Cost Accounting (3)
Principles and practices of industrial cost accounting, including cost planning
and budgeting, cost controls, job-lot and standard and process systems, variance
analysis, performance reports, costs in management decisions. Prerequisite: Acctg.
2 or 108. First and second semesters.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Acctg. 304. Governmental and Institutional Accounting (3)
Application of accounting principles and procedures to problems of budgets,
appropriation, and funds in governmental units, educational institutions and hos-
pitals. Prerequisite: Intermediate accounting. Not offered 1966-67.
Lehigh University Accounting 167
Acctg. 305. Financial Statements and Reports (3)
Study of the features of accounting data essential to the interpretation and
evaluation of business operations and financial position. Analysis of financial
statements and reports from point of view of management, investors, creditors, and
others. Not available to accounting majors. Prerequisite: Acctg. 2 or 108. Sec-
ond semester. Mr. Trumbull
Acctg. 308. Tax Planning and Research (3)
Advanced course in Federal tax laws, regulations, and interpretations. Con-
cerned with advance planning, timing of business transactions, and research on
the rulings of the U. S. Treasury Department and the decisions of various Federal
courts. Prerequisite: Acctg. 203. Second semester. Mr. Koch
Acctg. 315. Advanced Accounting (3)
Problems of partnerships, branches and agencies, consolidations and mergers.
Accounting for estates, trusts, and insolvent concerns. Prerequisite: Intermediate
accounting. Second semester. Prerequisite: Intermediate Accounting.
Acctg. 318. Advanced Cost Budgeting and Analysis (3)
Advanced problems in planning and controlling manufacturing and other oper-
ating costs; budgets, cost standards, analysis of cost data for output, price, and
other decisions. Prerequisite: three hours of cost accounting. Second semester.
Acctg. 320. Auditing (3)
Survey of auditing theory, objectives, and practices relating largely to the re-
sponsibilities of independent professional accountants; ethics of the profession,
generally accepted auditing standards, internal control, examination of various
systems including EDP, statistical methods, report writing, etc. Prerequisite: In-
termediate Accounting. First semester.
Acctg. 325. Controllership (3)
Analysis of the controllership function and of the controller's department as that
phase of management responsible for the optimum use of accounting information,
accounting facilities, and techniques of financial control in a business enterprise.
Prerequisites: Acctg. 13, 14, and 115. Second semester. Mr. Moore
For Graduates
Acctg. 422. Managerial Accounting (3)
Survey course for non-accounting majors (related course for accounting majors
is Acctg. 325); uses of accounting data for managerial planning and control; the
interpretation of financial statements, including the price-level problem; cash-flow
analysis; cost control; capital expenditure planning; product pricing decisions;
operations research applications. Prerequisite: Accounting background suitable to
instructor. First semester. Mr. Moore
Acctg. 431. Accounting Theory and Thought (3)
A critical and historical examination of modern accounting concepts. Concerned
with measuring enterprise income and capital and related economic data, in
both simplified and realistic circumstances, and with communicating and interpret-
ing such data effectively to interested parties. Prerequisite: 15 hours of accounting.
First semester. Mr. Trumbull
Acctg. 442. Professional Accounting Seminar (3)
Survey of technical and professional accounting problems at the advanced
level. Intensive review of CPA examination material and of management serv-
ices performed by accountants. Prerequisite: 18 hours of accounting. Second
semester. Mr. Mills
168 Law, Biology Lehigh University
LAW
Law 1. Business Law (3)
The law of contracts, agency, bailments, and sales; legal thought and the judic-
ial process. First and second semesters. Messrs. Brockway, Kubelius
Law 102. Business Law (3)
The law of negotiable instruments, partnership, corporations, real property, in-
surance, and security devices. Prerequisite: Law 1. Second semester.
Messrs. Brockway, Kubelius
Law 103. Business Law for Engineers (3)
The law of contracts, agency, partnerships, corporations, and property rights
with special emphasis upon the legal problems of the engineering profession.
First semester. Messrs. Brockway, Kubelius
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Law 204. Wills, Estates, and Trusts (3)
A study of the basic legal and management principles and practices involved in
the planning and administration of wills, estates, and trusts. Prerequisite: A course
in business law. Second semester. Mr. Kubelius
For Graduates
Law 401. Legal Problems in Business (3)
A course designed to deal with specific legal problems involved in making busi-
ness decisions. Emphasis is placed on preventive law and the tax consequences of
business transactions. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. First semester.
ASTRONOMY
See Mathematics and Astronomy (page 267).
ATHLETICS
See Division of Athletics and Physical Education (page 328).
BIOLOGY
Professors Barber, Parker, Trembley, Benz
Associate Professors Owen, Malsberger, Sutcliffe
Assistant Professors Herman, Pritchard
Students may not take for credit both Biol. 21, Principles of Biology (3) and
Biol. 13 Human Biology (3). Under special circumstances, a student may petition
for an exception to this policy.
Biol. 13. Human Biology (3)
A lecture course in biological principles as illustrated by man. Man in rela-
tion to his environment, the organ systems of man, population biology, parasitism,
elements of human inheritance, and human evolution. Prerequisites: Chem. 1 and
11. First and second semesters.
Lehigh University Biology 169
Biol. 14. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (3)
A course in vertebrate zoology with emphasis on the study of homologous
body structures in the various vertebrate classes and their relationship to the func-
tional demands of habit and environment in each class. Detailed dissections of
representative vertebrates are made in the laboratory. One lecture and two labor-
atory periods each week. Prerequisite: Biol. 21 and 22, or equivalent; sophomore
standing. Second semester.
Biol. 18. Genetics (3)
A study of the basic laws governing inheritance in plants and animals,
chomosome behaviour, nature of genes. The relation of environmental modifica-
tions, hybrid variation, and mutations to the mechanics of evolution. Prerequisite:
One semester of biology. Second semester.
Biol. 21. Principles of Biology (3)
Introduction to biology by study of selected principles. Topics covered include
cell structure and function, plant and animal structure and function, diversity and
evolution of organisms. Three lectures per week. First and second semesters.
Biol. 22. Introduction to Biology Laboratory (1)
Laboratory observations and experiments to illustrate how biological informa-
tion is acquired. Designed primarily as a laboratory to accompany Biology 21.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 previously or concurrently. First semester. One 3-hour
laboratory per week.
Biol. 35. Microbiology (3)
A basic course for students majoring in biology. A study of the physiology,
biochemistry, and morphology, including staining methods, of representative
heterotrophic microorganisms. Recitations, lectures, and laboratory work. Pre-
requisite: A laboratory course in biology. Second semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Biol. 221. Undergraduate Research (3)
Laboratory work, field work, or both depending upon the interest and compe-
tence of the student. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of the head of the
department. First semester. Staff
Biol. 231. Natural History and Ecology (3)
A concentrated course in recognition of species of plants and animals and
study of their interrelationships in natural and altered environments. Lectures
and seminars in use of keys and preservation of collections. Primarily designed
for secondary school teachers in life sciences. Prerequisites: Graduate standing or
consent of instructor. Summer Session. Mr. Trembley
Biol. 252. Natural History and Ecology Workshop (3)
Field and laboratory work in Natural History and Ecology. Must be taken con-
currently with Biol. 331. Summer Session. Mr. Trembley
Biol. 233. Modern Biology for Teachers (3)
Lectures, demonstrations, and readings in frontier areas of biology. For sec-
ondary school teachers in biology and general science. Not available for under-
graduate credit. First semester.
Biol. 234. Modern Biology for Teachers (3)
Continuation of Biology 233. Second semester.
Biol. 261. Special Topics in Biology (1-3)
Research, conferences, and reports on selected topics not covered in the gen-
eral undergraduate offerings. May be taken more than once for credit. First
semester.
170 Biology Lehigh University
Biol. 262. Special Topics in Biology (1-3)
Continuation of Biology 261. Second semester.
Biol. 272. Senior Seminar (3)
Seminar, for biology majors only, on advances in biology. Introduction to re-
search literature on selected topics. One 3-hour seminar per week. Second se-
mester.
Biol. 303. Advanced Invertebrate Zoology (3)
A detailed survey of representative invertebrates. Anatomical and histological
examination of selected types. Concepts of evolution and speoiation. Prerequisite:
Two semesters of biology, one with laboratory. First semester. Mr. Herman
Biol. 306. Ecology (3)
The basic principles of ecological interrelationships; training in use of analytical
keys and reference collections for the identification of plants and animals; field
trips for the study of interrelationships of living organisms. Two lectures and one
laboratory period or field trip per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the head of the
department. Second semester. Mr. Trembley
Biol. 313. General Histology (3)
The techniques of preservation and preparation of animal and plant tissues, for
microscopical study; comparative studies of fresh and preserved tissues. One lec-
ture and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite. Biol. 21 and 22, or
equivalent, Biol. 14 or equivalent recommended.
First semester. Mr. Owen
Biol. 314. Vertebrate Embryology (3)
A study of reproduction from germ cell formation through establishment of the
principal organ systems of the vertebrate body. Various mechanical and physio-
logical problems confronting the growing embryo are considered, and direct ob-
servation of whole mounts, sections, and living material are made in the labora-
tory. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite: Biol. 14 or
equivalent. Second semester. Mr. Owen
Biol. 320. Physiology (3)
Lectures and laboratory work covering the principles underlying the operation
of life processes. The subject matter is not limited to any one group of organisms,
but is derived from living things in general. Prerequisite. Two semesters of
biology, one with laboratory; Chem. 52, or consent of the head of the depart-
ment. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. First semester.
Mr. Barber
Biol. 334. Growth and Development in Plants (3)
A comparative study of life cycles and embryo growth and development in
the plant kingdom, including the algae, bryophytes and tracheophytes. Emphasis
is placed on morphology, physiology, and the role of macromolecular substances
during growth and differentiation. Prerequisites: Two semesters of biology with
laboratory. Second semester. Mr. Pritchard
Biol. 353. Virology (3)
A lecture course on Rickettsiales, Virales, and bacterial viruses including tax-
onomy, physical and chemical properties, immunological characteristics, and evo-
lution. Prerequisite: A course in microbiology or bacteriology. First semester.
Mr. Malsberger
Biol. 356. Industrial Microbiology (3)
An advanced course in the commercial utilization of microorganisms in indus-
trial processes for the production of organic solvents and organic acids. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: One semester each of
microbiology and analytical chemistry. First semester. Mr. Parker
Lehigh University Biology 171
Biol. 361. Sanitary Microbiology (3)
Laboratory, field work, and reports on the microbiology of water supplies,
waste disposal, and food processing. Prerequisite: One semester each of microbi-
ology and analytical chemistry. First or second semester as required.
Messrs. Parker, Malsberger
For Graduates
The prerequisite for graduate work in biology is preliminary work sub-
stantially equivalent to the amount of biology, mathematics, physics and
chemistry usually taken by an undergraduate majoring in biology at Lehigh
University. Minor deficiencies in these areas may be completed during the
first year of graduate study, usually, however, without graduate credit. Ability
to undertake graduate work must be demonstrated by previous scholastic
record and examinations.
Candidates for admission to graduate study are required to take the
Graduate Record Examination in Verbal and Mathematical Aptitude and
the Advanced Examination in Biology. Research training or thesis credit
equivalent to six hours is required by the department for the master's degree.
Many of the following graduate courses are given irregularly upon de-
mand. Consultation with the instructor is advised to assure suitable prepara-
tion.
Biol. 402. Comparative Animal Physiology (3)
Lectures and seminars on selected areas in the comparative physiology of
animals. Introduction to the current literature of subjects studied. These in-
clude mechanisms of osmotic control, temperature effects, nerve and muscle
physiology and others. Prerequisite: Two years of college biology or consent of
instructor. Second semester. Mr. Barber
Biol. 405. Special Topics in Biology (1-3)
Research, conferences, and reports on selected topics not covered in the general
graduate offerings. Staff
Biol. 406. Biological Seminar (1)
An advanced seminar in current developments including departmental research.
Required for candidates for graduate degrees. Second semester. Staff
Biol. 407. Biological Research (3)
Investigations in any phase of the biological sciences according to the student's
preparation and interests. First semester. Staff
Biol. 408. Biological Research (3)
Continuation of Biol. 407. Second semester. Staff
Biol. 409. Advanced Morphology (3)
A laboratory course in special phases of morphology, such as comparative
osteology, comparative morphology, or embryology of the vertebrates, etc., to
meet the individual interest of the student. Mr. Owen
Biol. 410. Topics in Modern Biology (3)
A seminar in genetics, evolution, and current developments in biological sciences.
Required of all candidates for advanced degrees in the department. First semester.
Staff
Biol. 411. General Cytology (3)
Conferences, assigned readings, and laboratory work on the structural features of
J 72 Biology Lehigh University
the cell in relation to cellular function and on modern methods of preparing living
and fixed tissues for cytological study. Included are special studies of the cytology
of microorganisms. Prerequisite: Biol. 313 or its equivalent. Mr. Owen
Biol. 412. Field Zoology (3)
Methods of biological survey work; animal censuses; collection, preparation,
and care of zoological specimens; use of keys; study of the interrelationships exist-
ing between the groups of local animals, especially the vertebrates, and of their
habitat preferences. Lectures, laboratory work, and field trips. Mr. Trembley
Biol. 413. Problems in Field Zoology (3)
Concentrated work in the life history study of one or more local species. To
be taken concurrently with or following Biol. 412 depending upon the previous
experience and interest of each student. Mr. Trembley
Biol. 414. Advanced Ecology (3)
Conferences and field work with emphasis in such areas as aquatic ecology,
limnology, and fisheries biology. Whenever possible this will include participation
in research problems conducted by the Water Resources Council of the Lehigh
Institute of Research. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. First and second
semesters. Mr. Trembley
Biol. 415. Plant Cytochemistry (3)
A study of morphological and biochemical events during cell growth and
differentiation including lectures, labs, and student reports on current literature.
Special emphasis is placed on plant developmental patterns and laboratory pro-
cedures of the cytochemist. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. First se-
mester. Mr. Pritchard
Biol. 416. Immunology (3)
Consideration of antigen-antibody systems from theoretical and practical aspects.
Lectures and reports on the structure and origins of antigens and antibodies and
the mechanisms of agglutination, precipitation, complement fixation, anaphylaxis
etc. Laboratory work on preparation, standardization, and assay of antigens and
antigens and antibodies. Prerequisite: Biol. 353, Chem. 371 or equivalent. Second
semester. Mr. Malsberger
Biol. 417. Marine Ecology (3)
An advanced course in the ecology of the marine environment. Study of the
physical and chemical factors, organisms and their interrelations. Ecological
theory pertaining to population dynamics and energy flow. Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department.
Mr. Herman
Biol. 418. Biological Oceanography (3)
Surveys of marine plant and animal plankton, nekton and benthos. Composition
of various groups, productivity, interrelationships of plants and animals and the
role of microorganisms in the sea. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: Consent
of head of department. Mr. Herman
Biol. 432. Laboratory Methods in Virology (3)
Basic methods used in the isolation, identification, and handling of viruses.
Practical exercises in the preservation of viruses, chick embryo techniques, tissue
culture, staining methods, immunological techniques, and microscopy are in-
cluded. Prerequisite: Biol. 353. Second semester Mr. Benz
Biol. 462. Advanced Microbiology (3)
A detailed consideration of algae, fungi, protozoa, and microorganisms other
Lehigh University Biology, Business Administration 173
than the Eubacteriales of concern to the microbiologist or sanitarian. Two lectures
and one laboratory period or field trip per week. First semester. Mr. Parker
Biol. 480. Marine Science Seminar (1)
An advanced interdisciplinary seminar on various problems of marine sciences,
with visiting speakers and student presentations. May be substituted for Biol. 406.
First semester. Staff
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The College of Business Administration offers four degrees at the
master's level, the M.B.A., the M.S. in Management Science, and the M.S.
in Business Economics and Master of Arts in Economics. On a more ad-
vanced level the College offers a Ph.D. in Business and Industrial Economics,
described on page 176-177.
THE M.B.A. DEGREE
The M.B.A. degree is designed to give the candidate a working knowl-
edge of the managerial problems involved in the various facets of business
activity — marketing, finance, pricing, etc. — and is hence a fairly rigid pro-
gram with required courses in the various areas and some opportunity for
specialization.
A candidate who is a graduate, with a major in business administration,
of an approved college or university, and who has had basic courses in ac-
counting, business law, corporation finance, economics, marketing, money
and banking, and statistics will usually have sufficient background work to
enable him to complete the requirements for the degree in one year. For
other candidates an additional semester or year devoted to prerequisite and
basic courses may be necessary as indicated in the program outlined below.
All candidates for this program will be required to take the Admission
Test for Graduate Study in Business.
Program for the M.B.A. Degree
Background Courses*
Eco. 3— Principles of Economics (3) Eco. 45— Statistical Method (3)
Fin. 125— Principles of Corporation Eco. 306— Intermediate Economic
Finance (3) Theory (3)
Law 1 — Business Law (3) Fin. 129 — Money and Banking (3)
174 Business Administration Lehigh University
Acctg. l_Accouting and Mkt. 11— Marketing (3)
Acctg. 2 — Accounting (6) Fin. 326 — Problems in Financial
or Management (3)
Acctg. 108— Fundamentals of or other 300-level course.
Accounting and
Acctg. 115 — Cost Accounting (6)
Credit Courses
Required Courses (18 hours)
Acctg. 422 Managerial Accounting or
Acctg. 431 Accounting Theory and Thought (for Accounting Majors) (3)
Eco. 306 Intermediate Economic Theory
(3)
Eco. 431 Managerial Economics
(3)
Fin. 421 Financial
Management
(3)
Law 401 Legal Problems in Business
(3)
Mkt. 450 Marketing Management
(3)
Elective Courses (12 hours)**
Mgmt. Science
Forecasting Labor Relations
Finance
Eco. 313 (3)
Eco. 346 (3) Eco. 333 (3)
Fin.
331 (3)
Eco. 415 (3)
Eco. 454 (3) Eco. 433 (3)
Fin.
444 (3)
Eco. 416 (3)
Eco. 471 (3) Eco. 471 (3)
Fin.
471 (3)
*The course numbers of the Background Courses refer to courses listed in the
University Catalog. Equivalent courses completed at other approved institutions
will be accepted in lieu of those indicated above.
Internat'l.
Trade and Fin. Transportation Accounting
Fin. 341 (3) Eco. 337 (3) Acctg. 442 (3)
Fin. 342 (3) Eco. 434 (3) Two of following
Fin. 441 (3) Eco. 471 (3) Acctg. 308, 316, 318, 320, 325
MASTER OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS
Admission to the Master of Arts program in Economics normally re-
quires a major in economics or in one of the fields of business comparable
to the Lehigh University offerings. Superior students in other majors with
adequate background in economics and calculus may be admitted to the
program. All candidates will be required to take the Graduate Record Ex-
amination with the advanced test in economics.
Candidates for the degree may qualify by completing thirty hours of
approved course work or by completing twenty-four hours in approved
courses and submitting a satisfactory thesis. A candidate not electing a thesis
will be required to pass an examination covering the entire field of his
graduate studies.
The program of study will include:
(1) six hours of required courses — Eco. 432 Micro-Economics and Eco.
436 Macro-Economics;
Lehigh University Business Administration 175
(2) at least eighteen hours of credit (twelve hours if a thesis is written)
selected from the offerings in the departments of Economics and
Finance excluding marketing, management, and private finance with
six hours of course work in one sequence or field if a thesis is not
written;
(3) six credit hours of optional courses may be elected from related fields
in any department in the unversity with the consent of the director of
the program.
* These major sequences are suggested for candidates interested in one of
these areas of specialization, but other arrangements or groupings of elective
courses may be selected if the candidate so desires. Titles and descriptions of the
above courses will be found under the departments of Accounting, Economics,
and Finance elsewhere in this Announcement.
Background courses other than Eco. 3 plus credit courses listed above are
available in the evening or on Saturday morning to permit qualified candidates to
obtain the degree on a part-time basis.
A comprehensive examination will be required of all candidates for the MBA
degree.
THE M.S. IN BUSINESS ECONOMICS
The College of Business Administration offers advanced work in Busi-
ness Economics in recognition of the growing need for business and banking
economists who have the training needed to interpret changes in general
economic conditions. Emphasis is placed on the importance of estimation
and forecasting in making business decisions. Since initiation of the pro-
gram in 1962, it has come to be widely recognized in the business world.
Suitable candidates will be admitted only if (a) they have had a thorough
undergraduate training in economics, or (b) they have had substantial govern-
ment or business experience in economic analysis, or (c) they are willing
to take a substantial amount of background work in preparation. All candi-
dates will be required to take the Graduate Record Examination with the
advanced test in economics. The qualifications of each candidate will be
considered on his particular merits. The great demands in industry, govern-
ment, teaching, and research for trained and capable analysts necessitates
a high degree of selectivity in accepting candidates.
A course of study is worked out for each student. Since the program
centers on the use of futurity in interpreting general economic conditions.
the following courses ordinarily are required:
Eco. 347 National Income Eco. 432 Micro-Economics (3)
Analysis (3) Eco, 453 Time Series Analysis (3)
Eco. 352 Advanced Statistical Eco. 454 Forecasting (3)
Method (3) Eco. 475 Economic Seminar (3)
The remaining 12 hours required for the master's degree can be fitted
to the student's interest insofar as his set o\' courses clearly integrates into
an oriented program. For instance, the student may wish to cover such areas
as labor management, metropolitan market analysis, marketing management,
computer programming, banking and monetary policy, accounting, or opera-
tions research.
176 Business Administration Lehigh University
THE M.S. IN MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
This program is designed to provide a rigorous analytical preparation in
business education emphasizing certain applied and behavioral aspects of
economic theory. Management Science is an inter-disciplinary program and
is given in cooperation with the departments of Industrial Engineering and
Mathematics.
To be eligible for this program, the applicant must have had back-
ground preparation in mathematics embracing a thorough knowledge of
calculus (equivalent to Math. 21, 22, and 23 at Lehigh University) plus
basic courses in accounting, economics, finance and marketing. Candidates
for this program will also be required to take the Admission Test for Grad-
uate Study in Business.
Program for the M.S. in Management Science Degree
Operations Research (3)
Managerial Accounting (3)
Micro-Economics (3)
Deterministic Models of
Management Science (3)
Industrial Inf. Systems (3)
Linear Analysis (3)
and
12 credit hours from the following:
Quantitative Planning and Control
Labor Management Economics
Forecasting
Thesis
Information Theory I
Information Theory II
Financial Management
Data Processing
Design of Experiments
Production Systems
Application of Automation
Marketing Management
Statistical Inference
Mathematical Statistics I
Mathematical Statistics II
Probability
Descriptions of the above courses appear elsewhere in this catalog under the
appropriate department headings.
Additional information on any of these programs may be obtained by writing
to the College of Business Administration, Office of the Dean (Graduate Studies).
THE PH.D. IN BUSINESS AND INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS
Candidates for the Ph.D. degree may select advanced work in the fields
of accounting, economics, forecasting, finance, international economics,
labor-management economics, and management science. Admission to the
Ph.D. program is by committee action of the College of Business Admin-
istration and does not constitute admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. de-
Eco.
415
Acctg.
422
Eco.
432
Eco.
416
I.E.
408
Math.
204
12 ere
Eco.
313
Eco.
433
Eco.
454
Eco.
490
E.E.
411
E.E.
412
Fin.
421
I.E.
308
I.E.
410
I.E.
425
I.E.
440
Mkt.
450
Math.
231
Math.
233
Math.
234
Math.
421
Lehigh University Business Administration, Chemical Engineering 177
gree. Anyone planning to enter the program should have had a thorough
grounding in calculus and economic theory at the undergraduate or master's
level, or plan to make up any deficiencies in those areas. A student in the
program who has met University doctoral requirements may apply to the
Graduate Faculty for admission to candidacy when he presents an approved
dissertation plan and has passed satisfactorily qualifying examinations in the
following fields:
a. Micro-economics
b. Macro-economics
c. Quantitative Analysis and Research Methodology,
demonstrating competence in
(1) Statistics
(2) Accounting
(3) Operations analysis
d. A major field
e. A minor field — either within or outside the College
of Business Administration
A dissertation committee comprised of at least four faculty members
including the candidate's major professor as Chairman and two other mem-
bers as readers is established for each candidate passing the qualifying ex-
aminations. At least one member of the Committee shall be appointed from
outside the College of Business Administration, and at least two departments
within the College shall be represented on the committee.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Wenzel, Clump, Foust
Associate Professors Moyle, Schiesser
Assistant Professors Stein, Coughlin, Poehlein
Messrs. Geist, McKinley, Lapin, Stanfield,
Balaban, Astorgd, Ray
Ch.E. 10. Chemical Engineering Computation (1)
Introduction to the role of computers in engineering. The techniques of pro-
gramming high speed electronic computers are introduced. Applications to engi-
neering problems such as optimization and data fitting are studied. First semester.
Ch.E. 60. Unit Operations Survey (3)
The theory of heat, mass, and momentum transport. Laminar and turbulent
flow of real fluids. Heat transfer by conduction, convection, and radiation. Ap-
plication to a wide range of operations in the chemical and metallurgical process
industries.
Ch.E. 70. Industrial Stoichiometry (3)
Chemical and physical calculations upon which energy and material balances
are based, and application of these balances to various industrial processes, involv-
178 Chemical Engineering Lehigh University
ing vaporization and condensation, fuels and combustion. Applications are picked
from a wide variety of chemical processes. Prerequisites: Math. 22; Phys. 3
previously or concurrently. Second semester.
Ch.E. 100. Summer Employment (0)
During the summer (preferably following the junior year) candidates for the
degree of B.S. in Chemical Engineering are required to obtain industrial experi-
ence through employment for at least eight weeks in a plant or laboratory or
engineering office and submit a report thereon.
Ch.E. 163. Unit Operations I (3)
Multistage mass transfer operations. Ideal stage concept and calculations. Prin-
ciples of molecular and turbulent transport of heat, mass, and momentum. Pre-
requisite: Ch.E. 70. First semester.
Ch.E. 164. Unit Operations II (4)
Applications of heat, mass, and momentum transfer, and combination of these
in simultaneous transport during chemical processing operation. Prerequisite:
Ch.E. 163. Second semester.
Ch.E. 174. Chemical Plant Design (3)
A study of the technical and economic aspects of the design, location, and
operation of chemical plants. Prerequisite: Ch.E. 162. Second semester.
Ch.E. 181. Chemical Engineering Laboratory I (3)
Laboratory experiences in the fields of unit operations, reaction kinetics,
process control and dynamics, and thermodynamics. A research project leading to
a final report will be a part of this course. Six hours in the laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: Ch.E. 164. First Semester.
Ch.E. 182. Chemical Engineering Laboratory II (3)
A continuation of Ch.E. 181. Six hours in the laboratory per week. Second
semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Ch.E. 200. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3)
Energy relations and their application to chemical engineering. Consideration
of flow and non-flow processes, evaluation of the effect of temperature and pres-
sure on thermodynamic properties of ideal and actual fluids: prediction of the heat
effects accompanying phase changes and chemical reactions, application to indus-
trial processes. Prerequisites: Ch.E. 70, Chem. 91 or equivalents. First semester.
Ch.E. 301. Process Design (3)
Intensive study of selected or proposed chemical processes with emphasis on
optimum order of steps, flow diagrams, energy balances and recycle ratios and
their effect on the balance sheet of the operation. Approximation methods of ob-
taining data. Prerequisite: Ch.E. 200. Second semester. Messrs. Foust, Poehlein
Ch.E. 302. Chemical Engineering Kinetics (3)
The application of chemical kinetics to the design and operation of reactors.
Interrelations of kinetics, thermodynamics and unit operations in steady or un-
steady states. Prerequisites. Ch.E. 164, 200 or equivalent, previously or concur-
rently. Second semester. Mr. Stein
Ch.E. 315. Transport Processes (3)
A combined study of the fundamentals of momentum transport, energy trans-
port and mass transport and the analogies between them. Evaluation of transport
coefficients for single and multicomponent systems. Analysis of transport phenom-
ena through the equations of continuity, motion and energy. First semester.
Messrs. Clump, Schiesser
Lehigh University Chemical Engineering 179
Ch.E. 386. Engineering Process Control (3)
Response characteristics of units of continuous processes; primary and final
control elements for temperature, pressure, flow, and other process variables;
modes of control; the closed loop and its equation; dynamic analysis and stability
of processes. Prerequisite: Senior standing in a curriculum of the Engineering Col-
lege, or consent of the instructor. First semester. Mr. Schiesser
Ch.E. 390. Nuclear Reactor Engineering (4)
A consideration of the engineering problems in nuclear reactor design and
operation. Topics include instrumentation and control, reactor fuels and materials,
thermal aspects, radiation protection and shielding, fuel processing, and reactor
design. Three lectures, one laboratory period. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Sec-
cond semester. Messrs. Clump, Coughlin
For Graduates
The Chemical Engineering Department offers both the M.S. and Ph.D.
degrees. Currently 48 graduate students are registered in the Department,
of which 17 are beyond the M.S. degree.
Students expecting to take work towards the M.S. degree are required
to present substantially the equivalent of the undergraduate curriculum of
this University for unqualified admission. Minor deficiencies can be made
up during graduate work, though course work beyond the specified mini-
mum will probably be required. Students with major deficiencies are usually
advised to enter the undergraduate curriculum in Chemical Engineering.
For a master's degree, Ch.E. 302, 315, and 386 or their equivalents,
Ch.E. 400, and six hours of research with a suitable report are required. For
students with experience beyond the B.S. degree, evidence of equivalent
research may be substituted for the M.S. research required, but the student
must pass a comprehensive examination. Collateral work can be taken in
mathematics, chemistry, physics or other fields of engineering with emphasis
in the direction of the student's interest. Candidates for the doctorate will
be selected on the basis of their early graduate work and a qualifying exam-
ination. They will complete a dissertation, take additional courses in their
area of specialization, and fulfill the general requirements of the Graduate
School.
Subject to approval, a graduate major in Chemical Engineering may
include 400-level courses selected from other Departments' offerings, such
as chemistry, mechanical engineering, physics, and metallurgy.
The Chemical Engineering staff and laboratories provide support, fa-
cilities, and equipment suited to a wide range of research. Research in ex-
perimental thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, process dynamics and mathe-
matical modeling, fluid mechanics, and transport processes is especially ac-
tive. The fields of cryogenics, polymer properties and processes, chemical
metallurgy, and water resources are involved, either through the direct
interest of the Departmental faculty, or through coopeative efforts with
180 Chemical Engineering Lehigh University
other Departments and Centers. The program in Chemical Meallurgy is
operated jointly with the Department of Metallurgy and Materials Science.
A program in Water Resources is in operation in cooperation with the Civil
Engineering and Biology Departments. The Polymers Research Laboratory
of the Materials Research Center is the scene of research in polymer prop-
erties that is supervised by Chemical Engineering faculty. Research in cata-
lysis, corrosion, and dispersion is done in cooperation with the Surface and
Coatings Research Institute.
Financial support is available in the form of fellowships and trainee-
ships supported by government and industry as well as through teaching and
research assistantships. Conditions for these grants are given elsewhere in
this Catalog.
Ch.E. 400. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics I (3)
Applications of thermodynamics in Chemical Engineering. Topics include pre-
diction of physical and chemical equilibria, heat effects accompanying solution,
flow of compressible fluids, refrigeration including solution cycles, vaporization and
condensation processes. Prerequisite: An introductory course in thermodynamics.
First semester. Messrs. Wenzel, Stein
Ch.E. 401. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics II (3)
A detailed study of the uses of thermodynamics in predicting phase equilibria
in solid, liquid, and gaseous systems. The phase rule; solution theories; uses of
equations of state. Theoretical basis and development of equations of state. Appli-
cations to azeotropic and extractive distillation, multicomponent separations,
liquid extraction. Second semester, alternate years. Mr. Wenzel
Ch.E. 410. Chemical Engineering Kinetics (3)
The application of chemical kinetics to the engineering design and operation of
reactors. Non-isothermal and adiabatic reactions. Homogeneous and heterogene-
ous catalysis. Residence time distribution in reactors. Prerequisite: Ch.E. 302.
Second semester, alternate years. Messrs. Stein, Moyle
Ch.E. 411 Combustion (3)
The kinetics of combustion and explosion are reviewed. Hydrogen-oxygen mix-
tures are considered as a simple example. Fluid dynamic and thermodynamic
relations governing the propagation of deflagration and detonation waves are de-
rived. First semester, alternate years. Messrs. Moyle, Stein
Ch.E. 421. Heat Transfer (3)
Analysis of steady and unsteady state transfer. Radiation, vaporization, and
condensation. Heat transfer in high velocity flow and in rarified gases. Applica-
tions. Second semester. Messrs. Foust, Clump
Ch.E. 425. Momentum Transfer (3)
The fundamentals of momentum transfer in chemical engineering systems.
Applications of the equations of motion. Boundary layer theories. Modern theories
of turbulence. Applications in high velocity flow, flow through porous media, flow
of non-Newtonian fluids, two phase flow, equipment residence times. Second
semester, alternate years. Messrs. Moyle, Poehlein
Lehigh University Chemical Engineering 181
Ch.E. 430. Mass Transfer (3)
Equilibrium stage and continuous contact mass transfer operations with em-
phasis upon distillation, absorption, and extraction. Binary and multicomponent
separations. Mr. Clump
Ch.E. 435. Simultaneous Heat and Mass Transfer (3)
Unit Operations involving simultaneous heat and mass transfer. Emphasis on
drying, humidification, dehumidification, and condensation in the presence of
non-condensable gases. First semester, alternate years. Mr. Clump
Ch.E. 441. System Dynamics and Control (3)
Analysis of the dynamics of staged operations, and the interaction of dynamics
of various operations as each contributes to the performance of a total system.
First semester, alternate years. Mr. Schiesser
Ch.E. 442. System Design (3)
A study of the design and operation of chemical systems with emphasis upon
optimization of both design and operation. Operations analysis. Second semester,
alternate years. Mr. Schiesser
Ch.E. 450. Special Topics (3-12)
An intensive study of some field of chemical engineering not covered in the
more general courses. Credit above 3 hours is granted only when different material
is covered.
Ch.E. 451. Problems in Research (1)
Study and discussion of optimal planning of experiments and analysis of ex-
perimental data. Discussion of more common and more difficult techniques in the
execution of chemical engineering research.
Ch.E. 455. Seminar (1-3)
Critical discussion of recent advances in chemical engineering. Credit above 1
hour is granted only when different material is covered.
Ch.E. 461. Chemical Engineering Calculations I (3)
Application of ordinary and partial differential equations to the solution of
chemical engineering problems with emphasis on chemical reactions and trans-
port processes as they occur in industrial chemical processing. Applications of
solution in series, separation of variables, and integral transforms. Analog com-
puter solutions of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 322. First semester.
Messrs. Schiesser, Coughlin
Ch.E. 462. Chemical Engineering Calculations II (3)
A continuation of Ch.E. 461 with emphasis on applications involving numerical
methods. Second semester, alternate years. Messrs. Schiesser, Coughlin
Ch.E. 470. Cryogenic Engineering (3)
Liquefaction and separation of gases, physical and chemical principles. Low
temperature thermometry. Insulation. Properties of fluids and of structural ma-
terials. The behavior of helium. Ultra-low temperature phenomena and theories.
First semester, alternate years. Messrs. Stein, Wenzel
Ch.E. 471. Low Temperature Processes (3)
The problems and design of plants operating in the cryogenic temperature
range: Refrigeration demands. Distillation and heat exchange at low temperatures.
182 Chemical Engineering, Chemistry Lehigh University
Analysis of processes for thermodynamic and operating efficiency. Problems of
safety, non-steady state behavior, and control. Second semester, alternate years.
Mr. Wenzel
Ch.E. 480. Research (3-4)
Investigation of a problem in chemical engineering. First semester.
Ch.E. 481. Research (3-4)
Continuation of Ch.E. 480. Second semester.
Ch.E. 490. Polymer Processing (3)
Dimensional changes in amorphous polymers; crystallizations; mechanics of
incompressible non-Newtonian fluids; hydrodynamic analysis of screw pumps; die
design; injection molding; calandering. Prerequisites: Chem. 291 or consent of the
instructor. Messrs. Moyle, Poehlein
CHEMISTRY
Professors Amstutz, Zettlemoyer, Merkel
Associate Professors Daen, Fish, Sprague, Sturm, Young, Diefenderfer
Assistant Professors Borowitz, Kraihanzel, Lovejoy
Messrs. Duke, Friedman, Freund, Gross,
(Miss) Gyuricsek, Herman, Klarman, Lettinger, Male, McManemin, Menear,
Romanik, Rusek, Sergey, Sunday, Wescott
Chem. 1. Chemical Principles I (3)
A semirigorous introduction to important principles underlying the field of
chemistry. Topics include atomic structure and bonding, stoichiometry, kinetic
molecular theory, state of matter, solutions, acids and bases, and oxidation-re-
duction reactions.
Two lectures, one recitation. First and Second Semester. Staff
Chem. 11. Chemical Principles I Lab (1)
A laboratory course to be taken concurrently with Chemistry 1. One three-
hour laboratory period per week. First and Second Semester. Staff
Chem. 2. General Chemistry (3)
Applications of the principles developed in Chemistry 1, in addition to
principles developed in this course, to the interpretation of the descriptive chem-
istry of metallic and non-metallic elements. Emphasis is on breadth of coverage,
rather than depth. For all students who need only one year of chemistry. Pre-
requisites: Chemistry 1 and 11. Two lectures, one recitation. First and Second
Semesters. Staff
Chem. 12. General Chemistry Lab (1)
A laboratory course to be taken concurrently with Chemistry 2. One three-
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and 11. First and Second
Semesters. Staff
Lehigh University Chemistry 183
Chem. 3. Chemical Principles II (3)
A continuation of Chemistry 1 involving semirigorous introductions to thermo-
dynamics, kinetics, chemical equilibria, and electrochemistry. Selected descrip-
tive chemistry of certain metallic and non-metallic elements. For all students
whose curricula require more than one year of chemistry. May be elected by
other students upon consent of Head of Department. Prerequisites: Chemistry 1
and 11. Two lectures, one recitation. First and Second Semesters. Staff
Chem. 13. Chemical Principles II Lab (1)
A laboratory course to be taken concurrently with Chemistry 2. One three-
highly quantitative techniques. One three-hour laboratory period per week. First
and Second Semester. Staff
Chem. 39. Analytical Chemistry (3)
The fundamentals, theory, and practice, of analytical chemistry for all students
except chemistry majors. Selected topics in the areas of classical and instrumental
analysis are discussed. Fundamental techniques are presented in the laboratory
or by demonstration. Two lectures, one laboratory period. Prerequisite: Chem. 3
or Chem. 2. First semester. Messrs. Fish, Diefenderfer
Chem. 51. Organic Chemistry (3)
Systematic survey of the typical compounds of carbon, their classification and
general relations; study of synthetic reactions. Prerequisite: Chem. 3 or Chem. 2.
First semester. Mr. Amstutz
Chem. 52. Organic Chemistry (3)
Continuation of Chem. 51. Prerequisite: Chem. 51. Second semester.
Mr. Amstutz
Chem. 53. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Preparation of pure organic compounds. Prerequisite: Chem. 3 or Chem. 2.
First semester. Messrs Amstutz, Young, Borowitz
Chem. 54. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Continuation of Chem. 53 with particular emphasis upon aromatic compounds
and qualitative organic analysis. Prerequisite: Chem. 53. Second semester.
Messrs. Amstutz, Young, Borowitz
Chem. 55. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)
A course in the preparation of pure organic compounds and the techniques of
organic chemistry. Designed especially for chemical engineers. Prerequisites:
Chem. 51 and Chem. 52 concurrently. Messrs. Young, Amstutz, Borowitz
Chem. 91. Physical Chemistry (3)
An introduction to physical chemistry which integrates the molecular and
macroscopic viewpoints. The particulate structure of matter: nuclear and atomic
structure, kinetic theory, elements of quantum chemistry; experimental basis and
formulation of First and Second Laws of thermodynamics and applications. Pre-
requisites: Chem. 3 preferably, or Chem. 2. Second semester
Messrs. Daen, Sturm
Chem. 95. Physical Chemistry (3)
An introduction to physical chemistry primarily for students not majoring in
chemistry. Classical thermodynamics; chemical kinetics; the kinetic theory of
gases; applications of principles to problems of engineering interest. Prerequisite:
Chem. 3 or Chem. 2; Math 23, previously or concurrently. First semester.
Messrs. Sturm and Lovejoy
184 Chemistry Lehigh University
Chem. 100. Professional Training (0)
During the summer following the sophomore or junior year candidates for the
degree of B.S. or B.A. in Chemistry are expected to obtain professional experience
through employment in a laboratory or plant and to submit a report thereon.
Chem. 175. Research Chemistry Laboratory (3) (Optional)
Advanced study or an investigation involving intensive work in laboratory and
library. Topics in active research include absorption, analytical processes, drying
oils, heterocyclic organic compounds, hydration of inorganic salts, kinetics of
combustion, photomicrography, natural and synthetic resins, pigments, surface
chemistry and X-ray technique. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department.
Second semester. Staff
Chem. 190. Physical Chemistry (3)
A continuation of Chem. 91. Development and application of free energy func-
tions, homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibria: Third Law; elements of statisti-
cal mechanics; surface chemistry; chemical kinetics; the solid state; introductory
electrochemistry. Prerequisite: Chem. 91. First semester. Messrs. Daen, Sturm
Chem. 192. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1)
This course, together with Chem. 193, provides a coordinated sequence of lab-
oratory studies which illustrate the physico-chemical principles presented in Chem.
91. Emphasis is placed on both the quantitative interpretation of the data and the
experimental method. Prerequisite: Chem. 91. First semester.
Messrs. Daen, Sturm, Lovejoy
Chem. 193. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Physical chemical measurements. Prerequisite: Chem. 91, previously or con-
currently. Second semester. Messrs. Sturm, Daen, Lovejoy
Chem. 195. Physical Chemistry (3)
A continuation of Chem. 95 which integrates the molecular and macroscopic
viewpoints. Nuclear, atomic and molecular structure; statistical thermoydnamics;
the solid state; topics in surface chemistry. Prerequisite: Chem. 95. Second se-
mester. Messrs. Zettlemoyer and Lovejoy
Chem. 197. Senior Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Experimental studies in physical chemistry. High vacuum techniques, light-
scattering by polymers, emf measurements, molecular spectroscopy. Prerequisite:
Chem. 193, pre- or co-requisite Chem. 194. Second semester. Mr. Lovejoy
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Chem. 235. Analytical Chemistry (3)
The theory and practice of chemical analysis. Selected volumetric and gravi-
metric procedures are used to illustrate fundamental and modern techniques and
methods. One lecture and two laboratory periods. Prerequisites: Chem. 51 and
Chem. 91. Second semester. Messrs. Diefenderfer, Fish, Ohnesorge
Lehigh University Chemistry 185
Chem. 236. Analytical Chemistry (3)
A continuation of Chem. 235. The determination of the structure and com-
position of suitable materials by methods which include modern instrumental
techniques of separation and analysis. Messrs. Fish, Ohnesorge
Chem. 291. Introduction to Polymers (3)
Brief survey of typical organic structures which serve as the basis of polymer
preparation, with emphasis on their bonding properties and reactivity. Examples
of the preparation and properties of polymers of various types. Characterization
of polymer molecules in solutions and plastics. Polymer morphology and rheol-
ogy. Prerequisites: Chem. 2 or 3, Physics 4, Math 23. Second Semester.
Mr. Kraihanzel
Chem. 302. Principles of Inorganic Chemistry (3)
Application of the theory of atomic and molecular structure and of chemical
bonding to the periodic relationships and selected descriptive chemistry of the
elements of the first three periods. Introduction to complex ions and coordina-
tion compounds and to the theories of bonding in these substances. Introduction
to organo-metallic chemistry. Prerequisite: Chem. 91 previously or concurrently.
First semester. Mr. Kraihanzel
Chem. 303. Nuclear and Radiochemistry (3)
A broad survey of nuclear science with particular emphasis on aspects of import-
ance to chemistry and biology. Elementary nuclear theory; production, separation
and identification of radioactive and stable isotopes; use of isotopes in the study
of chemical and biological systems; radiological safety; nuclear engineering. Two
lectures and one lecture-laboratory. First semester. Mr. Sturm
Chem. 305. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry (3)
A survey of the descriptive chemistry of periods 4-7, based on the principles
developed in Chem. 302. Special emphasis is placed on the chemistry of the trans-
ition metals. Introduction to acid-base behavior in non-aqueous solvents. Pre-
requisite: Chem. 302 or its equivalent. First or second semester. Mr. Sprague
Chem. 306. Inorganic Preparations (1 or 2)
A laboratory course illustrating a variety of techniques for the preparation and
purification of inorganic compounds. One discussion period and approximately
three hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite: Chem. 302, previously or
concurrently. Messrs. Kraihanzel, Ortolano
Chem. 310. Instrumentation Principles I (3)
A study of electrical, electronic and optical principles in modern instrumenta-
tion for measurement and control. Principle and applications of vacuum tubes,
transistors and phototubes with associated circuitry applied to modern instrumen-
tation. Transducer application to fields of electrical, optical and mechanical
measurement. Two lectures and one three hour laboratory. First semester.
Mr. Diefenderfer
Chem. 311. Instrumentation Principles n (3)
A continuation of Chem. 310 with emphasis upon mechanical principles, includ-
ing kinematic design and mechanical computation. Development of the total in-
strumental concept integrating all facets of the problem. Two lectures and one
three hour laboratory. Prerequisites: Chem. 310 or equivalent. Second semester.
Mr. Diefenderfer
186 Chemistry Lehigh University
Chem. 352. Organic Chemistry, Heterocyclic Compounds (3)
The chemistry of thiophene, pyrrole, furan, pyridine and their derivatives, con-
sidered from the viewpoint of recent theories of organic structure and reaction
mechanisms. Prerequisite: Chem. 358. Mr. Young
Chem. 356. Quantitative Organic Analysis (1)
The practice of the common analytical procedures involving the quantitative
estimation of carbon, hydrogen, halogen, nitrogen and sulphur; the iodine number
method; the hydroxyl value; the acid value and the saponification number. One
laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Three hours of analytical chemistry; a
course in organic chemistry. Second semester. Mr. Fish
Chem. 358. Advanced Organic Chemistry (3)
The study of modern theories of reaction mechanisms and their application to
the problems of organic chemistry. Prerequisite: One year of organic chemistry.
First semester. Mr. Borowitz
Chem. 368. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2 or 3)
The synthesis and study of organic compounds illustrating the important tech-
niques and special pieces of apparatus commonly used in organic chemical re-
search. Prerequisite: One year of organic chemistry and laboratory. First or second
semester. Messrs. Young, Borowitz
Chem. 371. Elements of Biochemistry (3)
A general study of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucleic acids and other sub-
stances and their importance in life processes. Prerequisite: One year of organic
chemistry. First semester. Mr. Merkel
Chem. 372. Advanced Biochemistry (3)
A study of selected topics in the field of biochemistry. Prerequisite: Chem. 371.
Second semester. Mr. Merkel
Chem. 375. Research Chemistry Laboratory (3) (Optional)
Advanced study or an investigation involving intensive work in laboratory and
library. Topics in active research include adsorption, analytical processes, drying
oils, heterocyclic organic compounds, hydration of inorganic salts, kinetics of
combustion, natural and synthetic resins, pigments, surface chemistry and X-ray
technique. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Second semester. Staff
Chem. 377. Biochemistry Laboratory (1-3)
Laboratory studies of the properties of chemicals of biological origin and the
influence of chemical and physical factors on these properties. Laboratory tech-
niques used for the isolation and identification of biochemicals. Prerequisite:
Chem. 371, previously or concurrently. First semester.
Chem. 378. Biochemical Preparations (1-3)
A laboratory course involving the preparation or isolation, purification and
identification of chemicals of biological origin. Prerequisite: Chem. 377 and 372,
previously or concurrently. Second semester. Mr. Merkel
Lehigh University Chemistry 187
Chem. 381. Radiation and Structure (4)
A study of the method and theory of the development of chemical information
from radiation-matter interactions; macroscopic optics, scattering phenomena,
quantal phenomena. Applications to problems of analytical, inorganic, organic
and physical chemical interest. Three one-hour lectures and one three-hour labora-
tory. Prerequisites: Chem. 190 and 235. Messrs. Daen, Diefenderfer
Chem. 382. Structure, Electrochemistry and Kinetics (3)
A unified study of matter in the process of change. Elements of irreversible
thermodynamics; steady-state electro-chemistry; chemical kinetics, phenomenology
and interpretation: non-steady-state electrochemistry; electrokinetic phenomena.
Correlation with chemical structure. Prerequisite: Chem. 381. Second semester.
Messrs. Daen, Diefenderfer
Chem. 391. Topics in Macromolecular Chemistry (3)
Elements of the structure, properties and preparation of high polymeric mate-
rials. Topics such as crystallinity in polymeric systems, stereospecific materials,
characterization methods, rheological behavior, electrical properties, etc. Pre-
requisite: One year of physical and one year of organic chemistry. Mr. Daen
For Graduates
The Department of Chemistry offers work leading to both master's and
doctor's degrees, and it provides facilities for graduate and post-doctoral
research.
Minimum prerequisites for graduate study in Chemistry include full-year
courses in general, analytical, organic and physical chemistry, in addition to
thorough grounding in physics and in mathematics through the calculus.
While minor deficiencies in preparation can frequently be removed during
the course of graduate study, major deficiencies usually require course work
in addition to the indicated minimum for the degree sought. As an aid to
advising students on their programs, placement examinations in the four
fields of chemistry are given to new students prior to their registration.
Admission to candidacy for an advanced degree is contingent on dem-
onstrated ability in advanced courses and aptitude in research. Research
training or thesis credit equivalent to six semester hours (see "Degrees",
page 153) is required by the department for the master's degree. Further de-
tails may be obtained from the head of the Department.
The chemical laboratories are well equipped for work in analysis and
instrumentation, in organic synthesis and reaction mechanisms, and in sever-
al phases of physical and inorganic chemistry.
A substantial number of industrial and academic research appointments
are available in the Department. They are described elsewhere in this catalog.
Chem. 400. Inorganic Chemistry Research (1-4)
Investigation of a problem in inorganic chemistry.
Messrs. Kraihanzel, Ortolano, Sprague
188 Chemistry Lehigh University
Chem. 401. Inorganic Chemistry Research (1-4)
Continuation of Chem. 400. Second semester.
Messrs. Kraihanzel, Ortolano, Sprague
Chem. 402. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3)
Theories of bonding. Group theoretical principles will be utilized in studies
of molecular orbital and ligand field theories of bonding. Prerequisite: Chem.
302 or equivalent. Second semester. Mr. Ortolano
Chem. 403. Advanced Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3)
Subjects of contemporary interest in inorganic chemistry, including quantitative
treatment of acid-base chemistry in non-aqueous solvents, mechanisms of inorganic
reactions and chemistry of organo-metallic compounds and metal carbonyls.
Prerequisite: Chem. 302 or its equivalent. First or second semester.
Messrs. Sprague, Kraihanzel
Chem. 429. Seminar in Inorganic Chemistry (1-6)
Reports and discussions of recent developments in inorganic chemistry.
Messrs. Kraihanzel, Ortolano, Sprague
Chem. 430. Quantitative Analysis Research (1-4)
Investigation of problems in analytical procedures. First semester.
Messrs. Diefenderfer, Fish, Ohnesorge
Chem. 431. Quantitative Analysis Research (1-4)
Continuation of Chem. 430. Second semester.
Messrs. Diefenderfer, Fish, Ohnesorge
Chem. 432. Advanced Analytical Chemistry (3)
Theory of precipitation analysis; physico-chemical methods; micro-analysis;
chromatography; organic-analytical reagents; accuracy and precision in analysis.
Prerequisite: Six hours of analytical chemistry. First semester.
Messrs. Fish, Ohnesorge
Chem. 433. Advanced Topics in Physico-Analytical Chemistry (3)
Consideration of physico-chemical analytical techniques beyond those discussed
in Chem. 337. Special topics in electro-chemical, statistical and optical methods
such as electrode kinetics, diffusion phenomena, electronic emission spectroscopy.
Messrs. Diefenderfer, Fish, Ohnesorge
Chem. 436. Advanced Methods of Analytical Chemistry (3)
An examination of the theory and application of certain selected topics of
modern instrumental analysis. The application of these techniques to the solu-
tion of chemical problems. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: Six hours of
analytical chemistry. Second semester. Messrs. Fish, Diefenderfer, Ohnesorge
Chem. 439. Seminar in Physical Chemistry (1-6)
Reports and discussions of recent developments in physical chemistry.
Messrs. Zettlemoyer, Sturm, Daen, Lovejoy
Chem. 440. Elements of Theoretical Chemistry II (3)
Applications of chemical thermodynamics to gases, various types of equilibria,
and chemical reactions with emphasis on real systems. Elementary statistical ther-
modynamics. Kinetic processes; rate laws and mechanisms; kinetic theory and
transition state interpretations. Prerequisite: Chem. 442 or consent of depart-
ment head. Second semester. Messrs. Lovejoy, Sturm
Lehigh University Chemistry 189
Chem. 441. Chemical Kinetics (3)
A study of kinetic processes. Phenomenological chemical kinetics; order, mech-
anism effect of external variables on rate. Theories of the rate constant. Rela-
tion between thermodynamics and kinetics. Applications to selected systems
such as unimolecular decompositions, adsorption and catalysis. Prerequisite: One
year of physical chemistry. First semester. Messrs. Daen, Sturm
Chem. 442. Elements of Theoretical Chemistry I (3)
An introduction to fundamental chemical physics. Quantum chemistry of simple
systems; theories of chemical bonding; approximation methods. Molecular struc-
ture and spectroscopy. Principles of chemical thermodynamics including first,
second and third law considerations; properties of state functions. Prerequisite:
One year of physical chemistry. First semester. Messrs. Lovejoy, Sturm
Chem. 449. Seminar in Analytical Chemistry (1-6)
Reports and discussions of recent developments in analytical chemistry.
Messrs. Fish, Diefenderfer
Chem. 450. Theoretical Organic Chemistry (3)
An advanced study of topics in theoretical and mechanistic organic chemistry:
solvolyses, rearrangements, multi-center reactions, carbenes, photochemistry and
the application of nuclear magnetic resonance to organic chemical problems.
Messrs. Young, Borowitz
Chem. 451. Theoretical Organic Chemistry (3)
The chemistry of benzenoid aromatic compounds, quinones and non-benzenoid
aromatic substances, including modern theories of structure, electrophilic, nucleo-
philic and homolytic aromatic substitution and the less familiar addition reactions
of aromatic systems. Prerequisite: Chem. 358. Mr. Young
Chem. 458. Topics in Organic Chemistry (3)
An intensive study of limited areas in organic chemistry. Mr. Young
Chem. 459. Seminar in Organic Chemistry (1-6)
Reports and discussions of recent important developments in theoretical and
applied organic chemistry. Messrs. Young, Borowitz
Chem. 460. Organic Chemistry Research (1-4)
Investigation of a problem in organic chemistry. First semester.
Messrs. Amstutz, Young, Borowitz
Chem. 461. Organic Chemistry Research (1-4)
Continuation of Chem. 460. Second semester.
Messrs. Amstutz, Young, Borowitz
Chem. 466. Advanced Organic Preparations (2 or 3)
A laboratory course of instruction in advanced techniques of the preparation of
organic compounds. First or second semester. Messrs. Young, Borowitz
Chem. 471. Natural Products (3)
A survey of the chemistry of steroids, terpenes, alkaloids and antibiotics with
emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis and structure proof, recent syn-
thetic and bio-synthetic pathways. Mr. Borowitz
190 Chemistry Lehigh University
Chem. 473. Seminar in Biochemistry (1-4)
Reports and discussions of current developments in the field of biochemistry.
Mr. Merkel
Chem. 474. Biochemistry Research (1-4)
Investigation of a problem in biochemistry.
Chem. 475. Biochemistry Research (1-4)
Continuation of Chem. 474.
Chem. 476. Microbial Biochemistry (3)
Composition, nutrition and metabolism of micro-organisms; with emphasis on
microbial enzyme reactions and products of microbial metabolism. Prerequisites:
Chem. 371 and Biol. 35 or their equivalents.
Chem. 478. Advanced Biochemical Preparations (1-3)
An advanced laboratory course in the preparation, isolation, purification and
identification of biochemically produced materials. Emphasis is placed on ma-
terials and procedures of current interest in biochemistry. Prerequisites: Consent
of the head of department.
Chem. 490. Physical Chemistry Research (1-4)
Investigation of a problem in physical chemistry. First semester.
Messrs. Zettlemoyer, Sturm, Daen, Lovejoy
Chem. 491. Physical Chemistry Research (1-4)
Continuation of Chem. 490. Second semester.
Messrs. Zettlemoyer, Sturm, Daen, Lovejoy
Chem. 494. Quantum Chemistry (3)
Principles and applications of quantum mechanics to chemical problems. Ap-
plications to chemical bonding, molecular structure, reactivity and spectroscopy.
Prerequisite: Chem. 442 or consent of Head of Department.
Messrs. Daen, Lovejoy
Chem. 495. Statistical Thermodynamics (3)
Principles and applications of statistical mechanics to chemical problems. A
study of the techniques for evaluating the properties of matter in bulk from the
properties of molecules and their interactions. Messrs. Daen, Sturm
Chem. 497. Surface Chemistry (3)
Applications of colloid chemistry; special topics in surface chemistry. Lectures
and seminar. Prerequisite: Chem. 441. Mr. Zettlemoyer
Chem. 498. Advanced Physical Chemistry Seminar (3)
An advanced study of some field of physical chemistry. Rotation-vibration
spectroscopy; theory of solutions; photochemistry and radiation chemistry; ir-
reversible thermodynamics or other topics of current interest.
Messrs. Zettlemoyer, Daen, Sturm, Lovejoy
Lehigh University Civil Engineering 191
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Professors Eney, Beedle, Driscoll, Herbich, Ostapenko
Associate Professors Liebig, Leonard, VanHorn, Tall, Lu
Assistant Professors Dinsmore, Brune, Yen, Fisher, Cooper, Yura
Messrs. Slutter, Hansel], Guilford, Mueller, R. Adams, Yarimci, Amatangelo.
Madison, J. Adams, Basco, Withrow, Kilmer, Murray, Macias, Carpenter,
Tanner, Cowen, Tide, Yu
C.E. 10. Problem Computation Laboratory (1)
Preparation of problems for computer programming with emphasis on problems
in civil engineering; technique of programming for computers. First semester.
C.E. 11. Engineering Graphics (2)
Use of drawing instruments; freehand lettering and shape description; theory of
orthographic projection, revolution, and pictorial representation; theoretical prob-
lems in space relationships between points, lines, and planes; surfaces as loci.
Emphasis on visualization and geometric logic. First and second semesters.
C.E. 12. Applied Engineering Graphics (2)
Drawings for civil engineering projects; graphical solutions and representation
of data. Prerequisite: C.E. 11. Second semester.
C.E. 40. Principles of Surveying (3)
Use of instruments for linear and angular measurements, astronomical observa-
tions; stadia, area, and traverse computations. Significance of errors in field and
office work with emphasis on means of obtaining optimal precision. Elements of
photogrammetry. Prerequisites: C.E. 11. Second semester.
C.E. 41. Engineering Surveys (3)
Applications of surveying to route location, topography, highways, construction,
and boundaries. Daily recitation and field work for a three-week period. Pre-
requisite: C.E. 40. Summer session.
C.E. 43. Advanced Surveying (3)
Adjustment of instruments; investigation of systematic and observational errors;
elements of least squares with application to surveying; adjustment of level nets
and triangulation; celestial observation; precise leveling; photogrammetry. Office
work, with some field exercises. Prerequisite: C.E. 40. Second semester.
C.E. 100. Industrial Employment (0)
During the summer following the junior year, students are required to spend at
least eight weeks in approved office or shop work or on engineering construction.
A written report on the shop work or project, outlining the experience obtained, is
due on return from summer vacation.
C.E. 102. Civil Engineering Proseminar (1)
A study of current civil engineering projects and developments with written re-
ports. At weekly meetings these reports are presented orally in abstract. Pre-
requisite: Senior standing. First semester.
192 Civil Engineering Lehigh University
C.E. 103. Special Problems (1-6)
Supervised individual research problems with report. Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. First and second semesters.
C.E. 104. Readings in Civil Engineering (1-3)
Study of selected technical papers, with abstracts and reports. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. First and second semesters.
C.E. 106. Structural Design (3)
Elementary theory and design of structures in steel, wood, and concrete. An
abridged course in stress analysis and design for students other than civil engineers.
Prerequisite: Mech. 11. Second semester.
C.E. 107. Structural Welding (1)
The design of welded steel structures, together with a study of current literature.
A few periods will be devoted to the manual operation of making welds. Pre-
requisite: Senior standing in civil or mechanical engineering. Second semester.
C.E. 112. Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3)
Further topics in column and beam theory, including unsymmetrical bending,
combined stresses, conjugate beam methods; curved beams, impact loading, buck-
ling. Prerequisite: Mech. 11. First semester.
C.E. 121. Mechanics of Fluids (3)
The behavior of real fluids and the more important physical laws; potential
flow, boundary layer, lift, drag, and waves, with practical applications to flow
through pipes, open channels, turbines, and pumps. Dimensional analysis and
similitude. Prerequisite: Mech. 102 previously or concurrently. First and second
semesters.
C.E. 123. Fluid Mechanics Laboratory (1)
Introduction to laboratory techniques, calibration principles, and fluid measure-
ments. Closed conduit flow of water, oil, and air; open channel flow of water,
wind tunnel studies; hydraulic machinery testing. Prerequisite: C.E. 121 con-
currently. First and second semesters.
C.E. 124. Applied Hydrology (2)
The hydrologic cycle. Flow measurement and interpretation of stream-flow data.
Frequency and duration studies; hydrograph of runoff; stream-flow routing.
Applications of hydrologic techniques with statistical analysis. Prerequisite: C.E.
121. Second semester.
C.E. 125. Hydraulic Engineering (2)
Flow in pressure conduits in series, parallel and network arrangements; uniform
and nonuniform flow in open channels; pumping; design of sanitary and storm
sewage systems; engineering economy as applied to hydraulic projects. Pre-
requisites: C.E. 121, 123. First semester.
C.E. 145. Transportation Engineering I (3)
Principles of the design, construction, and maintenance of transportation facili-
ties with emphasis on highways and airports in the areas of geometric, drainage,
and pavement design. Properties and performance of materials used. Field trips
and design problems. Prerequisites: C.E. 41; C.E. 239. First semester.
Lehigh University Civil Engineering 193
C.E. 146. Transportation Engineering II (3)
Principles of planning for major forms of transportation facilities. Development,
operation, coordination, and regulation of highway, rail, air, water, and pipeline
transportation. Traffic studies, location analysis, and economic consideration. Mass
transportation of freight and passengers. Studies of large transportation terminals.
Prerequisite: C.E. 145. Second semester.
C.E. 150. Structural Analysis I (3)
Analysis of statically determinate frames and trusses; influence lines; deflections;
statically indeterminate structures by method of deflections. Digital computer
applications. Prerequisite: Mech. 11, C. E. 12. First semester.
C.E. 151. Structural Theory (3)
Introductory course in the theory of structural steel design, including bolted,
riveted and welded connections, pins, tension members, columns, and beams.
Prerequisites: C.E. 112; C.E. 150. First semester.
C.E. 153. Reinforced Concrete Theory (3)
Introduction to the theory and design of simple reinforced concrete structures.
Laboratory work includes the preparation of concrete mixtures and tests of control
cylinders, beams, and columns. Prerequisites: C.E. 112; C.E. 150. First semester.
C.E. 154. Structural Analysis II (3)
Elastic analysis of statically indeterminate beams, frames, and trusses by meth-
ods of energy, moment distribution, and slope deflection; influence lines; introduc-
tion to plastic analysis. Prerequisite: C.E. 150. Second semester.
C.E. 155. Structural Design (3)
Design of structures utilizing various structural materials. Prerequisites: C.E.
151, 153, 154, 201. Second semester.
C.E. 156. Plastic Design in Steel (3)
Application of theory of plastic analysis to structural design. The behavior of
steel structures beyond the elastic limit and up to formation of a failure me-
chanism. Plastic analysis and design of beams, columns, connections and rigid
frames. Prerequisite: C.E. 154. Second semester.
C.E. 162. Sanitary Engineering (3)
A systematic study of water and waste-water treatment employing the concept
of unit-operations. Laboratory work includes field studies, examination of water
and waste-water samples, batch and pilot plant experiments. Prerequisites: Chem.
2, C.E. 121. Second semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
C.E. 201. Foundation Engineering (3)
Application of soil engineering to foundation design. Site investigations and
engineering tests to evaluate subsoil conditions. Procedures for choosing and pro-
portioning foundation elements to meet specific structural requirements. The de-
sign and construction of temporary and permanent retaining structures. Prerequi-
sites: C.E. 239; C.E. 153 previously or concurrently; or consent of department
head. First semester. Mr. Leonard
194 Civil Engineering Lehigh University
C.E. 239. Soil Mechanics (3)
Fundamental physical and mechanical properties affecting soil action in engi-
neering projects: identification; classification; hydromechanical, deformation, shear
and compaction properties. Applications of theories and principles in engineering
practice. Prerequisite: Mech. 11; or consent of department head. Second semester.
Mr. Leonard
C.E. 309. Analytical Methods in Structural Engineering (3)
Analysis of redundant structures using matrix methods. Numerical and ap-
proximate methods of solution applied to various structural mechanics problems.
Special methods including iteration, relaxation and finite differences. Introduction
to theory of elasticity with application to engineering problems. Energy prin-
ciples in structural analysis. Prerequisite: Math. 204 or equivalent. First semester.
Messrs. Lu, Ostapenko
C.E. 312. Ground Water Hydrology (3)
Theory of ground water flow. Analysis of well production test data; ground
water budgets; artificial recharge. Analog models. Prerequisite: Consent of In-
structor. Messrs. Herbich, Brune, J. Adams
C.E. 320. Hydraulic Engineering Structures (3)
Preparation and protection of foundations. Design of earth, gravity, arch, and
buttressed dams. Wave forces. Design of seawalls, bulkheads and breakwaters.
Prerequisites: C.E. 125 previously or concurrently; or consent of department head.
First or second semester. Messrs. Herzich, Brune
C.E. 321. Water Power and Pumping (3)
Theory of hydraulic turbines. Study of penstocks, scroll cases, draft tubes, water
hammer and cavitation. Theory and design of pumps. Performance and testing of
turbines and pumps. Prerequisites: C.E. 125 or consent of department head. Second
semester. Messrs. Herbich, Basco
C.E. 322. Hydromechanics (3)
Fundamental principles of fluid motion, with emphasis on hydraulic applica-
tions. Euler's, Bernoulli's and Laplace's equations, gradually varied open channel
flow, wave motion, water hammer, sediment transportation, and cavitation. Pre-
requisites: Math. 221, C.E. 121. Second semester. Messrs. Herbich, J. Adams
C.E. 323. Hydromechanics Laboratory (1)
Study of instrumentation techniques on equipment commonly used in hydro-
mechanics research. Stress on individual laboratory work. Prerequisite: C.E. 322
previously or currently. Mr. Herbich and Staff
C.E. 351. Structural Design: Timber (3)
Analysis and design of timber columns, beams, tension members, trusses, con-
nections, mechanical fasteners; study of allowable stresses, fire resistance, and
preservation of timber structures; project and timber tests with reports. Pre-
requisite: A course in structural design and theory. Second semester.
Messrs. Liebig, Eney
C.E. 352. Dynamics of Structures (3)
Analysis and design of structures subjected to time-dependent loads. Behavior
of lumped-mass and distributed-mass systems. Exact and approximate analyses
of linear and non-linear systems. Applications to earthquake design, blast-re-
sistant structures, wind effects, bridge vibration. Prerequisite: Consent of In-
structor. Messrs. Van Horn, Yen
Lehigh University Civil Engineering 195
C.E. 360. Sanitation (3)
Study of those environmental factors having an influence upon public health,
including food and milk sanitation; garbage and refuse collection and disposal; in-
sect and rodent control; lighting, heating, and ventilation; plumbing, industrial
hygiene, school sanitation; and swimming pools, but excluding water works and
sewerage. Prerequisite: C.E. 162 previously or concurrently. Second semester.
Mr. Witherow
C.E. 395. Civil Engineering Planning (3)
Planning of civil engineering projects; selection of site; situation survey and
data analysis; consideration of utilities; transportation; parking; architectural and
structural features of structures; sub-surface exploration; air and water pollution
control; landscaping; economic studies; estimates of costs; general plans and
reports. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Second semester.
Mr. Eney and staff
For Graduates
The Department offers advanced work in structural engineering, soils
and foundation engineering, hydraulic engineering, water resources, and
water pollution, leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. A master's degree
can also be earned in sanitary engineering.
Each candidate for a master's degree is expected to take at least one
research course (C.E. 402, 404, 406, 407, 422, or 440), but a minimum
of 24 hours of his program should consist of courses outside this group.
Research Assistants and Fellows normally will prepare a thesis.
The following subjects, in addition to the C.E. courses listed below,
may be considered a part of the major field in C.E. for either an M.S. or a
Ph.D.: Mech. 402, Advanced Analytical Mechanics; Mech. 404, Advanced
Vibration Analysis; Mech. 409, 410, Theory of Elasticity; Mech. 412,
Theory of Plasticity; Mech. 415, Structural Mechanics & Elastic Stability;
Mech. 416, Theory of Plates & Shells; Mech. 421, Hydrodynamics; Mech.
422, Advanced Mechanics of Compressible Fluids; M.E. 342, Elementary
Mechanical Vibration Analysis; M.E. 441, Stress Analysis in Design; M.E.
442, Analytical Methods in Engineering.
C.E. 400. Experimental Methods of Structural Research (3)
Mechanical properties of structural materials and different procedures of
evaluating these properties; experimental methods of stress analysis; statistical an-
alysis of experimental data. Second semester. Mr. Yen
C.E. 401. Experimental Methods of Structural Analysis (3)
Analysis of structures using various experimental techniques; use of mechanical
devices in investigation of special problems, such as temperature deformations,
foundation displacements, and integral action of structures; moire fringe method:
theory of similitude and its application to model design; principles of structural
analogies. First or second semester. Messrs. Eney, Lu
196 Civil Engineering Lehigh University
C.E. 402. Structural Model Analysis (2-5)
Individual structural research problems, with report. Prerequisite: C.E. 401.
First and second semester. Messrs. Eney, Lu
C.E. 404. Structural Research (2-5)
Individual research problems with reports. First and second semester. May be
repeated for credit. Staff
C.E. 405. Advanced Design of Steel Structures (3)
Analysis and design of welded structures and their components; residual stresses;
brittle fracture; fatigue strength. Structural fasteners. Study of current research
and related design practices. First semester of alternate years. (Offered Fall 1967).
Mr. Tall
C.E. 406. Special Problems in Civil Engineering (3)
An intensive study, with report, of some special field of civil engineering. May
be repeated for credit. First and second semesters. Staff
C.E. 407. Thesis (1-6) Staff
C.E. 410. Prestressed Concrete (3)
Analysis and design of prestressed concrete structures. Elastic and plastic prop-
erties of concrete. First semester. Mr. Van Horn
C.E. 411. Selected Topics in Concrete Structures (3)
Analysis and design of prestressed, folded plate, and thin shell structures. Prin-
ciples and applications of ultimate strength, limit design, and yield line theories.
Second semester. Mr. Van Horn
C.E. 420. Hydrology and Open Channel Flow (3)
Components of the hydrologic cycle. Analysis and prediction of basic quantities
required for hydraulic engineering design and storage requirements. Non-uniform
flow in open channels and reservoirs, backwater curves in natural and artificial
channels, hydraulic jump surges, and waves, standing waves in supercritical flow.
Sediment transportation. Supervised problems. First semester of alternate years.
(Offered Fall 1966). Mr. Herbich, Brune
C.E. 421. Hydraulic Laboratory Practice (1-5)
Study of theory and method of hydraulic experimentation, simultaneously with
laboratory work. Prerequisite: C.E. 322 or consent of department head. First or
second semester. Mr. Herbich
C.E. 422. Hydraulic Research (2-5)
Individual research problems with reports. First and second semesters.
Mr. Herbich and Staff
Lehigh University Civil Engineering 197
C.E. 423. Advanced Hydraulic Engineering and Hydromechanics (3)
Principles of irrotational flow. Laminar motion. Turbulence. Boundary Layer.
Air entrainment. Wave Motion. Flow through non-prismatic channels. Rapidly
varied unsteady flow. Prerequisite: C.E. 322 or consent of department head. First
semester of alternate years. (Offered Fall 1967). Mr. Herbich
C.E. 440. Soils Research (2-5)
Individual research problems relating to soil mechanics, with report. Pre-
requisite: A course in soil mechanics. First or second semester. Mr. Leonard
C.E. 443. Advanced Soil Engineering I (3)
The origin, composition, and physico-chemical properties of soils and their
influence on the engineering properties and behavior of soils; transmission of water
in saturated and unsaturated soils; frost action; application of hydro-mechanics to
soil engineering problems. Prerequisite: An undergraduate course in soil engineer-
ing. First semester. Mr. Leonard
C.E. 444. Advanced Soil Engineering II (3)
Fundamental and advanced theories of soil mechanics applicable to earth struc-
tures and foundation design; detailed study of stress-strain and strength character-
istics of cohesive and non-cohesive soils under various loading conditions; case
histories of some applications. Prerequisite: C.E. 443. Second semester.
Mr. Leonard
C.E. 445. Advanced Foundation Engineering (3)
Current theory and practice relating to the design of foundations for buildings
and other rigid structures. Stress distribution due to loads on shallow and deep
foundations; soil compression and rupture theories; analysis and limitations of
settlement; structural design of foundations; construction problems; and site in-
vestigations. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. First semester.
Mr. Leonard
C.E. 446. Earth Structures (3)
Current theory and practice relating to the design of large embankments, earth
dams, earth slopes and base courses. Stresses in slopes and embankment founda-
tions; slope analysis theories; pretreatment of foundation soils; loads on conduits
and structures in embankments; evaluation of base courses; soil compaction; selec-
tion of material; and constructions. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Second
semester. Mr. Leonard
C.E. 450. Advanced Structural Theory I (3)
Deflections due to various causes. General force and deformation methods of
analysis of statically indeterminate structures using matrix algebra. Specialized
methods: column analogy, moment distribution, etc. First semester.
Messrs. Fisher, Ostapenko
C.E. 451. Advanced Structural Theory II (3)
Selected topics in structural theory: influence lines, multi-story building frames,
space structures, suspension bridges (elastic and deformation methods), arches,
relaxation, etc. Prerequisite: C.E. 450. Second semester.
Messrs. Ostapenko, Fisher
C.E. 453. Structural Members and Frames (3)
General torsion of thin-walled open, closed, and combined open and closed
cross- sections; general instability of thin-walled members; in elastic instability:
special problems in stability. Desirable preparation: C.E. 309 and Mech. 415.
Second semester. Mr. Ostapenko
198 Civil Engineering, Classical Languages Lehigh University
C.E. 454. Plate and Shell Structures (3)
Analysis and design of plates loaded transversely and in their plane. Shear
lag; influence surfaces. Buckling and post-buckling behavior of elastic and in-
elastic plates. Membrane and bending analysis of cylindrical, rotational and hy-
perbolic-paraboloidal shells. Exact and approximate engineering methods. Design
considerations. Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor. Mr. Ostapenko
C.E. 456. Graduate Seminar (1-3)
Study of current topics in the field of civil engineering. First or Second Semester.
Staff
C.E. 458. Plastic Analysis and Design (3)
Theory of plasticity and its applications to structural design. The behavior of
steel structures beyond the elastic limit and up to collapse. Study of component
parts of. frames; methods of predicting strength and deformation in the plastic
range. Studies of industrial type frames. Current research. Comparison of conven-
tional design methods with plastic design techniques. First semester.
Messrs. Ostapenko, Lu
C.E. 459. Advanced Topics in Plastic Theory (3)
Advanced problems in plastic analysis and design: minimum weight design,
composite design, deflections, shakedown, and arch analysis. Fundamentals of
the mathematical theory of plasticity; the general theorems of limit analysis and
their applications to beams under combined loading, space frames, plates and
shells. Current developments. Prerequisite: C.E. 458. Second semester of alternate
years (offered Spring 1967). Messrs. Lu, Beedle, Driscoll, Ostapenko
C.E. 460. Water Supply and Sewerage (3)
Theory and design of facilities for the supply and distribution of water and for
collection of waste water. First semester of alternate years. (Offered Fall 1966).
C.E. 461. Treatment of Water and Waste Water (3)
Theory and design of treatment facilities for water, sewage, and industrial waste;
advanced topics of current practices, with reports. Second semester of alternate
years. (Offered Spring 1967).
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
Professor Maurer
Associate Professor Feaver
Assistant Professor Mrs. de Angeli
GREEK
Gk. 1. Elementary Greek (3)
For all students who desire to obtain a knowledge of the fundamentals of the
Greek language. Early in the semester there will be reading in stories and legends
in easy Greek. First semester.
Lehigh University Classical Languages: Greek 199
Gk. 2. Elementary Greek (3)
Continued work in Greek vocabulary, forms, and syntax. Selected readings in
Greek prose. Prerequisite: Gk. 1. Second semester.
Gk. 3. Intermediate Greek (3)
Xenophon: Anabasis, and other works. Grammar review. Prerequisites: Gk. 1.
and 2, or one year of entrance Greek. First semester.
Gk. 4. Intermediate Greek (3)
Plato: Eutbyphrd, Apology, and Crito, or other dialogues. Prerequisite: Gk. 3.
Second semester.
Gk. 11. Greek Drama (3)
Representative plays of Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes. Literary study
of the drama. Prerequisite: Gk. 4. First semester.
Gk. 12. Greek Drama (3)
Continuation of Gk. 11. Prerequisite: Gk. 4. Second semester.
Gk. 13. Greek Historians (3)
Selections from Herodotus, Thucydides, or Xenophon. A study of Greek histori-
ography. Prerequisite: Gk. 4. First semester.
Gk. 16. Greek Epic (3)
Selections from the Iliad. A study of the epic as genre. Prerequisite: Gk. 4.
Second semester.
Gk. 21. Ancient History (3)
The development of civilization from palaeolithic times to the world empire of
Alexander the Great. The social, economic, religious, philosophic, artistic, and
literary development of the ancient world; the origin of political institutions. First
semester.
Gk. 50. Greek Literature in English Translation (3)
The development of the major departments of Greek literature; required read-
ings in English translations, with special attention to the epic, drama, and lyric
poetry. No knowledge of the Greek language is required. First or second semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Gk. 202. Greek Archaeology (3)
Aims and methods. A chronological presentation of prehistoric civilizations
including the neolithic, Minoan, Helladic, and Mycenaean periods. A study of
extant ancient monuments, buildings, and city plans of important sites of the
classical and Hellenistic periods. Lectures, collateral readings, and reports. First
semester. Mr. Feaver
Gk. 311. Homer (3)
Rapid reading of considerable portions of the Iliad or the Odyssey. Homeric
language, syntax, and metre. Prerequisites: Gk. 4 and consent of head of depart-
ment. First semester.
Gk. 316. Plato (3)
The Republic, and other dialogues. Lectures on classical philosophy. Prerequi-
sites: Gk. 4 and consent of head of department. Second semester.
200 Classical Languages: Latin Lehigh University
LATIN
Lat. 22. Ancient History (3)
Continuation of Gk. 21. The Hellenistic Age. Rome from its origin to 395 A.D.
Second semester.
Lat. 51. Latin Literature in English Translation (3)
A study of Latin literature by means of the best English translations. The lives
of the most important authors are studied and their works read according to the
major departments of literature — history, comedy, epic, lyric, etc. Emphasis is
placed on the chronological development of the literature and historical back-
ground necessary to the interpretation of the author's works. Lectures and readings
with special reports. No knowledge of the Latin language is required. First or
second semester.
Lat. 61. Elementary Latin (3)
For all students who desire to obtain a knowledge of the fundamentals of the
Latin language. Special emphasis on English derivations and the principles of
grammar. First semester.
Lat. 62. Caesar (3)
Selections from Caesar: The Gallic War. Prose composition and syntax. Pre-
requisite: Lat. 61 or 2 entrance units. Second semester.
Lat. 63. Nepos and Cicero (3)
Nepos: de Viris illustribus ; Cicero's orations and either de Senectute or de
Amiciua. Prerequisite: Lat. 62 or 3 entrance units. First semester.
Lat. 65. Vergil (3)
Vergil: Aeneid, selections from the entire work; study of the aesthetic, political,
and philosophical values of Vergil's poetry. Prerequisite: Lat. 63 or at least 3
entrance units. Second semester.
Lat. 166. Horace (3)
Selected Odes. Lectures on the history and development of lyric poetry; con-
stant practice in reading the more important metres; memorization of stanzas and
passages. Prerequisite: Lat 65 or at least 4 entrance units. First semester.
Lat. 167. Roman Prose Writers (3)
Selections from Cicero, Tacitus, and Seneca. Prerequisite: Lat. 65 or at least
4 entrance units. Second semester.
Lat. 168. Latin Drama (3)
Readings of selected plays of Plautus, Terence., and Seneca. Prerequisite: Lat. 65
or at least 4 entrance units. First semester.
Lat. 169. Satire (3)
Selected satires of Horace and Juvenal. Lectures on the history of Roman satire
and its influence on modern literature; study of social conditions under the em-
pire. Prerequisite: Lat. 65 or at least 4 entrance units. Second semester.
Lehigh University Classical Languages: Latin 201
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Lat. 203. Archaeology of Italy (3)
Neolithic, Terramara, Villanovan, and Etruscan cultures. Rome the city: its
buildings, monuments, and streets, its destruction and rediscovery through excava-
tion; origin and growth of the city; the three periods, empire, republic, and king-
dom; methods of identifying and dating monuments. A survey of Pompeii, Hercu-
laneum, and Ostia. Lectures, readings, and reports. First or second semester.
Mr. Feaver
Lat. 211. Readings (3)
Intensive reading in one author or in a selected genre. Prerequisites: Six hours
of courses at the "100" level and consent of head of department. First semester.
Mr. Maurer
Lat. 212. Readings (3)
Intensive reading in one author or in a selected genre. Prerequisites: Six hours
of courses at the "100" level and consent of head of department. Second semester.
Mr. Maurer
Lat. 301. The Roman Republic (3)
The final century of the Roman Republic (133-44 B.C.) studied through a
close examination of the original sources in translation. The course gives a broad
comprehension of the historical background to the Latin authors of the Roman
Republic normally read in secondary school. First semester.
Lat. 302. The Roman Empire (3)
A continuation of Latin 301. The principate of Augustus and the first century
of the Roman Empire (44 B.C.-70 A.D.). The course gives a broad comprehen-
sion of the historical background to the Latin authors of the Augustan and Silver
Age normally read in secondary school. Second semester.
Lat. 303. The Roman Epic (3)
The epic in Latin literature with lectures on the Greek models; early Latin
translations of Greek epics; later minor writers of epic. Passages from Lucretius.
Vergil, and Ovid; a study of the Aencid in its entirety. Prerequisites: Six hours of
courses at the "100" level and consent of head of department. First or second
semester.
Lat. 304. Latin Historical Grammar (3)
The development of Latin syntax with survey of early Latin. Syntactical an-
alysis of Caesar, Cicero, and Vergil. The development of classical prosody and
metrics with emphasis on changes in the hexameter from Catullus and Lucretius
to Vergil. The course is designed primarily for teachers of Latin in secondary
schools and for majors in Classical Languages planning to teach. Prerequisites:
Six hours of courses at the "100" level and consent of head of department. First
or second semester.
202 Economics Lehigh University
ECONOMICS
Professors Jensen, Tripp, Bratt, Loomba, Hensley, Unterberger
Associate Professors Balabkins, Bryski, Cohen, Firestone, Pillsbury, Snider
Assistant Professors Butkys, Hall, Orsagh, Shen
Messrs. Gonce, Innes, Keefe, Reilly, Winch
Eco. 3. Economics (3)
A general course in the principles of economics, covering the organization of
production, problems of concentration and efficiency, principles of value and price,
income distribution and labor problems. First and second semester.
Eco. 4. Economics (3)
A continuation of Eco. 3 in which the work deals with the basic institutions
of economic life, money and banking, the general price level, national income,
income determination, business cycles, monetary policy, and public finance. Pre-
requisite: Eco. 3. First and second semester.
Eco. 11. Introduction to Political-Economic Thought (3)
An evaluative study of key problems in political economy and in the organiza-
tion of economic power and function. Involved are thoughtful and parallel reading
of contemporary and classical writers and effective essays and research papers.
First semester.
Eco. 12. Introduction to Political-Economic Thought (3)
Continuation of Eco. 11. Second semester.
Eco. 45. Statistical Method (3)
An introduction to quantitative method: descriptive statistics, elementary prob-
ability and sampling, estimation and testing of population parameters, simple
correlation and regression. Prerequisite: A course in college-level mathematics.
Eco. 160. Insurance (3)
A non-mathematical course in the economic principles and business practice of
insurance, particularly life, fire, and casualty insurance. Prerequisite: Eco. 4.
Second semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
All of the following courses in economics have as a prerequisite a
one-year course in the principles of economics.
Eco. 302. Management Analysis (3)
Discussion and resolution of problems of management at various levels and
stages of operation. Particular stress on use of quantitative techniques available
for decision-making in the narrower functions of management. Prerequisite: Eco.
45 and Senior standing in the College of Business Administration. Second
semester. Mr. Loomba
Lehigh University Economics 203
Eco. 303. Economic Development (3)
The principal determinants of economic development; economic development
in advanced and underdeveloped countries. First or second semester.
Mr. Cohen
Eco. 305. The Economic Development of Latin America (3)
Forces at work in the changing economies in Latin America: in addition to
the economic variables, social and political factors are considered and related
to technological change and the development process. Second semester.
Mr. Cohen
Eco. 306. Intermediate Economic Theory (3)
Determination of prices in terms of the equilibrium of the business enterprise
and consumer choices in markets of varying degrees of competition; determination
of wages, rent, interest, and profits. First and second semesters.
Messrs. Cohen, Firestone, Keefe, Orsagh
Eco. 307. History of Economic Thought (3)
Traces development of economic doctrines. Discusses views of mercantilists,
classical economists, socialists, and neo-classical economists on value, distribution,
money, and national economic policy. Relates economics to social issues of a
period. Staff
Eco. 308. History of Economic Thought (3)
Continuation of Eco. 307. Staff
Eco. 309. Comparative Economic Systems (3)
A comprehensive examination of the philosophical, economic, and political
tenets of American Capitalism, Soviet Socialism, and Nazi Fascism. Analysis of
economic planning under various socio-economic systems: study of comparable
economic growth of the U. S. and the Soviet Union. First semester.
Mr. Balabkins
Eco. 310. Economic Evolution (3)
A study of the causes and effects of changes in the economic organization of
Western society. Oriented by the examination of special problems. Second semes-
ter. Mr. Kalish
Eco. 311. Economics Resource Use (3)
Problems of the economic use and development of human and natural resources,
with particular reference to the future and to relationships within and between
regions. Prerequisite: Eco. 306 or consent of head of department. First semester.
Staff
Eco. 313. Quantitative Planning and Control (3)
The theory of quantitative methods of analysis and their application to eco-
nomic and operational problems of management. Prerequisite: A course in statis-
tics. First and second semester. Mr. Loomba
Eco. 321. Business and Organization Behavior (3)
An analysis of various theories of business and managerial behavior emphasiz-
ing the business organization and its internal processes. Economic analysis, hier-
archical management, modern organization theory, human relations, conflict — are
the main frameworks examined. First and second semester.
Eco. 333. Labor Problems (3)
The economics of labor; the history of labor movements in the United States,
forms of labor organizations, and the methods and policies of trade unions. First
and second semesters. Mr. Tripp
204 Economics Lehigh University
Eco. 334. Labor Legislation (3)
State and federal labor legislation. Background, experience, and economic im-
pact. Second semester. Mr. Bryski
Eco. 336. Business and Government (3)
A general survey of the economic aspects of the relation of government and
business in the United States, with considerable emphasis on problems of public
utility rate making, finance, public ownership and operation, and related issues.
Second semester. Mr. Pillsbury
Eco. 337. Transportation and Spatial Economics (3)
The principles of transportation in theory and practice are integrated with
traditional and spatial economics. Transport models and location theories are re-
viewed for varying conditions of spatial separation of economic activity. Trans-
portation policies are analyzed and evaluated in terms of their efficiency in the
allocation of resources for the firm and the economy at the local, regional and
national levels. Prerequisite: Economics 306 or Consent of the Instructor. First
semester. Mr. Pillsbury
Eco. 346. Business Cycles and Forecasting (3)
A study of economic conditions, involving short-term fluctuations, growth,
forecasting and stabilization proposals. Prerequisite: A course in statistics. First
and second semesters. Mr. Bratt and Staff
Eco. 347. National Income Analysis (3)
Analysis of income and product aggregates for the point of view of develop-
ment and structural breakdown, emphasizing sector accounts, savings and invest-
ments; and integrated with broad macroeconomic theory. Prerequisite: Eco. 346.
First semester. Messrs. Bratt, Shen
Eco. 348. Advanced Business Cycles (3)
Recent business cycle theories; the evolution of the theories, and the problems
of economic change which the theories attempt to explain. Prerequisite: Eco. 346.
Second semester. Mr. Bratt
Eco. 352. Advanced Statistical Method (3)
A further course in quantitative method: sampling design, probability distribu-
tions including the analysis of variance, and multiple correlation and their applica-
tion to common situations. Prerequisite: Eco. 45 or equivalent. First semester.
Mr. Orsagh
Eco. 371. Readings in Economics (3)
Readings in various fields of economics, designed for the student who has a
special interest in some field of economics not covered by the regularly rostered
courses. Prerequisite: Preparation in economics acceptable to the department head.
First semester.
Messrs. Bratt, Jensen, Loomba, Firestone, Orsagh, Pillsbury, Shen
Eco. 372. Readings in Economics (3)
Continuation of Eco. 371. Second semester.
Messrs. Jensen, Bratt, Loomba, Firestone, Orsagh, Pillsbury, Shen
Lehigh University Economics 205
For Graduates
Eco. 404. Developmental Theory and Problems (3)
The evolution of growth doctrines and the analysis of such developmental
problems as: structural versus monetary reform, ideological controversy of the
appropriate economic system, balanced investment programs as opposed to un-
balanced plans, the nature and changes in the aggregate production function, and
dependence upon domestic as opposed to foreign source of savings. Prerequisite:
Eco. 303. Second semester. Mr. Cohen
Eco. 415. Operations Research (3)
Formulation, analysis, and application of different classes of operations research
models, including allocation, inventory, waiting-time, and replacement models.
First semester. Prerequisite: Eco. 313 or equivalent.
Eco. 416. Deterministic Models of Management Science (3)
Theory and applications of the extensions of linear programming, integer pro-
gramming and quadratic programming. Prerequisite: Eco. 415. Second semester.
Mr. Loomba
Eco. 431. Managerial Economics (3)
Problems of business enterprise: price and output determination analysis of cost
and demand functions in markets of various types and under various conditions
of general business. Emphasis will be on the application of economic theory to
business practice. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. First and second semes-
ters. Mr. Hensley
Eco. 432. Micro-Economics (3)
A survey of methods of decision making at the micro-economic level utilizing
concepts developed in price theory and econometrics. Prerequisite: Eco. 306 or
equivalent. Mr. Firestone
Eco. 433. Labor Management Economics (3)
A study of modern industrial relations including problems of the labor force,
hiring policies, the social aspects of modern industry, collective bargaining practices
and policies of management and labor organizations, structure, policy and tactics
of contemporary unions, problems and policies of United States labor legislation.
Prerequisite: Eco. 333 or equivalent. First and second semesters. Mr. Tripp
Eco. 434. Metropolitan Market Analysis
A study of regional markets from a forecasting point of view. The structure of
the metropolis; metropolitan systems; location factors in market analysis; metro-
politan economic analysis. Mr. Pillsbury
Eco. 435. Micro-economic Analysis (3)
Topics in resource allocation and price determination. Theories of choice of
consumers, firms, and resource owners under monopoly, monopsony, competition,
and alternative market forms. Prerequisites: Eco. 432 or equivalent and consent
of instructor. Mr. Firestone
Eco. 436. Macro-Economics (3)
Theory of employment, income, and growth. Role of money in theory of out-
put. Policies for economic stability and growth. Prerequisite: Consent of the in-
structor. Staff
Eco. 453. Time Series Econometrics (3)
Statistical measurement of economic change and its economic significance.
Second semester. Mr. Shen
206 Economics Lehigh University
Eco. 454. Forecasting (3)
A study of the methods of business forecasting and its relation to planning
with emphasis on the prediction of growth and short-term movements. Pre-
requisite: Eco. 346 or equivalent. Second semester. Mr. Bratt
Eco. 455. Econometric Methods (3)
The development of economic models. The statistical estimation of economic
parameters, and the testing of hypotheses suggested by economic theory. The
development of production, cost, demand, and consumption functions; aggregate
cyclical and growth models. Prerequisites: Background in statistics and calculus.
Second semester. Mr. Orsagh
Eco. 461. Methodology in Theory and Research
Foundations of theory construction and empirical research in economics and
related subject matter. Theory, hypothesis formation and empirical study in the
business firm, organizations, industrial relations, and micro-macro research.
Eco. 471. Special Topic Study (3)
An extended study of an approved topic in the field of business economics.
Staff
Eco. 472. Special Topics (3)
Selected topics not covered in scheduled courses in the Department. May be
repeated for credit with the consent of the Head of the Department. Second
semester. Staff
Eco. 475. Business Economics Seminar (3)
Independent research for M.S. in Business Economics candidates. Second
semester . Staff
Eco. 490. Thesis in Business Administration (6)
Subjects for theses may be in the fields of accounting, economics, economic
statistics, finance or marketing. First and second semester. Staff
MARKETING
Mkt. 11. Marketing (3)
A detailed and critical analysis of the principles of marketing, designed to ac-
quaint the student with the institutions and functions involved in the distribution
of goods and services, and with the problems of marketing management. Pre-
requisite: Eco. 3. First and second semester.
Mkt. 113. Advertising (3)
The principles, practices, and problems of advertising. Evaluation of techniques
utilized in its management and control, with special reference to economic and
social aspects. Prerequisite: Mkt. 11. Second semester.
Mkt. 115. Retailing (3)
A study of modern retail institutions; principles and methods of retail organiza-
tion and management; economic, social, and legislative aspects of the retailing
structure. Prerequisite: Mkt. 11. Second semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Mkt. 214. Selling and Sales Management (3)
Principles and practices of modern selling and sales management; product
planning, policy and research; distribution channels, sales planning and promotion;
Lehigh University Marketing, Education 207
sales force management; and control of sales operations. Prerequisite: Mkt. 11 or
consent of head of department. Second semester. Mr. Reilly
Mkt. 217. Industrial Marketing (3)
Problems in the marketing of industrial as differentiated from consumer goods;
product planning and development; industrial marketing research; marketing
channels; management of the sales force; industrial advertising; and government
regulations. Prerequisite: Mkt. 11 or consent of head of department. First semes-
ter. Mr. Reilly
Mkt. 312. Marketing and Distribution Research (3)
Analysis of the techniques of marketing research; determination of research ob-
jectives; procedures involved in the conduct of marketing investigations. Pre-
requisite: Two courses in marketing. Second semester. Mr. Butkys
For Graduates
Mkt. 450. Marketing Management (3)
A study of the factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it;
the structure of the market; marketing methods and problems of various agencies;
competitive practices; the management of the selling activities of a business, distri-
bution policies, pricing, and the planning of marketing operation. Second semester.
Mr. Snider
EDUCATION
Professors Stoops, Cartwright, Tate
Associate Professors Burbank, Mazurkiewicz, Sam, Scanlan, Millon
Assistant Professors Bingeman, Kirk, Reddin, Versacci, Guditus
Messrs. Meade, Oswalt, Douris, Zeman, Fishco, Leight, Castaldi,
Piatt, Counts, Rice, Jones, Beals, Blood, Lamana. Nancarrow
Mesdames Larrick, Veatch. Liddicoat, Rinehart, Grandovic. Sternbergh,
Tepper, McCormick. Amatangelo, Beidler
Educ. 10. Introduction to Education (3)
This course is designed for all University undergraduates. It presents a broad
survey of problems and practices of both public and private schools from the
kindergarten through the graduate school. Included are history, social and legal
foundations, purposes, curriculum, administration, and methods of teaching.
Systems of education abroad are also considered. Can be used for purpose of
teacher certification. First and second semesters.
Messrs. Stoops, Cartwright, Burbank
208 Education Lehigh University
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
(For further information see the School of Education, page 163.)
Educ. 301. Introduction to Educational Practice (3)
This course is designed for students who are about to begin teaching at the
elementary or secondary level. It is a survey of the work of the teacher and his
role in public school problems; the aims, organization, and materials of public
education; the social and legal foundations of public education; board, adminis-
tration, and teacher relationships; and the forces which affect public policy in
education including professional and lay organizations. Required for the Pennsyl-
vania College Provisional Certificate. First semester. Mr. Burbank
Educ. 320. Educational Psychology (3)
An introductory course furnishing a psychological foundation immediately re-
lated to educational problems and practice. Practical problems involving analysis
of designated material are assigned regularly for solution and report. Required
for the College Provisonal Certificate. First semester. Mrs. Tepper
Educ. 352. Methods of High School Teaching (3)
Basic methods of secondary instruction, including the objectives of education
in relation to the curriculum; socialized procedure; problem-project method; con-
tract plans; types of teaching related to different fields; directed study; organization
of courses around criticized objectives; and the conduct of classes along the lines
of individualized instruction. Recommended for the college provisional certificate.
Second semester. Messrs. Burbank, Leight
Educ. 360. Personnel Practices in Business and Industry (3)
A study of the techniques and principles used in the understanding and treat-
ment of industrial problems confronting the line organization. Personnel admini-
stration as both a line and staff function. Case studies used for discussion of em-
ployee services, wage administration, and building, training and maintaining the
labor force. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Mr. Guditus
Educ. 390. Audio-Visual Education (3)
Types of visual aids, the special value of each, their use in different subjects, the
psychological basis for the use of such material and the standards for the selection
of visual sensory aids. Required for the permanent college certificate. First semes-
ter. Mr. Leight
Educ. 391-392. Workshop (3, 5, or 6)
Cooperative study of current educational problems. Designed to provide ele-
mentary and secondary school teachers an opportunity to work at their own
teaching levels and in their own fields. Students will be limited to six credits during
a summer session but may register for more than one workshop provided there is
no duplication in subject matter. First or second semester.
Messrs. Sam, Stoops and Staff
For Graduates
Educ. 400. Psychological Foundations of Education (3)
Study and practice of methods involved in making a psychological analysis of
pupils or classroom situations particularly in relation to school problems. First
semester. Mr. Scanlan
Educ. 401. Sociological Foundation of Education (3)
An analysis of the school as a social institution. This includes a consideration
of man's cultural heritage and the function of education in preserving and im-
proving it; group behavior relating to school problems; the integration of educa-
Lehigh University Education 209
tion with the life and institutions of the community and society; the social role
of the teacher; social change and the school. First or second semester.
Mr. Broberg
Educ. 402. Anthropological Foundations of Education (3)
Emerging uses of anthropological analysis in the study of the educative process
in our own society and in other societies. Particular emphasis is placed upon
relevance of a particular cultural or sub-cultural value pattern to the structure of
educational institutions. First semester. Mr. Szwed
Educ. 403. Community College Teaching I (3)
Major theories of learning are studied and a program of tests and measurements
appropriate for community college teachers is presented. Personal and intellectual
characteristics of community college students are examined. Students are intro-
duced to the indices of educational research and reporting with particular refer-
ence to literature on community college education. Open only to students ac-
cepted in the program for preparing community college teachers.
Mr. Guditus
Educ. 404. History and Psychology of Reading Instruction (3)
A survey of the course and nature of American reading instruction from the
Colonial period to the present; an analysis of the cyclical nature of instructional
procedures; a consideration of the trends in instruction as a reflection of his-
torical antecedents. The psychological basis of the reading process with an em-
phasis on the perceptual nature of the reading act. Second semester.
Mr. Mazurkiewicz
Educ. 406. Historical Foundations of Education (3)
The developments of primary, secondary, and higher education; the aims, cur-
ricula, methods, and systems of education from early times to the present, in rela-
tion to the social conditions and processes. First semester. Messrs. Leight, Stoops
Educ. 407. Philosophical Foundations of Education (3)
Comparative philosophical analysis of the aims of education in the social
order; the nature, needs, and adjustments of modern industrial society; the
conflicting demands upon education by a changing civilization as represented by
modern social points of views; the implications of contemporary educational phil-
osophy for social progress. First and Second semester. Messrs. Leight, Stoops
Educ. 408. Comparative Education (3)
A survey of educational practices abroad including all programs from nursery
to graduate education. Major emphasis is placed upon systems of articulation,
social foundations, legal foundations, and structure in government. The nature and
purposes of the schools are considered with particular reference to cultural pat-
terns. Focus is also placed upon major problems and trends. Second semester.
Mr. Kirk
Educ. 409. Community College Teaching II (3)
Historical and philosophical analysis of the presence of the community college in
American education. The unique purposes of the community college are considered
in relation to the cultural, social, and economic order in American communities
and the emerging value standards in American life. Open only to students ac-
cepted in the program for preparing community college teachers. Mr. Guditus
Educ. 410. Structure and Syntax of the Academic Disciplines (3)
Professors from other departments of the University are presented in discussions
coordinated by the School of Education. The patterns which organize and
210 Education Lehigh University
identify the academic disciplines are emphasized. Study is given the nature and
significance of the conceptual structures which guide inquiry or research in cer-
tain major fields of scholarship. Implications for planning of curricula and prepara-
tions of teaching materials are considered. Mr. Stoops and Staff
Educ. 411. Personality and Adjustment (3)
The theory of individual and social adjustments and the individual and cultural
factors in learning of motives and adjustments with particular reference to the
educative processes and the work of educational institutions. Relationships to the
typical varieties of adjustive behavior and determinents of personality are shown.
Mental life, conduct, personal, and social adjustment are analysed with regard
to changing conceptions of self and the interplay of emotion and intellect. Fall
semester; alternate years. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Messrs. Millon, Scanlan
Educ. 412. Individual Assessment and Interviewing (3)
A study of the appraisal process and the data used to understand and predict
educational, vocational, and social behavior. Surveys of advanced methods and
instruments in appraisal including comparison of diagnostic approaches, interpre-
tation of research, preparation of written reports, and application in practice
are included. Spring semester; alternate years. Prerequisite: Permission of in-
structor. Messrs. Millon, Scanlan
Educ. 413. Theories of Psychological Counseling (3)
A historical analysis and synthesis of concepts drawn from Jung, Rank, Freud,
Adler, and neo-analysts with particular reference to the educative process and the
work of educational institutions. The research and current trends in counseling on
educational, social, and vocational problems are studied. Precepts and practices
in mental health screening are examined. Fall semester; alternate years. Pre-
requisite: Permission of instructor. Messrs. Millon, Scanlan
Educ. 415. Interaction Analysis (3)
Investigation of and experience in the problem of objectifying observable pupil-
pupil-teacher relationships during the teaching-learning process. Students will
develop skill in analysis through use of tapes and observation of elementary and
secondary classes. For teachers, supervisors, and administrators. Mr. Kirk
Educ. 421. Analytic and Remedial Reading Procedures and Practices (3)
A laboratory course in remedial procedures and practices in the teaching of
reading. Provision is made for clinical practice with individual and small groups
of children on the elementary or secondary level. Emphasis is placed upon the
development of practical and informal techniques and materials for diagnosing
reading difficulties and instructing retarded readers. Prerequisite: Educ. 447A or
448. First semester. Mr. Mazurkiewicz
Educ. 422. Education of Exceptional Children (3)
Methods of instruction and provision of materials for children who differ mark-
edly from the normal, i.e., gifted, subnormal and maladjusted; the problems of the
teacher in a system that makes little provision for the exceptional child. Actual
case studies of pupils are required. First or second semester.
Miss Sternbergh; Messrs. Oswalt, Versacci
Educ. 423. Diagnostic and Remedial Teaching (3)
The analysis and treatment of difficulties in the various subjects. The student
may select any subject in which he has adequate background as his field of work.
Practice is given in the development of materials, and actual work with failing
pupils is expected. First semester. Miss Sternbergh; Messrs. Oswalt, Versacci
Lehigh University
Education 211
Educ. 424. Linguistics in Education (3)
Emphasis on the nature of language, phonetic applications, and the relation-
ships of linguistics to instruction in the language arts. Second semester.
Miss Reddin
Educ. 425. The Diagnosis and Adjustment of Reading Difficulties (3)
A survey of problems in diagnosing and adjusting reading difficulties. The psy-
chology of reading as related to learning difficulties; the measurement and diagnosis
of reading difficulties; the development of informal tests for identifying reading
difficulties; materials for corrective and/or remedial instruction. Second semester.
Messrs. Mazurkiewicz, Versacci
Educ. 426. Special Problems in Education (3)
Intensive study in an area of education not adequately covered in currently
listed offerings. The field of research will be varied to meet the special needs of
advanced students of unusual ability and adequate preparation. First and second
semester. Mr. Stoops and staff
Educ. 427. Observation of Teaching (3)
Study, directed observation of, and initial practice in the various phases of
teaching in a campus laboratory-demonstration school or in elementary and
secondary schools in the area. First or second semester.
Messrs. Burbank, Kirk, Guditus
Educ. 428. Intern Teaching (6)
Intensive practice in the application of the principles of teaching. Each intern is
appointed to a full-time teaching position for one semester. Supervision is provided
both by the employing school district or community college and by the University.
Prerequisite: Ed. 427. First and second semester.
Messrs. Burbank, Kirk, Guditus
Educ. 429. Intern Teaching Seminar (3)
Critical Analysis and discussion of classroom instructional practices. Discus-
sion and illustration will be based on the experiences of participants as they en-
gage in intern teaching. Education 428 required concurrently. First and second
semester.
Educ. 433. Reading in Elementary Education (3)
Educ. 434. Mathematics in Elementary Education (3)
Educ. 435. Social Studies in Elementary Education (3)
Educ. 436. Science in Elementary Education (3)
Mr. Mazurkiewicz
Messrs. Pratt, Sam
Mr. Kirk
Mr. Sam
Educ. 437. Language Arts in Elementary Education (3)
Mr. Sam
Educ. 438. Fine Arts in Elementary Education (3)
Mr. Davis
Educ. 443. Elementary School Administration (3)
The major problems of organization and administration of elementary schools;
types of organization, pupil promotion, time allotment, service agencies, and plant
and equipment. Required for a principal's certificate. First semester.
Miss McCormick, Mr. Sam
212 Education Lehigh University
Educ. 444. The Elementary School Curriculum (3)
Problems of curriculum development in the first six grades; subject matter
placement, program-making for difficult types of schools, regular vs. special sub-
jects, articulation, and similar problems. Second semester. Miss Reddin
Educ. 448. Reading in Secondary Education (3)
Principles and practices in reading instruction for secondary education, empha-
sizing identification of reading needs, approaches to reading instruction, and read-
ing problems in content courses. Prerequisite: Educ. 447A or consent of instructor.
First or second semester. Mr. Fishco
Educ. 449. Children's Literature in Reading Instruction
A consideration of the role of literature in the instructional program of the
elementary schools. Emphasis is given the use of trade books for individual in-
struction in reading. Miss Larrick
Educ. 453. Secondary School Administration (3)
The major problems of organization and administration of secondary schools;
program of studies, teaching staff, pupil personnel, plant and equipment, and
community relationships. Required for a principal's certificate. First semester.
Messrs. Bingeman, Nancarrow
Educ. 454. The Secondary School Curriculum (3)
Methods of study of curriculum problems, selection of subject matter in various
fields, principles of program construction, and similar problems. First semester.
Messrs. Bingeman, Cartwright
Educ. 455. Statistics I (3)
Reduction and description of data. Characteristics of the frequency distribu-
tion. Types of distributions. Simple correlation and regression. Score transforma-
tions. Statistical inference: tests of hypotheses and estimation of parameters. Uses
of the normal, t, and chi-square sampling distributions. First or second semester.
Miss Reddin, Messrs. Sam and Tate
Educ. 456. Statistics II (3)
Review of descriptive statistics. Movements of the frequency distribution. Er-
rors of inference and their control. Power of a statistical test. Extended applica-
tions of the binominal, normal, t, and chi-square sampling distributions. The F
distribution. Simple analysis of variance and covariance. Special methods of
correlation. Multiple linear correlation and regression through the four-variable
case. Prerequisite: Statistics I. First semester. Miss Reddin, Mr. Tate.
Educ. 457. Statistics III (3)
Selected topics including complex designs in analysis of variance and co-
variance, multiple correlation and regression factor analysis, and nonparametric
methods. Emphasis on experimental design. Prerequisite: Statistics II and consent
of instructor. Second semester. Mr. Tate
Educ. 458. Statistics IV (1)
Theory and practice of handling mass data in research studies. Use of data-
processing equipment in school systems. Prerequisite: Statistics II. First or sec-
ond semester. Mr. Tate
Lehigh University Education 213
Educ. 460. Group Processes and Group Guidance (3)
Aimed at achieving competence in using effective group techniques and ap-
propriate resources in promoting individual and group development. Evidence
furnished by experimental studies in group processes is analyzed and applied.
Procedures and content are designed to facilitate behavioral changes. Second
semester. Mr. Scanlan
Educ. 461. Organization of Units of Learning (3)
A practical course for the teacher in service, offering opportunity for cooper-
ative planning of courses and teaching-learning units. Applies the principles of
curriculum construction to the selecting, assembling, and organizing of learning
enterprises. The teacher is advised to work with his class in his field of special
interest. Second semester. Miss Reddin
Educ. 463. Public School Administration (3)
A systematic treatment of the problems of administration, local, state and
national. The newer developments which are modifying educational administration;
state authorization and organization, the board of education, the superintendent of
schools, personnel management, business administration, financial support, and
public relations. Second semester. Messrs. Burbank, Cartwright
Educ. 464. Foundations of Curriculum Construction (3)
Principles of curriculum construction which underlie the reorganization of the
program of studies for elementary and secondary schools; origin and background
of the curriculum; methods of organization; curriculum planning and development;
and pertinent applications. K-12. First or second semester. Miss McCormick
Educ. 466. Supervision of Instruction (3)
Analysis of the principles underlying the organization and supervision of in-
struction; application to specific teaching situations. No lines will be drawn between
the elementary and the secondary school. First or second semester.
Mr Cartwright, Mrs. Stewart
Educ. 467. Extra-Class Activities (3)
A cooperative study in the philosophy and psychology supporting activity pro-
grams; their organization and administration. Emphasis will be given to the
teacher's part in the program, e.g., clubs, student councils, homeroom and class
organization, assemblies, publications, finance. First semester.
Mr. Bingeman
Educ. 468. Vocational and Technical Education (3)
The social basis for vocational education; present practices and trends in the
major types of vocational education; recommendations for organization and ad-
ministration; teaching problems; student employment; laws and regulations. First
or second semester. Mr. Guditus
Educ. 470. Practicum in Analysis of Reading Difficulties
An investigation of research as it relates to analysis of reading difficulties;
practice in administration of test materials and the analysis of reading difficulties.
First or semond semester. Messrs. Mazurkiewicz. Versacci
Educ. 472. Educational Tests and Measurements (3)
Characteristics of tests and interpretation of test scores. Reliability and valid-
ity of tests and test items. Selection and administration of tests. Measurement of
intelligence, special aptitudes, interests, achievement and growth. Observed and
derived scores. Teacher-made tests and school marking procedures. First or sec-
ond semester. Miss Reddin, Mr. Castaldi
214 Education
Lehigh University
Educ. 474. Seminars in School Building (3) Messrs. Burbank, Cartwright
Educ. 475. Seminar in Business Management (3) Messrs. Cartwright, Bingeman
Educ. 476. Seminar in School Finance (3) Messrs. Cartwright, Bingeman
Educ. 477. Seminar in School-Community Relations (3)
Messrs. Burbank, Cartwright
Educ. 478. Seminar in School Personnel Problems (3)
Messrs. Burbank, Cartwright
Educ. 479. Seminar in School Law (3)
Messrs. Abbot, Cartwright
Educ. 482. Philosophy and Principles of Guidance (3)
Introduction to the guidance of children and youth in elementary and secondary
school and to the guidance of adults in school, business, and industry. Theoretical
foundations, principles and ethics of guidance are considered together with im-
plications for school and extra-school experience. Guidance functions such as
identification, appraisal, placement, orientation, motivation, support, curriculum
design, and resource development are surveyed. Organizations of school personnel
programs are analyzed. First or second semester. Mrs. Tepper
Educ. 483. Techniques of Counseling (3)
An intensive examination of personnel techniques, including interviews, rating
scales, and counseling, by such means as lectures, demonstrations, and case his-
tories. Case studies of selected students are required. Required for guidance coun-
selor's certificate. First or second semester. Mrs. Tepper
Educ. 484. Occupations (3)
Trends in supply and demand of workers in various occupations; requirements
for occupations; sources of descriptive materials; testing for occupational aptitude.
Required for guidance counselor's certificate. First and second semester.
Mr. Guditus
Educ. 485. Elementary School Principal's Clinic (3-6)
Mr. Sam
Educ. 486. Secondary School Principal's Clinic (3-6) Mr. Bingeman
Educ. 487. School Psychologist's Clinic (3-12) Mr. Scanlan
Educ. 488. School Superintendent's Clinic (3-6) Messrs. Burbank, Cartwright
Educ. 489. Reading Specialists Clinic (3-12)
Mr. Mazurkiewicz
Educ. 493. Research (3)
Section A for students with appropriate preparation for pursuing independent
investigation, and Section B for students in need of training in the methods of
educational research. First and second semester. Miss Reddin, Mrs. Rinehart
Educ. 494. Field Work (3-6)
Systematic evaluation of education research needs in a school setting and
identification of the significant problems. Development of research designs to
study these problem areas. Miss Reddin, Messrs. Tate and Sam
Lehigh University Education, Electrical Engineering 215
Educ. 496. Advanced Seminars in Education (3)
Primarily for Doctoral Candidates. First or second semester.
Mr. Stoops and staff
Educ. 498. Internship (3)
A follow-up of Educ. 497 designed to give a limited number of advanced stud-
ents an opportunity to obtain practical experience as assistants in selected school
systems. Conference hours for students and staff members will be devoted to dis-
cussion of work and problems encountered by students in their internships. Each
student is required to submit a report describing and appraising experience gained
in this internship. Students will be sectioned as follows: Section A, elementary
school principals; Section B, secondary school principals; Section C, guidance
counselors; Section D, superintendent of schools; and Section E, reading specialists.
Second semester. Mr. Bingeman and Staff
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Karakash, Larky
Visiting Professor Dahlke
Associate Professors Eberhardt, Leenov, McCracken
Assistant Professor Holzinger
Messrs. Hertlein, Hollabaugh, Knerr, Juvet, Nehf, Sacks, Talhelm
E.E. 14. Circuit Theory I (3)
Energy relations and voltage-current characteristics of idealized electrical cir-
cuit elements. Singularity functions. Response of linear circuits. Formulation of
network equations. Network theorems and applications. Sinusoidal forcing func-
tions. Prerequisite: Phys. 4, previously or concurrently.
E.E. 100. Summer Work
During the vacation following the junior year, each student is expected to spend
at least eight weeks getting experience in some industrial organization. A written
report on the experience gained therein, is due on or before February 1.
E.E. 101. Analog and Digital Computation (2)
Principles of analog and digital computation. Concepts of computation proc-
esses. Solution of electrical problems by analog and digital techniques. Includes
one three-hour problem session. Prerequisite: E.E. 104 concurrently.
E.E. 103. Physical Electronics (3)
Physical phenomena basic to vacuum, gaseous, and solid-state electronic de-
vices. Kinetic theory of gases; atomic structure; electron emission. Electronic
conduction through solids, vacua, and gases. Prerequisite: Phys. 4.
216 Electrical Engineering Lehigh University
E.E. 104. Circuit Theory II (4)
Continuation of E.E. 14. Fourier series, Fourier integral, and Laplace trans-
form. Operational methods applied to electric networks. Poles and zeros. Includes
one-three laboratory. Prerequisite: E.E. 14.
E.E. 105. Electronic Circuits (4)
Transistor and vacuum tube amplifiers. Linear and piecewise linear circuit
models. Frequency response, feedback, and oscillation. Includes one three-hour
laboratory. Prerequisite: E.E. 14.
E.E. 106. Electrical Machinery (5)
Analysis of transformers. General analysis of rotating machines including direct
current machines, induction motors, synchronous machines, and special machines.
Includes one 3 -hour laboratory. Prerequisite: E.E. 104. Second semester.
E.E. 107. Alternating Current Machines (3)
Continuation of E.E. 106. Steady state and transient theories of machines. Bal-
anced and unbalanced conditions; time constants; rigorous and approximate solu-
tions. This course includes one 3-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: E.E. 106. First
semester.
E.E. 111. Electrical Engineering Proseminar (1)
A weekly meeting for discussion of topics on theoretical and applied electricity.
Presentation of papers. Prerequisite: Senior standing.
E.E. 112. Control Systems (3)
Introduction to feedback control systems. Transfer functions. Trial and error
synthesis of time invariant linear controls. Root loci and frequency-response meth-
ods. Servomechanism transducers. Non-linear controls. Prerequisite: E.E. 104.
Second semester.
E.E. 133. Power System Analysis I (3)
Determination of transmission line constants; transmission line equations. Gen-
eral circuit constants. Regulation, efficiency. Symmetrical components. System
faults. Sequence impedances of transmission lines, transformer banks; metering.
Prerequisite: E.E. 106. First semester.
E.E. 134. Power System Analysis II (3)
Steady state and transient power limits of transmission systems; electro-mechani-
cal characteristics of electrical machines and networks. Prerequisite: E.E. 133.
Second semester.
E.E. 141. Logis and Switching Theory (3).*
Switching algebra; n-variable theorems and related active, semi-conductor and
magnetic embodiments. Combinational logic; minimization methods using algebra,
tables, hypercubes, maps. Symmetric functions, decompositions, and sequential
networks. Linear binary machines. Prerequisites: E.E. 101, 104, and 105. First
semester.
E.E. 144. Communication Networks (3)*
Introductory theory of two-terminal and four-terminal network synthesis.
Matrix representation of networks. Filter theory. Prerequisites: E.E. 104 and 105.
Second semester.
E.E. 151. Senior Laboratory (2)
Senior projects. Two three-hour sessions. Prerequisites: E.E. 105 and 106. First
semester.
Lehigh University Electrical Engineering 217
E.E. 152. Senior Laboratory (2)
Senior projects. Two three-hour sessions. Prerequisites: E.E. 105 and 106.
Second semester.
E.E. 160. Electrical Circuits and Apparatus (3)
Theory and applications of electrical circuits, machines. Electronic devices and
circuits. Prerequisites: Math. 23, Phys. 4. First or second semester.
E.E. 161. Electrical Problems (1)
A three-hour problem period to accompany E.E. 160. Prerequisite: E.E. 160
concurrently. First or second semester.
E.E. 162. Dynamo Laboratory (1)
Experiments on circuits, machines, and electronic devices. Prerequisite: E.E.
160 concurrently. First or second semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
E.E. 201. Introduction to Digital Systems (3)*
Number representation and coding. Serial and parallel arithmetic operations;
memory devices and their characteristics; input-output devices; instruction de-
coding; digital differential analyzers; logical implementation of the above.
E.E. 205. Pulse and Digital Circuitry (3)*
Wave shaping and pulse generation. Models of electron tubes, semiconductor
devices and circuits. Timing and switching circuits. Feedback, negative resistance,
and non-linear circuits.
E.E. 231. Electric and Magnetic Fields (3)
Electrostatics and magnetostatics. Three-dimensional field solutions of element-
ary geometries. Two-dimensional solutions and conformal mapping. Free-hand
field plotting and numerical techniques.
E.E. 245. Electromagnetic Theory (3)
Maxwell's equations: Poynting's theorem; transmission; reflection, and refrac-
tion of waves. Transmission lines; rectangular and cylindrical waveguides.
E.E. 304. Semiconductor Electronics (3)*
Introduction to solid state physics and quantum statistics; band theory; conduc-
tion mechanism in solids. Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors; junctions. Theory
of diodes and transistors. Equivalent circuits.
E.E. 306. Solid State Magnetic and Dielectric Devices (3)*
Origin of magnetic and dielectric properties. Electrostrictive and magnetostric-
tive systems. Nonlinear magnetic and dielectric materials. Magnetic and dielectric
amplifiers. Digital techniques employing square loop materials. Magnetic record-
ing. Magnetic and dielectric measurements. Ferrites at microwave frequencies.
E.E. 342. Communication Theory (3)*
Transmission theory for unilateral, active, multi-port networks using Fourier
series and integrals. Modulation, the analog and digital coding of information.
The demodulation process with noise present. System performance measures.
Second semester.
218 Electrical Engineering Lehigh University
E.E. 346. Microwave Circuits and Techniques (3)*
Application of Maxwell's equations to obtain the external characteristics of
distributed parameter networks. Principles of microwave measurements.
E.E. 350. Special Topics (3)
Selected topics in the field of electrical engineering not included in other courses.
^Departmental Electives
For Graduates
A student who wishes to qualify for an advanced degree with a major in
electrical engineering should have as preparation for his graduate work
background equivalent to that required for the B.S. in E.E. at Lehigh Uni-
versity. Research training or thesis credit equivalent to six semester hours
is required by the department for the master's degree. Masters degree pro-
grams may include as part of the "major," courses chosen from among the
following: Math. 405, 406, 416, 421, 431, 453; Phys. 420, 421, 422, 423,
428, 429; Mech. 402, 411, 412, 421, 422.
The laboratories of the Department are located in the James Ward Pack-
ard Laboratory of Electrical and Mechanical Engineering. Facilities for ex-
perimental work in electronics and communication include low-, medium-,
high-, and microwave-frequency components; special research facilities are
available for the study of semiconductor networks and digital functions. Stu-
dents interested in power generation, transmission, and distribution have at
their disposal equipment suitable for the study of high and low voltage
transients on transmission lines and in machines. Electro-mechanical and
electronic equipment is available for transient generation and observation.
Power distribution problems may be studied on a 6-generator, a.c. network
analyzer.
E.E. 401. Digital Systems (3)
Principles of machine organization; macro- and micro-programming. Modern
concepts and practices in logical design.
E.E. 404. Solid State Device Theory (3)
Quantum-mechanical concepts, band theory, electron-phonon interactions,
statistical transport theory, semiconductor surfaces; special devices, p-i-n and tun-
nel diodes; avalanche, transit time, and bulk effects. (Can be repeated for credit.)
Messrs. Dahlke, Leenov
E.E. 410. Electronics of Microwave Tubes (3)
Optics of electron beams. Ballistic theory of transit time tubes. Space charge
waves. Interaction of space charge waves with slow electromagnetic waves.
Thermal noise in electron streams with basic introduction to mathematical treat-
ment of random noise. Latest devices using free electrons. First semester.
Mr. Eberhardt
Lehigh University Electrical Engineering 219
E.E. 411. Information Theory I (3)
Topological spaces; metric spaces; measure; probability theory. Information
measure, self- and mutual; maximization and inequalities: channels, transmission
criteria, and control of redundancy including feedback and fading. First semester.
Mr. McCracken
E.E. 412 Information Theory II (3)
Continuous channels without memory, coordinate transformation and noise
whitening, Gaussian channels. Band limited signals, sampling," normed linear
multi-dimensional spaces, character recognition with criteria. Transitional en-
tropy, cylinder sets, shift translations, sequential processes, networks, and auto-
mata. Mr. McCracken.
E.E. 413. Active Networks (3)
Synthesis of active networks to proscribed frequency characteristics, stability
and realizability criteria, parameter drift effects. (Offered alternate years.)
Mr. Larky
E.E. 423. Power System Transients I (3)
Traveling waves; free and forced oscillations; reflections; transition points;
multi-conductor systems; multi-velocity waves. Attenuation and distortion; lighting
surges; switching surges; arcing grounds; protective devices. Surges in transformer
and machine windings. First semester. (Offered alternate years.)
E.E. 424. Power System Transients II (3)
Transient stability problems, including machine inertias, unbalanced system
conditions, and switching operations. Economic operation of combined systems.
Second semester. (Offered alternate years.)
E.E. 433. Tensor Analysis of Electric Circuits and Machines (3)
The application of dyadics, matrices, and tensors to the theory of electric cir-
cuits and machinery, static networks, network theorems, vacuum tube circuits,
transformers, and transmission lines. (Offered alternate years.)
E.E. 435. Power System Stability (3)
Power flow in electric circuits, steady state power limits of systems having syn-
chronous and asynchronous machines with salient poles or iound rotors, stability
criteria, and other related topics. First semester. (Offered alternate years.)
E.E. 437. Advanced A.C. Machine Theory (3)
The two-reaction theory of synchronous machines; harmonic analysis; field and
armature time constants; direct and quadrature synchronous, transient, and sub-
transient reactances; electrical and mechanical transients; calculation of voltage,
current, mechanical oscillations, hunting, forces and torques; operation of ma-
chines under unbalanced conditions and faults; effect of variable excitation. Two
lectures and one laboratory period per week. Second semester. (Offered alternate
years.)
E.E. 441. Automatic Control Systems I (3)
Logical synthesis of continuous and discrete, linear and non-linear, time-invari-
ant control systems using Wiener methods. Generalized harmonic analysis; prob-
ability functions, averaging, stationary processes, correlation, spectra, and Camp-
bell's theorems. Error minimization and functional minimization using Lagrangian
multipliers. Error integral equation formulation, reduction to factorization solu-
tions, and compensation network realizations. Control of bandwidth, saturation,
dead-zone, sampling, and quantization in system design. First semester. (Offered
alternate years.) Mr. McCracken
220 Electrical Engineering, English Lehigh University
E.E. 442. Automatic Control Systems II (3)
Fourier integral treatment of linear, multipole, time-invariant systems. Double
Fourier integral analysis of time-varying systems. Vectors, matrices, and linear
transformations; eigenvalues, eigenvectors, and canonical forms; calculus of
matrices and linear differential equations. Autonomous systems analysis; stability,
phase-planes. Poincare index, Lyapunov functions. Discrete systems analysis;
stability, responses, Nyquist sampling; adaptive switching for terminal control,
minimum-time and maximum range. Second semester. (Offered alternate years.)
Mr. McCracken
E.E. 443. Network Theory (3)
Properties of driving-point and transfer functions; synthesis; realizability and
positive-real functions. First semester. Mr. Larky
E.E. 444. Microwave Devices (3)
Devices using paramagnetic resonance: isolators, circulators, digital phase
shifters, modulators, limiters. Cavity and traveling wave maser. Optical masers.
Cavity and traveling wave parametric amplifiers. Tunnel diode amplifiers. Appli-
cation of perturbation theory to microwave devices. Second semester.
Mr. Eberhardt
E.E. 450. Special Topics (3)
Selected topics in the field of electrical engineering not covered in other courses.
ENGLISH
Professors Severs, Strauch, Hook
Associate Professors Armstrong, Dilworth, Hartung, Frakes, Greene, Hertz
Assistant Professors Rights, Criswell, Vickrey, De Bellis, James
Messrs. Baker, Marx, Digel, Brown, Johnstone,
Moisiades, Beidler, Layden, Cole, Cook, Hirsh, MacDonald,
Mooney, Moonschein, Ramsey, Dullea
English Composition
All students must meet the requirements of six semester hours in fresh-
man composition. This may be done through satisfactory performance in
(a) the regular freshman courses, Engl. 1 and 2, (b) the Engl. 11 and 12
program as outlined below, or (c) the Advanced Placement Tests admin-
istered by the College Entrance Examination Board.
First semester freshmen are divided, on the basis of preliminary tests,
into two groups: (1) those whose preparation appears to have been adequate
but who do not give evidence of outstanding ability, and (2) those who
give evidence of outstanding ability. Students in Group 1 are required to
take Engl. 1 and 2; those in Group 2 are given the option of taking either
Engl. 11 or 12 (an advanced course in World Literature) or Engl. 1 and 2.
Lehigh University English 221
So that superior students may be enabled to satisfy their requirements
more rapidly and thus accelerate their progress, those students of Group 2
who elect to take Engl. 11 and 12 will be given credit for Engl. 1 and 2
upon satisfactory performance in Engl. 11 and 12. Thus the superior stu-
dent can receive twelve credit hours for taking six credit hours of Engl.
11 and 12. If the student does not perform satisfactorily in Engl. 11 and 12
he will not receive credit for Engl. 1 and 2.
A student whose classwork shows that he has been placed in the wrong
group may be transferred to a higher or lower group at any time during the
year, if his instructor recommends and the head of the department ap-
proves the transfer.
Engl. 1. Composition and Literature (3)
Practice in expository writing and the application of rhetorical principles; read-
ings in expository prose; a rapid review of functional grammar. First and second
semesters.
Engl. 2. Composition and Literature (3)
Continuation of Engl. 1. Further practice in expository writing in conjunction
with readings in literature. Prerequisite: Engl. 1. First and second semester.
Engl. IX. English for Foreign Students (3)
Practice in reading, writing, and speaking the English language, with exercise in
listening and note taking. A substitute for Engl. 1 for foreign students who dem-
onstrate a need. Open also to transfer and graduate students. Prerequisite: Consent
of head of department. First semester.
Engl. 2X. English for Foreign Students (3)
Continuation of Engl. IX. A substitute for Engl. 2 for foreign students who
demonstrate a need. Prerequisites: Engl. IX or its equivalent and consent of head
of department. Second semester.
Engl. 11. Types of World Literature (3)
A course in composition and literature for superior students who do not need
or who have had the basic training of Engl. 1 and 2. In addition to wide and
thoughtful reading in world masterpieces, the course requires correct and effective
writing of critical essays, original sketches, and documented research papers. Not
open to students who have taken Engl. 36. First semester.
Engl. 12. Types of World Literature (3)
Continuation of Engl. 11. Not open to students who have taken Engl. 36. May
be taken independently of Engl. 11. Second semester.
English Literature and Advanced Composition
Students wishing to major in English literature should take as prelim-
inary work Engl. 8 and 9, or such equivalent courses as may be recom-
mended by the head of the department. They should then elect a total of
ten advanced English courses in the junior and senior years. Students work-
ing for honors take a course in which they prepare a thesis as part of the
honors requirement.
222 English Lehigh University
Engl. 4. A Study of the Drama (3)
Reading and critical study of the drama; theories of the drama; the drama
and the stage; the drama as a criticism of life. Prerequisite: Engl. 2 or 12. First
semester.
Engl. 5. A Study of the Drama (3)
Continuation of Engl. 4. Prerequisite: Engl. 2 or 12. Second semester.
Engl. 7. A Study of the Short Story (3)
A critical study of the short story, English, American, and Continental. Class
discussions, extensive collateral reading, and reports. Prerequisite: Engl. 2 or 12.
First and second semesters.
Engl. 8. English Literature (3)
A survey of English literature from Beowulf through the Pre-Romantics, with
selected readings. Prerequisite: Engl. 2 or 12. First semester.
Engl. 9. English Literature (3)
A survey of English literature from Wordsworth to Housman. Prerequisite;
Engl. 2 or 12. Second semester.
Engl. 18. The Novel (3)
A study of a selection of novels as noteworthy works of literature. Prerequisite:
Engl. 2 or 12. First semester.
Engl. 19. The Novel (3)
Chronological continuation of Engl. 18. Prerequisite: Engl. 2 or 12. Second
semester.
Engl. 20. American Literature, 1607-1855 (3)
A survey of the major writers from the settlement of America to the Civil War.
Lectures and class discussions. Prerequisite: Engl. 2 or 12. First semester.
Engl. 21. Modern American Literature (3)
A study of the development of American literature from Whitman to the present
day. Lectures and class discussions. Prerequisite: Engl. 2 or 12. Second semester.
Engl. 35. Poetry (3)
The analytical and critical reading of poetry, to provide such acquaintance with
idiom and technique that poetry may be read with pleasure and understanding.
Prerequisite: Engl. 2 or 12. Second semester.
Engl. 36. Masterpieces of World Literature (3)
A study of great works selected from the literature of epic poetry, the drama,
the romance, philosophy, and the essay to illustrate the humanistic traditions of
Western civilization. Not open to students who have taken Engl. 11 or 12. Pre-
requisite: Engl. 2. First and second semesters.
Engl. 142. Technical Writing (3)
Study and practice in forms and methods of technical exposition, description,
definition, classification; the technical report, abstract. Prerequisite: Engl. 2 or 12.
First and second semesters.
Engl. 181. Undergraduate Thesis (3)
Open to advanced undergraduates who wish to submit theses in English. Pre-
requisite: Consent of head of department. First semester.
Engl. 182. Undergraduate Thesis (3)
Continuation of Engl. 181. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Second
semester.
Lehigh University English 223
Engl. 183. Readings in English Literature (3)
Open to advanced students who wish to pursue special courses of reading in
English literature. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. First semester.
Engl. 184. Readings in English Literature (3)
Continuation of Engl. 183. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Second
semester.
ENGLISH LITERATURE
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Advanced degrees may be obtained in all areas of English and Ameri-
can literature. Members of the Department are particularly interested in
advanced work in the following areas: Chaucer and medieval literature,
Shakespeare and Elizabethan drama, twentieth-century literature, and Amer-
ican literature.
Students desiring to qualify for graduate degrees in this Department
should have taken as part of their undergraduate work at least twelve
semester hours of advanced courses in English literature. Those with under-
graduate deficiencies who are admitted because otherwise well qualified
will be expected to make up such deficiencies in addition to satisfying the
minimum requirements for the degree sought.
Candidates for the master's degree majoring in English may qualify
for the degree under either of two plans offered by the Department. Under
Plan I the candidate is required to complete successfully eight semester
courses (twenty-four semester hours) and to write a thesis representing the
equivalent of six hours of course work, but he is not required to take an
examination covering the entire field. Under Plan II no thesis is required;
but the student, in addition to completing successfully ten semester courses
(thirty semester hours), must pass an examination, usually oral, covering
the entire field of English literature. The candidate selects the plan better
suited to his needs and abilities, upon the advice and with the approval of
the Head of the Department.
If his needs and interests make it desirable for him to do so, the candi-
date for the masters degree is permitted to take collateral work in other
departments to the extent of six semester hours in lieu of an equivalent
amount in the major field.
Candidates for the doctor's degree are accepted in English only after
a consultation among the graduate professors concerning the candidate's
qualifications. A reading knowledge of two foreign languages is required,
usually Latin, French, or German; and the candidate must give evidence of
such knowledge, through examination, either before, or soon after, he is
accepted.
For the purposes of the general examination for the doctorate in Eng-
lish, each candidate will select the following fields to be examined upon:
224 English Lehigh University
1. Major field, in which primary materials (literature) and secondary
materials (scholarship and criticism) will be examined.
2. Two minor fields, in which primary materials only will be examined.
3. Three major figures, concerning whom primary and secondary mate-
rials will be examined. The three major figures must be chosen
outside the major and minor fields in 1 and 2 above, and at
least two of them must be figures not studied in a graduate
seminar. They may not be figures already treated by the candi-
date in a master's thesis or to be treated in the doctoral disserta-
tion.
The three fields (one major and two minor) must be chosen from the fol-
lowing list, one from each group; and the fields may not be contiguous.
Group I
Middle English (1050-1500)
Renaissance (1500-1600)
Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (1500-1642)
Group II
Seventeenth Century to Restoration (1600-1660)
Restoration and Augustan (1600-1740)
Age of Johnson (1740-1800)
Group III
Romantic (1800-1835)
Victorian (1835-1900)
American Literature to 1900
English and American Literature 1900 to World War II
The major figures from whom choice is to be made are as follows:
Chaucer
Spenser
Shakespeare
Jonson
Donne
Milton
Dryden
Pope
Swift
Fielding
Johnson
The candidate may substitute figures not on the list if his doctoral committee
approves.
Wordsworth
Conrad
Coleridge
Shaw
Shelley
Yeats
Keats
Joyce
Tennyson
T. S. Eliot
Browning
Lawrence
Arnold
Hawthorne
Carlyle
Whitman
Dickens
Melville
George Eliot
James
Hardy
Faulkner
Lehigh University English 225
Engl. 317. The Contemporary Drama (3)
A course in contemporary American and European drama with particular
emphasis upon the development of social and philosophical conflicts of the present
day. Summer session. Mr. Rights
Engl. 318. American Literature (3)
Movements that have shaped American thought and feelings as expressed in the
national literature: Puritanism, Americanism, Romanticism, Transcendentalism,
Individualism, the Civil War, Democracy, the West, Realism, Internationalism, and
Skepticism, as presented by Jonathan Edwards, Franklin, Paine, Longfellow, Poe,
Emerson, Thoreau, Mark Twain, Henry James, and Henry Adams. Summer ses-
sion. Mr. Strauch
Engl. 320. The Novel (3)
The great masterpieces of prose fiction produced in England, in America, and
on the Continent during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries; development of
types of the novel; the theory and technique of the novel. Summer session.
Mr. Dilworth
Engl. 321. Twentieth-Century American Literature (3)
American literature before World War II. Lectures and class discussion of
major fiction and poetry. First semester. Messrs. Strauch, Frakes, Hertz
Engl. 322. Twentieth-Century European Literature (3)
English and Continental literature before World War II. Lectures and class
discussion of major fiction and poetry. Second semester.
Messrs. Strauch, Frakes, Hertz
Engl. 323. Shakespeare and the Elizabethan Drama (3)
The development of the English drama, including the important plays of Shake-
speare. First semester. Mr. Hook
Engl. 324. Shakespeare and the Elizabethan Drama (3)
Continuation of Engl. 323. Second semester. Mr. Hook
Engl. 325. English Literature of the Romantic Era (3)
Poetry and prose of the chief romantic writers — Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott,
Byron, Shelley, Keats. Lamb, Hazlitt, De Quincey — with consideration of the
political, religious, and social problems of the period as they are exhibited in the
literature. Readings and class discussions. First semester. Mr. Severs
Engl. 326. English Literature of the Victorian Era (3)
Poetry and prose of the chief Victorian writers — Tennyson, Browning, Arnold,
Clough, Rossetti, Morris, Swinburne, Macaulay, Carlyle, Mill, Newman, Ruskin —
with consideration of the political, religious and social problems of the period as
they are exhibited in the literature. Readings and class discussions. Second semes-
ter. Messrs. Severs, Marx
Engl. 331. Milton (3)
The life and works of John Milton in connection with the history of his times
and the chief sources of his inspiration. First or second semester. Mr. Greene
226 English Lehigh University
Engl. 333. Restoration and Augustan Literature (3)
Prose and poetry from 1660 to 1745, with special emphasis upon the works of
Dryden, Pope, and Swift. First or second semester. Mr. Dilworth
Engl. 334. Age of Johnson (3)
English prose and poetry from 1745 to 1798. Dr. Johnson and his circle and the
Pre-Romantics, including Burns and Blake. First or second semester.
Mr. Dilworth
Engl. 335. History of the English Language (3)
A survey of the development of the English language, in vocabulary, pronuncia-
tion, and structure, beginning with its relation to the other Germanic languages
and coming down to modern English usage. First or second semester.
Mr. Vickrey
Engl. 336. Writing for Publication (3)
Comprehensive study of the short story and practice in the various techniques of
writing short stories, essays, and poems with a view to publication. First or second
semester. Mr. Criswell
Engl. 337. The Renaissance (3)
The growth of English non-dramatic literature in the sixteenth century and the
stimulus of the Italian Renaissance and northern humanism. Readings in and class
discussions of the works of the chief writers — Petrarch, Erasmus, More, Wyatt,
Surrey, Lyly, Sidney, and Spenser. First semester. Mr. Greene
Engl. 338. The Seventeenth Century (3)
The rich variety of English literature from Donne to Dryden — Donne and the
"Metaphysical School"; Jonson and "The Tribe of Ben"; Cavalier and religious
poetry; the prose of Bacon, Brown, Burton, Walton, and Bunyan. Second semester.
Mr. Armstrong
Engl. 339. Chaucer (3)
Reading and critical study of the chief works of Geoffrey Chaucer, with atten-
tion to his language and the backgrounds of his works. First or second semester.
Mr. Hartung
Engl. 340. Principles of Advanced Composition (3)
A study of the principles and rhetorical forms of non-narrative prose with in-
tensive practice in writing at an advanced level. Attention to the theory of lang-
uage and grammar. Corollary readings, conferences, and class discussions. Pre-
requisite: English major standing or 2.5 average in freshman English. First or
second semester. Mr. Hertz
Engl. 341. Contemporary American Literature (3)
American literature since World War II. Lectures and class discussion of new
writers and of recent works by established writers. First semester.
Messrs. Frakes, De Bellis, James
Engl. 342. Contemporary European Literature (3)
English and Continental literature since World War II. Lectures and class dis-
cussions of new writers and of recent works by established writers. Second semes-
ter. Messrs. Frakes, De Bellis, James
Lehigh University English 227
Engl. 343. American Romanticism (3)
A study of the chief American Romantics, Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman, Haw-
thorne, Melville, and Emily Dickinson. The European and American philosophi-
cal, historical, and social background as well as the formal aesthetic study of ro-
mantic masterpieces. First or second semester. Mr. Strauch
Engl. 344. American Realism (3)
The rise of realism in prose and poetry in the period roughly from the 1870's
to 1914: Twain, Howells, James, Robinson, Norris, Crane, Dreiser and others.
First or second semester. Mr. Frakes
Engl. 345. Themes in American Literature (3)
A study of the conflict between the values of the frontier and the values of
civilization as expressed in two themes: (1) the search for justice and (2) New
World Innocence vs. Old World Experience. These themes will be considered
with literary specimens drawn from a wide range of periods and movements:
Franklin, Crevecoeur, the Romantics, Twain and Southwestern humor, Dreiser,
Faulkner, Cozzens, etc. First or second semester.
For Graduates
Engl. 400. Old English (3)
A study of the Old English language and literature. First or second semester.
Mr. Vickrey
Engl. 401. Beowulf (3)
A study of the Beowulf poem and some of the pertinent scholarship. Second
semester. Mr. Vickrey
Engl. 404. Literature of the Fourteenth Century (3)
Types of medieval literature, with special attention to Langland, Gower, and
Chaucer. Mr. Severs
Engl. 405. Chaucer (3)
A study of the life and works of Chaucer. Readings, reports, and class discus-
sions. First semester. Mr. Severs
Engl. 406. Chaucer (3)
Continuation of Engl. 405. Second semester. Mr. Severs
Engl. 412. Shakespeare's History Plays (3) *
A study of the English history plays as an introduction to advanced work in
Shakespeare. First or second semester. Mr. Hook
Engl. 413. Shakespeare's Roman Plays (3)
An intensive critical study of Julius Caesar, Antony and Cleopatra, and Coriolanus.
Mr. Hook
Engl. 414. Sixteenth-Century Drama (3)
A study of plays representing the development of English drama before Shakes-
peare. Mr. Hook
228 English Lehigh University
Engl. 418. Donne (3)
A study of the complete body of Donne's verse, with especial concern for its
meanings. Mr. Armstrong
Engl. 444. Pope (3)
A study of the works of Pope and their literary background. First or second
semester. Mr. Dilworth
Engl. 447. Eighteenth-Century Prose (3)
Studies in periodical prose (Addison and Steele) and in the satire and comic
moralism of Swift, Fielding, Johnson, and Goldsmith. Mr. James
Engl. 448. Studies in the Eighteenth Century (3)
Studies in, and reports on, one or more authors or issues in eighteenth-century
English literature. Mr. Dilworth
Engl. 452. Keats (3)
A study of the life and works of John Keats. Readings, reports, and class dis-
cussions. Mr. Severs
Engl. 457. Carlyle and Arnold (3)
The major works of Carlyle and Arnold contrasted and compared in terms of
Romanticism and Victorian social and religious problems. Mr. Strauch
Engl. 461. Conrad (3)
A study of Conrad's major novels and tales, with emphasis on the author's style,
technique, and attitude. Mr. Greene
Engl. 465. Joyce (3)
A sequential study of the works of James Joyce, their place in Irish and world
literature, and their influence on twentieth-century prose. Mr. Frakes
Engl. 472. Transcendentalism, Hawthorne, and Emerson (3)
Representative works of the Transcendentalist movement; the major works of
Hawthorne and Emerson contrasted and compared in terms of Transcendentalism
and Romanticism. First or second semester. Mr. Strauch
Engl. 473. Melville and Whitman (3)
The major works of Melville and Whitman contrasted and compared in terms
of Romantic doctrine. First or second semester. Mr. Strauch
Engl. 477. Twain and James (3)
Selected works of Twain and James representing the development of American
fiction after the Civil War. Mr. Strauch
Engl. 480. Hemingway and Faulkner (3)
A thematic and stylistic examination of the major works of Hemingway and
Faulkner. Mr. Frakes
Engl. 486. Literary Criticism (3)
A course aimed to correlate and unify the student's previous work in literature
by means of wide reading in critical literature and discussions of theories and
schools of criticisms. First semester. Mr. Hertz
Lehigh University English 229
Engl. 487. Literary Criticism (3)
Continuation of Engl. 486. Second semester. Mr. Hertz
Engl. 492. Bibliography and Methods of Research (3)
A study of the bibliographical tools essential to an advanced student of English
literature. Survey of historical, or critical bibliography, of both printed books and
manuscripts; of practical bibliography, including direction in the compilation of a
list of books and articles on an assigned subject and in the procedures of thesis
writing; and of enumerative bibliographies of English language and literature.
First or second semester. Mr. Severs
Engl. 493. The Teaching of College English (2)
The principles and practice of teaching composition, prose, and other literature
on the college level. A consideration of standards, organization, grammar, diction,
and style in student writing and the adaptation of a student writing program to
readings in prose and other literature. Class discussions, actual teaching, and
reports. First semester. Mr. Hartung
Engl. 494. The Teaching of College English (1)
Continuation of Engl. 493. Second semester. Mr. Hartung
Engl. 495. Graduate Seminar (3)
An intensive study of the works of one or more English or American authors or
of a type of literature. Summer session. Messrs. Dilworth, Frakes,
Greene, Hartung, Hertz, Hook, Severs
Engl. 496. Graduate Seminar (3)
An intensive study of the works of one or more English or American authors,
or a type of literature. Subject and instructor vary from semester to semester
according to the needs of the students and the wishes of the department.
Courses available are Johnson's Literary Criticism (Mr. Dilworth), Approaches to
the Short Story (Mr. Frakes), Approaches to Poetry (Mr. Greene), Approaches to
Composition (Mr. Hartung), Approaches to Literary Criticism (Mr. Hertz), Shakes-
peare for Teachers (Mr. Hook), Wordsworth (Mr. Severs). First semester.
Engl. 497. Graduate Seminar (3)
Engl. 498. Graduate Thesis (3)
First semester. Mr. Severs and others
Engl. 499. Graduate Thesis (3)
Second semester. Mr. Severs and others
230 Speech, Radio, Theatre Lehigh University
SPEECH — RADIO — THEATRE
Professor Davis
Associate Professor Barker,
Mr. Zacharis
Speech Clinic
For the purpose of diagnosis and treatment of speech defects. Individual in-
struction provided for students with minor disturbances of voice and speech, as
well as those with more serious handicaps. Open to all students in need of correc-
tive treatment and to those desiring speech tests. By appointment. No credit.
Speech 11-13. Principles of Theatre Art (1)
The aesthetic process by which plays are translated into theatrical terms for the
appreciation and enjoyment of all forms of dramatic art. Students enrolling for
their first semester register for Speech 11; for their second semester, Speech 12,
etc. First and second semesters.
Speech 21-23. Impromptu Speaking (1)
The organization and presentation of short expository speeches and of speeches
for special occasions. Content drawn from contemporary events. Students enrolling
for their first semester register for Speech 21; for their second semester, Speech 22,
etc. First and second semesters.
Speech 30. Fundamentals of Speech (3)
A foundation course designed to develop knowledge of the basic principles of
speech and ability to speak effectively on the platform. First and second semesters.
Speech 31. Business and Professional Speaking (3)
Development of speech for business and professional problems: technique of
expository speaking; use of visual graphics; persuasive speaking applied to the
emotional or analytical approach in selling; methods of interviewing; techniques
of conference. First and second semesters.
Speech 32. Conference and Discussion (3)
The technique of investigation, analysis, evidence, inference, briefmaking, and
refutation in oral argument; participation in the various forms of discussion —
conference table, panel, and symposium — and in various types of debate — con-
ventional, cross-examination, and direct clash. First and second semesters.
Speech 33. Parliamentary Procedure (1)
Study and drill in modern rules and methods of conducting organized group-
deliberation. First and second semesters.
Speech 34-36. Debate (1)
A study of the principles and techniques of debate, analysis, evidence, reasoning,
refutation, briefing, speech composition, and delivery skills. Members required to
participate in the activities of the Debate Society. Students enrolling for their first
semester register for Speech 34; for their second semester, Speech 35, etc. First and
second semesters.
Speech 61. Dramatics (3)
The practical technique and production of plays; acting, stage-lighting, scenic
design and execution, and student direction of plays. Each member must write
Lehigh University Journalism 231
either an original one-act play or a thesis upon any practical problems of the mod-
ern theatre. One play is presented each semester.
Speech 62. Dramatics (3)
Continuation of Speech 61. Prerequisite: Speech 61.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Speech 260. Speech for the Teacher (3)
An orientation course in the field of speech for those engaged in classroom
teaching or in directing extra-curricular speech activities. Discussion as a teaching
device; integration of speech with other subjects; recognition of common defects
of speech; modern emphases in speech contests. Individual investigations, reports,
and conferences. Summer session. Mr. Davis
JOURNALISM
Professor McFadden
Associate Professor Sullivan
Journalism majors must successfully complete at least four credits in
Journ. 1-10, Brown and White, taking it during each semester of residence
following the declaration of their major. They must also take Journ. 11, 12.
16, 17, 113, 115, 118, 120 and the following courses: Gk. 21 or Lat. 22,
Govt. 352, Phil. 14 and 15.
Journ. 1-10. Brown and White (1 or 2)
Enrollment constitutes membership on the staff of the semi-weekly paper.
Students enrolling for their first semester register for Journ. 1; for their second
semester, Journ. 2, etc. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. First and
second semesters.
Journ. 11. News Writing (3)
Definition, determinants, and components of news; news story structure and
style; sources; interviewing; practice in gathering and writing news. First semester.
Journ. 12. Reporting of Public Affairs (3)
Reporting and writing news of government on the local, county, state, and
federal levels; civil and criminal courts; labor, science, and entertainment news.
Prerequisite: Journ. 11. Second semester.
Journ. 17. Magazine Article Writing (3)
Writing and marketing non-fiction magazine articles. First or second semester.
Journ. 21. Creative Writing (3)
The study and writing of essays and short-stories (and verse, if requested), with
a view to developing each student's particular talent. Prerequisite: Engl. 2. First
semester.
232 Jouralism, Finance Lehigh University
Journ. 22. Creative Writing (3)
Continuation of Journ. 21. Prerequisite: Engl. 2. Second semester.
Journ. 111. Problems in Advanced Reportage (3)
Intensive practice in the reporting of complex events. First semester.
Journ. 112. Problems in Advanced Reportage (3)
Continuation of Journ. 111. Second semester.
Journ. 113. Editing (3)
Study of and practice in newspaper desk work; headline writing, make-up, and
typography; selecting, editing, and rewriting news and feature copy; use of refer-
ence works and morgue. Prerequisite: Journ. 11. First semester.
Journ. 115. Interpretive Writing (3)
Editorial interpretation of current events; practice in interpretive writing, in-
cluding editorials. Prerequisite: Journ. 12. Second semester.
Journ. 118. History of American Journalism (3)
English background of the American newspaper; development of press from
Colonial days to the present; influence of newspaper on American life; contribu-
tions of outstanding journalists. Second semester.
Journ. 120. Journalism Proseminar (3)
Survey of the press in its relation to public affairs. Extensive research and re-
ports. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. First semester.
Journ. 121. Law of the Press (3)
Constitutional development of freedom of the press; law of and defenses in
libel; rights and responsibilities of the press. First semester.
Journ. 122. Law of the Press II (3)
Law of and defenses in libel; privacy; contempt; copyright; obscenity. Second
semester.
FINANCE
Professors Hensley, Jensen, Schwartz
Associate Professor Krouse
Assistant Professor Aronson
Messrs. Cressman, Knauerhase, Petrakis
Fin. 125. Principles of Corporation Finance (3)
An intensive course covering the fundamentals of corporation finance in one
semester. Prerequisite: Eco. 3, Acctg. 2 or 104. First and second semesters.
Fin. 129. Money and Banking (3)
A general course dealing with the nature and functions of money and com-
mercial banking, monetary and banking development in the United States, the
value of money, foreign exchange, and monetary, credit and fiscal policies. Pre-
requisite: Eco. 4. First and second semesters.
Fin. 130. Money and Banking (3)
A course dealing with specific monetary and banking problems with suggested
actions to resolve these problems. Prerequisite: Fin. 129. Second semester.
Lehigh University Finance 233
The courses listed below have as prerequisite a one-year course in the
principles of economics, in addition to such other prerequisites as may be
specified in the descriptions of individual courses.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Fin. 323. Investments (3)
A study, from the standpoint of the investor, of the various types of corporation
and government securities, with special reference to owners equities, comparative
yields, and the machinery of investment, including stock exchange operations.
Prerequisite. A course in corporation finance. First semester.
Messrs. Krouse, Schwartz
Fin. 324. Investments (3)
A project course in investment analysis for advanced students who are already
familiar with investment principles. Sources of data and analysis procedures: the
securities of industrials, railroads, public utilities, and municipalities. Prerequisite:
Fin. 323. Second semester. Mr. Krouse
Fin. 326. Problems in Financial Management (3)
Consideration is given to the financial policies of management, with consider-
able emphasis placed on the corporation's relationship to government and the
general economy. Prerequisite: A course in corporation finance. Second semester.
Messrs, Krouse, Schwartz
Fin. 331. Bank Credit Management (3)
Problems surrounding the extension of loans to customers and the purchase of
open-market paper by the individual banker; detailed consideration of legal regu-
lations and restrictions, instruments of bank credit extension, and analysis of the
bank borrower's credit position treated in detail. Prerequisite: A course in money
and banking. Second semester. Mr. Krouse
Fin. 332. Monetary-Fiscal Policy (3)
A course devoted to the study of monetary, credit, and fiscal policies of govern
ments and central banks with particular reference to the policies of the United
States Treasury and the Federal Reserve System. Current problems will receive
special emphasis. Prerequisite: A course in money and banking. First semester.
Messrs. Aronson, Hensley, Jensen, Schwartz
Fin. 341. International Trade and Finance (3)
The theory of international trade and investment. The balance of payments
and the theory of disturbances and adjustment in the international economy. The
theory of tariffs. First semester. Messrs. Hensley, Jensen
Fin. 342. International Trade and Finance (3)
Continuation of Fin. 341. International economic policies. Special attention
devoted to United States commercial policy. International monetary policies. Im-
pact of growth and development on the world economy. Prerequisite: Fin. 341 or
consent of head of department. Second semester. Messrs. Hensley, Jensen
Fin. 343. European Economic Integration (3)
Analysis of the problems of economic integration with special emphasis on
the development of economic cooperation and integration in Western Europe.
234 Finance Lehigh University
The methods and the problems of economic planning in the Common Market.
United States trade and investments and European economic integration. First or
second semester. Mr. Jensen
Fin. 351. Public Finance: Federal (3)
A course dealing with government expenditures and revenues, the economics of
taxation, and government administration. First semester.
Messrs. Aronson, Jensen, Schwartz
Fin. 352. Public Finance: State and Local (3)
The major issues regarding revenues, expenditures, debt, and budgeting policy
will be examined in the light of fiscal principles and economic effects. Particular
attention will be given to current practices in Pennsylvania and contiguous states.
Prerequisite: Fin. 351. Second semester. Messrs. Aronson, Jensen, Schwartz
Fin. 371. Readings in Finance (3)
A course of readings in various fields of finance, designed for the student who
has a special interest in some field of finance not covered in schedule courses.
Prerequisite: Preparation in finance acceptable to the department head. First
semester. Staff
Fin. 372. Readings in Finance (3)
Continuation of Fin. 371. Second semester. Staff
For Graduates
Fin. 421. Financial Management (3)
A case study of financial management problems of business. Attention is given
to the control of current funds, working capital operations, and estimating the
need for funds; the problem of long-term capital funds and expansion, and the
choice between risk and profitability in the capital structure are also considered.
Prerequisite: Preparation in finance acceptable to the instructor. First and second
semesters. Messrs. Krouse, Schwartz
Fin. 441. Foreign Trade Management (3)
Current problems of foreign operations: including channels of export in foreign
markets, management of exports at home and abroad, export and import financing,
foreign investments, policies of government and international agencies as they af-
fect foreign operations. Second semester. Messrs. Hensley, Jensen
Fin. 444. Banking and Monetary Policy (3)
Description and analysis of the U. S. monetary and banking structure. The
supply and demand for funds. Financial markets. Central bank controls; monetary
theory and policy. Prerequisite: A course in Money and Banking. First and sec-
ond semesters. Messrs. Hensley, Schwartz
Fin. 471. Special Topics (3)
Selected topics not covered in scheduled courses in the Department. First se-
mester. (Offered as required.) Staff
Fin. 472. Special Topics (3)
Similar to Fin. 471. May be elected separately. Second semester. (Offered as
required.) Staff
Lehigh University Fine Arts 235
FINE ARTS
Professor Quirk
Associate Professor Redd
F.A. 1. Survey of Painting and Sculpture (3)
A basic history of man's artistic expression in painting and sculpture from pre-
historic times through the High Renaissance. Lectures. First semester.
F.A. 2. Survey of Painting and Sculpture (3)
Manneristic, baroque, rococco, Nineteenth Century and Contemporary expres-
sion. Lectures. Second semester.
F.A. 3. Pre-Renaissance Architecture (3)
A study of man's expression through architecture from the prehistoric through
the Romanesque period. Conditioning influences, evolution of styles, the de-
velopment of organic and inorganic types, in relation to structural purposes. Lec-
tures. First semester.
F.A. 4. Architects and Architecture (3)
Factors determining the development and spread of Gothic, Renaissance, and
succeeding styles, the effects of discovery and exploration, the rise of romantic,
classic, functional, international, and contemporary movements are examined as
periodic expression. Principles of appreciation and aesthetic character in the
scientific age. Lectures. Second semester.
F.A. 15. Italian Renaissance Art (3)
Painting and sculpture are examined as the outgrowth of conditions in Italy
during the fourteenth, fifteenth, and sixteenth centuries: the influence of medieval
thought and tradition, the awakening interest in nature, the effect of antiquity,
especially the stimulus it gave to individual effort. Lectures. First semester, alter-
nate years.
F.A. 31. Elements of Art (3)
Elementary techniques in representation, color theory, composition, surface
anatomy, design theory are taught with the use of various media preliminary to
the practice of guided creative expression. Portrait models, casts, still life precede
landscape study. For beginners and trained students. Evaluation based on indi-
vidual advancement in the sequential, assigned projects. Studio. First semester.
F.A. 32. Elements of Art (3)
Essentially the same as F.A. 3 1 for beginners. Advanced students extend experi-
ence and range of media. Emphasis is placed on more effective control of basics,
the establishment of individual style, and the incorporation of aesthetic principles
in assigned as well as original projects. Studio. Second semester.
F.A. 33. Painting Practices and Principles (3)
Focus is on the broader aspects of creative expression and the effective produc-
tion of paintings accenting an area of optional specialization. Assignments in
complimentary areas, research and experimentation in combined media. Pre-
requisites: F. A. 31 or 32, or consent of head of department. Studio. First se-
mester.
F.A. 34. Painting Practices and Principles (3)
Similar to F.A. 33. Further penetration of manners and means of expression in
chosen area and style. Easel and mural painting. Assigned projects. Prerequisites:
F.A. 31 or 32, or consent of head of department. Studio. Second semester.
236 Fine Arts Lehigh University
F.A. 41. Basics in Architecture (3)
An introduction to rendering, three-dimensional forms, utility, organization of
space. Perspective, color, textures of materials, site, and light. Emphasis on con-
temporary design. Plans. For beginners and trained students. Prerequisites: Either
engineering drawing, architectural drawing, or field experience; or consent of head
of department. First semester.
F.A. 42. Contemporary Architectural Design (3)
Further study in techniques. Plans and details, models, design problems. Integra-
tion of function and aesthetic satisfaction. For beginners and trained students.
Prerequisites: Either engineering drawing, architectural drawing, or field exper-
ience; or consent of head of department. First semester.
F.A. 131. Advanced Studio Practice (3)
Primarily for students with thorough art foundation. Painting, drawing, graphics.
Industrial projects. Woodblock, etching, oil painting, silver-point, tempera. Pre-
requisite: Consent of head of department. First semester.
F.A. 132. Advanced Studio Practice (3)
Continuation of F.A. 131. Familiarization with variety of media and techniques.
Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Second semester.
F.A. 216. Art in the U. S. (3)
A study of phases of American expression. Painting, sculpture, architecture in
relation to cultural progress from Colonial to present time. The analogical and
synthetic approaches to art as an index of changing environment. Museum Re-
search. Reports. Second semester. Mr. Quick
F.A. 219. 19th Century Painting (3)
From Neoclassicism through the development of Naturalism. Emphasis on
Impressionism from Manet to Cezanne. Written reports. Discussions. The an-
alytical and appreciative approaches. First semester. Alternate years. Mr. Redd
F.A. 220. Form and Milieu in 20th Century Art (3)
Sequential movements in contemporary painting and sculpture. Their interrela-
tions as cultural expression. Museum reports and critical interpretation. Second
semester. Mr. Redd
Art Galleries
The North and South Galleries of the Alumni Memorial Building are
the scene of teas and receptions marking the opening of the monthly exhibi-
tions held there. This "Meet the Artists" series presents contemporary Ameri-
can and foreign artists and their work. Prints, drawings, paintings, and sculp-
ture are consecutively shown in original exhibitions.
In the Central Gallery cases are periodic displays of Chinese porcelains
from the Franklin Baker Collection, antique and modern guns, Etruscan
Bronzes or Roman coins on indefinite loan.
Prints from the Mr. and Mrs. Charles G. Prasse Memorial Collection
are shown as groups in the gallery cases.
In the University Center contemporary American paintings from the
collection of Mr. and Mrs. Ralph L. Wilson are shown. This expanding col-
lection is located in the Tom Girdler Gallery Lounge and adjacent areas. The
multi-purpose rooms house the oriental prints, a group on indefinite loan
from the Muriel and Phillip Berman Collection.
The Faculty Lounge houses the Marian Brown Grace Collection of
English, Dutch, French, Spanish, and American paintings. Here students,
Lehigh University Fine Arts 237
faculty, and friends are afforded contact with excellent examples of such
masters as Gainsborough, Romney, Raeburn, Hoppner, Reynolds, Hobbema,
Van Ruysdael, Corot, Daubigny, Goya, Inness, and others whose paintings
admirably accent the decor of the area, provide pleasure and inspiration, and
serve as fine reference for scholastic pursuits.
The Cort Room houses framed original contemporary prints. This dis-
play, a series of "miniature exhibitions," was made possible by the freshmen
of the Class of 1962.
Admission Offices, Drown Hall gallery, and Education Offices present
examples from the Permanent Collection of Student Paintings.
In the Grace Lounge and Snack Bar are presented examples of student
paintings, including the annual award-winning oils and watercolors, and
recent acquisitions.
The music room and student card rooms are hung with prints and
paintings appropriate to these areas. Numerous other paintings, either loans
or gifts, decorate other major Center rooms.
The Kenneth L. Isaacs gift of American and European prints and
paintings depicting the early development of life along the Lehigh River is
situated in Drown Hall where it decoratively presents a picture of the socio-
logical and industrial growth of our community of Colonial times to the mid-
nineteenth century.
The Offices of the Dean of Arts and Science is hung with oils, water-
colors and prints from the Anonymous Loan Collection.
The departmental offices and study areas in Coppee Hall house the col-
lection of etchings, drypoints, lithographs, and engravings, providing basic
study material for research. Here, too, is located the collection of more than
ten thousand lantern slides and numerous viewers which permit further study
or reference. From here are rented more than five hundred framed repro-
ductions for student and faculty use.
Gallery talks, discussions, and lectures are frequently scheduled for on-
campus or visiting groups. A continuing reflection of current tendencies in
American contemporary expression is presented through the permanent and
rotating collections. Guide service may be obtained for groups of ten or
more as a Department of Fine Arts service.
FOREIGN CAREERS
See pages 91 and 115
FRENCH
See Romance Languages, page 320
238 Geology Lehigh University
GEOLOGY
Professor Ryan, Gallagher, Chave
Associate Professors Simpson, Myers
Assistant Professor Daetwyler
Visiting Lecturer Dr. Kullerud
Messrs. Land, Eby, Layton, Popper
Miss Grallena, Mrs. Force
Geo!. 1. Principles of Geology (3)
Fundamental concepts of geology; the composition, structure, and development
of the earth; processes of geologic change. Lectures, laboratory work, and field
trip. First and second semesters.
Geol. 2. Principles of Geology (3)
A continuation of Geol. 1. Prerequisite: Geol. 1. First and second semesters.
Geol. 13. Sedimentation (3)
The characteristics of sediments, the processes that control deposition, en-
vironments of deposition. Techniques of collection, preparation, and analysis.
Lecture and laboratory work. Prerequisite: Geol. 12. First semester.
Mr. Daetwyler
Geol. 23. Structural Geology (3)
The major and minor rock structures of the earth's crust. Problems of the type
encountered in geological, geophysical, and mining work are studied in the labor-
atory and field. Prerequisite: Geol. 1. Second semester. Mr. Myers
Geol. 141. Field Geology (3)
Principles and methods of geologic mapping and field work. Preparation of a
report and geologic map based on field work by each student in a specific area.
Prerequisites: Geol. 14, 23. Mr. Ryan
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Geol. 201. Earth Sciences I — Geology (3)
Fundamental concepts of geology; composition and structure of the earth,
dynamics of natural processes, evolution and development of the earth. Must be
taken concurrently with Geol. 203. Designed for secondary school science teach-
ers. Prerequisites: Graduate standing or consent of head of department. Summer
Session.
Geol. 202. Earth Sciences II — Meteorology and Astronomy (3)
Comprehensive treatment of the place of the earth in the cosmos; the solar
system; and the consequence of solar energy and terrestrial influences on the be-
havior of the atmosphere. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of head of
department.
Geol. 203. Geology Workshop (3)
Field and laboratory exercises in geology. Must be taken concurrently with
Geol. 201. Summer Session.
Geol. 281. Geological Research (1-3)
Independent investigation of a special problem in the field, laboratory, or library.
Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. First semester. Staff
Geol. 282. Geological Research (1-3)
Similar to Geol. 281. May be elected as a continuation or separately. Pre-
requisite: Consent of head of department. Second semester. Staff
Lehigh University Geology 239
Geol. 301. Introduction to Geophysics (3)
The application of the principles and practices of physics to the solution of
problems related to the earth. The origin of the earth; geochronology; temperature
of the earth; seismology, gravitation; geomagnetism, terrestrial electricity. Pre-
requisite: Senior standing or consent of head of department. First semester.
Mr. Gallagher
Geol. 302. Geophysical Prospecting (3)
The application of the principles of geophysics to the problems of prospecting.
Geophysical instrumentation. Physical and electrical properties of rocks and for-
mations. Prerequisite: Geol. 301. Second semester, alternate years. Mr. Gallagher
Geol. 311. Paleontology (3)
Morphology of invertebrate fossils, their use in interpreting geologic history;
evolution of the faunas and floras. Lectures and laboratory work. Prerequisite:
Biol. 1 or 11. First semester. Mr. Chave
Geol. 315. Regional Stratigraphy (3)
Studies of sedimentary rock sequences in North America illustrating principles
of correlation, facies change, methods of environmental and paleogeographic re-
construction. Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of head of department. First
semester. Mr. Ryan
Geol. 333. Crystallography (3)
Fundamentals of crystallography and crystal structure; patterns and symmetries,
symmetry notations, crystal morphologies and internal structure, principles of
crystal chemistry. The anisotropy of crystalline materials with special reference
to crystal optics. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite: Chem. 5. First semester.
Mr. Simpson
Geol. 334. Petrology and Petrography (4)
Evolution of crystalline rocks and their distribution in space and time; physical
and chemical factors in igneous and metamorphic processes. Microscopic study
of rocks. Lectures, laboratory work, and field trips. Prerequisite: Geol. 333. First
semester. Mr. Myers
Geol. 336. Mineral Phase Relations (3)
Principles of phase equilibria; unicomponent and multicomponent condensed
systems and multicomponent systems with volatile phases. The application of phase
relation studies to mineralogical and geological problems. Prerequisites: Chem. 5,
Geol. 333. Lectures and laboratory. Second semester. Mr. Simpson
Geol. 337. Sedimentary Geochemistry (3)
Processes controlling the distribution of the elements in the lithosphere, hydro-
sphere, atmosphere, and biosphere with particular reference to sediments and sedi-
mentary rocks. Prerequisite: Geol. 312 or consent of head of department.
Mr. Chave
Geol. 339. Techniques in Geochemistry (1-2)
Study of chemical and physical analytical techniques as applied to sedimentary
materials and waters; problems of sampling. Laboratory work. Prerequisite: Geol.
337, previously or concurrently. Mr. Chave
240 Geology Lehigh University
Geol. 351. Geology of Fuels (2)
The geology and geochemistry of oil, gas, and coal. Prerequisite: Geol. 312 or
consent of head of department. Mr. Chave
Geol. 354. Elements of Mining (4)
Methods of prospecting and exploration; drilling and blasting; development
openings; methods of mining; support of workings. Lectures, recitation, and
laboratory. Prerequisite: Geol. 23. Second semester. Alternate years.
Mr. Gallagher
Geol. 357. Economic Geology (3)
The formation of mineral deposits and the occurrence and characteristics of
deposits of economic importance. Includes metals, non-metals, and fuels. Lectures,
laboratory work, and inspection trips. Prerequisites: Geol. 12 and 14. First or
second semester. Mr. Myers
Geol. 363. Introduction to Oceanography (3)
A survey of the physical, chemical, biological, and geological nature of the
oceans. Two lectures, one recitation. Prerequisite: One year of science (Biol.,
Chem., Geol., or Phys.) Mr. Daetwyler
Geol. 390. Problems of Geology (3)
History and present status of controversial basic geologic problems. Prerequisite:
Geol. 312 or consent of head of department. Staff
Geol. 391. Field Seminar (1)
Study of geological problems using field methods of analysis. Field trips, read-
ing, reports, and discussion. Prerequisites: Geol. 23, 312. First or second semester.
Mr. Ryan
For Graduates
The graduate program in Geology is mainly directed toward the study
of geologic processes. Candidates for the master's degree receive instruction
in most fields of geology and are expected to take courses in appropriate
collateral fields of science. Advanced graduate students, working toward the
doctorate, specialize in one field of geology.
Research is an important part of the graduate program. In general,
students are encouraged to choose research problems which for their solution
require the use of integrated laboratory and field studies. Research training
or thesis credit equivalent to six semester hours is required by the depart-
ment for the master's degree.
Candidates for the master's degree are required to take a comprehensive
examination during the semester in which they expect to take their degree.
The examination also serves as a qualifying examination for admission to
candidacy for the doctoral degree. Students entering with the master's degree
take the comprehensive examination at the end of their first semester of
residence.
Candidates for the Ph.D. degree must demonstrate through examination
a thorough reading knowledge of one foreign language, generally French,
German, or Russian.
Other requirements for graduate degrees are listed in the section of this
catalog headed "Degrees," page 153.
Lehigh University Geology 241
Geol. 401. Seismic Methods (3)
The elements and theory of elastic deformations and wave propagation; re-
fraction and reflection; theory and description of seismographs. Prerequisites:
Mathematics through calculus and consent of the instructor. First semester, al-
ternate years. Mr. Gallagher
Geol. 402. Electrical Methods (3)
Electrical properties of rocks and minerals; the principles of potential distribu-
tion in DC and AC fields. Prerequisites: Mathematics through calculus and con-
sent of the instructor. Second semester, alternate years. Mr. Gallagher
Geol. 403. Magnetics and Gravity (4)
Terrestrial magnetism; magnetic properties of rocks and minerals; magnetic
instruments. Shape of the earth; gravitational principles and instruments. Pre-
requisites: Mathematics through calculus and consent of the instructor. First se-
mester, alternate years. Mr. Gallagher
Geol. 411. Advanced Paleontology (4)
Classification, evolution, biometrics, and paleoecology; study of fossil and
modern populations and assemblages. Lectures and laboratories. Prerequisite:
Geol. 311. First or second semester. Mr. Chave
Geol. 414. History of Geology (2)
The growth of geologic thought from the Greeks to the present; the great
geologists, their theories, controversies, and contributions. Reading, conferences,
preparation of reports. Second semester.
Geol. 417. Sedimentary Petrography (3)
The theory and application of petrographic methods in the study and classifica-
tion of sedimentary rocks. Prerequisites: Geol. 312, 334. First semester. (Offered
alternate years.) Mr. Ryan
Geol. 418. Sedimentary Petrogenesis (3)
The origin and development of sedimentary rock types; mineral provenance,
environment of deposition, diagenesis, sediments in time, stratigraphic synthesis.
Prerequisite: Geol. 417. Second semester. (Offered alternate years.) Mr. Ryan
Geol. 421. Tectonics (3)
The major structural features of the earth's crust and the problems of crustal
instability; the relationships between major and minor structures; distribution of
rock types as related to crustal deformation. First semester. (Offered alternate
years.) Mr. Myers
Geol. 422. Tectonics (3)
Continuation of Geol. 421. Second semester. (Offered alternate years.)
Mr. Myers
Geol. 424. Advanced Structural Geology (3)
The theory and application of analytical methods in the study of rock deform-
ation; experimental deformation, petrofabric analysis; statistical field methods.
Second semester. (Offered alternate years.) Mr. Myers
Geol. 433. Sulfide Phase Equilibria (3)
The thermodynamics of sulfide type ores based on experiments in laboratory
systems. First semester. Mr. Kullerud
242 Geology Lehigh University
Geo). 435. Advanced Mineralogy (3)
Topics of contemporary interest in mineralogy. Prerequisite: Chem. 302 or
equivalent. First semester. (Offered as required.) Mr. Simpson
Geol. 436. Advanced Mineralogy (3)
Similar to Geol. 435. Prerequisite: Chem. 302 or equivalent. May be elected
separately. Second semester. (Offered as required.) Mr. Simpson
Geol. 437. Igneous and Metamorphic Processes (3)
Selected problems on crystalline rocks. Lectures, conferences, assigned reading,
field trips. First semester. (Offered alternate years.) Mr. Simpson or Mr. Myers
Geol. 438. Igneous and Metamorphic Processes (3)
Continuation of Geol. 437. Second semester. (Offered alternate years.)
Mr. Simpson or Mr. Myers
Geol. 439. Ore Microscopy (3)
Microscopic study of selected ore mineral suites with special attention toward
applications of phase equilibria. Prerequisite: Geol. 433. First semester.
Mr. Kullerud
Geol. 451. Examination of Mineral Deposits (3)
Systematic exploration and examination; theory of sampling; statistical an-
alysis. Second semester, alternate years. Mr. Gallagher
Geol. 461. Marine Geology (3)
Chemical and physical oceanography; marine ecology; modern sediments. First
semester. (Offered alternate years). Mr. Chave and Mr. Daetwyler
Geol. 462. Paleoecology (3)
Reconstruction of paleoenvironments based on principles of paleoecology and
sedimentary petrology. Prerequisite: Geol. 461. Second semester. (Offered alternate
years.) Mr. Chave
Geol. 481. Geological Investigation (1-6)
Research on a special problem; field, laboratory, or library study; report re-
quired. Credit above three hours granted only when a different problem is under-
taken. First semester. Staff
Geol. 482. Geological Investigation (1-6)
Similar to Geol. 481. Credit above three hours granted only when a different
problem is undertaken. Second semester. Staff
Geol. 483. Thesis (3)
May be elected only by master's degree candidates. First semester. Staff
Geol. 484. Thesis (3)
Continuation of Geol. 483. Second semester. Staff
Geol. 490. Special Topics (3)
An extensive study of selected topics not covered in more general courses. First
semester. (Offered as required.) Staff
Geol. 491. Special Topics (3)
Similar to Geol. 490. May be elected separately. Second semester. (Offered as
required.) Staff
Lehigh University German 243
GERMAN
Professor Wood
Associate Professors Tremper, Ubben
Assistant Professor Gardner
Messrs. Gougher, Lovell
Ger. 1. Elementary German (3)
Drill in the fundamentals of German grammar; pronunciation; simple conversa-
tion and composition; extensive outside reading of simple vocabulary-building
texts. No previous study of German required. First semester.
Ger. 2. Elementary German (3)
Continuation of Ger. 1. Prerequisite: Ger. 1. Second semester.
Ger. 11. Intermediate German (3)
German prose and poetry; outside reading; composition. Prerequisite: One year
of college German or two units of entrance German. First semester.
Ger. 12. Intermediate German (3)
Continuation of German 11. Prerequisite: Ger. 11. Second semester.
Ger. 27. Scientific German (3)
Reading of material with stress on chemistry and physics. Prerequisites: Ger. 2,
or three units of entrance German; sophomore standing or consent of the head
of the department. First semester.
Ger. 31. Conversation and Composition (3)
Remedial exercises in grammar; phonetics; conversation and composition stress-
ing situations taken from daily life. Prerequisites: Ger. 12, or three units of en-
trance German. First semester.
Ger. 32. Conversation and Composition (3)
Continuation of Ger. 3 1 . Oral and written reports, personal and business letters,
fundamentals of good style. Prerequisite: Ger. 31. Second semester.
Ger. 41. Survey of German Literature (3)
From the beginnings through Classicism, Lectures and collateral reading.
Prerequisites: Ger. 12, or three units of entrance German, or consent of head of
department. First semester.
Ger. 42. Survey of German Literature (3)
Continuation of Ger. 41. From Classicism through Expressionism. Lectures
and collateral reading. Prerequisities: Ger. 12, or three units of entrance German,
or consent of head of department. Second semester.
244 German Lehigh University
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
The prerequisite for all "200"-level courses is three years of college
German or the equivalent.
Ger. 202. The German Novelle (3)
Study of the origin and history of the Novelle and of contributions by outstand-
ing writers. Mr. Ubben
Ger. 203. Nineteenth Century German Drama (3)
Survey of developments and reading of outstanding dramatic works in German
literature from the end of the Classical Period through the Age of Naturalism.
Mr. Tremper
Ger. 205. Twentieth Century German Literature (3)
Study of developments since the downfall of Naturalism; reading of works illus-
trative of trends and authors. Mr. Gardner
Ger. 250. Special Topics (3)
Study of literary and linguistic topics not covered in regular courses, or continu-
ation of study of topics begun in regular courses. May be repeated for credit.
Ger. 251. Geothe's Faust (3)
Lectures on the origin and development of the Faust story and collateral read-
ing. Prerequisites: Ger. 31, 32, 41, or 42, or consent of head of department.
Ger. 301. The Age of Goethe (3)
Selected works of Klopstock, Herder, Lessing, Wieland and the early works of
Goethe and Schiller. Prerequisites: Ger. 31, 32, 41, or 42, or consent of head of
department. First semester.
Ger. 302. The Age of Goethe (3)
The Classical Period. Prerequisites: Ger. 31, 32, 41, or 42, or consent of head
of department. Second semester.
Ger. 303. German Romanticism (3)
Early and late Romanticists. Prerequisites: Ger. 31, 32, 41, or 42, or consent
of head of department.
Ger. 321. Middle High German (3)
Medieval German and its relationship to the development of modern German.
Selected works by the great German poets of the period. Prerequisites: Ger. 31,
32, 41, 42, or consent of head of department.
Ger. 322. History of the German Language (3)
The development of the language and its present structure. Prerequisites: Ger.
31, 32, 41, or 42, or consent of head of department.
Ger. 331. Methods of Teaching German (3)
A course designed for prospective teachers and teachers of German. Prereq-
uisites: Ger. 31, 32, 41, or 42, or consent of head of department.
Ger. 335. German Poetry (3)
A study of selected lyric and narrative verse. Prerequisites: Ger. 31, 32, 41, or
42, or consent of head of department.
Lehigh University German, Government 245
Ger. 341. Advanced Conversation and Composition (3)
For undergraduates and teachers. Prerequisites: Ger. 31 or 32, or consent of
head of department.
RUSSIAN
Mr. Lovell
Russ. 1. Elementary Russian (3)
Drill in the fundamentals of Russian grammar; pronunciation and dictation;
extensive exercises in written translation; simple conversation; outside reading of
graded texts. First semester.
Russ. 2. Elementary Russian (3)
Continuation of Russ. 1. Prerequisite: Russ 1. Second semester.
Russ. 11. Intermediate Russian (3)
Reading in class of portions of literary works by nineteenth and twentieth cen-
tury Russian writers and of selected materials dealing with Russian history, poli-
tics, and other phases of Russian culture, and of scientific articles; outside read-
ing; practice in conversation and composition. Prerequisite: One year of college
Russian or two units of entrance Russian. First semester.
Russ. 12. Intermediate Russian (3)
Continuation of Russ. 11. Prerequisite: Russ. 11. Second semester.
Russ. 31. Survey of Russian Literature (3)
Reading of selected works through the Golden Age. Oral and written reports.
Prerequisites: Russ. 12, or three units of entrance Russian, or consent of head of
department. First semester.
Russ. 32. Survey of Russian Literature (3)
From the Golden Age to the present. Oral and written reports. Prerequisites:
Russ. 31, or consent of head of the department. Second semester.
GOVERNMENT
Professors Tresolini, Yates
Assistant Professors Patterson, Barry, Colon
Messrs. Washburn, Partel
Miss Platner
Govt. 1. The Foundations of Government (3)
A survey of the basic principles and problems of governmental organization
and operation, with emphasis on controversial issues and on the relevant political
institutions and practices, both contemporary and past, of American, European,
and Asiatic peoples. First and second semesters.
Govt. 2. American Political Ideas (3)
A survey of the ideas underlying and associated with the political institutions
and practices of the United States. Second semester.
246 Government Lehigh University
Govt. 3. Foreign Governments (3)
The governmental systems of foreign countries: the parliamentary systems of
Great Britain and France; authoritarian government in the U.S.S.R.; democratic
and authoritarian regimes in various other countries of Europe and the Americas.
First and second semester.
Govt. 4. Political Parties (3)
The organization, functions, and techniques of political parties; pressure groups
and pressure politics; nomination and election methods. Second semester.
Govt. 6. Democracy (3)
An analysis of the theory and the practice of democratic government in selected
countries. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Second semester.
Govt. 51. American National Government (3)
Constitutional principles; organization and operation of the national govern-
ment; the party system, citizenship, and civil rights. First and second semester.
Govt. 52. American State and Local Government (3)
The position of the states in the union; machinery and functions of state govern-
ments; nominations and elections; the various systems of local government. Sec-
ond semester.
Govt. 101. History of Political Thought (3)
History of leading political ideas. Analysis of the views of representative an-
cient, medieval, and modern political philosophers of the western world. First
semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Govt. 304. Political Parties (3)
The organization, functions and techniques of political parties and pressure
gorups; nomination and electron methods, voting behavior and public opinion;
government and politics. Second semester.
Govt. 311. Teaching Civil Liberties (3)
Consideration of fundamental civil liberties issues in constitutional perspective.
Designed for improving the teaching of constitutional freedom in public and pri-
vate schools. Freedom of speech, religious freedom, racial equality, censorship.
Materials and methods for teaching the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. Not
open to students who have taken Govt. 352 or Govt. 454. First semester and
summer session. Mr. Tresolini
Govt. 321. Scope and Methods of Political Science (3)
Introduction to the' philosophy of the social sciences; approaches to the study
of politics; the limits of political analysis; research design and techniques; po-
litical bibliography; field study. First semester.
Govt. 351. Constitutional Law (3)
The law of the Constitution as expounded by the Supreme Court of the United
States. First semester. Mr. Tresolini
Govt. 352. Civil Rights (3)
A study of constitutional guarantees designed to protect the individual against
arbitrary, unreasonable, and oppressive government. Freedom of speech and of the
press, religious freedom, freedom of assembly, property rights. Constitutional
problems concerning crime and its punishment. Second semester.
Mr. Tresolini
Lehigh University Government 241
Govt. 354. Administrative Law (3)
Consideration of the authority, procedures, and methods utilized by executive
agencies in the administration of public policy. Analysis of the general problem
of adjusting the administrative process to traditional constitutional principles.
Second semester. Mr. Barry
Govt. 357. City Government (3)
The structure and processes of city government in the United States; city-state
and federal-city relationships; the problems of Metropolitan areas; political
machine and community power structures: the politics of municipal reform; city
planning and urban renewal. First semester. Mr. Patterson
Govt. 359. Law-making (3)
Organization and procedure of legislative and constituent assemblies. Legislative
leadership. Role of administrative and judicial agencies in law-making. Pressure
groups, parties, and policy determination. Direct legislation. First semester.
Mr. Patterson
Govt. 360. Public Administration (3)
The nature of administration; problems of organization and management; public
personnel policies; budgeting and budgetary systems; forms of administrative re-
sponsibility. Second semester. Mr. Patterson
Govt. 361. Comparative Administrative Systems (3)
Problems concerning governmental organization and administration; the im-
plementation of public services in selected countries. Comparison of administrative
procedures in various jurisdictions or bodies politic with those in the U. S. Pre-
requisite: Govt. 3 or consent of head of department. Second semester.
Mr. Patterson
Govt. 362. The Soviet System of Government (3)
An examination of the roles of the Communist Party, the Council of Ministers,
the Supreme Soviet and other governmental and social organizations in governing
the U.S.S.R. Second semester. Mr. Barry
Govt. 363. Contemporary Political Thought (3)
Analysis of the fundamental concepts of political science. The nature of the
state, nationalism, sovereignty, law and liberty. Constitutions; unitary and federal
systems of government; authoritarianism and democracy. First semester.
Mr. Schulz
Govt. 364. Contemporary Political Thought (3)
Recent thought concerning the ethical basis of political authority and the proper
role of the state in society. Analysis and appraisal of anarchism, individualism,
socialism, communism, syndicalism, fascism, and other doctrines. Second semester.
Mr. Schulz
Govt. 371. Readings (3)
Readings in political science assigned to properly qualified students in considera-
tion of their special interest in particular political institutions and practices. Pre-
requisite: Consent of head of the department. First semester.
Govt. 372. Readings (3)
Continuation of Govt. 371. Prerequisite: Consent of head of the department.
Second semester.
248 Government Lehigh University
For Graduates
Graduate students desiring to major in political science should have had
at least twelve semester hours of undergraduate work bearing on this field
or should in other ways satisfy the department that they are qualified to
pursue the required program of study.
Candidates for the master's degree in political science may qualify by
completing thirty hours of approved course work and passing an examination
covering the entire field or by completing twenty-four hours in approved
courses and submitting a satisfactory thesis. The choice between these plans
shall be made by each candidate upon the advice and with the approval of
the head of the Department.
All graduate students seeking the master's degree in political science
shall enroll for a minimum of eighteen hours of courses in the political
science field. International relations courses fall in the political science cate-
gory. At least twelve hours are to be selected from the following courses, viz.,
Govt. 441 and 442, Public Administration, Govt. 451 and 452, American
Political Institutions, Govt. 453 and 454, Public Law, Govt. 463 and 464,
Political Theory, and Govt. 471 and 472, Foreign Governments. Appropriate
courses in other fields, among them economics, history, philosophy, social
psychology, and sociology, may be selected to meet the total of hours re-
quired for the master's degree.
Govt. 441. Public Administration (3)
Administrative theory and practice in the public sphere in the United States;
problems of public organization and management; cultural influences on admin-
istration: personality and organization. First semester. Mr. Colon
Govt. 442. Public Administration (3)
Continuation of Government 441. Second semester. Mr. Colon
Govt. 451. American Political Institutions (3)
The federal and state constitutions; congress and state legislatures; the presi-
dency; state governors; the judicial system; political parties; nomination and elec-
tion methods; local government; the council-manager plan. First semester.
Mr. Patterson
Govt. 452. American Political Institutions (3)
Continuation of Govt. 451. Second semester. Mr. Patterson
Govt. 453. Public Law (3)
Origins and basic principles of American constitutionalism; distribution and
scope of governmental powers; constitutional limitations; individual freedoms;
problems of due process; administrative powers and procedures. First semester.
Mr. Tresolini
Govt. 454. Public Law (3)
Continuation of Govt. 453. Second semester. Mr. Tresolini
Govt. 463. Political Theory (3)
Theories pertaining to the nature of the state, its organization, and its functions.
Authority, law, and liberty; the issue of state sovereignty; doctrines with respect to
the legitimate objectives of government and the proper sphere of political authori-
ty. First semester. Mr. Washburn
Lehigh University Government, History 249
Govt. 464. Political Theory (3)
Continuation of Govt. 463. Second semester. Mr. Washburn
Govt. 471. Foreign Governments (3)
Governmental and political institutions of the Western and Western-type demo-
cracies. Approaches to the study of comparative politics. First semester.
Mr. Barry
Govt. 472. Foreign Governments (3)
Governmental and political institutions of the USSR and other communist
states. Approaches to the study of comparative politics. Second semester.
Mr. Barry
Govt. 481. Special Topics (3)
Individual inquiry into some problems of government other than the subject
of the master's thesis. Reading, field, work, and other appropriate techniques of in-
vestigation. Conferences and reports. First semester. Staff
Govt. 482. Special Topics (3)
Continuation of Govt. 481. Second semester. Staff
GREEK
See Classical Languages
See Classical Languages, page 198
HISTORY
Professors Cary, Cowherd
Associate Professors Dowling, Haight, Kyte
Assistant Professors Fischman, Tipton
Messrs. Amidon. Cody, Neamand, Vadasz
Miss Stauffer
Hist. 11. Western Civilization (3)
The roots of Western Civilization; the evolution of economic, social, and politi-
cal institutions: the impact of religious and philosophical ideas upon European
Culture. First semester.
Hist. 12. Western Civilization (3)
The modern Western World: the rise of nationalism and imperialism: the
growth of science and industrialism; modern thought and ideologies. Second se-
mester.
Hist. 13. American Civilization (3)
History of American civilization to 1865, emphasizing the development of our
cultural heritage. Puritanism: Deism: American Revolution; Constitution; Jef-
250 History Lehigh University
fersonian and Jacksonian Democracy; Abolitionism and Civil War. First semes-
ter.
Hist. 14. American Civilization (3)
American civilization since 1865. Industrialism; Urbanization; Social Darwin-
ism; Pragmatism; the Frontier; Progressivism and the New Deal; the two World
Wars. Second semester.
Hist. 15. English History (3)
An introduction to the history of England to 1688. The origins of representa-
tive government, the development of English social institutions, the unification of
England, and the Renaissance and Reformation in England will be examined.
First semester.
Hist. 16. English History (3)
The development of English political and social institutions from 1688 to the
present. The evolution of parliamentary government, the rise of modern parties,
the Industrial Revolution, and recent social philosophies will be studied. Second
semester.
Hist. 25. European History (3)
A survey of some of the major historic forces in Europe from the collapse of the
Roman Empire to the end of the seventeenth century. First semester.
Hist. 26. European History (3)
Continuation of Hist. 25. A survey of major developments in European history
from about the year 1700 to the middle of the twentieth century. Second semester.
Hist. 29. Modern Europe (3)
The study of revolution and reaction in western Europe between 1789 and 1870.
Emphasis is laid upon the birth, growth, and spread of nineteenth-century liberal
doctrines as well as upon the attempts made to stifle that growth by every politi-
cal and diplomatic means available. Summer session.
Hist. 30. Modern Europe (3)
A study of contemporary Europe; the origins and consequences of two World
Wars; the rise of revolutionary governments in Italy, Germany, and Russia. Sum-
mer session.
Hist. 49. History of Latin America (3)
A survey of the Spanish and Portuguese colonization of America and the strug-
gles for independence, preceded by a brief view of the ancient American civiliza-
tions and the Iberian backgrounds. First semester.
Hist. 50. History of Latin America (3)
Continuation of History 49. The development of the Latin American nations
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Second semester.
Attention is called also to the following courses in history offered by
other departments: Gk. 21, Ancient History; Lat. 22, Ancient History.
Lehigh University History 251
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Hist. 319. Seventeenth Century America (3)
A study of the founding and growth of English, French, and Dutc'-; colonies in
North America. Attention will be paid to motives behind European expansion as
well as to developments in the colonies. Messrs. Kyte, Cary
Hist. 320. Eighteenth Century America (3)
Continuation of Hist. 319. A study of American political, economic, and cul-
tural developments including the War for American Independence and the found-
ing of a new nation. Messrs. Kyte, Cary
Hist. 321. United States History, 1789 to 1877 (3)
The development of the American people from the establishment of the Re-
public to the end of Reconstruction in the South. Consideration will be given to
political, economic, and social developments with special emphasis on westward
expansion, Jacksonian democracy, and the Civil War crisis. Mr. Dowling
Hist. 322. United States History since 1877 (3)
The urbanization and industrialization of American society and the political,
social, and economic effects thereof. Mr. Dowling
Hist. 323. American Constitutional History (3)
The development of American constitutional thought and practice from the
colonial period to the Civil War. Consideration of governmental institutions,
political parties, and legal thought in the context of American history; special
emphasis upon the Confederation, the Constitution, and the states-rights con-
troversy. Staff
Hist. 324. American Constitutional History (3)
Constitutional thought and practice from the Civil War to the present. Con-
sideration of the new role of government, problems caused by the Industrial
Revolution, and modern issues relating to personal liberties and federal-state
relations. Staff
Hist. 325. American Immigrant History (3)
Immigration in American history. The changing sources of American immi-
gration; successive "first generations" and the process of ethno-cultural transfer:
cultural stability and change through post-immigrant generations; "minority
groups" in American political history. Mr. Amidon
Hist. 326. American Urban History (3)
The city in American history from the colonial period to the present. Colonial
maritime centers; changing transportation patterns and the diffusion of urban
sites; industrialization and urban social structure; urban imperialism and regional
rivalries; urban technology: "reformers" vs. "the machine": suburbanization and
nationalization. Mr. Amidon
Hist. 327. American Intellectual History (3)
A study of the development of political, social, and religious ideas in America
from the colonial period to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Consent of head of de-
partment. Mr. Dowling
252 History Lehigh University
Hist. 328. American Intellectual History (3)
A study of economic, political, and religious thought in industrial America,
1860 to the present. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Mr. Dowling
Hist. 329. American Foreign Policy (3)
The French alliance; independence and boundaries; commercial restrictions;
French Revolution and neutrality; purchase of Louisiana; War of 1812; ac-
quisition of Florida; Monroe Doctrine; relations with France and Great Britain;
Oregon and Texas; the Mexican War; Civil War diplomacy. Mr. Amidon
Hist. 330. American Foreign Policy (3)
Maximilian in Mexico; Seward and expansion; Alaska boundary; War with
Spain; the new Caribbean policies; the World War of 1914-1918 and its aftermath;
diplomatic events preceding Pearl Harbor; outbreak and prosecution of the war;
plans for peace; the "Cold War"; diplomacy since 1945. Mr. Amidon
Hist. 347. The British Empire (3)
The expansion of the English-speaking people from 1603 to 1848; the origins
of self-government; the founding of the Empire in Asia and Africa; the role of
Great Britain in world affairs. Mr. Cowherd
Hist. 348. The British Empire and Commonwealth (3)
The expansion of the Empire in Asia and Africa since 1848; the growth of
federalism and self-government; the independence movements in Ireland and
India; the formation of the Commonwealth; the impact of two World Wars; the
decline of the Empire since the Second World War. Mr. Cowherd
Hist. 349. The Early Middle Ages (3)
An analysis of European institutions and cultural developments from 284 A.D.
to the mid-eleventh century. Emphasis upon the evolution of the Church, feud-
alism and manorialism, the foundations of the Byzantine, Carolingian, and Holy
Roman Empires, and the literary and artistic achievements of the period.
Mr. Tipton
Hist. 350. The High Middle Ages (3)
A continuation of Hist. 349 to about 1400 A.D. Rise of the universities and
towns; legal developments and the origins of representative government; rise of
the nation-state; the crusades; Scholasticism and the decline of the medieval
church; expansion of trade; and literary and artistic developments in late med-
ieval society. Mr. Tipton
Hist. 352. The Renaissance and Reformation (3)
An analysis of the transition from medieval to modern society. Consideration
will be given to political, economic, and social forces produced by the Renais-
sance and the influence of these upon the dominant religious theme of the Re-
formation era. Mr. Tipton
Hist. 353. European History, 1648 to 1848 (3)
The conditions and forces that led from the absolutism of Louis XIV to the
Revolutions of 1848. Special attention will be placed upon the French Revolution
and its impact upon Europe. Mr. Haight
Hist. 354. European History since 1848 (3)
Liberalism, socialism, and nationalism which produced the revolutions of the
mid-nineteenth century and the mass conflicts of the twentieth century.
Mr. Haight
Lehigh University History 253
Hist. 355. European Intellectual History (3)
A study of political and religious thought and other aspects of the history of
ideas in Europe from the Middle Ages to about 1700. Prerequisite: Consent of
head of department. Mr. Haight
Hist. 356. European Intellectual History (3)
A continuation of Hist. 355, with special attention given to the impact of the
Industrial Revolution upon thought and to the development of nineteenth and
twentieth-century ideologies. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department.
Mr. Haight
Hist. 365. Modern Latin America (3)
Individual investigation and reports on selected nineteenth and twentieth century
topics valuable for an understanding of present Latin American culture. Pre-
requisite: Hist. 49, 50, or consent of head of department. Mr. Fischman
Hist. 366. Modern Latin America (3)
Continuation of Hist. 365. Prerequisite: Hist. 49, 50, or consent of head of de-
partment. Mr. Fischman
Hist. 367. The Iberian Peninsula (3)
A study of Spain and Portugal from the eighth century to the present, em-
phasizing the historical influence of Iberian culture on the development of co-
lonial institutions. Prerequisite: One year of college Spanish or its equivalent and
consent of head of department. Mr. Fischman
Hist. 368. The Caribbean (3)
A study of political and social developments from pre-Columbian times to the
present with primary emphasis upon the growth of liberalism and nationalism in
the twentieth century. Mr. Fischman
Hist. 371. Special Topics in History (3)
Intensive study in an area of history not adequately covered in currently listed
offerings. The field of research may be varied from time to time and the course
may be administered as a reading program or otherwise as may seem best to
meet the needs of students of unusual ability and adequate preparation. Pre-
requisite: Consent of head of department. First semester.
Hist. 372. Special Topics in History (3)
Continuation of Hist. 371. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Second
semester.
For Graduates
The Lehigh Library is especially rich in materials for advanced study
and research in history, and the Department of History offers programs
leading to the Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The grad-
uate programs are designed to provide more intensive and specialized study
than is possible at the undergraduate level. Graduate enrollment is limited
254 History Lehigh University
so that close relations can be maintained between faculty and students.
Admission to graduate study in History is competitive and dependent upon
the applicant's undergraduate preparation and record.
Besides the general requirements for degrees set forth in the Graduate
School section of this catalog, the following special requirements apply to
graduate study in History. History 401 is required of all graduate majors.
There are two master's programs. Under Plan I, a candidate may earn the
degree by successfully completing twenty-four hours of approved course
work and submitting a satisfactory thesis. Candidates declaring Plan II take
thirty hours of course work without thesis. Candidates for the master's
degree under both plans must take course work in, and pass examinations
on, at least two fields, chosen from American, British, European, and Latin-
American history. Each candidate will select the plan better suited to his
needs and abilities, upon the advice and with the approval of the head of
the Department.
Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in History must pre-
pare themselves in four history fields and one outside minor, pass written
and oral examinations on these fields, and submit an original dissertation.
The four history fields offered by the candidate are chosen upon the advice
and with the approval of the head of the Department from the seven fields
listed below. Dissertations may be written only in the primary fields.
Primary Secondary
Britain Medieval-Renaissance
Colonial America Modern Europe to 1815
United States Modern Europe since 1815
Latin-America
Hist. 401. Methods in Historical Research (3)
Techniques of research in history: training in the critical handling of docu-
mentary materials, in measuring the value of evidence, and in formal presentation
of the results of research. Required of all graduate students in history. First
semester. Staff
Hist. 402. Historiography (3)
A continuation of Hist. 401. A study of the aims, methods, and accomplish-
ments of some of the most renowned historians of Europe and America. Second
semester. Mr. Kyte
Hist. 403. Modern Europe, 1789-1870 (3)
The French Revolution; Era of Metternich; Congress of Vienna and reconstruc-
tion of Europe; industrial revolution and subsequent social reforms; democracy
and nationalism; Second French Empire; unification of Italy and Germany. First
semester. Mr. Haight
Hist. 404. Modern Europe since 1870 (3)
Latin and Teutonic Europe; nationalism and the new imperialism; World War
I and the Treaty of Versailles; League of Nations; national socialism vs. democ-
racy; World War II and its aftermath. Second semester. Mr. Haight
Lehigh University History 255
Hist. 410. Historical Literature: Europe (3)
This course is designed to familiarize teachers with the important literature in
the field. Students will analyze the major interpretations of the most significant
movements in modern European history. Staff
Hist. 415. Tudor and Stuart England (3)
Selected topics in the religious, political, social, and intellectual history of
England from 1485 to 1688. First semester. Mr. Cowherd
Hist. 416. Hanoverian England (3)
Selected topics in political, social, and intellectual history from 1688 to 1815.
Second semester. Mr. Cowherd
Hist. 417. England: The Age of Reform (3)
An intensive study of English industrial history, 1815-1870, emphasizing the
liberal and humanitarian reforms. First semester. Mr. Cowherd
Hist. 418. England: The Age of Conflict (3)
An intensive study of English history since 1870, including the growth of
socialism, the rise of the Labor Party, the formation of the Commonwealth, and
the origins and consequences of two World Wars. Second semester.
Mr. Cowherd
Hist. 420. Historical Literature: America (3)
This course is designed to familiarize teachers with the important literature in
the field. Students will analyze the major interpretations of the most significant
movements in American history. Staff
Hist. 421. America in the Seventeenth Century (3)
An advanced research seminar in British-American colonial history. Varied
topics such as the settlement of the English colonies, the growth of colonial in-
stitutions, Puritanism and other intellectual currents. First semester.
Messrs. Cary, Kyte
Hist. 422. America in the Eighteenth Century (3)
A continuation of Hist. 421. Varied topics, such as the workings of the mer-
cantile system, the evolution of colonial institutions, the development of imperial
administration, and the causes, events, and results of the wars with France and
the War for American Independence, the Confederation and Constitution. Second
semester. Messrs. Cary, Kyte
Hist. 426. The United States, 1800-1850 (3)
Research in selected topics related to Jefferson, the War of 1812 and the Era
of Good Feelings, nationalism and sectionalism, the Age of Jackson, and Manifest
Destiny. First semester. Mr. Kyte
Hist. 427. The United States, 1850-1877 (3)
Research in selected topics related to the Civil War and Reconstruction, politics
and foreign affairs, and post-war industrialism. Second semester. Mr. Kyte
Hist. 428. The United States, 1877-1914 (3)
Research in selected topics of the period, including late nineteenth-century in-
dustrialism, the growth of labor unions, agricultural discontent, and the rise of
reform movements. First semester. Mr. Dowling
256 History, Honors Seminars Lehigh University
Hist. 429. The United States Since 1914 (3)
Research in selected topics related to World War I, the 1920's, the depression
and New Deal, World War II, and post-war America. Second semester.
Mr. Dowling
Hist. 431. America as a World Power (3)
The results of the Spanish-American War; the United States' Pacific possessions;
Theodore Roosevelt and world affairs; Knox and "Dollar Diplomacy"; World War
I; American neutrality; the United States as a belligerent; the Treaty of Versailles.
First semester. Mr. Dowling
Hist. 432. America as a World Power (3)
The United States and the League, the reconstruction of Europe; the rise of
Hitler; World War II; the Monroe Doctrine; the Good Neighbor Policy; the prob-
lems of the Pacific; China and Japan; Japan and the United States; the War with
Japan; the aftermath of World War II. Second semester Mr. Dowling
Hist. 481. Graduate Seminar (3)
An intensive study of the history of Latin America, the United States, England,
or one or more of the leading countries of Europe. Subject and instructor may
vary from semester to semester according to the needs of the students and the
availability of faculty members. First semester. Staff
Hist. 482. Graduate Seminar (3)
A continuation of Hist. 481. Second semester. Staff
HONORS SEMINARS
Honors Seminars are open to students admitted to the Interdepart-
mental Honors Program (see page 71), and occasionally to special students
approved by the Honors Council. Enrollment is limited.
Seminars are conducted with a combination of lectures, student reports,
and discussion. Emphasis is placed on the development of the student's ability
to conduct, report on, and defend independent research. In addition to the
scheduled seminar hours, there will be personal conferences with the in-
structor.
Course titles indicate only the general area in which a seminar will be
conducted. The particular concepts to be considered and the material to be
studied will be determined by the instructor with the concurrence of the
Honors Council.
Creative Concepts 101. The Humanities (3)
A study of concepts significant in man's attempts to understand himself as an
individual, his place in and his relation to the universe, the meaning of his ex-
istence, and the way in which he should live. Material is drawn chiefly from litera-
ture, philosophy, religion, and the fine arts and music.
Lehigh University Honors Seminars, Industrial Engineering 257
Creative Concepts 102. The Life Sciences (3)
A study of concepts significant in man's efforts to understand and to control the
living world of which he is a part. Material is drawn primarily from biology, psy-
chology, and geology, but also, because of the ultimate inseparability of the
natural sciences, from chemistry and physics.
Creative Concepts 103. The Physical Sciences (3)
A study of concepts significant in man's efforts to understand and use the physi-
cal universe in which he lives. Material is drawn primarily from chemistry, phy-
sics, mathematics, and astronomy, but also, because of the ultimate inseparabil-
ity of the natural sciences, from biology and geology.
Creative Concepts 104. The Social Sciences (3)
A study of concepts significant in man's attempts to understand himself as a
social being, his beliefs as to how men should live together and the means he has
used to achieve social order. Material is drawn, depending on the orientation of in-
dividual seminars, from the political and social sciences.
Creative Concepts 190. Honors Thesis (3-6)
Independent work and thesis on an approved subject in a form appropriate to
the field of study. The work is directed throughout by the thesis adviser.
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Professors Gould, Richardson, Kane, Monro, Loomba
Associate Professors W. A. Smith, Carroll, Adams
Assistant Professor Whitehouse
Messrs. G. L. Smith, Burbridge, Landis, Huddart, White,
Riemondy, Groover, Lipman
I.E. 10. Problem Computation Laboratory (1)
Preparation of problems for computer programming with emphasis on indus-
trial engineering problems; techniques of programming for computers. Prerequis-
ite: Consent of head of department. First semester.
I.E. 11. Applied Probability Laboratory (1)
Experimental sampling to approximate the different common models of proba-
bility distributions, including distributions of both data and related estimators.
Prerequisite: Math. 231 concurrently. Second semester.
I.E. 40. Metal Processing Practice (3)
Study of metal processing theory and equipment. Practice in the operation of
metal processing equipment at the Bethlehem Vocational High School including
use of hand tools and operation of machine tools and welding equipment. Full-
time daily schedule of lectures and practice for three weeks. Prerequisite: Met.
63. Summer Session.
I.E. 100. Industrial Employment (0)
Usually following the junior year, students in the industrial engineering curri-
culum are required to do a minimum of eight weeks of practical work, preferably
in the field they plan to follow after graduation. A report is required. Prerequisite:
Sophomore standing.
258 Industrial Engineering Lehigh University
I.E. 105. Thesis (3-6)
Candidates for the bachelor's degree in industrial engineering may, with the
approval of the department staff, undertake a thesis as a portion of the work of
the senior year. Prerequisite: Senior standing.
I.E. 121. Analysis and Design I (5)
An intensive study of the planning activities of industrial engineering, including
manufacturing planning, product design analysis, process selection, operation plan-
ning, material handling, plant layout, production control. Prerequisites: I.E. 40,
Math. 231. First semester.
I.E. 122. Analysis and Design II (4)
Techniques for analysis and design of man and machine work systems and
application to typical problems in work measurement. Time study, predetermined
time systems, work sampling, and development of standard data. Control of
methods and standards. Prerequisites: I.E. 121 and 221. Second semester.
I.E. 140. Mfg. Processes Laboratory (1)
Experiments in application of metal cutting theory with emphasis on the
economics of metal removal. Testing of tool life, tool materials, cutting fluids,
and determination of machinability of materials. Prerequisite: I.E. 40.
I.E. 152. Project (2)
Special study of a particular problem involving laboratory work and/or work
in local industrial plants. Prerequisite: Senior standing in Industrial Engineering.
I.E. 166. Production Management (3)
A course for the student not majoring in I.E. Study of functions involved in
manufacturing planning and control, including production scheduling, inventory
control, quality control, work measurement, methods analysis, and production
systems analysis. Prerequisites: Math. 21, Eco. 4. First and second semesters.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
I.E. 210. Elementary Design of Experiments (3)
An introduction to the structure of experiments, the analysis of experimental
data, and their inter-relation. Measurement error, randomization, pairing, complete
blocks, Latin squares, analysis of variance. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or
consent of instructor. Mr. Monro
I.E. 221. Industrial Statistics (4)
Techniques of hypothesis testing, including analysis of variance and distribu-
tion free methods; estimation, including regression and prediction. Elementary
principles of planning samples. Design of experiments and construction of deci-
sion rules. Prerequisite: Math. 231. First semester. Staff
I.E. 222. Operations Analysis and Design (4)
Use of economic models of interest to industrial engineers. Specific topics in-
clude depreciation, replacement economy, break-even analysis, marginal analysis,
queing, and linear programming. Prerequisite: Math. 231. Second semester.
Staff
Lehigh University Industrial Engineering 259
I.E. 308. Data Processing (3)
Introduction to punched card and electronic data processing. Effects on organi-
zational relationships; preparation of computer applications. Lectures, demon-
strations, tours, student projects on computer. Prerequisite: I.E. 122 or I.E. 166.
Messrs. Richardson, Carroll
I.E. 321. Experimental Industrial Engineering (3)
Experimental projects in selected fields of industrial engineering, approved by
the instructor. A written report is required. Staff
I.E. 322. Experimental Industrial Engineering (3)
Continuation of I.E. 321. Staff
I.E. 325. Production Control (3)
A study of the decision rules, and mathematical and economic models of pro-
duction forecasting, scheduling, order control, and inventory control. Case prob-
lems and laboratory. Prerequisites: I.E. 121 and 222. Mr. Gould
I.E. 326. Quality Control (3)
Problems involving inspection and test of product and check of process. Study
of effect of design and inspection specifications upon cost and value. Problems
and project. Prerequisite: I.E. 221. Messrs. Monro, Richardson
I.E. 333. Industrial Engineering Administration (3)
The policies, organization, and procedures for the industrial engineering func-
tion in industry; influence of labor relations, grievance procedures and arbitration.
Lectures, case problems, guest lecturers, term project. Prerequisite: I.E. 122 or
I.E. 166. Mr. W. A. Smith
I.E. 339. Industrial Manpower Management (3)
A study of policies and procedures involved in analysis and design of man-
power planning and control; study of utilization of human resources on the job
with emphasis on wage administration. Lectures, case problems, projects. Pre-
requisite: I.E. 122 or I.E. 121. Mr. G. L. Smith
I.E. 340. Production Engineering (3)
Introduction to mechanization and automation of product manufacturing. Par-
tial mechanization, engineering materials utilization, product design analysis,
special processing methods, economic analysis of processing design alternatives.
Term project. Prerequisite: I.E. 121. Mr. Kane
I.E. 344. Metal Cutting Theory (3)
Intensive study of metal cutting, emphasizing temperature and energy relation-
ships and their effect on tool life, power requirements and surface finish. Eco-
nomic balancing of metal cutting variables from application of theory. Lectures
and laboratory experiments including designing and conducting an original ex-
periment. Prerequisites: I.E. 140, Math. 231. Mr. Kane
I.E. 350. Industrial Engineering Problems (3)
Comprehensive study of problems encountered in manufacturing with special
attention to quantitative methods of problem analysis including such topics as
sampling controls, queueing theory, mathematical programming, probability theory,
design of experiments. Prerequisite: Senior standing in industrial engineering.
Messrs. Gould, Whitehouse
260 Industrial Engineering Lehigh University
A program leading to the Ph.D. degree is being offered by the Depart-
ment of Industrial Engineering starting in September, 1966. Initially, the
fields of concentration will be Operations Research, Manufacturing, Engi-
neering, and Information Systems.
A student who wishes to complete his work for the M.S. in Industrial
Engineering in one year of full-time study must have completed a course
of study equivalent to that required for the B.S. in Industrial Engineering
at Lehigh University.
The minimum program consists of twenty-four hours of approved
course work and completion of a satisfactory thesis. Students with less than
the required undergraduate program may be required to devote additional
time to prerequisite and basic courses. In any event, a satisfactory thesis must
be completed by all candidates.
An M.S. program is selected to meet the interests and needs of the
student, and courses in other departments for which the student has the pre-
requisites may be integrated into the major field. Subject to proper approval,
the courses required in the major field may include a maximum of nine
hours from the following two groups with no more than six hours from each
group: (1) "400" level courses in other branches of engineering; (2) Eco.
431, Managerial Economics; Eco. 433, Labor Management Economics;
Acctg. 422, Managerial Accounting; Psych. 455. Engineering Psychology;
I.S. 421 Analysis of Information. As part of a purposeful major program,
collateral courses may be taken in other branches of engineering, mathe-
matics, economics, psychology and Information Science.
The laboratories of the department are located in the James Ward
Packard Laboratory and available for graduate work are a modern metal
processing research laboratory, a General Electric 225 computer, and a work
measurement laboratory.
The department offers courses during the late afternoons for the con-
venience of students who are employed in local industry and are taking
graduate work on a part-time basis. There is no evening program, however,
and courses are not scheduled during evening hours.
For Graduates
I.E. 405. Special Topics in Industrial Engineering (3)
An intensive study of some special field of industrial engineering. Staff
I.E. 407. Techniques of Operations Analysis (3)
Techniques for quantitative analysis of operational problems; operational gam-
ing and Monte Carlo methods; application of theory of queues; linear program-
ming; renewal theory; probability theory. Mr. Whitehouse
Lehigh University Industrial Engineering 261
I.E. 408. Industrial Information Systems (3)
Information processing for manufacturing control; analysis and design of in-
tegrated data processing systems; feasability studies and cost evaluation. Lectures,
tours, guest lecturers, student projects on computer. Prerequisite: I.E. 308.
Mr. W. A. Smith
I.E. 409. Industrial Engineering Standardization (3)
Identification of the basic variables that exist in industrial engineering, problem-
solving techniques, and investigation of the means for standardization of these
variables. Techniques analyzed for standardization include motion and time study,
metal process planning, statistical quality control, and production planning and
control. Mr. Kane
I.E. 410. Design of Experiments (3)
Fixed designs for testing hypotheses, including incomplete blocks and fractional
factorials. Sequential designs for estimation and optimization. Desirable prepara-
tion: Math. 234. Mr. Monro, Adams
I.E. 415. Manufacturing Management (3)
Analysis of the factors entering into the development of manufacturing man-
agement philosophy; decision-making process in areas of organization, planning,
operation, and control of manufacturing. Influence of the social, technical, and
economic environment upon manufacturing management decisions.
Mr. Richardson
I.E. 416. Dynamic Programming (3)
The principle of optimality; one-dimensional processes, multi-dimensional
processes, lagrange multiplier technique; markovian decision processes; applica-
tions. Mr. Adams
I.E. 417. Mathematical Programming (3)
Theory and application of methods for determining the maximum and
minimum of functions of many variables subject to constraints. Topics include
the algebra of linear inequalities, the algebra of duality, the theory of graphs,
parametric linear programming, discrete linear programming, stochastic linear
programming, non-linear programming, and dynamic programming.
Mr. Whitehouse
I.E. 418. Simulation (3)
Random number generation, sources of bias, tests of randomness, transforma-
tions, estimating run length, clocked and unclocked simulation programs, evalua-
tion of results, applications of simulation to industrial problems. Mr. Carroll
I.E. 420. Analysis of Decision Processes (3)
Methods of making optimum decisions, including decisions under certainty, de-
cisions under risk, decisions under uncertainty, statistical decisions, and simulated
decision making. Application to such areas as inventory theory, maintenance
policy, and purchasing policy. Mr. Whitehouse
I.E. 426. Inventory Theory (3)
Optimal policies in deterministic inventory processes; optimal policies in
stochastic inventory processes; operating characteristics of inventory policies.
Mr. Adams
I.E. 425. Production Systems (3)
Mathematical models of production systems; dynamic simulation by digital
computers for analysis and evaluation; optimization of production systems; inter-
action of physical system and information system; significance of system para-
meters. Mr. Carroll
262 Industrial Engineering, International Relations Lehigh University
I.E. 427. Queueing Theory (3)
Single server queueing processes, Poisson input and exponential service times,
Poisson input and general service times, derivation of busy period distributions;
many server queueing processes; applications. Mr. Adams
I.E. 428. Advanced Work Systems (3)
A critical evaluation of methods improvement and work measurement tech-
niques. Emphasis on the design of complex work systems, and reporting systems
to control work. Work sampling, construction of standard data, mathematical
models of work systems. Student projects. Mr. Richardson
I.E. 440. Application of Automation (3)
Study of concepts and principles of design in fully automatic production lines;
influence of economic factors; partial automation; integration into existing pro-
duction systems. Case histories with emphasis on problems involved in application
of principles. Plant visits and guest lecturers. Mr. Kane
I.E. 450. Manufacturing Problems (3)
Discussion and solution of manufacturing problems involving several sub-
functions, with emphasis on problem identification and definition; selection of
techniques of analysis; procedures for evaluation of proposed solutions. Staff
I.E. 490. Research Methods Seminar (3)
Research methods in industrial engineering; discussion and critical analysis of
current industrial engineering research; practice in preparation of research pro-
posals. Mr. W. A. Smith, Jr.
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Professor Joynt
Visiting Professor Corbett
Associate Professors Dunlap, Braddick
Assistant Professor Smolansky
Mr. Gladeck
I.R. 1. World Politics (3)
An introductory analysis of the major concepts and principles involved in an
understanding of international politics. The main focus will be upon nationalism,
the balance of power, alliances, the nature of conflict, and the limits of peaceful
change. First semester. Mr. Dunlap
I.R. 2. World Politics (3)
An introduction to the foreign policies of the great powers: United States
Soviet Union, Britain, France, Germany, Japan, India, and China. Second semes-
ter. Mr. Dunlap
I.R. 11. The Diplomacy of Europe 1815-1919 (3)
Politics of the Great Powers; clashes of interests and international crises; de-
velopment of alliances and other associations of states; wars and peace settle-
ments; unification of Germany and Italy; European imperialism; World War I
and the peace treaties. Mr. Braddick
Lehigh University International Relations 263
l.R. 12. The Diplomacy of Europe Since 1919 (3)
The political and strategic structure of Europe in the 1920's; the rise of Ger-
many under Hitler; the politics of international crises, 1935-39; World War II
and the new distribution of power in Europe; development of the Cold War;
European functional integration; contemporary European international problems;
European relations with the United States. Mr. Braddick
l.R. 21. The Diplomacy of the Far East to 1919 (3)
The opening of China and Japan; the transformation of Japan; the partition of
China; international rivalries in Korea, Manchuria, the Philippines, Southeastern
Asia, and the Indies; economic and territorial imperialism. First semester.
Mr. Gladeck
l.R. 22. The Diplomacy of the Far East Since 1919 (3)
An analysis of recent and contemporary political and economic problems con-
fronting not only the countries of the Orient but the Western powers with interests
in that region; Japan's aspirations to establish a New Order in Greater East Asia;
frustration and remotivation of Japan; the spread of communism and its conse-
quences; prerequisites for peace and security in the Far East and the Pacific re-
gion. Second semester. Mr. Gladeck
l.R. 31. The Middle East in World Affairs
An analysis of the political, economic and social forces which have led to the
rise of the modern states in the Middle East. Emphasis will be placed upon the
role of the area in international politics from the invasion of Egypt by Napoleon
to 1918. First semester. Mr. Smolansky
l.R. 32. The Middle East in World Affairs (3)
The mandates system and the Palestine problem; movements of modernization
in Turkey and Iran; the rise of Arab Nationalism; the impact of the Second World
War upon the position of Britain and France; the growth in influence of the
United States and the Soviet Union; the emergence of Israel and its impact on
the Arab states; the rise of Nasserism and the Suez Crisis; the growth of neutral-
ism. Second semester. Mr. Smolansky
l.R. 133. The Diplomacy of Russia to 1917 (3)
Development and expansion of the Russian Empire; principles of Russian for-
eign policy and their specific applications under the Tsarist and Provisional Gov-
ernments, treated partially as backgrounds of Soviet policy; interaction between
Russian domestic and foreign affairs. First semester. Mr. Smolansky
l.R. 134. The Diplomacy of Russia Since 1917 (3)
A topical and chronological survey of Russian foreign relations in the Soviet pe-
riod; philosophical, psychological, economic, social, and other factors influencing
the formulation and execution of foreign policy; interaction between Soviet do-
mestic and foreign affairs. First and second semester. Mr. Smolansky
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
l.R. 311. World Affairs, 1919-1945 (3)
The structure and politics of the state system after World War I; ideals and
realities of the League of Nations; rise of Germany, Japan and Italy to challenge
the established order; analysis of the political and strategic background to ap-
peasement; the international crises of the 1930's; the Second World War.
Mr. Braddick
l.R. 312. World Affairs Since 1945 (3)
The impact of World War II upon the State system; the Cold War and the
development of bipolar international politics; the United Nations as an in-
strument for international order and security; the decline of the colonial sys-
tem and the emergence of new states: development of Communist China and
264 International Relations Lehigh University
Western Europe as new power centers; contemporary problems in international
relations. Mr. Braddick
I.R. 321. The Far East in World Affairs (3)
Analysis of the major forces which have made for conflict in the Far East
with particular emphasis upon the rise of communism in China, the struggle
between China and Japan, and the events leading up to the outbreak of the
Second World War in the Far East. Prerequisite: I.R. 22. Mr. Gladeck
I.R. 322. The Far East in World Affairs (3)
Analysis of the period since the Second World War with special studies of the
occupation of Japan, the defeat of the Kuomintang and the victory of the Chinese
Communists, the Korean War and recent international crises. Prerequisite: IJR. 22.
Mr. Gladeck
I.R. 334. The Soviet Union in World Affairs (3)
An appraisal of the objectives and tactics of Soviet diplomacy, with particular
emphasis upon Russia's status as one of the great powers, and upon contemporary
Soviet-American relations and their backgrounds. Prerequisite: I.R. 134 or
consent of head of department.
I.R. 341. International Relations (3)
An examination of contemporary theories and basic concepts in world politics,
with application to historic and current issues of international politics. Consent of
head of department. First semester. Mr. Joynt
I.R. 342. International Relations (3)
Continuation of I.R. 341. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Second
semester. Mr. Joynt
I.R. 351. International Organization (3)
Theory and functioning of the League of Nations and the United Nations
with particular reference to the problems of collective security, enforcement, and
the pacific settlement of disputes; functional and regional organizations; di-
plomacy by conference; state sovereignty and inter-state organizations.
Mr. Braddick
I.R. 352. International Organization (3)
Continuation of I.R. 351, with emphasis upon the United Nations. Second
semester. Mr. Braddick
I.R. 361. International Law (3)
General theories of law and their application to international law; international
lawmaking, adjudication and enforcement; personality of states, international
organizations, corporations and persons; state succession; title to territory; juris-
diction over territory, waters, airspace, outer space and persons; the state and
the foreign corporation. Mr. Dunlap
I.R. 362. International Law (3)
Privileges and immunities of diplomatic and consular officers and of inter-
national organizations; treaties and agreements; pacific settlement; measures short
of war; collective security; the legal status of war and the laws of war; war
crimes trials and international criminal jurisdiction. Mr. Dunlap
I.R. 371. Readings in International Relations (3)
Directed studies and readings in the several fields of international relations,
Lehigh University International Relations 265
designed for the student who has a special competence or interest in some area not
covered by regularly rostered courses. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department.
First semester. Staff
I.R. 372. Readings in International Relations (3)
Continuation of I.R. 371. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Second
semester. Staff
I.R. 381. Special Topics (3)
An intensive study of some aspects of international politics not covered in
another course. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Staff
I.R. 382. Special Topics (3)
A continuation of I.R. 381. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department.
Staff
I.R. 391. The Teaching of International Relations (3)
Lectures, readings and discussion of fundamental concepts, principles and
problems of international relations, with current applications. Open only to
present and prospective junior and senior high school teachers. Mr. Dunlap
For Graduates
Each student's program is planned on an individual basis to take ad-
vantage of his previous academic work and his career goals.
A thorough understanding is required of basic theoretical issues and,
unless the student comes prepared, he will be expected to undertake a
course in theoretical analysis. Emphasis throughout the Department is upon
the fundamentals of international politics as they affect international law
and institutions and the policies and activities of the great powers.
Candidates for the master's degree may qualify either by completing
successfully thirty hours of approved course work and passing an examina-
tion covering the entire field or by completing twenty-four hours in approved
courses and submitting a satisfactory thesis. Each candidate will select the
plan better suited to his needs and abilities, upon the advice and with the
approval of the head of the Department, and will be required to take a com-
prehensive oral examination. In addition, each candidate is normally ex-
pected to possess an adequate reading knowledge of one modern foreign
language.
Students will be encouraged to include in their programs appropriate
courses in Economics, Government, History, Psychology, and Social Rela-
tions.
I.R. 441. Seminar in International Relations (3)
Intensive analysis of selected forces and problems of world politics. First semes-
ter. Mr. Joynt
I.R. 442. Seminar in International Relations (3)
Continuation of I.R. 441. Second semester. Mr. Joynt
266 International Relations Lehigh University
I.R. 451. Seminar in International Organization (3)
Intensive analysis of selected agencies and activities of the League of Nations
and affiliated institutions. First semester.
I.R. 452. Seminar in International Organization (3)
Continuation of I.R. 451, with emphasis upon the United Nations. Second
semester.
I.R. 461. Seminar in International Law (3)
Intensive analysis of the principal theories concerning the nature of internation-
al law and its fundamental conceptions, with special studies of their application
and significance in contemporary international society. First semester.
I.R. 462. Seminar in International Law (3)
Continuation of I.R. 461. Second semester.
I.R. 471. Special Topics (3)
Selected topics in the field of international politics not covered in other courses.
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Staff
I.R. 472. Special Topics (3)
Continuation of I.R. 471. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of
head of department. Second semester. Staff
MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
The Department of Management Science, created administratively
December 18, 1965, will offer courses now listed under the Department of
Economics for the academic year 1966-67. These courses will be found on
pages 202-207.
ITALIAN LATIN
See Romance Languages See Classical Languages
Page 320 Page 198 MARKETING
™»T~~T . ^ ,„ See Economics
JOURNALISM LAW
Page 207
See English See Accounting
Page 231 Page 168
Lehigh University Mathematics 267
MATHEMATICS
Professors Pitcher, Wilansky, Hsiung, Hailperin
Associate Professors Cutler, Latshaw, van Arnam, Ghosh,
Khabbaz, King, Stengle
Assistant Professors Ruckle, Schechter, Lloyd, Gulden, Rayna, D. H. Taylor
McAllister, McCluskey, Otto, Trutt, Willard, Shahin
Mr. Fleischman, Mrs. Gravez, Messrs. Kirch, Laison, Powell,
Rhodes, Richetta, Larson, Ambler, Caldwell, Dempsey, Fiore, Fleming,
Miss Gray, Messrs. Guyker, Jessup, Kasarda, Kay, Leonard, Levko, McGivney,
Mugridge, Orser, Schneller, Stephens, Stern, Stills, Subramanian, Swetits,
J. W. Taylor, R. W. W. Taylor, van Schoick, Weston, Williams, Wood
MATHEMATICS
Math. 6. Finite Mathematics (3)
Compound statements; intuitive ideas of set with elementary techniques of
union, intersection, complement; combinatorial algebra; probability measures and
applications to probability theory; matrices and linear equations; finite Markov
chains; linear programming; game theory; and applications to behavioral sciences.
First and second semesters.
Math. 8. Elementary Statistics (3)
Collection and representation of statistical data; measures of location, dis-
persion, skewness and kurtosis; sampling distributions studied empirically; funda-
mental theorems on probability; binomial, Poisson and hypergeometric laws;
normal curve; statistical estimation and tests of significance; correlation and re-
gression, least square theorems; the bivariate normal surface; the chi-square
tests; analysis of variance and elementary ideas on the design of experiments.
Prerequisite: Math. 21. Second semester.
Math. 21. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4)
Functions and graphs; limits and continuity; derivative and differential; indefi-
nite and definite integral; logarithm and exponential. First and second semesters.
Math. 22. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4)
Trigonometric and hyperbolic functions; integration; vector algebra and cal-
culus; solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 21. First and second semesters.
Math. 23. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4)
Series; Taylor's Theorem; approximations; partial derivatives, multiple in-
tegrals; line and surface integrals; differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 22.
First and second semesters.
Math. 54. Advanced Geometry (3)
An introductory course in projective geometry and non-euclidean geometry.
Prerequisite: Math. 22 or consent of head of department. First semester.
Math. 105. Computer Programming (3)
The translation of simple mathematical and logical problems into forms permit-
ting their solution by each of certain typical commercially available electronic
digital computers, with illustrations from scientific computation and from com-
mercial data processing. Programs will be tested on a computer during hours to
be arranged. First and second semesters. Mr. Rayna
268 Mathematics Lehigh University
Math. 171. Reading Course in Mathematics (1)
Credit not to exceed one hour per semester, total credit not to exceed three
hours; approval of program and written report required. Prerequisite: Consent of
head of department. First and second semesters.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
For students who have not taken their elementary mathematics at
Lehigh, the prerequisites for certain advanced courses are stated in terms of
the number of semester-hours of calculus.
Math. 204. Linear Analysis (3)
Matrices, determinants, elementary transformations, canonical forms; quadratic
functions and principal axes, orthogonal families, characteristic roots; Sturm-
Liouville systems, expansions in orthogonal functions including Fourier series,
boundary value problems. Prerequisite: Math. 23 or nine semester-hours of differ-
ential and integral calculus. First and second semesters. Staff
Math. 208. Complex Variables (3)
Functions of a complex variable; calculus of residues; contour integration; ap-
plications to conformal mapping and Laplace transforms. Prerequisite: Math. 23,
or nine semester hours of differential and integral calculus. First and second
semesters. Staff
Math. 219. Principles of Analysis I (3)
The real number system; limits; continuous functions; differentiation; integra-
tion; infinite series; absolute and uniform convergence. Prerequisite: Math.
23 or nine semester-hours of differential and integral calculus. First and second
semesters. Staff
Math. 220. Principles of Analysis II (3)
Continuation of Math. 219. Functions of several variables; line and surface in-
tegrals; implicit functions; Fourier series. Prerequisite: Math. 219. First and Sec-
ond semesters. Staff
Math. 221. Differential Equations (3)
Techniques for solving first order and higher order linear differential equations,
Laplace transform methods; method of successive approximations, fundamental
existence theorem, properties of linear equations; solutions in series, Legendre
Polynomials. Prerequisite: Math. 23 or nine semester-hours of differential and in-
tegral calculus. First and second semesters. Staff
Math. 224. Probability and Numerical Analysis (3)
Probability; least squares and its application in the study of errors; formation
of empirical- formulas; numerical methods. Designed for students engaged in
experimental or observational work. Prerequisite: Math. 23 or nine semester-
hours of differential and integral calculus. First and second semesters.
Mr. Latshaw
Math. 230. Numerical Methods (3)
Methods which are suitable for use in large scale computation, including the
solution of large systems of linear equations and the reduction of a variety of
Lehigh University Mathematics 269
problems to the solution of such systems. Prerequisite: Math. 204 or consent of
the instructor. First or second semester. Messrs. Rhodes, Schechter
Math. 231. Statistical Inference (3)
Probability, distribution of random variables; hypergeometric, binomial, Pois-
son, normal, gamma and beta distributions, moments, samples, populations, classi-
fication of data, random sampling; sampling distributions of mean and variance;
chi-square, /, F; testing of hypotheses and estimation, Neyman-Pearson Lemma and
likelihood ratio tests, methods of maximum likelihood and moments; application of
chi-square, / and F; correlation and regression theory of two variables; brief intro-
duction to non-parametric methods and analysis of variance. Prerequisite: Math. 23
or nine semester-hours of calculus. First and second semesters. Staff
Math. 233. Mathematical Statistics I (3)
Probability, Bayes Theorem; probability distributions, moments, Chebyshev's
inequality, characteristic functions, central limit theorem; distributions in n-di-
mensions, multivariate normal distribution; sampling distributions, central and
non-central chi-square, t and F, order statistics. Prerequisite: Math. 23 or nine
semester-hours of calculus. First semester. Mr. Ghosh
Math. 234. Mathematical Statistics II (3)
Testing of hypotheses, power function, Neyman-Pearson lemma, likelihood
ratio principle, regression, least square principle, Gauss-Markov Theorem; theory
of estimation, consistency, unbiassedness, sufficiency, efficiency Cramer-Rao in-
equality, confidence intervals; non-parametric methods, Kolmogorov-Smirnov test,
Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney test, contingency tables and chi-square; analysis of
variance. Prerequisite: Math. 233. Second semester. Mr. Ghosh
Math. 241. Matrices and Vector Spaces (3)
Number systems; theory of polynomial functions and equations; systems of lin-
ear equations; theory of matrices and linear transformations; linear spaces; bilinear
and quadratic forms. Prerequisite: Consent of the head of the department. First
semester. Mr. Otto
Math. 242. Modern Algebra (3)
The basic concepts of higher algebra; group theory including the Sylow
theorems; ring theory with emphasis on Euclidean rings; field theory including
an introduction to Galois theory. Prerequisite: Math. 241. Second semester.
Mr. Otto
Math. 251. Mathematical Methods (1-4)
A course in mathematical methods not sufficiently covered in other courses.
Prerequisite: Consent of the department head. May be repeated, with consent
of the department head, for credit. First semester.
Math. 252. Mathematical Methods (1-4)
A course, either continuing Math. 251 or independent of it, in mathematical
methods not sufficiently covered in other courses. Prerequisite: Consent of the
department head. May be repeated, with consent of the department head, for
credit. Second semester.
270 Mathematics Lehigh University
Math. 284. Number Theory (3)
Divisibility, congruences, quadratic residues, primitive roots, diophantine equa-
tion.
Math. 301. Vector and Tensor Analysis (3)
Theory and techniques of vector and tensor analysis with geometrical and phy-
sical applications. Prerequisite: Math. 23 or nine semester-hours of differential
and integral calculus. Mr. Shahin
Math. 303. Mathematical Logic (3)
An introductory course in symbolic logic on a mathematically mature level,
designed to emphasize the principles of reasoning used in mathematics and to ac-
quaint the student with symbolic logic as a mathematical theory. Some applica-
tions of propositional logic to switching circuit analysis and design are discussed.
First or second semester. Messrs. Hailperin, Rayna
Math. 304. Axiomatic Set Theory (3)
A development of set theory from the Zermelo postulates; relations and func-
tions; finite cardinal and ordinal arithmetic; rational and real numbers; transfinite
arithmetic; axiom of choice. Prerequisite: Math. 219. First semester.
Messrs. Hailperin, Rayna
Math. 307. General Topology I (3)
An introductory study of topological spaces, particularly metric spaces, includ-
ing such topics as separation axioms, maps, connectedness, compactness, arcs.
Prerequisite: Math. 219. First semester. Messrs. Gulden, Ruckle, Willard
Math. 308. Algebraic Topology I (3)
The simplicial and singular cohomology theories, homotopy groups and the
exact homotopy sequence, the Mayer-Vietoris sequence of a triad, cup products,
covering spaces. The course will emphasize examples and applications of the
theory to the problem of classifying compact two dimensional manifolds. Pre-
requisite: Math. 307. Second semester. Messrs. Khabbaz, D. Taylor
Math. 309. Theory of Probability (3)
Discrete and continuous sample spaces; random variables; conditional probabili-
ty and statistical independence; binomial, Poisson and normal distributions; limit
theorems; random walk problems; Markov chains; time-dependent stochastic
processes. The theory will be applied to problems in statistics, physics, and biology.
Prerequisite: Math. 23 or nine semester-hours of differential and integral calculus.
First or second semester. Messrs. Ghosh, Latshaw, Richetta
Math. 315. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable I (3)
Algebra of complex numbers; analytic functions. Cauchy-Riemann equations;
Laplace's equation; conformal mapping; integrals of complex functions; Cauchy's
theorem; power series; Taylor's theorem; Laurent's theorem, residues. Prerequisite:
Math. 219. First or second semetser. Messrs. Hsiung, King, Trutt
Math. 320. Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
The analytical and geometric theory of ordinary differential equations, includ-
ing such topics as linear systems, systems in the complex plane, oscillation theory,
stability theory, geometric theory of non-linear systems, finite difference methods,
general dynamical systems. Prerequisite: Math. 220 previously or concurrently
and Math. 221. First or second semester. Messrs. Schechter, Stengle
Lehigh University Mathematics 271
Math. 322. Methods of Applied Analysis I (3)
Fourier series, eigenfunction expansions, Sturm Liouville problems, Fourier
integrals and their application to partial differential equations; special functions.
Emphasis is on a wide variety of formal applications rather than logical develop-
ment. Prerequisite: Math. 221 or consent of head of department. First and second
semester. Staff
Math. 323. Methods of Applied Analysis II (3)
Green's functions; integral equations; variational methods; asymptotic expans-
ions, method of saddle points; calculus of vector fields, exterior differential cal-
culus. Prerequisite: Math. 322. Second semester. Mr. Stengle
Math. 331. Numerical Analysis (3)
The construction of polynomial approximations and application to numerical
quadrature and differentiation; solution of systems of equations with emphasis on
linear systems; discrete variable methods for the solution of ordinary differential
equations. Students will have the opportunity to use a digital computer in the
solution of problems. Prerequisite: Math. 219. First semester.
Messrs. McAllister, Schechter
Math. 345. Topics in Group Theory (3)
Some basic structure theorems for infinite abelian groups; finite groups in-
cluding composition series, solvable and nilpotent groups; semigroups. Prerequi-
site: Math. 242. First semester. Mr. Lloyd
Math. 346. Commutative Rings and Field Theory (3)
Commutative rings; ideal theory; the primary decomposition of Noetherian
rings. Field theory; field extensions; algebraic closures; Galois theory. Prerequi-
site: Math. 345. Second semester. Mr. Lloyd
Math. 350. Special Topics (3)
A course covering special topics not sufficiently covered in the general courses.
Prerequisite: Consent of the head of department. First or second semester. May be
repeated for credit. Staff
Math. 362. Computer Languages (3)
An examination of a number of high-level computer programming languages,
and of the concepts and techniques which are used in the design of the compilers
which translate them. Prerequisite: Math. 105 or consent of the instructor. First
or second semester. Mr. Rayna
Math. 371. Readings in Mathematics (3)
The study of a topic in mathematics under appropriate supervision; designed
for the individual student who has studied extensively and whose interests lie in
areas not covered in the listed courses. Prerequisite: Consent of the head of the
department. First or second semester. May be repeated for credit.
Math. 381. Probability and Statistics (3)
Combinatorial problems, theory of probability, various frequency distributions,
standard deviation, sampling, correlation. Prerequisite: Open to secondary school
teachers who present at least eighteen hours of undergraduate mathematics.
Math. 382. Algebra (3)
Fundamentals of algebra, axiomatic method, set theory, notions of group,
ring, integral domain, and field. Prerequisite: Same as Math. 381.
Math. 385. Higher Geometry I (3)
Logical systems, postulates, synthetic projective geometry, analytic projective
geometry, affine, euclidean and non-euclidean geometry. Prerequisite: Same as
Math. 381.
272 Mathematics Lehigh University
Math. 387. Intermediate Analysis (3)
The real number system, functions, limits, continuity, derivative, law of the
mean, Taylor's formula, definite integral. Prerequisite: Open only to secondary
school teachers of mathematics who present at least 18 semester-hours of under-
graduate mathematics including a course in analysis.
For Graduates
In order to begin the work required for an M.S. degree in Mathematics,
a graduate student must present evidence of having completed an adequate
undergraduate major program in mathematics. Such a major is understood
to consist of at least 36 semester hours of mathematics, of which at least
12 hours required the elementary calculus sequence as prerequisite. A year
of advanced calculus and a year of algebra should be included.
The 30 semester hours required for the M.S. degree must include (with
the exceptions noted below) the following courses: four of the six courses
Math. 307, 308, 315, 322, 345, 346, selected with the approval of the de-
partment head; also, Math. 401, 423, and 443. A student with unusually
strong background may be permitted to substitute a more advanced course
for a required course, or may have covered the work of a required course,
thereby gaining greater feedom of election of courses within the required
30 semester hours. The M.S. degree requires either a thesis or a compre-
hensive examination at the discretion of the head of the department.
The plan of work for the Ph.D. degree will ordinarily include courses
in algebra, analysis, geometry, and topology at the 400 level and several
courses including seminars in the field in which the dissertation is to be
written. The Department accepts candidates for the Ph.D. who wish to
specialize in and to write a dissertation on some aspect of any of the follow-
ing areas of advanced work: analysis with emphasis on pure mathematics or
applied mathematics, algebra, functional analysis, differential geometry,
mathematical logic, probability, statistics, and topology.
Math. 401. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable (3)
A study of significant classes of real valued functions, distinguished by such
properties as continuity, semi-continuity, bounded variation, absolute continuity,
differentability, integrability. Prerequisite: Math. 307. Second semester.
Messrs. Pitcher, Ruckle
Math. 402. Measure and Integration (3)
The general theory of measure and integration, with Lebesgue measure and
integration as a significant example. Prerequisite: Math. 401. First semester.
Messrs. Laison, Pitcher
Lehigh University Mathematics 273
Math. 404. Mathematical Logic (3)
Advanced topics in quantification theory relevant to formalized theories, re-
cursive functions, Godel's incompleteness theorem; algorithms and computability.
Prerequisite: Math. 303. First semester. Mr. Hailperin
Math. 405. Partial Differential Equations (3)
Classification and transformation of equations; theory of characteristics; initial
and boundary value problems; Cauchy's problem for hyperbolic equations; Dirich-
let's problem for elliptic equations; potential theory; Green's function; harmonic
and sub-harmonic functions; difference equations; applications to equations of
physics. Prerequisite: Math. 220 and Math. 221. First semester.
Messrs. McAllister, Stengle
Math. 406. Partial Differential Equations (3)
Continuation of Math. 405. Prerequisite: Math. 405. Second semester.
Messrs. McAllister, Stengle
Math. 407. Transforms (3)
The properties and use of the Fourier transform, the Laplace transform, the
finite transform and generalized functions. Prerequisites Math. 220, Math. 221,
and either Math. 208 or Math. 315. Messrs. Gulden, Schechter
Math. 408. Boundary Value Problems (3)
The study of boundary value problems with attention to integral equations,
special functions, variational methods, and eigenvalue problems. Prerequisites:
Math. 220, Math. 221, and either Math. 208 or Math. 315. Mr. Schechtei
Math. 409. Mathematics Seminar (3 or 6)
An intensive study of some field of mathematics not offered in another course.
Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. First or second semester. Staff
Math. 410. Mathematics Seminar (3 or 6)
Continuation of the field of study in Math. 409 or the intensive study of a
different field. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. First or second semes-
ter. Staff
Math. 416. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable II (3)
Continuation of Math. 315, with more advanced topics, such as theory of
conformal mapping, bilinear transformations, analytic continuation, summability
of series, multiple-valued functions, Riemann surfaces, infinite products, Weier-
strass's factor theorem. Mittag-Leffler's theorem, special classes of functions. Pre-
requisite: Math. 315. Second semester. Mr. King
Math. 421. Probability (3)
Continuation of Math. 309. Algebra of sets, theorems on addition and multi-
plication of probabilities, conditional probability and independence; random var-
iables of discrete and continuous types, compound and multidimensional distri-
butions; probability generating functions, characteristic functions, uniqueness
theorem, central limit theorem (Liapunov form), strong and weak law of large
numbers; Markov chains, random walk problems, the ergodic theorem; stochastic
processes with discrete and continuous states, birth and death process, Kolmogorov
equations, Wiener process. Prerequisite: Math. 309 or Math. 234. Second semester.
Mr. Ghosh
274 Mathematics Lehigh University
Math. 423. Differential Geometry I (3)
The differential geometry of curves and surfaces in Euclidean space, includ-
ing problems in the large. First semester. Mr. Hsiung
Math. 424. Differential Geometry II (3)
Multilinear algebra; differentiable manifolds; tensor bundles; exterior differen-
tial forms; theorems of Stokes and Frobenius; imbedding theorem; affine con-
nections; holonomy groups; Riemannian manifolds. Prerequisite: Math. 423 and
Math. 308. Mr. Hsiung
Math. 425. Differential Geometry III (3)
Continuation of Math. 424 Curvature tensor; manifolds of constant curvature;
Gauss-Bonnet formula; completeness; harmonic forms; curvature and homology;
infinitesimal transformations; conjugate points and Morse index theorem; Lie
groups and Lie algebras. Prerequisite: Math. 424. Mr. Hsiung
Math. 431. Calculus of Variations (3)
Fundamental existence theorems; necessary conditions and sufficient conditions
for relative minima of single integrals; the index theorem; application to boundary
value problems. Prerequisite: Math. 401. First semester. Mr. Pitcher
Math. 435. Functional Analysis I (3)
Transfinite induction; linear space; convex sets, separation theorems; linear
topology; Frechet, Banach, Hilbert and Minkowski spaces, and Banach algebra;
ordered spaces; reflexivity, weak and product topologies; open mapping, uniform
boundedness; basis and orthogonal series: representation theorem; applications
to classical analysis. Prerequisite: Math. 307. First semester. Mr. Wilansky
Math. 436. Functional Analysis II (3)
Continuation of Math. 435. Prerequisite: Math. 435. Second semester.
Mr. Wilansky
Math. 443. General Topology II (3)
A continuation of Math. 307, with such topics as filters and nets, topological
products, local compactness, paracompactness, metrizability, uniformity, function
spaces, dimension theory. Prerequisite: Math. 307. Second semester.
Messrs. Gulden, Willard
Math. 444. Algebraic Topology II (3)
Cross products, cup and cap products, duality theorems, universal coefficient
theorems, the Kunneth theorem. Prerequisite: Math. 308. First semester.
Mr. Khabbaz
Math. 445. Algebraic Topology III (3)
Fibre bundles, obstruction theory, spectral sequences. Prerequisite: Math. 444.
Second semester. Mr. Khabbaz
Math. 449. Advanced Topics in Algebra (3)
An intensive study of some topic in algebra with emphasis on recent de-
velopments. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Math. 344. First or second
semester- Mr. Lloyd
Math. 453. Topics in Function Theory (3)
The development of one or more topics in function theory, such as analytic
continuation, maximum modulus principle, conformal representation, Taylor se-
ries analysis, integral functions, Dirichlet series, functions of several complex
variables. Prerequisite: Math. 416. First semester. Messrs. Gulden, King
Lehigh University Mathematics, Astronomy, Mechanical Engineering 275
Math. 471. Homological algebra (3)
Modules, tensor products, categories and functors, homology functors, pro-
jective and injective modules. Prerequisite: Math. 346. First or second semester.
Mr. Lloyd
Math. 472. Finite Groups (3)
An intensive study of the structure of finite groups and their automophisms.
Prerequisite: Math. 346. First or second semester. Mr. Otto
Math. 473. Ordered algebraic systems (3)
Partially ordered groups and rings with emphasis on representation theory.
Prerequisite: Math. 346. First or second semester. Mr. Lloyd
ASTRONOMY
Astr. 1. Descriptive Astronomy (3)
The earth as an astronomical body; the solar system; a brief introduction to
sidereal astronomy. First and second semesters.
Astr. 2. General Astronomy (3)
The solar system; the sidereal system, with an introduction to celestial mechanics
and astrophysics. Prerequisite: Math. 21. Not open to Freshmen. First or second
semester.
Astr. 104. Stellar Astronomy and Astrophysics (3)
Introduction to astrophysics; the sun considered as a star; physical character-
istics of the stars; stellar motions; binary stars; theory of binary star orbits; stellar
aggregations; cosmogony. Prerequisites: Math. 22, and Phys. 16 or Phys. 3. First
or second semester. Mr. Van Arnam
Astr. 250. Topics in Astronomy (3)
A course covering one or more topics not covered in other courses. Prerequisite:
Consent of the head of department. First or second semester. May be repeated
for credit.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Long, Owczarek, Stenning
Associate Professors Benner, Eppes, Jackson
Assistant Professors Lucas, Nevis, Roberts, Terry
Messrs. Golan, Paul, Pujol
M.E. 10. Analysis of Engineering Problems I (1)
Elementary analyses of problems in the field of mechanical engineering. Me-
thods and techniques of solution. Use of digital computers. Prerequisite: Consent
of head of department.
276 Mechanical Engineering Lehigh University
M.E. 100. Industrial Employment (0)
Usually following the junior year, students in the mechanical engineering cur-
riculum are expected to do a minimum of eight weeks of practical work, prefer-
ably in the field they plan to follow after graduation. A report is required. Pre-
requisite: Sophomore standing.
M.E. 101. Mechanical Engineering Design I (3)
Application of the principles of mechanics to the design of machine elements.
Introduction to kinematic principles in mechanisms. Prerequisites: C.E. 11; Mech.
11; Mech. 102, previously or concurrently.
M.E. 102. Mechanical Engineering Design II (3)
Continuation of M.E. 101. Prerequisite: M.E. 101.
M.E. 103. Mechanical Engineering Design III (5)
Consideration of dynamic loading on design of machines. Vibration and balanc-
ing. Attention to logical methods of investigating unfamiliar problems. Prerequi-
sites: M.E. 102; Math. 221.
M.E. 104. Thermodynamics I (4)
Basic concepts and principles of thermodynamics with emphasis on universal
applications. First and Second Law development. Energy equations. Reversibility
and irreversibility. Entropy and probability. Thermodynamic functions. Properties
of pure substances. Prerequisite: Math. 23, Phys. 3.
M.E. 105. Thermodynamics II (4)
Thermodynamics applications. Reversible and irreversible processes and cycles
with various fluids. Gas and vapor mixtures. Compressible and incompressible
fluid flow. Prerequisite: M.E. 104.
M.E. 108. Laboratory I (2)
Lectures and laboratory exercises relating to various phases of engineering lab-
oratory technique and procedures. Includes planning, execution, and analysis of
tests and writing of reports. Prerequisite: M.E. 105.
M.E. 109. Laboratory II (2)
Continuation of M.E. 108 with emphasis on project investigations.
M.E. 110. Thesis (1-3)
Candidates for the degree of B.S. in M.E. may, with the approval of the director
of the curriculum, undertake a thesis as a portion of the work during the senior
year.
M.E. 111. Analysis of Engineering Problems II (2)
Formulation of equations, analysis, and modeling of engineering systems.
Elements of numerical and analog methods of solution. Prerequisites: M.E. 10,
Math. 221.
Lehigh University Mechanical Engineering 277
M.E. 160. Thermodynamics (3)
Fuels; combustion; principles of engineering thermodynamics; properties of
steam; steam power plant equipment and cycles; internal combustion engines.
Prerequisites: Math. 23; Phys. 3.
M.E. 161. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory (1)
Testing of mechanical engineering equipment. Prerequisite: M.E. 160, or M.E.
104.
M.E. 166. Procedures for Mechanical Design (2)
General design procedures, motion analysis, force analysis, static, repeated and
impact types of loading, modes of failure,, stress analysis, failure theories. Appli-
cations to the design of typical machine elements. Prerequisite: Mech. 11.
M.E. 168. Elements of Mechanical Design (4)
Elements of mechanical design: motion and force analysis, sizing of members,
selection of materials for failure prevention, production requirements. Selected
examples of mechanical component and system design. Prerequisites: Mech. 11,
Mech. 102 previously or concurrently.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
M.E. 220. Thermodynamics (3)
Principles of classical thermodynamics with applications to engineering prob-
lems. Introduction to statistical thermodynamics. Prerequisites: Phys. 3 and Math.
23.
M.E. 310. Projects (3-6)
Analysis and synthesis of selected mechanical engineering systems and devices.
Case studies chosen from topics such as design of fluid machinery, power plants,
internal combustion engines. Consideration of mechanical design and thermo-
dynamic influences, with emphasis on the creative phase of design. Prerequisites:
Consent of head of department. Staff
M.E. 320. Thermodynamics III (3)
Kinetic theory of gases, statistical thermodynamics. Advanced and specialized
topics in thermodynamics. Prerequisite: M.E. 105. Second semester.
Mr. Owczarek
M.E. 321. Heat Transfer (3)
Conduction, free and forced convection, radiation, evaporation and condensa-
tion, mass transfer. Application to design of heat exchangers in power plant, air
conditioning, and refrigeration apparatus. Prerequisites: Math. 221; C.E. 121;
M.E. 105. Mr. Nevis
M.E. 322. Gas Dynamics (3)
Dynamics and thermodynamics of compressible flow; subsonic and supersonic
flow in nozzles and ducts, heat addition, compressible flow with friction, linearized
analysis of subsonic and supersonic flow, similarity rules, normal and oblique
shocks, method of characteristics, applications to design of wind tunnels, rockets,
ram-jets, turbines. Prerequisites: C.E. 121; M.E. 105; Math. 221. First semester.
Mr. Owczarek
278 Mechanical Engineering Lehigh University
M.E. 324. Space Propulsion Systems (3)
Cycle analysis of air-breathing engines. Optimum configurations for different
flight regimes. Chemical and nuclear rocket engines. Electrical propulsion de-
vices. Rankine and Brayton cycles for space power plants. Component design.
Prerequisite: M.E. 105. Mr. Stenning
M.E. 331. Fluid Mechanics (3)
Kinematics of fluid flow, equations of flow in integral form, and two dimen-
sional potential flow theory of incompressible fluids with applications. Navier-
Stokes equations, dynamic similarity, laminar flows, turbulence, and boundary
layers. Introduction to flow of compressible fluids. Measurement techniques.
Flows in and performance analysis of turbomachinery; introduction to the de-
sign of cascades. Flow of non-Newtonian fluids. Hydrodynamic lubrication. Pre-
requisites: C.E. 121 and C.E. 123. Mr. Owczarek
M.E. 340. Advanced Mechanical Engineering Design (3)
Design of mechanical systems and components requiring applications of ad-
vanced principles of mechanics and material behavior. Advanced design topics,
including optimization, reliability and sensitivity analysis. Prerequisite: M.E. 103.
Second semester. Messrs. Benner, Terry
M.E. 342. Mechanical Vibration Analysis (3)
Analysis of physical systems and setting up equations: development of signifi-
cant engineering relationships. Emphasis on engineering application. Prerequisite:
Math. 221. Second semester. Messrs. Terry, Long
M.E. 343. Instrumentation and Automatic Control (3)
Selection, design and operation of measuring instruments. Analysis of automatic
control systems for thermal, hydraulic and mechanical processes. Stability and
response criteria. Prerequisite: Math. 221. Messrs. Benner, Long
For Graduates
For the master's degree a thesis will be required. The taking of mathe-
matics courses which are required in the undergraduate mechanical engi-
neering curriculum may be considered as making up a deficiency so that
a larger number of credits than the minimum may be necessary.
Subject to proper approval "400" level courses from other engineering
curricula, such as mechanics and chemical engineering, may be included in
the major.
A student who plans to work for the doctor's degree should submit
during his first year a general plan to the head of the department and ar-
range for the qualifying examination.
The department offers courses during the late afternoon for the con-
venience of students who are employed locally and taking graduate work
on a part-time basis.
M.E. 403. Advanced Mechanical Engineering Laboratory (3)
The planning, design, execution and reporting of experimental tests and investi-
Lehigh University Mechanical Engineering 279
gations in mechanical engineering. Prerequisite: Adequate preparation in thermo-
dynamics and laboratory courses. Staff
M.E. 404. Advanced Mechanical Engineering Laboratory (3)
Continuation of M.E. 403. Staff
M.E. 420. Advanced Thermodynamics (3)
Critical review of first and second laws, entropy, and general thermodynamic
equations and relations; applications to current problems in technology and re-
search. Messrs. Owczarek, Stenning
M.E. 421. Topics in Thermodynamics (3)
Emphasis on theoretical and experimental treatment of combustion processes
including dissociation, flame temperature calculations, diffusion flames, stability
and propagation; related problems in compressible flow involving one-dimensional,
oblique shock waves and detonation waves. Methods of measurement and instru-
mentation. Mr. Owczarek
M.E. 423. Boundary Layer Analysis (3)
Navier-Stokes equations, laminar boundary layer theory, analysis of friction
drag, heat transfer and separation; transition trom laminar to turbulent flow.
Turbulent boundary layer theory, Karman integral equations, Prandtl mixing
length, turbulent friction drag, heat transfer and layer thickness. Flow in ducts,
waves and jets. Messrs. Owczarek, Stenning
M.E. 424. Advanced Mechanical Vibrations (3)
Comprehensive study of vibrating systems; non-linear vibrations; aeroelasticity;
study of current literature. Prerequisite: M.E. 440. Mr. Long
M.E. 431. Advanced Gas Dynamics (3)
Continuation of M.E. 322. Small perturbation theory. Methods of solution of
two-dimensional subsonic steady flows. The supersonic blunt body problem.
Similarity rules of high-speed flow. Transonic flow. Hypersonic flow. Introduction
to magnetogasdynamics. Prerequisite: M.E. 322. Mr. Owczarek
M.E. 432. Topics in Gas Dynamics (3)
The equilibrium thermodynamic properties of a dissociating mixture of gases.
Equilibrium flow of dissociating gases. Vibrational and chemical nonequilibrium.
Criteria for thermodynamic equilibrium of gas flow. Chemical kinetics of gaseous
reactions. Equations of flow of a reacting gas mixture. Nonequilibrium flows. Ap-
plication to design of ram-jets and rocket nozzles and of re-entry vehicles. Pre-
requisites: M.E. 320, M.E. 322. Mr. Owczarek
M.E. 439. Fluid Mechanics of Turbo-machinery (3)
Hodograph methods in potential flow. Solution of direct and indirect cascade
design problems using the methods of singularities and conformal transformation.
Real fluid effects in two-dimensional cascade flow. Secondary flow in cascades.
Three-dimensional flow. Messrs. Owczarek, Stenning
M.E. 440. Dynamics of Machinery (3)
Fundamental principles of dynamics; variational dynamics; variable mass sys-
tems; gyroscopic theory and devices; applications to mechanical systems.
Messrs. Benner. Long
280 Mechanical Engineering, Mechanics Lehigh University
M.E. 441. Stress Analysis in Design (3)
Application of methods of the theory of elasticity to mechanical design prob-
lems. Direct, approximate, and numerical methods of analysis applied to problems
in plane stress, plane strain, torsion, thermal stresses, and residual stresses. First
semester. Messrs. Benner, Long
M.E. 442. Analytical Methods in Engineering I (3)
Analytical Methods of Solution for Discrete and Continuous engineering sys-
tems. Theoretical, numerical and approximate methods of solution applied to
equilibrium, characteristic value and propagation types of engineering problems.
First semester. Mr. Erdogan
M.E. 443. Analytical Methods in Engineering II (3)
Continuation of M.E. 442. Second semester. Mr. Erdogan
M.E. 444. Experimental Stress Analysis in Design (3)
Applications of experimental stress analysis to mechanical design problems.
Second semester. Mr. Benner
M.E. 450. Special Topics (3)
An intensive study of some field of mechanical engineering not covered in more
general courses. Staff
M.E. 451. Seminar (1-3)
Critical discussion of recent advances in mechanical engineering. Staff
MECHANICS
Professors Beer, Erdogan, Paris, Sih, G. F. Smith
Visiting Professor Isida
Associate Professors de Neufville, Kalnins, Osborn
Assistant Professors Perlman, Updike, Warnock
Messrs. Kama, Kassir, Lennox, Perna, Ravera
Creager, Hartranft, Seitz, Trevino, Yuceoglu
Mech. 1. Statics (3)
Composition and resolution of forces; equivalent force systems; equilibrium of
particles and rigid bodies; centroids and centers of gravity; analysis of simple struc-
tures; internal forces in beams; friction; moments and products of inertia; method
of virtual work. Prerequisites: Math. 22 and Phys. 1. First semester.
Mech. 10. Problem Computation Laboratory (1)
Techniques of programming for computers; preparation of problems in mech-
anics for computer programming. Prerequisite: Mech. 1. Second semester.
Lehigh University Mechanics 281
Mech. 11. Mechanics of Materials (3)
Strength and elasticity of materials; theory of stresses and strains; deflection of
beams and shafts; torsion; buckling of struts. Prerequisites: Mech. 1; Math. 23,
previously or concurrently. Second semester.
Mech. 13. Materials Testing Laboratory (1)
Experiments to study the mechanical properties of engineering materials; corre-
lation of the properties of different materials, of their behavior under different
types of load application, and of mechanical properties to design criteria. Verifica-
tion of certain assumptions used in Mech. 11. Prerequisite: Mech. 11, preferably
concurrently. First and second semesters.
Mech. 100. Industrial Employment (0)
During the summer following the junior year, students in engineering mechanics
are required to spend at least eight weeks getting practical experience in some
approved industrial or research organization, preferably in the field they plan to
enter after graduation. A written report on the work done is due within two
months of the termination of their employment.
Mech. 102. Dynamics (3)
Kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid bodies; relative motion; dynamic
equilibrium; work and energy; impulse and momentum; mechanical vibrations.
Prerequisites: Mech. 1; Math. 23. First and second semesters.
Mech. 104. Fluid Dynamics (3)
Equations of continuity, energy, momentum with basic applications. Viscous
effects. Introductory fluid kinematics. Two-dimensional potential flow problems
using conformal mapping; foils; free streamline theory. Vortex formation.
Prerequisites: Mech. 102, Math. 208 and 221. Second semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Mech. 2XX. Elements of Continuum Mechanics (3)
Stress and strain at a point, invariants, and generalized stress strain relations;
basic equations of motion of a continuum, energy principles and reduction of
equations for special areas; application to materials behavior phenomena. Pre-
requisite: Math. 221. or equivalent. Second semester. Mr. Paris
Mech. 301. Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3)
Introduction to two-dimensional theory of elasticity; theories of failure; bending
and torsion of prismatic bars; principles of indeterminate analysis; instability. Pre-
requisite: Mech. 11; 221, previously or concurrently. First semester.
Messrs. Paris, Sih
Mech. 302. Advanced Dynamics (3)
Fundamental dynamical theorems and their application to the study of the
motion of particles and rigid bodies, with particular emphasis on three-dimen-
sional motion. Use of generalized coordinates; Lagrange's equations and their
applications. Prerequisites: Mech. 102; Math. 204. Second semester.
Messrs. Beer, Osborn. Paris
282 Mechanics Lehigh University
Mech. 303. Mechanics of Continua I (3)
Fundamental principles of the mechanics of deformable bodies. Study of
stress, strain, velocity and acceleration fields. Compatibility equations, conserva-
tion laws. Applications to viscous and non-newtonian fluids, perfectly plastic and
perfectly elastic materials. Prerequisites: Mech. 104 and Mech. 301. First se-
mester. Messrs. Sih, G. F. Smith
Mech. 304. Mechanics of Continua II (3)
Formulation of constitutive equations; invariance principles. Large elastic de-
formations; theory of dislocations; couple-stress theory; hereditary materials and
viscoelasticity; elements of crystal physics and continuum physics. Prerequisite:
Mech. 303. Second semester. Messrs. Sih, G. F. Smith
Mech. 305. System Dynamics (3)
Application of Lagrange equations to the dynamics of linear systems; total en-
ergy, Rayleigh's principle, disippation function, structural damping. Use of con-
volution integrals and Laplace transforms in the study of tfansient response. Non-
linear discrete systems; introduction to the response of systems to random inputs.
Prerequisites: Mech. 302; Math. 204, 208 and 221. First semester. Mr. Erdogan
Mech. 306. Experimental Methods in Mechanics (3)
Study of loading, sensing and recording devices pertinent to applied mechanics.
Application to the determination of the time-dependent properties of materials
and systems with emphasis on research. Lectures, laboratory, and individual
projects. Prerequisites: Mech. 301 and 305. Second semester.
Messrs. Osborn, Warnock
Mech. 326. Aerodynamics (3)
Fundamentals of fluid dynamics applied to aircraft; the Prandtl theory of lift
and drag; performance calculations; theory of stability and control. Prerequisite:
Mech. 104 or M.E. 331. Second semester. Mr. de Neufville
Mech. 350. Special Topics (3)
A study of some field of Engineering Mechanics not covered in the general
courses. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. First or second semester.
Staff
For Graduates
The graduate courses in Mechanics are open in general to students who
have been graduated from a curriculum in engineering mechanics, engineer-
ing mathematics, engineering physics, civil engineering, or mechanical engin-
eering at a recognized institution.
A candidate for the M.S. degree in Applied Mechanics is expected to
possess a thorough knowledge of undergraduate mathematics and mechanics.
Math. 204, 208 and 322, and Mech. 301 and 302, or their equivalents, are
Lehigh University Mechanics 283
considered prerequisites for graduate work in Applied Mechanics. Any of
these courses which have not been taken by the student as an undergraduate
should be included in his graduate program. He may then be required to
present a larger number of credits than the minimum required for gradua-
tion. A thesis carrying 3 to 6 credit hours is required of all candidates for
the M. S. degree.
Mech. 402. Advanced Analytical Mechanics (3)
Fundamental dynamical theorems and their application to advanced problems;
generalized coordinates; Lagrange's equations; fixed and moving constraints; non-
holonomic systems; principle of least constraint; Hamilton's canonical equations;
principle of least action; general methods of integration of the dynamical equa-
tions; integral invariants; Poisson brackets. Prerequisite: Mech. 302 or consent of
head of department. First semester. Mr. Beer
Mech. 404. Advanced Vibrations Analysis (3)
Sturm-Liouville theory; variational problems for deformable bodies; methods
for estimating the natural frequencies and their bounds for continuous elastic
systems. Wave propagation in a continuous elastic medium; Rayleigh waves; vis-
coelastic waves. Prerequisites: Math. 221; Mech. 305, or equivalent introductory
course in vibrations analysis. Second semester. Mr. Erdogan
Mech. 405. Response of Systems to Random Loads (3)
Stochastic processes; correlation functions and power spectra; response of me-
chanical systems to one-dimensional and multidimensional random load fields;
probability theory for several random variables; statistical properties of the ran-
dom vibrations of mechanical systems; application to failure prediction. Pre-
requisite: Consent of head of department. Second semester. Mr. Beer
Mech. 409. Theory of Elasticity I (3)
Stress and strain; generalized Hooke's Law; equations of equilibrium and com-
patibility; general theorems and applications. Prerequisites: Math. 221; Mech.
301, or C.E. 309, or equivalent introductory course in theory of elasticity. First
semester Messrs. Sih, G. F. Smith
Mech. 410. Theory of Elasticity II (3)
Application of complex function theory to two-dimensional elastic problems:
Methods of Muskhelishvili and Lauricella-Scherman; Cauchy integrals and
singular integral equations. Prerequisites: Mech. 409, Math. 208 or consent of
head of department. Second semester. Messrs. Sih. G. F. Smith
Mech. 412. Theory of Plasticity (3)
Mechanical behavior in the plastic range; foundations of the theory of plas-
ticity; axisymmetric problems: limit analysis theorems: plane strain and slip line
theory; applications to metal forming; introduction to plastic analysis of struc-
tures. Prerequisite: Mech. 409. Second semester. Mr. Updike
Mech. 413. Fracture Mechanics (3)
Introduction to the Griffith-Irwin theory of static strength of bodies containing
cracks; stress-intensity-factor methods; application to fatigue crack growth; com-
plex variable methods of stress analysis of cracks for extension and bending of
plates, for torsion and flexure of bars, and for thermal stress problems; visco-
elastic, anisotropic, and non-homogenous effects. Prerequisites: Mech. 301, Math.
208 or consent of head of department. Messrs. Paris, Sih
284 Mechanics, Metallurgy and Materials Science Lehigh University
Mech. 415. Structural Mechanics and Elastic Stability (3)
Elastic behavior of structures and their components; problems in stability, tor-
sion, and bending; numerical and finite difference procedures. Prerequisites: Math.
221. First semester. Mr. Kalnins
Mech. 416. Theory of Plates and Shells (3)
Governing equations of classical theory of plates. Solutions for rectangular and
circular plates. Reissner's theory of plates. Vibration of circular plates. Nonlinear
theories of plates. Differential geometry of surfaces. Governing equations of
bending of thin elastic shells. Methods of solution for cylindrical, spherical, and
arbitrary shells of revolution. Shallow shells. Approximate theories of shells.
Prerequisites: Math. 221; Mech. 301, or C.E. 309, or equivalent introductory
course in theory of elasticity. Second semester. Mr. Kalnins
Mech. 421. Hydrodynamics (3)
Mathematical theory of fluids; potential; two-and three-dimensional flow prob-
lems. Prerequisite: Mech. 104. or consent of head of department.
Messrs. de Neufville, Warnock
Mech. 422. Advanced Mechanics of Compressible Fluids (3)
Study of subsonic and supersonic flows of compressible fluids by analytical
methods. Steady and unsteady flows in ducts and around immersed bodies. Pre-
requisite: Consent of head of department. Second semester. Mr. Owczarek
Mech. 450. Special Problems (3)
An intensive study of some field of applied mechanics not covered in more
general courses. First or second semester. Staff
METALLURGY AND MATERIALS SCIENCE
Professors Libsch, Conard, Kraft, Stout
Associate Professors Avitzur, Spriggs. Wood
Assistant Professors Tarby, Pense, Hahn, Krauss, Hertzberg, Tauber
Messrs. DeBardillo, Robinson, Shapiro, Bratspies, Sheffler. Weber, Hyatt, Moll
Met. 10. Metallurgy Laboratory (1-2)
Elementary analysis of metallurgical problems for programming in computer
solution; application of equipment for laboratory study of structure and properties
of metals. Prerequisite: Met. 63 or 91 previously or concurrently. Second se-
mester.
Met. 63. Engineering Materials and Processes (3)
A study of engineering materials and properties. Methods and effect of fabrica-
tion and treatment. Application and use of materials in engineering. Primarily
metals, but including plastics, ceramics, and other engineering materials. Pre-
requisites: Chem. 2, 12 or Chem. 3, 13; Phys. 16 or 1. First and second semesters.
Met. 67. Metallurgical Laboratory (2)
Laboratory study of the structure, properties, and processing of metals and
alloys. Microscopic examination, temperature measurement, hardness testing,
Lehigh University Metallurgy and Materials Science 285
equilibrium diagrams, cold deformation and annealing, age hardening, casting,
heat treatment of steel, hardenability, effect of heat treatment on tensile properties
and notch toughness of steel. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites: Met. 63; Phys.
3. First and second semesters.
Met. 91. Elements of Materials Science (3)
Introductory study of the relationship between structure (on the atomic,
crystallographic or molecular, micro and macro scales) and physical and me-
chanical properties of metallic, ceramic, and polymeric materials. Influence of
processing variables on structure and properties. Lectures and recitation. Pre-
requisites: Chem. 2, 12 or Chem. 3, 13 and Phys. 3 or 16 previously or concur-
rently. First and second semesters.
Met. 100. Industrial Employment
In the summer following the junior year students in the curriculum of metal-
lurgy and materials science are required to secure at least eight weeks of ex-
perience in industrial plants or research organizations.
Met. 101. Professional Development (1)
Meetings with the department staff for the purpose of developing a pro-
fessional outlook of the engineering student. Required reading, oral reports and
term papers. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Second semester.
Met. 191. Experimental Metallurgy (3)
Application of research techniques to a project in metallurgy or materials
science selected in consultation with the senior staff. Prerequisite: Met. 340.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Met. 2XX. Structure and Behavior of Materials (3)
Correlation of electronic, crystal and microstructure with electrical, magnetic
and mechanical properties of crystalline materials, primarily metals. Solidification,
equilibrium and non-equilibrium structures, deformation and fracture, transforma-
tion mechanisms. Prerequisites: Met. 91 or equivalent; Phys. 4. First semester.
Met. 210. Metallurgical Thermodynamics (3)
The application of thermodynamic relations to metallurgical processes with
emphasis on solving specific problems for processes such as the open hearth for
steel, heat treating atmospheres, alloy equilibrium diagrams, and others. Lectures
and problem sections. Prerequisites: Met. 10, Math. 23, Chem 91 or 95 concur-
rently. First semester. Mr. Hahn
Met. 230. Physical Metallurgy I (4)
Structure, metallic bonding, and properties of metals. Solidification, alloying,
and constitution diagrams. Metallography. Deformation and annealing. Fracture.
Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisites: Met. 91 or 63; Phys. 4. Mr. Libsch
Met. 231. Physical Metallurgy II (4)
Atomic mobility, kinetics, and mechanisms of transformation. Heat treatment.
Corrosion. Surface treatment. Mechanical behavior. Properties and uses of metals
and alloys. Sources of metallurgical failures. Lectures, laboratory. Prerequisite:
Met. 230 Messrs. Libsch. Pense
Met. 278. Metallurgical Reports (3)
An opportunity for the advanced student to develop familiarity with current
metallurgical literature and to present oral reports and a comprehensive written
survey. Prerequisite: Senior standing.
286 Metallurgy and Materials Science Lehigh University
Met. 304. Extractive Metallurgy I (4)
A unit process study of extractive metallurgy techniques. Includes chemical
principles, thermochemistry, and kinetics; also phases in pyrometallurgical sys-
tems, combustion of fuels, and refractories. The preparation, treatment, and
handling of materials for primary crude metal production. Lectures plus labora-
tory. A three-day inspection trip is required. Prerequisite: Ch.E. 60, Met. 210.
Second semester. Mr. Hahn
Met. 305. Extractive Metallurgy II (3)
Continuation of Met. 304. Refining primary metals and scrap. Instrumentation
and control of processes, flow sheets, and program analysis. Lectures and labora-
tory, plant trips. Prerequisite: Met. 304. First semester. Mr. Hahn
Met. 315. Physical Ceramics (3)
Correlation of internal structure with physical and mechanical behavior of
ceramic materials. Effect of processing variables. Sintering, grain growth, vitri-
fication. Prerequisite: Met. 2XX or equivalent. Mr. Spriggs
Met. 316. Physical Properties of Materials (3)
Consideration of the observed electrical, magnetic, thermal and optical prop-
erties of crystalline materials with emphasis on their relationship to electron con-
figuration and crystal structure. Prerequisite: Met. 2XX or equivalent.
Messrs. Conard and Tauber
Met. 318. Theoretical Physical Metallurgy (3)
Atomic structure. Theories of alloying and transformation. Dislocations. Pre-
requisites: Met. 231 or equivalent. First semester. Mr. Conard or Mr. Krauss
Met. 323. Mechanical Metallurgy (3)
Deformation and fracture of metals. Theoretical considerations and their appli-
cation to service. Analysis of metal forming operations. Lectures and laboratory
exercises. Prerequisites: Mech. 11; Met. 231; M.E. 116 and Met. 352 previously
or concurrently. First semester. Mr. Avitzur
Met. 325. Industrial Metallurgy (8)
This course is restricted to a small group of seniors and graduate students select-
ed by the department from those who apply. Three full days per week are spent
at the plant of the Bethlehem Steel Company for research in plant operations. Ap-
plication by a graduate student for admission to this course must be made prior to
November 1 of the previous semester. Second semester. Mr. Tarby
Met. 333. X-ray Methods (3)
Introduction to the fundamentals and experimental methods of X-ray tech-
niques. Application to various materials problems including diffraction, radio-
graphy, fluorescent analysis. Lectures and laboratory work. Prerequisite: Physics
4, Met. 91 or equivalent. Mr. Kraft
Met. 334. Electron Microscopy (3)
Study of theory and application of electron diffraction and microscopy methods
for investigation of the structure of matter. Specific topics include electron optics
and replica and transmission electron microscopy. Special laboratories will be
given in cooperation with other departments as required. Prerequisite: Consent of
head of department. Messrs. Krauss and Wood
Lehigh University Metallurgy and Materials Science 287
Met. 338. Metallurgical Colloquium (2)
An opportunity for the student to develop an acquaintance with the current
metallurgical literature, the ability to interpret such literature clearly, and skill in
presenting oral engineering reports. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department.
Met. 340. Research Techniques (2-3)
Study, analysis, and application of experimental techniques in metallurgical and
materials research. Analysis of experimental data and methods of presentation.
Design of experimental programs. Recitations and laboratory.
Met. 352. Physical Metallurgy III (3)
Structure and properties of ferrous and non-ferrous alloys as influenced by
metallurgical processing and heat treatment. Lectures and project laboratory.
Prerequisite: Met. 231. First semester. Mr. Pense
Met. 358. Selection of Materials (3)
Study of problems relating to design and service requirements of metal com-
ponents, failure of metal components, and selection of materials and processes.
Discussion of specific examples to develop approach to and judgment of engineer-
ing problems involving metallurgy. Lectures, problems. Prerequisite: Met. 352 or
consent of head of department. Second semester. Messrs. Libsch, Wood
Met. 361. Physics of Materials (3)
Consideration of the principles of quantum mechanics, statistical thermody-
namics, and continuum mechanics. Intended to provide a basic understanding of
the principles underlying the study of structure and properties of materials.
Prerequisites: Met. 91, Math. 221.
Met. 362. Structure and Properties of Materials (3)
Study of transformations in materials and correlation of structure with the
electrical, magnetic, optical and mechanical properties of materials. Intended, in
conjunction with Met. 361, to provide an integrated background sequence for
further studies in the science of materials. Prerequisite: Met. 361.
For Graduates
The foundation for successful graduate work in Metallurgy or Materials
Science includes sound basic preparation in chemistry, physics, and mathe-
matics, and adequate breadth of general education. Two years of college
chemistry, physics, and mathematics usually will suffice. Candidates entering
upon graduate study who have obtained their bachelor's degree in fields of
science or engineering other than metallurgy will be required to take certain
undergraduate courses in physical and chemical metallurgy, without credit
toward the graduate degree, or else to pass an examination demonstrating a
satisfactory foundation for advanced work in metallurgy and materials
science.
Programs of graduate study may lead to the Master of Science or
Doctor of Philosphy degrees with prime concentration in the fields of
Physical, Mechanical, or Chemical Metallurgy, and, in cooperation with
the Materials Research Center, in the broader field of Materials Science.
The Center facilitates interdisciplinary programs of study and research that
cross the traditional boundaries of the various science and engineering cur-
ricula, providing an opportunity for the study of the fundamental be-
havior of materials (see page 160).
288 Metallurgy and Materials Science Lehigh University
A candidate for the degree of Master of Science must include a thesis
in his program. This may not count for more than six of the 30 semester
hours required for that degree. Typical recent master's thesis programs in-
clude: age hardening studies, analysis of embrittlement behavior in steels,
studies of electronic and magnetic properties, preferred orientation de-
termination and control, production of metallic thin films, production of
single crystals of thermoelectric and laser materials, investigation of the
kinetics of high temperature liquid metal reactions, measurements of high
temperature fatigue behavior, and studies relating to welding, induction
heating, and powder metallurgy.
A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy must pass a qualify-
ing examination and submit a general plan to the head of the Department
at the beginning of the first year of the doctoral work, preliminary to formu-
lation of the doctoral program by his special committee at the time of his
formal admission to candidacy. The plan will provide for specialization in
some phase of theoretical metallurgy, to be effected mainly through re-
search; in addition to collateral course work. Special fields of metallurgy
and materials science included in recent doctoral research include: kinetics
of solid state transformations, design of magnetic alloys, thermodynamic
properties of liquids, controlled solidification, environmental crack propa-
gation, correlation of deformation and recrystallization textures with mag-
netic and mechanical behavior, elevated temperature deformation and frac-
ture mechanisms, fine structure of martensite, analysis of gross plastic de-
formation in metal-forming procesess, magnetic, electronic and mechani-
cal behavior of unidirectionally solidified eutectic alloys, structure and
properties of sputtered and evaporated thin films, pressure sintered ceramic
oxides and strengthening mechanisms in high density ceramic materials.
The Department of Metallurgy and Materials Science has joined with
the Department of Chemical Engineering to provide a graduate program in
the field of chemical metallurgy. The program, leading to the degree of
Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy, offers opportunity for research
and instruction in a broad spectrum of topics relating to the understanding,
design and control of high-temperature processes.
A number of research fellowships and assistantships are available to
aid students of outstanding promise in research, either through the De-
partment or through the Materials Research Center. Opportunities for part-
time teaching are available for qualified Ph.D. candidates.
Met. 401. Metallurgical Investigation and Thesis (3)
Experimental investigation of some problem in the areas of mechanical, chemi-
cal, and physical metallurgy or materials science. The study must be embodied in
a written report. Prerequisite: Undergraduate metallurgical courses in the field of
investigation. First and second semesters. Staff
Met. 402. Metallurgical Investigation and Thesis (3)
Continuation of Met. 401. First and second semesters. Staff
Lehigh University Metallurgy and Materials Science 289
Met. 404. Materials for Modern Technology (3)
Detailed study of the chemical, mechanical and physical behavior of one or
more of the materials in modern technology, such as cryogenic, nuclear, or aero-
space technologies. This course may be repeated for credit beyond three hours
with permission of the instructor. Prerequisites: Met. 231 and Met. 210, Met. 305
or consent of head of department. Staff
Met. 406. Solidification (3)
Structure, theory and properties of liquids. Homogeneous and heterogeneous
nucleation, theory and experimental results. Solidification phenomena in pure,
single and multi-phase materials including the nature of the freezing interface,
segregation, constitutional super-cooling, dendritic growth, crystallographic effects,
the origin of defects, crystal growing. Zone processes. Prerequisite: Consent of
head of department. Mr. Kraft
Met. 407. Theory of Alloy Phases (3)
Consideration of the application of the principles of thermodynamics, physics,
and crystallography to the explanation of structure, physical properties and
behavior of crystalline materials. Prerequisite: Met. 231. Desirable prepara-
tion: Physics 363. Mr. Conard
Met. 408. Transformations (3)
A description of phase equilibria and phase transformations with emphasis on
the solid state. Phase diagrams and their thermodynamic basis. Physical and
kinetic aspects of various types of phase transformations. Prerequisites: Met. 231,
Met. 210. Mr. Krauss
Met. 409. Recent Developments in the Theory of Metals (3)
Current topics and new developments in metallurgy. This course may be re-
peated for credit with permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Consent of head
of department. Staff
Met. 410. Physical Chemistry of Metals (3)
Discussion of the thermodynamic properties of solid and liquid metals and
alloy systems. Treatment of solution laws, methods of determining thermody-
namic properties by experimentation and computation, changing standard states,
and interaction parameters developed for liquid ferrous alloys. Mr. Tarby
Met. 411. The Principles of Modern Welding (3)
The foundations upon which the welding processes rest; the present limitations
of the various processes; the trends in new developments; the engineering and
metallurgical aspects of welding. Prerequisite: Met. 231. Mr. Stout
Met. 412. Electrical and Magnetic Properties of Materials (3)
The study of semiconducting, dielectric, magnetic and similar materials and
their properties. Brief discussion of band theory, conduction and emission mech-
anisms and related topics. The relation between structure (including imperfections)
and physical properties. Prerequisites: Met. 316 or Physics 363; Chem. 195; or
Consent of head of department. Messrs. Conard and Tauber
Met. 413. Advanced Mechanical Metallurgy (3)
Mechanical behavior of metals and alloys from theoretical and experimental
viewpoints. Analysis of metal forming operations. Prerequisites: Met. 231, 323.
Mr. Avitzur
290 Metallurgy and Materials Science Lehigh University
Met. 414. Physical Chemistry of Metallurgical Reactions (3)
A study of the thermodynamic and kinetic aspects of process metallurgy re-
actions. Mr. Tarby
Met. 416. Atom Movements (3)
Phenomenological and atomistic development of the laws of diffusion and their
solution. Influence of gradients of concentration, potential, temperature and
pressure. Effects of structural defects on diffusion in metals and non-metals.
Prerequisite: Math. 23 and Chem. 195 or the equivalent. Mr. Hahn
Met. 417. Imperfections in Crystals (3)
Study of the types of imperfections in crystals and their effects on the behavior
of materials, with particular emphasis on dislocation concepts. Prerequisite: Met.
231 or equivalent. Mr. Conard
Met. 418. Deformation and Fracture (3)
Mechanisms involved in deformation and annealing of crystalline materials.
Development of preferred orientation during deformation and annealing. Theories
of fracture. Prerequisite: Met. 231. Mr. Hertzberg
Met. 419. Alloy Steels (3)
Alloy steels with nickel, chromium, manganese, silicon, molybdenum, vanadium,
tungsten; tool steels; stainless steel; ternary and quaternary alloy steels for heat
treating. Prerequisites: Met. 231, 352. Mr. Pense
Met. 421. Surface Treatment of Metals (3)
Study of metallic surfaces. Preparation of surfaces by machining, grinding,
polishing; methods of surface hardening; corrosion and surface protection of
metals; analysis of surface stresses as related to fatigue life. Prerequisite: Met. 231.
Mr. Libsch
Met. 423. Powder Metallurgy (3)
Study of powder metallurgy processes for forming metal parts; discussion of
metal powder production and characteristics, plastic deformation and bonding
associated with pressing, the mechanism of sintering, and the nature of the sintered
product; preparation of sintered alloy compacts; application of the process to
special industries. Prerequisite: Met. 231. Mr. Libsch
Met. 433. X-ray Metallography (3)
Scattering theory using the interference function and reciprocal lattice con-
cepts. Diffuse scattering of X-rays and the radial distribution method, including
applications. Brief treatment of crystal structure determination. Structural evalu-
ation of materials by X-ray topographic, X-ray microscopic, and microradio-
graphic methods. Prerequisite: Met. 333. Mr. Kraft
Met. 458. Metallurgical Design (3)
Analysis of design requirements for metal components. Selection of materials
and processes. Study of failures in process and service and application of recent
metallurgical knowledge for improved design. Solution and discussion of indus-
trial problems, and outline of experimental approach. Prerequisite: Consent of
head of department. Messrs. Libsch, Wood
Lehigh University Music 291
MUSIC
Professor R. B. Cutler
Associate Professor Elkus
Mus. 1-4. Instrumental Music (1)
Study and performance of instrumental music. Participation in the appropriate
ensemble, as determined by the Department of Music, is an integral part of the
course. Students enrolling for their first semester register for Mus. 1; for their
second, Mus. 2, etc. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Mus. 1 and 3,
first semester only.
Mus. 5-8. Choral Music (1)
Study and performance of choral music. Participation in the appropriate vocal
ensemble, as determined by the Department of Music, is an integral part of the
course. Students enrolling for their first semester register for Mus. 5; for their
second, Mus. 6, etc. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department.
Mus. 20. Introduction to Musical Literature (3)
An approach to musical style through the study of works by representative com-
posers from 1600 to the present.
Mus. 22. Sacred Choral Music (3)
The functional aspects of choral music and its relationship to the church, begin-
ning with Gregorian Chant. Compositions of the Renaissance and Baroque masters
are studied, with special attention given to the works of Bach. A survey is made
of the outstanding sacred choral works of the 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries, ob-
serving the shift in emphasis from the church to the concert hall. Prerequisite:
Consent of head of department.
Mus. 23. Chamber Music (3)
A survey of works for smaller instrumental ensembles from the forerunners of
Haydn to Stravinsky. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department.
Mus. 25. Keyboard Music (3)
Study of keyboard music with particular reference to the styles of Scarlatti,
Bach, Mozart, Beethoven, Chopin, and Bartok; demonstration of performance
techniques on the various instruments; description of the mechanics of keyboard
instruments, such as the organ, harpsichord, and piano. Prerequisite: Consent of
head of department.
Mus. 30. Aesthetics and Criticism of Music (3)
An analytical approach to writings of Berlioz, Hanslick, Oscar Weil, Stravinsky,
Langer, and others with particular attention to the questions of meaning, intent,
and expressive values in music. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department.
Mus. 31. The Viennese Classic Period (3)
Exercises in tonal harmony and study of forms and procedures in western
music 1750-1825. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. Fall semester.
Mus. 32. The Viennese Classic Period (3)
Intensive study of works for various media of Haydn. Mozart and Beethoven,
with emphasis on form and style. Prerequisite: Mus. 31 or consent of head of
department. Alternating spring semesters.
292 Music, Philosophy Lehigh University
THE LEHIGH UNIVERSITY BAND
Band may be elected by suitably qualified undergraduates.
The Band will consist of a concert, varsity, and marching band and will
perform music, as specified by the director, for concerts, convocations, and
athletic events.
Except during the fall season, rehearsals will be held twice weekly and,
in addition, provision may be made for required section rehearsals.
Band uniforms and certain musical instruments are furnished by the
University. A deposit of $25 is required from each member of the band for
the uniform issued him.
Students serving in the band receive the following awards: a charm for
one year of satisfactory service; for two years of service, a sweater; three
years, $20 in cash; and four years, an additional $20 in cash.
THE LEHIGH UNIVERSITY GLEE CLUB
Glee Club may be elected by suitably qualified undergraduates.
The Glee Club will perform at concerts on the campus and away, and
will collaborate with choruses of women's colleges in performing major
works with orchestra.
Rehearsals will be held twice weekly, and, in addition, provisions may
be made for required additional section rehearsals.
Members will purchase their own blazers and trousers which are worn
for all performances.
PHILOSOPHY
Professor Hillman
Associate Professors Barnes, Brown, Haynes, Taylor
Assistant Professors Lindgren, Melchert
Mr. LaPara
The Department of Philosophy offers advanced programs in two major
areas of concentration, in each of which it is possible to proceed to the M.A.
or M.S. degree and the Ph.D. degree.
Lehigh University Philosophy 293
The first field of concentration is that of the information sciences, em-
bracing such topics as mathematical logic, combinatorics, logical algebras,
topology, graph theory, computers and control languages, information sys-
tems, scientific methodology, epistemology, philosophy of science, philo-
sophical analysis, computational linguistics, syntactic structures and model
theory. The Department of Philosophy has strong research interests in these
fields, and offers opportunities for well-qualified graduate students to par-
ticipate in sponsored research programs.
In these research activities, the Department cooperates with the Center
for the Information Sciences, which fosters interdisciplinary programs of
study and research. The Division of the Information Sciences offers a gradu-
ate program leading to the M.S. degree (see p. 298). This program is sep-
arate from, but very closely related to, the M.A. offered by the Philosophy
Department in the foundations of the information sciences. The Ph.D. in
the information sciences is offered as an advanced degree in philosophy.
The second area of concentration for graduate study in philosophy is
of a more traditional character, emphasizing work in the history of philos-
ophy, ethics, value theory, contemporary philosophical issues, logic, episte-
mology and the philosophy and history of science. This program is designed
primarily for the student who wishes to pursue a career in philosophy as
one of the liberal arts.
Adequate preparation for graduate study in either of these programs
will normally include undergraduate courses in basic logic. Additional
course work for the program in the information sciences should include
training in mathematics and methodology. However, students with a sound
background in a systematic discipline may also be admitted to this program.
Additional preparation for the program in traditional philosophy should
include undergraduate courses in ethics and the history of philosophy.
A candidate for the M.A. degree may qualify for the degree either by
completing successfully twenty-four hours of approved course work and
submitting a satisfactory dissertation, or by completing thirty hours in ap-
proved courses and passing an examination covering his chosen area of con-
centration. Each candidate will select the plan better suited to his needs and
abilities with the advice and approval of the Head of the Department.
A candidate for the Ph.D. degree is required to submit a general plan
to the Head of the Department at the beginning of the first year of doctoral
studies. This plan must be approved by the candidate's special committee
at the time of his admission to candidacy.
The doctoral program in the information sciences will be based on the
candidate's approved plan of original and specialized research. A program
of courses and seminars at the 400 level will also be formulated in the field
in which the dissertation is to be written.
The doctoral program in traditional philosophy is also based on orig-
inal research and collateral course work. In this area of concentration, the
Department accepts candidates who wish to specialize in one of the fol-
lowing fields; history of philosophy; contemporary philosophy; ethics and
value theory; logic and methodology; philosophical analysis; philosophy of
science.
294 Philosophy Lehigh University
The doctorate in the information sciences serves to qualify students for
careers in universities, government, industry and research.
Support in the form of fellowships, research assistantships and graduate
assistantships is provided for a restricted number of well-qualified students.
Phil. 14. Logic (3)
An introductory study of the methods used in clear thinking and in the detec-
tion of fallacies. Examination of the principles used in testing scientific hypotheses
and in the discovery of causes. Illustrations are drawn from the problems of every-
day life. First and second semesters.
Phil. 15. Ethics (3)
A critical study of classic and contemporary ethical theories as analyses of
moral life. Special attention is given to problems concerning the nature of moral
responsibility and moral judgment, the relation of man to his world, and the
scientific status of moral theory. First and second semesters. Mr. Haynes
Phil. 100. Philosophy of Contemporary Civilization (3)
A philosophical analysis of the theoretical foundations of our culture, providing
a useful method for formulating policies in private and public life. Special atten-
tion is given to the nature and integration of ideals of family, industry, education,
art, science, religion, law, and politics. First and second semesters. Mr. Haynes
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Phil. 251. Analytical Philosophy and Religion (3)
A critical look from the viewpoint of contemporary analytic philosophy at some
of the main problems of religion: the nature of religious belief and language, the
meaning and justification of religious symbols, and the problems of evil, the
meaning of "God", the existence of God, and religious truth. First or second
semester. Messrs. Melchert, LaPara
Phil. 261. Philosophy of the Natural Sciences (3)
An analysis of the logical structure and significance of modern scientific knowl-
edge. Critical comparison of rival theories of scientific explanation. Formal systems
and physical theory. Geometry and experience. Space, time and motion in classi-
cal mechanics. The logical structure of the Special Theory of Relativity. Fact,
theory, law, determinism and causality. The nature of mathematical truth. First
and second semesters. Mr. Hillman
Phil. 271. Readings in Philosophy (2 or 3)
A course of readings in any of the various fields of philosophy; designed for the
student who has a special interest in work not covered by the regularly rostered
courses. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. First semester. Staff
Phil. 272. Readings in Philosophy (2 or 3)
Continuation of Phil. 271. Prerequisite: Consent of head of the department.
Second semester. Staff
Phil. 301. Philosophy of the Social Sciences (3)
An analysis of the social sciences considered as programs for achieving under-
standing and control of man and society. Study is made of assumptions basic to,
and problems incurred in, scientific methodology in general; the implications of
these for the various social sciences is stressed. First or second semester.
Mr. Haynes
Lehigh University Philosophy 295
Phil. 316. Contemporary Ethics (3)
The course includes a preliminary survey of major types of ethical theory, but
consists essentially of a critical reading of contemporary books and journal
articles which reflect current concerns and philosophic methods in ethics. Topics
dealt with include analysis of various types of meaning (descriptive, evaluative, di-
rective, emotive, etc.) embodied in moral language, and a study of the logic of
moral discourse. The relations of the latter to social sciences will be studied.
Prerequisite: Phil. 15 or consent of the instructor. Second semester. Mr. Haynes
Phil. 331. Ancient Philosophy (3)
A history of philosophy from the origins of scientific and philosophical thought
in Ionia to the flowering of learning in Alexandria. Particular emphasis on the
philosophical writings of Plato, Aristotle, Lucretius, Marcus Aurelius, and Plotinus.
The influence of the sciences, particularly mathematics and astronomy, upon the
development of philosophy in antiquity will be considered. First semester.
Staff
Phil. 335. Modern Philosophy (3)
An historical study of the major philosophies from the Renaissance to the end
of the 18th Century; the work of Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, and Kant. Special attention will be given to the interaction of scientific and
philosophical thought during the period. Second semester. Staff
Phil. 337. Nineteenth Century Philosophy (3)
A study of major philosophers — Hegel, Schopenhauer, Marx, Comte, Kierke-
gaard, Mill, Spencer, and Nietzsche — with emphasis on central issues of the
century, such as social philosophy, the philosophy of history, evolution, the theory
of knowledge, and scientific method. First semester. Mr. Melchert
Phil. 339. Twentieth Century Philosophy (3)
A study of major contemporary philosophic movements in the West, including
pragmatism, idealism, realism, existentialism, logical positivism, and linguistic
analysis. Special emphasis is given to the positions of the various schools regarding
the problems of meaning, method, and the philosophic role of scientific knowledge.
Second semester. Mr. Melchert
Phil. 341. The Evolution of Scientific Ideas (3)
A study of the leading concepts, theories and revolutions in the history of sci-
ence, and the changing conceptions of the nature of the scientific enterprise.
Topics to be treated include: ancient cosmology and physics; late medieval and
renaissance developments, from alchemy to chemistry; theories of evolution:
classical mechanics and astronomy; philosophical aspects of relativity and quantum
theory. First semester. Mr. LaPara
Phil. 362. Issues in the Philosophy of Science (3)
Critical study and review of crucial philosophical problems arising from re-
search into the logical and epistemological foundations of science, with attention
directed at alternative approaches to their resolution. Prerequisite: Phil. 261 or
consent of head of the department. Second semester. Mr. LaPara
Phil. 364. Logic and Language (3)
A study of the properties of natural and formal languages and an investiga-
tion of the logical and semantical problems which arise. Special attention will be
given to the following topics: the construction of logical models of language and
their role in the analysis of communication: logico-linguistic grammars for the
generation of language; the use of contemporary logical theories of language to
296 Philosophy Lehigh University
examine the problems of meaning and reference; the function of linguistic models
in theories of information storage and retrieval; theories of mechanical translation
and processing of natural language text by computers. Second semester. Staff
Phil. 381. Theory of Formal Grammars (3)
The study of the structure of formal languages as determined by their for-
mation-rule grammars. Comparison of grammars of differing strengths (finite-
state, context-free, context-sensitive, etc.); considerations of applications in logic
(Turing machines, decidability) and in linguistics (phrase-structure and trans-
formational grammars). First semester. Mr. Barnes
Phil. 388. Philosophy of Mathematics (3)
An investigation of the philosophical foundations of mathematics, with spec-
ial emphasis on the "classical" views of the nature of mathematics — logicism,
formalism, and intuitionism — and on their contemporary counterparts. Second
semester. Mr. Barnes
Phil. 391. Information Retrieval Theory (3)
An introduction to the problems of theory-construction for information storage
and retrieval systems. Special attention is given to the logical and mathematical
foundations of retrieval operations, content analysis, the measurement of rele-
vance, automatic document characterization, and the methodology of evaluation.
Computer applications will be discussed. First semester. Mr. Hillman
Phil. 401. Philosophy of Mind (3)
An examination of several problems in the philosophy of mind: the current
status of the mind-body problem, knowledge of other minds, the "logical geog-
raphy" of mind-talk, the scientific status of psychoanalysis, and problems of
mind and machine. First semester (offered alternate years). Mr. Melchert
Phil. 416. Value Theory (3)
A review of major types of practical problems deriving from conflict and con-
fusion in evaluation is followed by a critical study of value theory, with emphasis
on such topics as these: types of value and modes of value judgment; evidence
and authority of value judgments; the logic of normative discourse; techniques of
normative analysis; the relation of value judgments to science. Exemplification
will be made largely in the fields of morality and law, with some references to
politics, economics, art and religion. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
Second Semester. Mr. Haynes
Phil. 421. Plato (3)
Intensive study of the mature thought of Plato, dealing with both the episte-
mological and moral issues in the later Dialogues. First semester (offered alter-
nate years). Mr. Lindgren
Phil. 423. Aristotle (3)
Advanced study of selected themes which appear throughout the Aristotelian
Corpus. Students will read widely in the Organon, Physics, De Anima, Metaphysics,
Nic. Ethics and Politics. First semester (offered alternate years). Mr. Lindgren
Phil. 424. The Rationalists (3)
Detailed study of the principal works of Descartes, Spinoza and Leibniz.
Second semester (offered as required). Staff
Phil. 426. The Empiricists (3)
Detailed study of the principal works of Locke, Berkeley and Hume. Second
semester (offered as required). Staff
Lehigh University Philosophy 297
Phil. 428. Kant (3)
Intensive analysis of Kant's metaphysic of human experience as set forth in
the Critique of Pure Reason. Second semester (offered as required). Mr. Lindgren
Phil. 430. Nineteenth Century German Philosophers (3)
A study of the writings of major figures in German philosophy of the last
century, focusing principally upon Hegel, Schopenhauer, and Nietzsche. Second
semester (offered as required). Staff
Phil. 432. Nineteenth Century English Philosophers (3)
A detailed study of the principal works of Bentham, Mill and Bradley. Second
semester (offered as required). Staff
Phil. 439. Epistemology (3)
Selected topics in the theory of knowledge, such as the phenomenalism-realism
debate, the a priori and empirical knowledge, and the development of alternative
epistemological systems. First Semester. Mr. Melchert
Phil. 443. The Analysts (3)
A detailed and critical study of the main works of one or more recent an-
alytical philosophers, e.g., Russell, Moore, Wittgenstein, or the schools of logical
positivism or ordinary language philosophy. First semester (offered as required).
Mr. Melchert
Phil. 445. The Phenomenologists (3)
An examination of phenomenology as found in the writings of Husserl, with
study of the tradition after him, e.g., Merleau-Ponty, Sartre or Heidegger. First
semester (offered as required). Mr. Melchert
Phil. 447. The Pragmatists (3)
A critical examination of the principal writings of one or more philosophers
usually placed in the pragmatic tradition: Peirce, James. Dewey, or Lewis. First
semester (offered as required). Staff
Phil. 451. Logical Investigations (3)
A study of formal and natural languages for the problem of content analysis.
Topics to be treated include: theory of representation: logical analysis: linguistic
correlates of syntactic, semantic and pragmatic features; applications to retrieval
theory. First Semester. Staff
Phil. 461. Special Topics in Philosophy of Science (3)
Intensive study and research on certain selected topics, such as the philosophical
assumptions and implications of recent physical science: the foundations of prob-
ability; the meaning and status of laws and theories: the concepts of space and
time. Prerequisite: Phil. 261 or consent of head of department. First or Second
Semester. Staff
Phil. 464. Semantics (3)
An investigation into problems of meaning and reference, including disputes
about analyticity and the a priori, making use of recent literature on the sub-
ject. Second semester. Mr. Melchert
298 Philosophy, Information Sciences Lehigh University
Phil. 471. Graduate Thesis (3)
First semester
Phil. 472. Graduate Thesis (3)
Second semester.
Phil. 482. Retrieval Languages (3)
The study of formal indexing and retrieval languages, with special attention
to the interaction between syntactic structure and retrieval properties. Examples
will be drawn from actual and experimental systems to show the effect of syn-
tactic structure upon system capabilities. Second semester. Mr. Barnes
Phil. 490. Special Topics (3)
An intensive study of selected topics not covered in more general courses.
Second semester. Staff
Phil. 492. Retrieval Structures (3)
Advanced study of the application of mathematics and mathematical logic to
the problems of model construction in retrieval system design. Attention will be
given to the applications of: graph theory; point-set topology: set-theory; linear
transformations; Markov processes; computational linguistics. Prerequisite: Phil.
391 or consent of head of department. Second semester. Mr. Hillman
DIVISION OF THE INFORMATION SCIENCES
Associate Professors Taylor, Brown
The rate of change in information technology demands that the practi-
tioner have the conceptual background necessary to participate in and con-
tribute to existing and developing systems. Within this framework, the
master's degree program offered by the Division of the Information Sciences
is designed to fulfill several objectives. The program provides a broad base
of both theory and application. Emphasis is on fundamentals, rather than
techniques. Basic to the program of the Information Sciences at Lehigh
University is the concept that research and instruction reinforce one another.
Consequently whenever possible, students are expected to participate in
research and operations on a part-time basis.
The curriculum in the Information Sciences is based on a B.S. degree
in an engineering or scientific discipline. Desirable preparation consists of
at least 12 hours of mathematics, including 9 hours of differential and in-
tegral calculus and one course beyond the calculus. In recognition of the
flexibility and cross-disciplinary nature of the subject, exception to this re-
quirement may be granted to those students with training in a systematic
Lehigh University Information Sciences 299
science. A course in computer programming or programming experience
is desirable. Mathematics 105, Computer Programming, is available, without
graduate credit, for those without computer background.
A candidate for the degree of Master of Science in the Information
Sciences is required to complete at least twenty-four hours of approved
course work and to submit a dissertation. Each student's schedule will be
chosen in consultation with the head of the Division. A group of three
courses is required: I.S. 421, Phil. 391, and I.E. 208. Beyond this basic
group of courses, student schedules are planned on an individual basis to
fit previous academic experience and career goals. Three options are open
for specialization, dependent on background, ability ,and interests: Systems,
Behavioral, and Logico-Mathematical.
Systems — the integration of machine and human
capabilities and techniques.
Behavioral — ■ the study of the environment (social and
psychological) of technical and scientific
communication.
Logico-Mathematical — theoretical and systematic consideration
of information systems and processes.
Maximum advantage is taken of courses in other departments on the
campus. Consequently a student's program will be a combination of courses
in the Information Sciences, together with offerings by the Departments of
Electrical Engineering, Industrial Engineering, Mathematics, Philosophy,
Psychology, Social Relations, and others.
I.S. 202. The Information Sciences (3)
Introduction to the study of the properties, behavior, and flow of information.
Topics will include: environmental aspects of information systems and com-
munication; the organization of information; language analysis; man-system rela-
tionships. Not available for graduate credit in the Information Sciences. Second
semester.
I.S. 311. Introduction to Linguistics (3)
The description of speech at various levels: phonetics, phonology, morphology,
phrase structure, and syntax. Social and regional dialects and other variations in
speech and writing.
I.S. 412. Sentence Syntax.
Survey of various linguistic approaches to the analysis of sentences: co-occur-
rence, immediate constituents, phrase structure, kernels, transformations, and dis-
course considerations. Relevance of the material to language data processing will
be considered. Prerequisite I.S. 311.
I.S. 413. Discourse Analysis (3)
Description of structures in discourse based on sentence-analysis and the dis-
tribution of elements beyond the domain of the sentence, (a) Substitution forms:
pronominals, prop-construction, proforms of phrases, predicates, and sentences:
lexical replacements, cover-terms, and included forms: text synonymy and equiva-
300 Information Sciences, Physics Lehigh University
lence chains; general characteristics of substitution, (b) Paragraph-like constitu-
ents of discourse, (c) Text-determination of sentence analysis, (d) Varieties of dis-
course and style-levels. Prerequisite I.S. 412.
I.S. 418. Special Topics in Linguistics (3)
Selected topics in linguistics not covered in other courses. (Offered as required).
I.S. 421. Analysis of Information (3)
History, theory, and structure of coding and classification systems for the or-
ganization of information; comparative analysis of selected retrieval schemes; ex-
perimental methods for developing coding systems and analyzing subject content.
I.S. 430. Information Systems and Equipment (3)
Consideration of peripheral input, storage, and output components of informa-
tion retrieval systems. Evaluation of these components in the design of total in-
formation systems. Site visits to several large operating systems. Prerequisite I.E.
308 and I.S. 421, or consent of head of the division.
I.S. 481. Thesis (3)
I.S. 482. Thesis (3)
I.S. 492. Special Topics in the Information Sciences (3)
Selected topics in the information sciences not covered in other courses. (Offered
as required).
PHYSICS
Professors Emrich, Curtis, McLennan, Van Sciver
Associate Professors Spatz, Wheeler, Grismore, W. R. Smith, Folk
Assistant Professors Holland, Fouchaux, McCluskey, Radin, Shaffer, Shieh,
Trester
Visiting Lecturer Oshima
Messrs. Bateman, Beliveau, Bolland, Breslin, Cheng, Coffey, Corkum, Emkey,
Goldberg, Green, Kivska, Lampson, Longo, Mack, Nolan, Novak, Papaleo, Ryan,
Sparrow, Thomas
Phys. 1. Mechanics of Mass Points (3)
Introduction to physics through a study of the laws of motion and conservation
principles. Two lectures and one recitation-laboratory period per week. Pre-
requisite: Math. 21, previously or concurrently. First and second semesters, sum-
mer session.
Phys. 3. Heat and Electricity (4)
Introduction to heat, laws of thermodynamics, sound, and steady electric fields
and currents. Two lectures, one recitation, and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Math. 23, previously or concurrently; Phys. 1. First and second
semesters.
Lehigh University Physics 301
Phys. 4. Electricity, Light, and Atomic Physics (4)
Continuation of Phys. 3. Electromagnetism, induced electromotive forces, elec-
trical transients in circuits, geometrical and physical optics, introduction to quan-
tum phenomena. Two lectures, one recitation, and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Math. 23, previously or concurrently; Phys. 3. Second semester,
summer session.
Phys. 16. General Physics (3)
A survey of the subject matter of heat, electricity, light, and atomic physics for
students in the Colleges of Arts and Science and of Business Administration. Lec-
ture demonstrations and recitations. Prerequisite: Phys. 1. Second semester. (1966-
67). First Semester (1967). Mr. Radin
Phys. 17. General Physics Laboratory (2)
A laboratory course in general physics to accompany Phys. 16. Prerequisite:
Phys. 16, preferably concurrently. Second semester. (1966-67). First semester
(1967). Mr. Radin
Phys. 32. Electrostatics (3)
Principles of electrostatics; Poisson's equation; steady currents and their sources.
Prerequisites: Math. 23; Phys. 4 and Math. 221, previously or concurrently.
Second semester. Mr. Emrich
Phys. 90. Electrical Phenomena (1)
Laboratory studies of elementary electric and magnetic effects. Elementary
laboratory techniques. Prerequisite: Phys. 4, preferably concurrently. Second se-
mester. Messrs. Holland, Wheeler
Phys. 100. Industrial Employment
Eight weeks industrial employment during the summer following the junior year,
with submission of a written report.
Phys. 171. Physics Proseminar (1)
Discussion of current problems in physics. Intended for seniors majoring in the
field. Second semester. Messrs. Holland, Shaffer
Phys. 191. Laboratory Techniques (2)
Thermometric, calorimetric and vacuum techniques. Advanced electrical meas-
urements. Prerequisite: Phys. 4 or 17. First semester. Messrs. Holland, Wheeler.
Phys. 192. Advanced Physics Laboratory (1 or 2)
Laboratory work of research type. Special problems assigned and the student
placed largely on his own initiative. Intended for seniors majoring in the field. First
semester. Messrs. Holland, Kicska, Spatz
Phys. 193. Advanced Physics Laboratory (1 or 2)
Continuation of Phys. 192. Intended for seniors majoring in the field. Second
semester. Staff
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Phys. 213. Electromagnetism (3)
A continuation of Phys. 32. Electromagnetic induction; magnetic fields of
steady currents; magnetic materials; development of Maxwell's equations; elec-
tromagnetic radiation. Prerequisites: Phys. 4 and 32. First semester.
Mr. Emrich
302 Physics Lehigh University
Phys. 215. Particles and Fields (3)
Aims and fundamental concepts of theoretical physics; foundations of me-
chanics of mass points and of continuous media; alternative formulations of
mechanics; waves; fields; conservation laws. Prerequisites: Phys. 4; Phys. 213 pre-
viously or concurrently. First semester. Mr. Shaffer
Phys. 252. Optics (3)
Wave theory of light, interference, diffraction, polarization. Prerequisites:
Phys. 4 and Math. 23. Second semester. Mr. Wheeler
Phys. 254. Optics Laboratory (2)
Optical instruments and techniques. Examination of phenomena, of measuring
procedures, and of light sources and recording devices. Prerequisite: Phys. 252
previously or concurrently, or consent of head of department. Second semester.
Messrs. Fouchaux, Kicska, Trester
Phys. 266. Modern Physics
General foundations of quantum theory, special theory of relativity, atomic
theory of origin of spectra, wave mechanics, atomic and nuclear structure, in-
teraction of particles with matter, radioactivity, nuclear structure. Intended for
non-physics majors. Prerequisites: Math. 23, Phys. 4. First semester.
Messrs. Spatz, Fouchaux
Phys. 268. Introduction to Modern Physical Theories I (3)
Basic concepts of the special theory of relativity; relativistic kinematics and
dynamics; survey of the general theory of relativity; experimental basis and his-
torical development of the quantum theory. Prerequisites: Phys. 213, 215 and
Math. 221; or consent of head of department. Second semester. Mr. Shaffer
Phys. 270. Modern Physics Laboratory (1)
Experiments in atomic and nuclear physics and in the physics of solids and
fluids. Prerequisites: Phys. 266 or 268. First semester. Mr. Grismore
Phys. 281. Basic Physics I (3)
A course designed especially for secondary school teachers in the master
teacher program. Presupposing a background of two semesters of college math-
ematics through differential and integral calculus and of two semesters of col-
lege physics, the principles of physics are presented with emphasis on their
fundamental nature rather than on their applications. Open only to secondary
school teachers and those planning to undertake teaching of secondary school
physics. Summer session.
Phys. 282. Basic Physics II (3)
Continuation of Phys. 281. Summer session.
Phys. 340. Heat, Thermodynamics and Pyrometry (3)
Basic principles of heat, thermodynamics and kinetic theory of gases with
emphasis on physical systems. Mr. Radin
Phys. 362. Atomic and Molecular Structure (3)
Structure of atoms and molecules, especially as related to their spectra. Pre-
requisite: Phys. 252. First semester. Mr. Kicska
Phys. 363. Physics of Solids (3)
Recent developments in the theory of solids with particular reference to the
physics of metals. Prerequisite: Phys. 266 or 268, or consent of head of depart-
ment. Second semester. Mr. Holland
Lehigh University Physics 303
Phys. 364. Nuclear Physics (3)
Properties of stable and unstable nuclei and experimental methods of measur-
ing them; radioactive decay; detectors of nuclear radiation; types of nuclear re-
action and methods of producing them; cosmic rays. Prerequisite: Phys. 268. First
semester. Mr. Grismore
Phys. 365. Physics of Fluids (3)
Basic concepts of classical fluid mechanics; continuum and molecular ap-
proaches; shock waves; high temperature properties of reacting ideal gases;
plasma dynamics. Prerequisites: Phys. 213 and 340. Second semester.
Mr. W. R. Smith
Phys. 369. Introduction to Modern Physical Theories II (3)
Basic principles of wave mechanics; applications to atoms and molecules. Pre-
requisite: Phys. 268, Math. 322. First semester. Mr. McLennan
Phys. 372. Special Topics in Physics (1-3)
Special topics in physics not sufficiently covered in the general courses. Lec-
tures and recitations or conferences. First and second semesters. Staff
For Graduates
Candidates for the master's degree and the doctorate normally will have
completed, before beginning their graduate studies, the requirements for a
baccalaureate degree with a major in physics, including advanced mathe-
matics beyond differential and integral calculus. Students lacking the equiv-
alent of this preparation will be expected to make up deficiencies in addition
to taking the specified minimum of work for the advanced degree sought.
The language requirement for the doctorate is customarily fulfilled by
candidates majoring in physics by a reading knowledge of two of French,
German, and Russian. Demonstration of a reading knowledge in at least one
foreign language is expected of doctoral candidates within the first year of
residence. Some graduate work in mathematics usually is required; and
certain advanced courses in other fields, notably mechanics, electrical engi-
neering, and chemistry, may be included in a graduate program. Further de-
tails regarding the special requirements for degrees in physics may be ob-
tained on application to the head of the department.
At least eight semester hours of general college physics using calculus
are required for admission to all "200"- and "300"-level courses. Additional
prerequisites for individual courses are noted in the course descriptions. Ad-
mission to "400" -level courses generally is predicated upon satisfactory com-
pletion of corresponding courses in the "200" and "300" groups or their
equivalent.
Phys. 420. Theoretical Physics (3)
Development of the classical theory of particles and fields. This and the
three courses Phys. 421, 422, and 423 cover classical mechanics, electrodynamics,
and the theory of relativity. First semester. Mr. Wheeler
304 Physics Lehigh University
Phys. 421. Theoretical Physics (3)
Continuation of Phys. 420. Prerequisite: Phys. 420. Second semester. Mr. Radin
Phys. 422. Advanced Theoretical Physics (3)
Continuation of Phys. 420 and 421. Prerequisite: Phys. 421 or equivalent. First
semester. Mr. Shieh
Phys. 423. Advanced Theoretical Physics (3)
Continuation of Phys. 422. Prerequisite: Phys. 422. Second semester.
Mr. Shieh
Phys. 424. Quantum Mechanics (3)
General principles of quantum theory; approximation methods; spectra; sym-
metry laws; theory of scattering. Prerequisite: Phys. 369 or equivalent. Second
semester. Mr. McLennan
Phys. 425. Quantum Mechanics (3)
A continuation of Phys. 424. Relativistic quantum theory of the electron;
theory of radiation. First semester, alternate years. (Not offered, 1966-67).
Mr. McLennan
Phys. 428. Methods of Mathematical Physics (3)
The equations of theoretical physics and the methods of their solution. First
semester. Mr. Folk
Phys. 429. Methods of Mathematical Physics (3)
Continuation of Phys. 428. Second semester. Mr. Folk
Phys. 434. Solids and Radiation (3)
Phenomena in solids resulting from interaction with electromagnetic radiation
or charged particles. Current theories of energy absorption, transport, and emis-
sion. Prerequisite: Phys* 363 or equivalent. First semester, alternate years. (Not
offered 1965-66).
Phys. 442. Statistical Mechanics (3)
General principles of statistical mechanics with applications to thermodynamics
and the equilibrium properties of matter. Prerequisites: Phys. 340 and 424. First
semester. Messrs. McLennan, Radin
Phys. 443. Statistical Mechanics (3)
A continuation of Phys. 442. Applications of kinetic theory and statistical me-
chanics to non-equilibrium processes; non-equilibrium thermodynamics. Prere-
quisite: Phys. 442. Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1964-65).
Mr. McLennan
Phys. 462. Theories of Elementary Particle Interactions (3)
Relativistic quantum theory with applications to the strong, electromagnetic
and weak interactions of elementary particles. Prerequisite: Physics 425. Second
semester, alternate years. (First offered 1966-67). Mr. Shaffer.
Phys. 465. Nuclear and Elementary Particle Physics (3)
Nuclear structure and phenomena; interactions among elementary particles
and methods of studying them. Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered
1965-66). Mr. Grismore
Phys. 467. Nuclear Theory (3)
Theory of low energy nuclear phenomena within the framework of non-rela-
tivistic quantum mechanics. Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1966-
67). Mr. Folk
Lehigh University Physics, Psychology 305
Phys. 472. Special Topics in Physics (1-3)
Selected topics not sufficiently covered in the more general courses. May be re-
peated for credit. First or second semester. Staff
Phys. 474. Seminar in Modern Physics (3)
Discussion of important advances in experimental physics. First or second
semester. Mr. Fouchaux
Phys. 475. Seminar in Modern Physics (3)
Discussion of important advances in theoretical physics. First or second
semester. Messrs. McLennan, Shaffer
Phys. 491. Research (3)
Research problems in experimental or theoretical physics. First and second
semesters. Staff
Phys. 492. Research (3)
Continuation of Phys. 491. May be repeated for credit. First and second
semesters. Staff
PORTUGUESE
See Romance Languages
PSYCHOLOGY
Professor Wuest
Research Professor Brozek
Associate Professors Brody, Craig, Millon
Assistant Professors Nord, Marsh, Richter
Lecturers Fiedler, Orr, Shettel
Messrs. Foss, Guralnick, Ross
Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology (3)
Principles of psychology as a science of behavior. Significant issues in sensa-
tion, perception, psychophysiology, learning, personality and social psychology
will be considered in historical perspective. First and second semester.
Psych, 11. General Experimental Psychology (3)
A survey of basic data and research methods in learning, sensation, perception,
and personality. An introduction to experimental psychology for all students and
a foundation for further work in psychology when supplemented with Psych. 12.
Second semester.
Psych. 12. General Experimental Psychology Laboratory (2)
Classical and operant conditioning, psychophysical methods and field study
methods, among other research techniques, will be related to topics covered in
Psych. 11. Applications of statistical methods and the planning and execution of
psychological experiments will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Psych. 11 preferably
concurrently. Second semester.
306 Psychology Lehigh University
Psych. 20. Statistical Analysis and Experimentation (4)
An integrated presentation of the basic methods of collecting and evaluating ex-
perimental data in psychology. The laboratory part of the course provides an
opportunity for supervised statistical computations and for the planning and exe-
cution of experiments. Three hours of lectures and one 3-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: Psych. 1.
Psych. 101. History of Psychology (3)
Development of psychology from its roots in the thought of Greek philosophers
to the formulation of contemporary systems. Prerequisites: Psych. 1. First se-
mester.
Psych. 102. Psychological Tests and Measures (3)
An introduction to psychometric and projective tests utilized in the appraisal of
intelligence, aptitudes, interests and personality. Principles of test construction
and validation will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Psych. 1. Second semester. Offered
in 1966-67 and alternate years.
Psych. 103. Comparative Psychology (3)
Behavior of representative animal species. Reference is made to ethology's
contribution to the study of insects, fishes, and birds. Experimental quantitative
study of mammal behavior constitutes the core of the course. Prerequisites: Psych.
1. First semester. Offered in 1966-67 and alternate years.
Psych. 105. Personality and Abnormal Behavior (3)
The development, mechanisms and structure of personality and its deviations.
Prerequisite: Psych. 1. First semester.
Psych. 106. Motivation (3)
Evaluation of contemporary research and theories of animal and human mo-
tivation. Prerequisite: Psych. 1. Second semester. Offered in 1967-68 and alter-
nate years.
Psych. 107. Developmental Psychology (3)
Contemporary theories, outstanding research contributions and methods of
analysis concerning the sequential and interrelated patterns of physiological and
social development. Prerequisite: Psych. 1. First semester. (Offered in 1967-68
and alternate years.)
Psych. 160. Independent Study (1-3)
Readings on topics selected in consultation with a staff member. Research
on assigned problems. Supervised field studies. Prerequisites: Psych. 1, 11, and 12,
and consent of head of department. May be repeated for credit. First and second
semesters.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Psych. 201. Industrial Psychology (3)
The application of psychological concepts and methods to business and in-
dustry. Includes personnel selection, placement and training; studies of work en-
vironment, motivation and morale; consumer research and advertising. Prere-
quisite: Psych. 1. Second semester.
Lehigh University Psychology 307
Psych. 203. Engineering Psychology (3)
Experimental psychology as applied to the optimal design of machines and
tasks. Survey of human capacities and limitations. Introduction to problems of in-
formation input, information processing and decision making for the human oper-
ator. Prerequisite: Psych. 1. First semester. Offered in 1966-67 and alternate years.
Psych. 302. Theories of Personality (3)
A systematic survey of the major theoretical approaches to personality with
emphasis on personality as a product of social learning. Critical evaluation of the
work of Freud, Adler, Fromm, Horney, Sullivan, Erikson, Lewin, Miller, and
Dollard and others. Prerequisites: Psych. 1 or S.R. 21 or consent of head of
department. Second semester. Offered jointly with Department of Social Relations
in 1966-67 and alternate years.
Psych. 303. Mathematical Models in Psychology (3)
The application of mathematics in psychology, including models for psycho-
physics, learning acquisition curves, discrimination learning, concept formation
and probability learning. Prerequisite: Psych. 1, 11 and 12 or consent of head
of department. First semester. Offered in 1966-67 and alternate years.
Psych. 304. Psychometric Methods (3)
Principles of psychological measurement as related to test construction, psycho-
physical methods, attitude scales. Prerequisite: Psych. 1, 11 and 12. Second se-
mester. Offered in 1967-68 and alternate years.
Psych. 305. Theories of Perception (3)
Evaluation of contemporary theories of human perception. Prerequisite: Psych.
1, 11, and 12. First semester. Offered in 1966-67 and alternate years.
Psych. 306. Human Learning (3)
A survey of theories and research in the areas of verbal learning, memory and
verbal behavior. Prerequisite: Psych. 1, 11 and 12. Second semester. Offered in
1966-67 and alternate years.
Psych. 363. Learning (4)
Basic data and major theories of learning. Laboratory provides an opportunity
for repetition of basic experiments using animal and human subjects. Prerequisites:
Psych. 1, 11, and 12. First semester.
Psych. 364. Sensation and Perception (4)
Receptor processes of vision, audition, touch, taste and smell are considered
with particular emphasis on problems of sensory intensity, sensory discrimination
functions and perceptual processes. Quantitative methods are stressed. Laboratory
exercises provide an opportunity to apply these methods. Prerequisites: Psych. 1,
11, and 12. Second semester.
Psych. 365. Physiological Psychology (4)
The physiological basis for psychological processes. Three hours of class
presentation and one laboratory session. Prerequisites: Psych. 1. First semester.
308 Psychology Lehigh University
Psych. 367. Experimental Psychodynamics (3)
Methodological and theoretical considerations in the design and execution of
research in the areas of personality and psychopathology. Laboratory and field
studies will supplement lectures. Prerequisites: Psych. 1, 11, and 12. Second se-
mester. Offered in 1967-68 and alternate years.
Psych. 378. Theory and Systems in Psychology (3)
A critical analysis of the logical structure and orientation of models, theories
and methodologies in contemporary psychology. Second semester.
Psych. 381. Psychological Testing (3)
An introduction to psychometric and projective tests utilized in the appraisal
of intelligence, aptitudes, interests and personality with special emphasis on ap-
plications in educational situations. Principles of test construction and validation
will be stressed. Prerequisites: Psych. 1 or consent of head of department. Open
only to graduate students from the School of Education.
Psych. 383. Personality (3)
Review and analysis of psychological concepts and data relevant to the de-
velopment and functioning of personality. Comparison and critical examination
of the major historical schools of personality theory. Prerequisites: Psych. 1 or
the consent of the head of the department. Open only to graduate students in
the School of Education.
For Graduates
The primary purpose of the graduate program is to educate psycholo-
gists who choose to pursue careers in research or college teaching with
specialization in learning, perception, sensation and psychophysics, psy-
chophysiology or engineering psychology. Special opportunity for inter-
disciplinary work exists in the following areas: The behavioral option of
the graduate program in the information sciences; in physiological psychol-
ogy, students are encouraged to cross the boundaries between the Depart-
ments of Biology, Electrical Engineering and Psychology; in engineering
psychology students may develop an appreciation of engineering problems
by taking courses in Electrical and Industrial Engineering; and lastly, in
Social Psychology, students may elect course work offered by the Depart-
ment of Social Relations. All students have the opportunity and are en-
couraged, to take courses in collateral areas.
The research facilities of the department include: a) Psychology Lab-
oratory, used for individual and group experiments with human subjects,
b) Animal Laboratory for research in animal learning, c) Bioelectric Lab-
oratory, a privately endowed laboratory for psychophysiological research
Lehigh University Psychology 309
with humans and animals. The facilities of these laboratories are available
to graduate students for both thesis and non-thesis research. A weekly psy-
chology colloquium provides an opportunity for graduate students to dis-
cuss research in progress presented by visiting scientists and members of the
department.
The prerequisite for graduate work in psychology is a concentration of
undergraduate courses equivalent to a major in psychology, plus collateral
courses in biology, mathematics and the physical sciences. Promising stud-
ents who lack the full requirements may be accepted with the understanding
that deficiencies in the undergraduate program will be added to the mini-
mum graduate program. Applicants for admission to the graduate program
must submit scores for the Graduate Record Examination aptitude test and
advanced test in psychology. Thesis credit of six hours is a required part of
the work leading to a master's degree.
The doctoral degree is normally obtained after four years of full-time
participation in the program. Admission to candidacy for the doctoral
degree is contingent on demonstrated ability in advanced courses and apti-
tude for research. Applicants for advanced standing are required to present
a master's degree or its equivalent from a recognized graduate school. Doc-
toral candidates are required to pass language examinations in two of the
following: French, German or Russian. Six hours of courses within an area
of study related to the student's field of specialization may be substituted
for the second language with the approval of the head of department.
Financial aid is regularly available in the form of teaching and re-
search assistantships and graduate fellowships and scholarships. All doctoral
candidates are required to serve at least two semesters as teaching assistants.
Psych. 421. Analysis and Design of Experiments (3)
Set theory, probability theory, inferential statistics, parametric and non-para-
metric statistical tests with emphasis on the analysis of variance, curve-fitting, trend
analysis, regression analysis. First semester. Mr. Richter
Psych. 422. Analysis and Design of Experiments (3)
Continuation of Psych. 421. Emphasis on experimental design. Prerequisite:
Psych. 421. Second semester. Mr. Richter
Psych. 423. Seminar in Statistical Methods (3)
Selected topics in statistics applied to psychological research. May be repeated
for credit. First or second semester. Messrs. Brody. Richter
Psych. 426. Research Techniques and Tactics (3)
Planning of experiments under both laboratory and industrial conditions. Ap-
praisal of research ideas, methodology, and instrumentation. First semester.
Mr. Craig
Psych. 428. Thesis (3)
Original investigation for the master's thesis. Staff
Psych. 429. Thesis (3)
Continuation of Psych. 428. Staff
310 Psychology Lehigh University
Psych. 432. Perception (3)
Evaluation of contemporary research and theories of human perception.
Second semester. Offered in 1967-68 and alternate years. Mr. Craig
Psych. 433. Conditioning and Learning (3)
Coverage of a variety of empirically investigated topics in learning. First
semester. Offered in 1967-68 and alternate years. Mr. Richter
Psych. 434. Personality (3)
Traditional theories of personality will be reexamined in light of current re-
search, particularly in the fields of learning and neurophysiology. Second se-
mester. Offered in 1966-67 and alternate years. Mr. Millon
Psych. 435. Social Psychology (3)
Evaluation of contemporary research and theories of group behavior. First sem-
mester. Offered in 1966-67 and alternate years. Mr. Jones
Psych. 436. Physiological Psychology (3)
The study of the anatomical, physiological and biochemical bases of behavior.
Second semester. Offered in 1966-67 and alternate years. Mr. Nord
Psych. 437. Psychophysical Measurement (3)
An analysis of theoretical and methodological problems in psychological meas-
urement with particular emphasis on psychophysical threshold determination and
scaling. First semester. Offered in 1966-67 and alternate years. Mr. Wuest
Psych. 438. History of Psychology (3)
Interpretation of selected works of authors who have contributed significantly
to the growth of scientific psychology. Second semester. Offered in 1967-68 and
alternate years. Mr. Brozek
Psych. 450. Mathematical Models of Learning (3)
Stochastic models of learning; application of game and decision theory to learn-
ing. Offered as required. Mr. Brody
Psych. 451. Vision (3)
A systematic survey of the methods and chief results in the study of visual
processes. First semester. Offered as required. Mr. Wuest
Psych. 453. Advanced Topics in Learning (3)
An intensive study of some topic in learning with emphasis on current re-
search, e.g., discrimination learning, avoidance learning, concept learning, prob-
lem solving, verbal learning. May be repeated for credit. First or second se-
mester. Messrs. Brody, Marsh, Richter
Psych. 454. Theories of Learning (3)
Critical survey of major theories of learning. Second semester. Offered in 1967-
68 and alternate years.
Psych. 455. Topics in Engineering Psychology (3)
Selected topics related to the application of experimental psychology to man-
machine systems, e.g., sensory load and performance; perception and motion;
man-computer interaction; system development; psychophysiology of human
performance. May be repeated for credit. First or second semester. Offered as
required.
Lehigh University Psychology 3 1 1
Psych. 456. Advanced Social Psychology (3)
Intensive treatment of theory and empirical research in an area of current in-
terest in social psychology. Second semester. Offered as required. Mr. Jones
Psych. 458. Sensory Psychophysiology (3)
An analysis of the neurological bases of sensation based upon an investigation
of receptor mechanisms, afferent processes and central integrative activities. Sec-
ond semester. Offered in 1967-68 and alternate years. Mr. Nord
Psych. 459. Advanced Topics in Psychophysics (3)
A topic or topics of current interest in psychophysics will be covered inten-
sively, e.g., adaptation level theory, theory of signal detectability, multidimen-
sional scaling. May be repeated for credit. Offered as required. Mr. Wuest
Psych. 460. Special Study (3)
Study of some special topic not covered in the regular course offerings. Staff
Psych. 461. Non-thesis Research (3)
Original research not connected with master's or doctoral thesis. Staff
Psych. 463. College Teaching of Psychology (1)
The seminar will be devoted to the consideration of problems in the prepar-
ation and presentation of college courses in psychology. Ancillary problems as-
sociated with the profession of psychology will be considered. Practice in teach-
ing. First and second semesters. May be repeated for credit. Staff
Psych. 464. Instrumentation (1)
Demonstrations and practical work covering the basic mechanical, electronic,
optical and photographic techniques used in psychological research. An introduc-
tion to computer programming will be included. First and second semesters. May
be repeated for credit. Staff
Psych. 481. Child Psychology (3)
A systematic analysis of the critical periods of development from infancy
through adolescence. Alternate theories and recent research will be stressed.
Open only to graduate students in the Department of Education. Mr. Millon
Psych. 482. Abnormal Psychology (3)
Principles underlying the major forms of behavior pathology. Prerequisites:
Psych. 383. Open only to graduate students specializing in guidance and counsel-
ling or reading in the School of Education. Offered as required. Mr. Millon
Psych. 483. Individual Testing (3)
A practicum course on the use of individual tests in the assessment of intel-
ligence and personality. Prerequisites: Psych. 381, 434 and Educ. 473. Open only
to graduate students specializing in guidance and counselling or reading in the
School of Education. Offered as required. Mr. Millon
312 Psychology, Religion Lehigh University
Psych. 484. Projective Techniques (3)
Administration, scoring and basic interpretive principles of the Rorschach and
TAT. Critical examination of these and allied techniques. Prerequisites: Psych.
381, 482, and Educ. 473. Open only to graduate students specializing in guidance
and counselling or reading in the School of Education. Second semester. Offered
as required. Mr. Millon
Psych. 486. Theories of Psychotherapy (3)
Review of theoretical formulations underlying the major approaches of
psychotherapy. Discussion of principles of therapeutic interviewing, psycho-
analysis and group treatment methods. Prerequisites: Psych. 482. Open only to
graduate students specializing in guidance and counselling or reading in the
School of Education. Offered as required. Mr. Millon
RELIGION
Professor Eckardt
Associate Professor Fuessle
Religion 1. Basic Religion (3)
An introduction to the field of religion primarily through consideration of signi-
ficant data selected from the Judeo-Christian tradition. First semester.
Religion 2. Basic Religion (3)
Elementary study emphasizing the questions religion seeks to answer and the
place of religion in modern life. Exemplary problems: Can the existence of God
be proved? Do religion and science conflict? Why do men suffer? Do miracles
happen? How are the doctrines of the churches applied to such areas as sex and
marriage, vocational decision, and socio-economic life? Second semester.
Religion 6. Old Testament (3)
Study of Old Testament writings, with emphasis on early religious traditions of
the Hebrews; the history of Israel from the founding of the Kingdom through the
post-exilic period; social, economic, and political influences on Jewish religion;
the prophetic movement; the law; the Temple and its worship; and the importance
of Jewish religion for Christianity and for mankind. First semester.
Religion 7. New Testament (3)
Study of New Testament writings, with emphasis on the four Gospels, the Acts
of the Apostles, and the major Epistles. The life and teachings of Jesus and of St.
Paul. The theological viewpoint of the primitive Church as reflected in the New
Testament. Second semester.
Religion 13. Non-Christian Religions (3)
Study of selected faiths of India, the Orient, and the Near East. Similarities and
differences between Western and Eastern religious traditions. Some attention to
recent developments in the world religions. First semester.
Religion 14. The Religions of America (3)
Analysis of the traditions, beliefs, and practices of the major faiths in America
today. Some attention to recent trends in the church and synagogue. Second
semester.
Lehigh University Religion, Reserve Officers' Training Program 313
Rel. 121. History of Christian Theology (3)
A study of the major phases in the development of Christian theology down
to the Reformation: the origins of certain basic Christian categories and beliefs
and their subsequent systematic organization. Attention will be given to the re-
lationship between origins and development, and to the role of various cultures
in determining the forms of this development. First semester.
Rel. 122. History of Christian Theology (3)
Continuation of Religion 121. Reformation and post-Reformation theology. A
study and comparison of the major theses of the principal sixteenth-century
reformers and of the Council of Trent, and a consideration of the subsequent
history of Protestant and Roman Catholic theology. Second semester.
Religion 201. Scientific Theory of Religion (3)
Consideration of the possibilities and limits of scientific study in the field of
religion. The relation of religion to magic, science, and morality. Empirical analy-
sis of the dimension of the "sacred" or "ultimate" in human life, primarily from
a psychological point of view. Study and appraisal of such interpreters as Sigmund
Freud, William James, and Paul Tillich. First semester.
Religion 202. Scientific Theory of Religion (3)
Scientific analysis of the religious dimension of man as an element of social life.
Religion and the class structure, religion and social status, religion and political
institutions, religion and socio-economic change. The functions of religion in differ-
ent human societies and in American society. Among the interpreters considered
are Karl Marx, Emile Durkheim, Max Weber, and Richard Niebuhr. Some attempt
to formulate a general scientific theory of the nature of religion. Second semester.
RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING PROGRAM
Lehigh University offers both Army and Air Force Reserve Officers'
Training Programs. A large number of University graduates have served
their country with distinction in fulfillment of their military service obliga-
tion and in a career as professional officers. Student participation in either
program is elective.
ROTC is strongly supported by the University. It is recognized that
this program is an important facet in development of leadership character-
istics in preparation . for assumption of leadership responsibilities. Lehigh
graduates have found that training received in the Reserve Officers' Train-
ing Program has great value and lasting benefit in any professional or busi-
ness career.
Students pursuing ROTC are eligible to be selected for deferment from
induction under the Selective Service laws. The number of deferments
which may be granted are limited by existing Department of Defense Direc-
tives.
Students in the Colleges of Arts and Science and of Business Admin-
istration may substitute Advanced Military or Aerospace Studies credits for
six hours ef electives.
314 ROTC, Military Science Lehigh University
Students in the College of Engineering may substitute advanced Mili-
tary or Aerospace Studies credits for six hours of General Study (elective)
courses.
A cash deposit of $25 is required of all students at the time of registra-
tion. The deposit is refunded to the student upon his return of all issued
property.
DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE
Colonel Stern
Major Holle
Captains Boynton, Gravette
Sergeant Major Simmons
Master Sergeant Gill
Staff Sergeants Snyder, Strong, Harris
The Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps was established at Lehigh
University in September 1919. The courses are conducted under Depart-
ment of Army regulations; the General Military Science Program is fol-
lowed.
The general objective of this course of instruction is to develop young
men through education, training, and enhancement of their inherent quali-
ties of character for commissions as officers in the United States Army.
This training is not duplicated in any other college course. The student
learns to organize and lead others. He acquires qualities many college men
miss — self-discipline, physical stamina and bearing — qualities that con-
tribute to a success in any career. Instruction provides a basic military
education common to all branches of the service.
Traditionally, Army ROTC has been a four-year program, consisting
of a two-year Basic Course which is elective and a two-year Advanced
Course which is also elective, but only students who have demonstrated a
potential for becoming effective officers are selected by the Professor of
Military Science and approved by the President of the University for par-
ticipation. Students in the Advanced Course are paid $40.00 per month
(non-taxable) during the school year. A six-week Advanced Course sum-
mer training camp is attended normally between the junior and senior years.
Pay for this camp is at the rate of $147.30 per month. All uniforms, text-
books, and equipment needed by students for ROTC are furnished by the
Army. Transportation to and from summer camp is paid by the Army.
Each students who successfully completes the ROTC Advanced Course
is commissioned a Second Lieutenant in one of the components of the
United States Army upon his graduation from Lehigh. He will be required
to serve on active duty for two years followed by four years in a reserve
status. A student who accepts a Regular Army commission or who com-
pletes the Army Aviation Program after entering service must serve on
active duty for not less than three years.
Completion of the ROTC program and the requirement for active duty
will not interfere with pursuit of instruction leading to an advanced degree.
An ROTC graduate may delay his active military service for a period up to
48 months to pursue a full-time course of graduate-level instruction. Time
Lehigh University ROTC, Military Science 315
spent in a delay status does not lengthen the active duty service obligation
for an officer who accepts a Reserve commission.
Army ROTC Scholarship Program. The Army ROTC scholarship
program is designed to offer financial assistance to outstanding young men
in the four-year Army ROTC program who are interested in the Army as
a career. Each scholarship provides for free tuition, textbooks and lab-
oratory fees, in addition to pay of $50.00 per month, for the period that the
scholarship is in effect. During the six-week summer training period at the
end of the junior year, this pay is increased to $147.30 per month.
Scholarships may be awarded for either two or four years. Four-year
scholarships are open to all students entering Army ROTC as freshmen.
Applications must be made to the Army Headquarters serving the state of
residence during the publicly announced period, usually between mid-
January and 1 March, prior to the September of enrollment. Two-year
scholarships are restricted to those students who have completed the first
two years of ROTC and are selected for enrollment in the ROTC Ad-
vanced Course.
Two-Year Program. Students who have been unable to take ROTC
during their first two years of college may apply for the Advanced Course
and are subject to the same selection process. However, they must complete
a six-week basic summer camp prior to their junior year of college and
acceptance into the ROTC program. This summer training takes the place
of the Basic Course and qualifies the student for entry into the Advanced
Course. Pay for the summer training is at the rate of $88 per month. The
Army furnishes or pays for transportation to and from the basic ROTC
camp.
Basic Course. During the freshman and sophomore years training is
provided in basic military subjects, military history, weapons, equipment
and leadership techniques. During the sophomore year the student cadet
is given an opportunity to apply for the advanced program.
To enroll in the Basic Course, an applicant must be:
1. A citizen of the United States of America.
2. Between 14 and 23 years old.
3. Regularly enrolled as a student.
4. Screened and found acceptable by the Department of Military
Science.
Advanced Course. Qualified students may apply for and be accepted
into the Advanced Program, with a commission as Second Lieutenant in
the United States Army as the objective. To be eligible for consideration
and admission to the advanced program, a student regularly enrolled,
must be a citizen of the United States between the ages of 14 and 25,
of good moral character; he must have successfully completed the Basic
Course or have credit in lieu through prior military experience, attendance
at military schools, or completion of ROTC Basic Summer Camp; he must
successfully complete the prescribed physical examination and officer quali-
fication test. Prior to formal enrollment in the Advanced Course, a student
who is selected for training is required to sign an agreement to complete
the program of instruction during the remainder of his course at the Uni-
versity. He also agrees to accept appointment as an officer, if such ap-
316 ROTC, Military Science Lehigh University
pointment is offered, and to serve on active duty for the period prescribed.
Once enrolled, the student receives training in subjects which will prepare
him for his commission as an officer and subsequent service. Fundamentals
of leadership techniques are stressed; military law, administration and logis-
tics are covered, in addition to an understanding of tactics. Instruction is
supplemented by student participation in operation of the ROTC program
and in allied extra-curricular activities.
DMS Program. This is a competitive program which permits outstand-
ing ROTC students to apply for a Regular Army commission immediately
upon graduation. At the end of the junior year and prior to the Advanced
course summer camp, approximately one-third of each junior ROTC class
may be designated potential Distinguished Military Students. A student who
maintains the same high standards throughout summer camp and his senior
year may qualify for designation as a Distinguished Military Graduate and
receive a Regular Army commission upon graduation.
Flight Training Program. Flight training is an extra-curricular ac-
tivity conducted by an FAA approved flying school near the college. The
instruction consists of 35 hours of ground training and more than 36 hours
of flight instruction. Senior ROTC students who take flight training must
agree to participate, if selected, in the Army Aviation Program upon enter-
ing active service.
Transfers. Students transferring from other institutions may enter
the ROTC program at the appropriate level and year, providing the in-
stitution from which transferred has a similar ROTC program for which
the transferring student has received the necessary credits and the recom-
mendation of his former Professor of Military Science. Students who have
successfully completed the ROTC Basic Summer Camp, prior to admission
to Lehigh, may enter the Advanced Course in their junior year.
Basic Course
M.S. 13. Basic Military Science (1)
An introductory course designed to provide the student with an understanding
of the Army, the ROTC program, and military obligations under present laws.
Training during leadership laboratory periods, i.e., squad drill, rifle marksman-
ship, customs of the Army, and introduction to military courtesy and discipline,
enable the students to individually evaluate the Army ROTC program. One reci-
tation and two hours of leadership laboratory a week. Fall semester.*
M.S. 14. Basic Military Science (1)
During this course the student gains an understanding of U.S. military policy,
missions and responsibilities of the Army as a member of the National Defense
Team. Emphasis is placed on the student's personal responsibilities as a citizen
and leader in this Defense Team. One recitation and two hours of leadership
laboratory a week. Spring semester.*
M.S. 21. Basic Military Science (2)
The objective of this course is to provide the ROTC student with a sound
foundation in the principles of the art of warfare as exemplified in American
Military History. Emphasis is placed on analyzing the principles of war and mili-
tary leadership. Students are given greater responsibility in practicing leadership
during leadership laboratory. Two recitations and two hours of leadership labor-
atory per week. Fall semester.
Lehigh University ROTC, Aerospace 317
M.S. 22. Basic Military Science (2)
This course is designed to develop student proficiency in the use of maps and
aerial photographs and to become familiar with small unit combat operations and
military tactics. Leadership training is emphasized by assigning students to leader-
ship positions to evaluate the student's potential for the advanced program. Two
recitations and two hours of leadership laboratory per week. Spring semester.
Advanced Course
M.S. 105. Advanced Military Science (1)
The student analyzes realistic leadership actions and solves leadership prob-
lems. The functions of the various branches of the Army are discussed with the
objective of assisting the student in selecting the branch he desires as a com-
missioned officer. Tactical training of the individual soldier and physical fitness
are stressed during the leadership laboratory periods. Two recitations and two
hours of leadership laboratory per week. Fall semester.*
M.S. 106. Advanced Military Science (2)
The student is provided opportunities for practical work in applying the prin-
ciples, techniques, and methods of military instruction and of small unit tactics.
A required field trip to a military installation allows the student to apply the
tactical lessons previously learned by performing as a military commander under
conditions similar to active duty. Three recitations and two hours of leadership
laboratory per week. After completing M.S. 106 the student is ready to partici-
pate in the six-week ROTC summer encampment. Spring semester.
M.S. 107. Advanced Military Science (2)
Course is designed to teach the value and basic concepts of military intelligence,
administration, law, and develop an understanding of staff organization and func-
tions. Students are appointed as cadet officers and given leadership assignments
to assist in developing and training junior cadets. Three recitations and two hours
of leadership laboratory per week. Fall semester.
M.S. 108. Advanced Military Science (1)
Students study the basic concepts and fundamentals of supply, evacuation and
troop movements. To prepare the future officer for active duty, an orientation of
Army life is presented with a brief review of leadership responsibilities. Two
recitations and two hours of leadership laboratory a week. Spring semester.*
DEPARTMENT OF AEROSPACE STUDIES
Lieutenant Colonel Caskey
Major Atwood
Captains Pittard, Thoden
Technical Sergeants Gavura, Holleran
Staff Sergeant Mahaffey
The Lehigh Unit of the Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps was
established in October 1946. Its program is designed to prepare students
for commissions in the United States Air Force upon successful completion
of an undergraduate course. The Department of Aerospace Studies offers
^Students must take an approved three credit-hour course from the curricula of
the Colleges of Arts and Science, Business Administration, or Engineering which
contributes to their potential military capabilities.
318 ROTC, Aerospace Lehigh University
two programs for students to qualify for commission: one of four years
and one of two years. Any student who has met or will meet the baccalaur-
eate degree requirement at the end of his university education may apply
for entrance into the four or two year program. He must complete his
AFROTC training and university education and be commissioned by his 28th
birthday.
Four-Year Program. The four year program consists of classroom and
laboratory work during the four undergraduate years and one field training
period of four weeks, usually between the junior and senior years, at a
United States Air Force base.
During the first two years the program acquaints students with military
and aerospace technological advances and current research and development
activities. Leadership training is also begun. During the last two years,
emphasis is placed on personal development. Students increase their leader-
ship ability by assuming positions of responsibility in the Cadet Corps. To
insure that they will keep abreast of the developments in the Air Force,
students continue to receive information on technological changes.
While in an undergraduate status, Air Force ROTC students are fur-
nished, free of charge, all text and reference books, uniforms, and equip-
ment required for aerospace study. Under the provisions of the Reserve
Officers Training Corps Revitalization Act of 1964, Air Force ROTC Cadets
who have successfully completed the requirements of the first two years
(General Military Course) of the four-year program are offered on oppor-
tunity to compete, on a nationwide basis, for full scholarship assistance
which includes tuition, fees and books, plus a retainer of $50 per month
during their junior and senior years. Those fully enrolled cadets who do not
obtain a scholarship will receive $40 monthly during their junior and senior
years.
At the beginning of the junior year each student is required to sign a
formal agreement that he will complete the" Professional Officer Course and
accept a commission as a second lieutenant in the United States Air Force
when he has been granted his degree. Also, at the beginning of the junior
year the student is sworn into the Enlisted Reserve of the United States Air
Force. The term of commitment after commissioning for any non-flying pro-
fessional area is four years. If the student is physically qualified and desires
to become a pilot or navigator, the required term of service is five years.
Two-Year Program. The two-year program is for those students who
are unable to complete the first two years of the four-year Air Force ROTC
program. Such students may apply during their sophomore year for accept-
ance into the two-year program. Selections are based on nationwide competi-
tion, with criteria similar to the scholarship program. In lieu of completing
the freshman and sophomore years of the four-year program, these men
will receive field training in a six-weeks' officer training course conducted
on an Air Force base during the summer between the sophomore and
junior years. Upon successful completion of the six-week intensive military
and academic program, they will return to the campus to be enrolled in the
Professional Officer Course to complete the same academic program re-
quired of the four-year students. These students receive $40 a month in
subsistence allowance.
Lehigh University Aerospace 319
Flight Instruction Program. Senior cadets who are physically quali-
fied may take flight instructions in their senior year at no cost to themselves.
The FIP provides 361/2 hours of flying time, 35 hours of instruction (20
hours dual and 15 hours solo) plus IV2 hours for a final flight progress
check. Cadets who complete the 35 hours of instruction and pass the FAA
written examination and the final flight check, may receive an FAA private
pilot's license.
General Information on Both Programs. Adjustment in the Aero-
space program will be made to accommodate students enrolling in an hon-
ors or cooperative course. Students who are eligible for and desire graduate
education immediately after completing their undergraduate work may re-
quest a delay in reporting for active duty until completing their graduate
degree.
Eligibility Requirements. To be eligible for the Air Force ROTC
program a student must be:
1. A male citizen of the United States.
2. Physically qualified for commission in the United States Air Force
in accordance with existing Air Force regulations.
3. Not under 14 years of age; and upon graduation not more than 28
years of age.
4. Planning to pursue work leading to at least a bachelor's degree.
5. Willing to sign a formal agreement and enlist in the Air Force Re-
serve at the beginning of the junior year, which obligates him to
remain in the ROTC program for the two final years, to accept a
commission, and to serve the required period in the Air Force upon
graduation.
General Military Course
A.S. 1. Aerospace Studies (1)
World Military Systems: An introductory course exploring the causes of present
world conflicts, the role and relationship of military power toward conflict, the
responsibilities of an Air Force Officer, the evolution of different political philos-
ophies and the means that nations develop to pursue their objectives.
A.S. 2. Aerospace Studies (1)
World Military Systems: A continuation of the study of military means that
modern nations have developed. Emphasis is placed on the United States De-
partment of Defense and the United States Air Force. Several of the major
commands such as the Strategic Air Command are discussed at length.
A.S. 11. Aerospace Studies (1)
World Military Systems: A broadened study of military forces which includes
surveys of the United States Army, the United States Navy, and future trends
and implications of land, sea, and aerospace warfare. This study is limited to the
military forces of the United States.
A.S. 12. Aerospace Studies (1)
World Military Systems: An analysis of major world powers to include West-
ern Alliances such at NATO, SEATO, and CENTO; the Communist military
forces of USSR, China, and the Soviet Satellites; and future trends toward war.
peace, and world military alignments.
320 Romance Languages: French Lehigh University
Professional Officer Course
A.S. 111. Aerospace Studies — Air Force Officer Development (3)
Development of the knowledge and skills required of the junior officer in the
Air Force. This will include the nature of war, history of air power, and the
mission, doctrine, and employment of the United States Air Force.
A.S. 112. Aerospace Studies — Air Force Officer Development (*)
Continuation of the development of knowledge and skills required of a junior
Air Force officer. This will include the history and importance of national space
effort, orbits and trajectories, space vehicle systems, ground supports systems,
manned space flight, and operations in space.
A.S. 113. Aerospace Studies — The Professional Officer (3)
Introduction to military professionalism. A study of the meaning of pro-
fessional responsibilities of the professional officer, the foundations of the mili-
tary profession, the military justice system, theories of leadership, discipline and
human relations.
A.S. 114. Aerospace Studies — The Professional Officer (3)
A military explanation of leadership and management. Includes principles and
functions of management, Air Force personnel policies, channels of communi-
cation, problem solving, the command-staff team, the subordinate, performance
standards, data processing, and Air Force controls.
ROMANCE LANGUAGES
Professors Barthold, Van Eerde
Associate Professor Valenzuela
Assistant Professor Fame
Messrs. Cravzow, Leyton
FRENCH
Fr. 1. Elementary French (3)
Basic conversational French illustrating essential grammatical principles. Em-
phasis on aural-oral learning with required laboratory practice. First semester.
Fr. 2. Elementary French (3)
Continuation of Fr. 1, with the addition of simple vocabulary-building tests.
Prerequisite: Fr. 1. Second semester.
Fr. 11. Intermediate French (3)
Reading based on works of the nineteenth and twentieth century writers; formal
review of French grammar; prose composition; outside reading. Prerequisite: One
year of college French or two units of entrance French. First semester.
Fr. 12. Intermediate French (3)
Continuation of Fr. 11. Prerequisite: Fr. 11. Second semester.
Fr. 13. Types of French Literature (3)
Training in the ability to read and understand representative works from the
Middle-Ages to the nineteenth century. Outside reading and reports. Conducted
in French. Prerequisites: Two years of college French or 3 units of entrance
French. First semester.
Lehigh University Romance Languages: French 321
Fr. 14. Types of French Literature (3)
Reading and discussion of representative works of the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries. Outside reading and reports. Conducted in French. Prerequisites: Two
years of college French or 3 units of entrance French. Second semester.
Fr. 23. Seventeenth Century French Literature (3)
A study of the main pre-classical and classical French writers of the seventeenth
century. Lectures, discussion of texts, reports, and collateral readings. Conducted
in French. Prerequisites: Two years of college French or 3 units of entrance
French. First semester. (Not offered, 1966-67.)
Fr. 24. Seventeenth Century French Literature (3)
Continuation of Fr. 23. Conducted in French. Prerequisite: Fr. 23. Second
semester. (Not offered, 1966-67.)
Fr. 25. Eighteenth Century French Literature (3)
The literature of the Enlightenment and pre-romanticism. Lectures, discussion
of texts, reports, and collateral readings. Conducted in French. Prerequisites: Two
years of college French or 3 units of entrance French.
Fr. 26. Eighteenth Century French Literature (3)
Continuation of Fr. 25. Prerequisite: Fr. 25.
Fr. 31. Nineteenth Century French Literature (3)
Main literary currents of the nineteenth century; romanticism and realism. Lec-
tures, reports, collateral readings. Prerequisites: Two years of college or 3 units
of entrance French. First semester. (Not offered, 1966-67.)
Fr. 32. Nineteenth Century French Literature (3)
Continuation of Fr. 31. Prerequisite: Fr. 31. Second semester. (Not offered,
1966-67.)
Fr. 41. French Oral and Written Composition (3)
For students who wish a greater opportunity for practice in the oral and written
use of French than can be provided in the literature courses. Prerequisites: Two
years of college French or 3 units of entrance French. First semester.
Fr. 42. French Oral and Written Composition (3)
Continuation of Fr. 41. Prerequisite: Fr. 41. Second semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Fr. 221. French Literature before the Seventeenth Century (3)
A general review of French literature from its beginning through the sixteenth
century. First semester.
Fr. 222. Contemporary French Literature (3)
Second semester.
Fr. 223. Proseminar (3)
A study of the works of some author or group of authors, or of a period. First
semester.
Fr. 224. Proseminar (3)
Continuation of Fr. 223. Second semester.
Fr. 301. French Classicism (3)
A study of the French classical theatre, novel, and criticism with emphasis on
Corneille, Racine, Moliere, Madame de Lafayette, Malherbe, and Boileau. Con-
ducted in French. First semester.
322 Romance Languages: Italian, Portuguese, Spanish Lehigh University
Fr. 302. The Age of Enlightenment (3)
A study of the "philosophes" and "enclyclopedistes" of the 18th century, with
emphasis on Voltaire, Rousseau, Montesquieu, and Diderot. Conducted in
French. Second semester.
ITALIAN
Ital. 1. Elementary Italian (3)
Grammar; composition; rapid reading of easy modern prose. No previous study
of Italian required. First semester.
Ital. 2. Elementary Italian (3)
Continuation of Ital. 1. Prerequisite: Ital. 1. Second semester.
Ital. 11. Intermediate Italian (3)
The age of Dante. Lectures in English on Dante and his contemporaries; read-
ings in the Divina Commedia. Prerequisite: One year of college Italian or two
units of entrance Italian. First semester.
Ital. 12. Intermediate Italian (3)
The Romantic Period — lectures in English, and selected readings from the
works of Manzoni and Leopardi. Prerequisite: One year of college Italian or two
units of entrance Italian. Second semester.
PORTUGUESE
Port. 1. Elementary Portuguese (3)
A study of Portuguese grammar and forms; practice in writing and speaking
Portuguese. First semester.
Port. 2. Elementary Portuguese (3)
Continuation of Port. 1. Prerequisite: Port. 1. Second semester.
SPANISH
Span. 1. Elementary Spanish (3)
Basic conversational Spanish illustrating essential grammatical principles. Em-
phasis on aural-oral learning with required laboratory practice. First semester.
Span. 2. Elementary Spanish (3)
Continuation of Span. 1, with the addition of the use of simple vocabulary-
building and reading texts. Prerequisite: Span. 1. Second semester.
Span. 11. Intermediate Spanish (3)
Reading of modern Spanish prose, with a view to acquiring exactness and speed
in reading; rapid review of grammar, composition, and conversation. Prerequisite:
One year of college Spanish or two units of entrance Spanish. First semester.
Span. 12. Intermediate Spanish (3)
Continuation of Span. 11. Prerequisite: Span. 11. Second semester.
Span. 13. Cultural Evolution of Spain (3)
The historical and cultural evolution of Spain from its beginning to the present.
Reading of representative Spanish authors. A term paper in Spanish is required.
Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: Span. 12 or three units of entrance Spanish.
First semester.
Lehigh University Romance Languages: Spanish 323
Span. 14. Cultural Evolution of Latin-America (3)
Continuation of Span. 13. The historical and cultural evolution of Latin Ameri-
ca. Reading of representative Latin-American authors. A term paper in Spanish
is required. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: Span. 12 or three units of entrance
Spanish. Second semester.
Span. 21. Introduction to Spanish Fiction (3)
Readings and discussion of selected novels and short stories; outside reading
and reports. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: Span. 12 or three units of en-
trance Spanish. First semester.
Span. 22. Introduction to Spanish Drama (3)
Reading and discussion of selected plays; outside reading and reports. Pre-
requisite: Span. 21. Second semester.
Span. 31. Spanish Conversation and Composition (3)
For students who wish a greater opportunity for practice in the oral and written
use of Spanish than can be provided in the literature courses. Special attention
given to the history and culture of Spain. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: Two
years of college Spanish or three units of entrance Spanish. First semester.
Span. 32. Spanish Conversation and Composition (3)
Continuation of Span. 31, with special attention given to Latin- America area
studies. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: Span. 31. Second semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Span. 221. Spanish Fiction of the Golden Ages (3)
The Spanish novel of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special at-
tention to Cervantes' Don Quixote. Collateral reading and reports. First semester.
Span. 222. Spanish Drama of the Golden Ages (3)
Selected plays by Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, and Cal-
deron. Collateral reading and reports. Second semester.
Span. 223. Proseminar (3)
A study of some author or group of authors or of a period. First semester.
Span. 224. Proseminar (3)
Continuation of Span. 223. Second semester.
Span. 231. Spanish American Literature (3)
Reading and discussion of representative works of the literature of the Pre-
Columbian, Conquest, and Colonial periods. Oral and written reports; term paper.
Conducted in Spanish.
Span. 232. Spanish American Literature (3)
Reading and discussion of representative works of the literature of the nine-
teenth and twentieth centuries. Oral and written reports; term paper. Conducted
in Spanish.
Span. 301. The Spanish Essay (3)
Reading and discussion of outstanding Spanish thinkers of the twentieth cen-
tury, with emphasis on the works of Unamuno and Ortega y Gasset. Oral and
written reports. Conducted in Spanish. First semester.
Span. 302. The Latin-American Essay (3)
Reading and discussion of distinguished Spanish-American essayists of the
twentieth century with emphasis on the works of Rodo, Vasconcelos. Vaz Fer-
reira, and Francisco Romero. Oral and written reports. Conducted in Spanish.
Second semester.
324 Social Relations Lehigh University
RUSSIAN
See German, page 243
SPANISH
See Romance Languages, page 322
SPEECH
See English, page 230
SOCIAL RELATIONS
Professor Williamson
Assistant Professors Jones, Szwed
S.R. 11. Principles of Sociology (3)
An introduction to the field of sociology and its concepts and methods. Among
the topics are the nature of the group, social organization and structure, sociali-
zation, stratification, social institutions, ethnic relations, social change. First and
second semester.
S.R. 21. Social Psychology (3)
An introduction to the theories, methods of investigation, and research results
of social psychology with emphasis on psychological processes in social behavior,
social attitudes, group behavior and social interaction. First and second semester.
S.R. 31. Cultural Anthropology (3)
Examination of the scope, aims and methods of anthropology; the nature of
culture; the cultural evolution of man; the range of culture phenomena emphasiz-
ing economic organization, kinship and social organization, political organization,
and religion; and a brief introduction to the history of ethnological theory. An-
alysis of the characteristic features of the life, thought, and culture of selected
primitive and peasant peoples throughout the world. First and second semester.
S.R. 63. Social Disorganization (3)
Social disorganization of contemporary society, including delinquency and
crime, poverty and dependency, the handicapped, mental disorders, alcoholic and
drug addiction, population problems, and community disorganization. First se-
mester.
S.R. 65. Contemporary Problems in Society (3)
The exploration of the social structures and the functions of certain public
problems of contemporary importance as found in politics, science, education,
business, the metropolis. Class discussions. First semester.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
S.R. 298. Research Methods in Social Relations (3)
Training in the methods of research used in the study of social relations. Study
of selected problems and applications in research design, execution, analysis, and
interpretation. Introduction to major techniques of research including laboratory
experimentation, field study, and participant observation; questionnaire construc-
tion and interview procedure. Introduction to different levels of analysis. Pre-
requisite: S.R. 11, 21, or 31. Second semester.
Lehigh University Social Relations 325
S.R. 301. Experimental Social Psychology (3)
Training in design, execution and interpretation of experiments in social psy-
chology. An opportunity for original research. Prerequisite: S.R. 21 or consent of
head of department. First semester. Mr. Jones
S.R. 302. Seminar in Social Psychology (3)
Intensive consideration of selected topics in current theory and research in so
cial psychology. The subject matter will vary from semester to semester, and will
include such topics as the social psychology of education, the application of
perception and learning theory to social psychological problems, the social psy-
chology of science, and the social environment of communication. Prerequisite:
S.R. 21 or consent of head of department. Second semester. May be repeated for
credit. Mr. Jones
S.R. 303. The Social Psychology of Groups (3)
Survey of theories and empirical work on inter-personal behavior in small
groups. Emphasis on such topics as: group process and structure, personality,
group size, communication network, leadership, and social characteristics as they
affect the interaction process, performance characteristics of individual versus
group and group versus group. Prerequisite: S.R. 21 or consent of head of de-
partment. First semester. Mr. Jones
S.R. 304. Human Communication (3)
Problems in understanding the processes and functions of communicative be-
havior. Analysis of speech and language theories of communication, and the
effects of communication in groups. Prerequisite: One course in Social Relations
or equivalent. Second semester. Mr. Jones
S.R. 331. Theories of Cultural Anthropology (3)
A systematic analysis of the development of anthropology as a scientific dis-
cipline. Contemporary theory and practice in anthropological studies of society,
culture and the individual are considered in historical perspective. Prerequisite:
S.R. 31. First semester. Mr. Szwed
S.R. 333. Primitive Political Systems (3)
A comparative analysis of systems of law, government, and politics among
selected tribal and peasant societies. Analysis of the sources and functions of
law and government in particular societies, examination of systems of social con-
trol, and the conflict of these cultural systems in the modern world. Attention to
historical contemporary anthropological theory in this area. Prerequisite: S.R. 31.
Second semester. Mr. Szwed
S.R. 335. Cultural Dynamics (3)
Critical evaluation of approaches to the problems of culture change; analysis
of invention and intergroup cultural borrowing: agents and conditions conducive
to change; mechanics of culture growth; and application of techniques for in-
ducing change. Attention to the impact of Western civilization upon traditional
native societies; socio-cultural adjustments to the impact; and community disinte-
gration and reintegration. Prerequisite: S.R. 31 or consent of head of department.
First semester. Mr. Szwed
S.R. 336. Religion and Magic (3)
A comparative analysis of the origins, elements, forms and symbolism of re-
ligious beliefs and behavior; the role of religion in society with particular ref-
erence to nonliterate societies. Anthropological theories and methods of analysis
of religion, both historical and contemporary, will be considered. Prerequisite:
S.R. 31 or consent of head of department. Second semester. Mr. Szwed
326 Social Relations Lehigh University
S.R. 338. Folklore and Culture (3)
Traditional forms of expression (songs, tales, myths, proverbs, ritual, etc.) and
their setting in non-literate and literate societies; the social and psychological
functions of folklore, with particular emphasis on the concepts of myth, ritual,
and superstition; the relationship between folklore and literature. Second semester.
Mr. Szwed
S.R. 339. Seminar in Anthropology (3)
Intensive consideration of selected topics in contemporary or past research in
cultural anthropology. The subject matter will vary from semester to semester.
First or second semester. May be repeated for credit. Mr. Szwed
S.R. 364. The Family (3)
A sociological study of man's basic institution. Includes: an analysis of historical
backgrounds, interaction within the family, relation to other groups and institu-
tions, problems of family disorganization, legal aspects of marriage and divorce,
family adjustment, the family in a changing society. Second semester.
Mr. Williamson
S.R. 366. Population Problems (3)
Quantitative and qualitative aspects of U. S. and world population. Includes:
causes and effects of migrations, racial composition and race relations, population
theories, legal aspects, social consequences of population trends, present trends and
future predictions. Prerequisite: S.R. 11 or 63 or consent of head of department.
Second semester.
S.R. 367. Latin American Social Institutions (3)
An introduction to the contemporary indigenous, mestizo and Creole cultures
of Latin American with analysis of specific communities. An investigation of fam-
ily, education, religious, and recreational institutions with particular emphasis
on intellectual developments. Attention to the problem of change and social
planning. Prerequisite: One course in Social Relations or consent of head of de-
partment. First semester. Mr. Williamson
S.R. 368. The Urban Community (3)
A study of urban communities in the world and in the United States. A history
of the city, ecological and demographic patterns and growth, institutional organi-
zation, status systems, suburban development, resources and problems, future de-
velopment and planning. Prerequisite: S.R. 11 or 63 or consent of head of de-
partment. Second semester. Staff
S.R. 371. Special Topics in Social Relations (1-3)
An opportunity for advanced work through supervised reading and research.
Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. First semester.
S.R. 372. Special Topics in Social Relations (1-3)
Continuation of S.R. 371. Second semester.
S.R. 373. Seminar in Sociology (3)
Intensive consideration of selected topics in contemporary theory or research
in sociology. The subject matter will vary from semester to semester. Prerequisite:
Sociology 11 or consent of head of department. First or second semester. May be
repeated for credit. Staff
S.R. 381. Development of Sociological Theory (3)
A critical and comparative study of the principal schools of social thought
which have contributed to the development of sociological theory. The origins and
development of sociology, major contributors, current trends. Prerequisite: Con-
sent of head of department. First or second semester. Staff
Lehigh University Social Relations 327
S.R. 384. Social Structure (3)
The theory of social structure considered as a basic key to the understanding of
social phenomena, with attention to such concepts as interaction, position, role
and role-set, status, institutionalization, equilibrium, norm, and culture. Selected
propositions concerning structural relationships and processes will be examined.
Prerequisite: S.R. 11 or consent of head of department. Second semester. Staff
S.R. 394. The Individual, Society and Culture (1-3)
This course will explore the interdisciplinary implications of the materials and
methods of social psychology, sociology, and anthropology. Prerequisite: two
courses in Social Relations or Consent of head of department. Second semester.
For Graduates
S.R. 401. Advanced Research Methods (3)
The selection of hypotheses, the use of mathematical models; the specification
of operational variables; and the construction of scales and other measuring in-
struments. Staff
S.R. 402. Theory in Social Psychology (3)
A critical analysis of theoretical orientations in social psychology, their place
and relevance to the scientific study of human interaction. Behavioristic, phenom-
enological and mathematical theories will be compared and evaluated.
Mr. Jones
S.R. 431. Economic Anthropology (3)
An examination of the distribution, exchange, and consumption systems of
tribal and folk societies; the integration of economic behavior in cultural systems;
the impact of change on non-Western cultures. Prerequisite: one course in anthro-
pology or consent of the head of the department. Mr. Szwed
S.R. 432. Culture Patterns and Personality (3)
The psychological implications of cultural variation, including the analysis of
national character. Messrs. Williamson, Szwed
S.R. 464. Seminar on the Family (3)
Societal functions of marriage and the family and the relation of this institution
to the social structure and demographic variables. Particular emphasis on the
treatment of family disorganization. Mr. Williamson
S.R. 465. Organizational Behavior (3)
Theory and research concerning the development and functioning of organiza-
tions. Structure, goals, authority and power, communication, role conflict in
large organizations. Cross-institutional comparisons of industrial, research, gov-
ernmental, medical, and academic organizations. Staff
S.R. 467. Latin American Social Structure (3)
Analysis of given Latin American societies with special attention to economic
and political structures. Individual projects. Mr. Williamson
S.R. 468. Advanced Urban Sociology (3)
Selected problems in urban research, urban and community planning and re-
development. Relation of the city and the region to economic development and
government functions. Staff
S.R. 471. Special Topics (3)
Intensive study in an area of social relations, which is appropriate to the in-
terests and needs of the staff and students. Staff
S.R. 472. Special Topics (3)
Continuation of S.R. 471. Staff
328 Athletics, Physical Education Lehigh University
Division of Athletics and Physical Education
Wm. B. Leckonby, Director
P. E. Short, Assistant Director and Business Manager
J. S. Steckbeck, Assistant Director of Physical Education
The Division consists of the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics and
the Department of Physical Education and Intramural Sports. It has super-
vision over the entire field of intercollegiate athletics and physical education
at the University. Its activities consist of intercollegiate athletics, intramural
athletics, and required physical education, including corrective exercises.
Experience indicates that it is essential that the physical education pro-
gram emphasizes the physical fitness and efficiency benefits to be derived
from a well-rounded and athletic phase of the program. The purpose of the
athletic, physical education, and intramural sports program is designed to:
A. Raise and maintain the physical standards of the University.
B. Develop and maintain a high level of all-around physical fitness so
that the undergraduate student may more readily assimilate instruc-
tion.
C. Encourage regular and healthful exercise by the development of
skills, techniques, and attitudes.
D. Foster an aggressive and cooperative team spirit, to increase the
confidence of the individual, to develop sportsmanship, and to in-
crease University pride through participation in vigorous competi-
tive athletics.
Facilities for accomplishing these are afforded in Taylor Gymnasium,
Grace Hall, the field house, the two playing levels of Taylor Field, and
Sayre Park field, an area of seven acres located above the Look -Out on the
top of South Mountain and only a short distance from the fraternity houses
and residence halls, and Saucon Valley Fields located south of the campus
and on the south side of South Mountain. These 410 acres have the following
facilities: All-weather quarter mile track, nine all-weather tennis courts,
lacrosse and soccer fields, three football practice fields, Varsity House, two
baseball diamonds, twelve to sixteen intramural fields, and a football field
which is the site of a future stadium. Almost all of the outdoor intramural
sports contests and all upperclass intramural activities are held in this area.
A shuttle bus service is provided to and from this field.
Lehigh University Athletics, Physical Education 329
DEPARTMENT OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Director Leckonby
Assistant Director Short
Messrs. Packer, Dunlap, Leeman, Christian, Havach,
Chiodi, Hogan, Sanders, Sherman, Winchester
The Department of Intercollegiate Athletics offers opportunity to the
undergraduate student body to participate in intercollegiate competition both
at home and away with institutions which are Lehigh's natural rivals and
also other institutions which are at some distance.
The intercollegiate program consists of varsity teams in football, cross
country, soccer, wrestling, basketball, swimming, tennis, track, baseball, golf,
lacrosse, fencing, and rifle. In addition, there are freshman teams in most of
the above sports.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
AND INTRAMURAL SPORTS
Professor Leckonby
Assistant Professors Steckbeck, Christian, Leeman, Packer, Chiodi
Messrs. Hogan, Sanders, Sherman, Mettler
The Department of Physical Education and Intramural Sports has super-
vision and control of the required recreational physical activities of the
student body. The aim of the department is to insure the health and physical
development of every student of the University.
Through its program in physical education and intramural sports the
University endeavors to maintain among its students a high degree of physi-
cal fitness, to establish habits of regular and healthful exercise, to foster the
development of such valuable by-products as self-confidence, good sports-
manship, and a spirit of cooperation, and to provide each student with ample
opportunity for acquiring an adequate degree of skill in sports of the type in
which participation can be continued after graduation.
Freshman students are required to register for and engage in some form
of activity under departmental supervision. This requirement calls for three
hours a week in the gymnasium or participation in an organized sport. Soph-
omore, junior, and senior students are encouraged to continue their physical
activities and participation in intramural sports.
Prior to his arrival on campus, each new or transfer student must sub-
mit to the Health Service a Record of Physical Examination form filled in
330 Athletics, Physical Education Lehigh University
and signed by a physician, and a completed Health History form. All such
forms are carefully checked by the Health Service and each student thereby
classified for activities in the Department of Physical Education in accord-
ance with his current health status.
All freshmen are required to take a physical efficiency test for the pur-
pose of classification and development. All freshmen are required to take a
swimming test during the first week of regularly scheduled classes. In the
gymnasium, opportunity is offered in the following activities: physical de-
velopment, recreational swimming, beginners' swimming, boxing, fencing,
apparatus exercises, life-saving, controlled weight lifting, badminton, and
sports fundamentals. All undergraduate students must swim 75 feet before
graduation. Students are encouraged to change their activities whenever it is
thought best for their all-around development.
A comprehensive program in intramural sports is sponsored for the
student body including fraternity, residence hall, interclass, town, and inde-
pendent groups in touch football, tennis, soccer, badminton, handball, indi-
vidual athletics, basketball, swimming, wrestling, track, softball, volleyball,
and recreative games. Students are encouraged to participate in these sports,
and awards are given for excellence in performance.
Individual exercises are prescribed for the correction of physical and
functional defects. Students of this group are carefully examined and indi-
vidually guided.
The University maintains a well-equipped Health Center for medical
treatment. If a student is injured while engaged in any sport he must report
as soon as possible to the first-aid room or to the University Health Service.
The following physical education courses are required of all physically
qualified students:
P.E. 1. Physical Education (0)
Freshman first semester. Three hours per week.
P.E. 2. Physical Education (0)
Freshman second semester. Three hours per week.
331
GENERAL INFORMATION
General Regulations
Eligibility for Degree
In order to be graduated, a candidate for a baccalaureate degree must
achieve a minimum cumulative average of 1.50.
To be eligible for a degree from Lehigh University, a student not only
must have completed all of the scholastic requirements for the degree, but
also he must have paid all University fees, and in addition all bills for the
rental of rooms in the residence halls, or for damage to University property
or equipment, or for any other indebtedness to the University. It is under-
stood, however, that this regulation does not apply to any indebtedness for
scholarship loans or for loans from trust funds administered by the Univer-
sity which are protected by properly executed notes approved by the
Treasurer.
Unless exempted by the Faculty for some special reason, such as poor
health, a student must satisfy all physical education requirements in order
to qualify for graduation.
Final Date for Completion of Requirements
For graduation all requirements, scholastic and financial, must have
been met by 12 noon on the Friday preceding the graduation exercises.
Notice of Candidacy for Degree
Candidates for graduation on University Day file with the Registrar on
or before April 15 a written notice of candidacy for the degree; candidates
for graduation in February file a notice of candidacy on or before January
5; candidates for graduation on Founder's Day file a notice of candidacy on
or before September 10. Failure to file such notice by the dates mentioned
332 General Regulations
debars the candidate from receiving the degree at the ensuing graduation ex-
ercises. If a petition for late filing is granted, a fee of $10 is assessed.
Graduating Theses
Undergraduate theses, when required, are accompanied by drawings
and diagrams, whenever the subjects need such illustration. The originals
are kept by the University, as a part of the student's record, for future ref-
erence; but copies may be retained by students and may be published, pro-
vided permission has first been obtained from the faculty.
Credit and Grades
A semester hour of college work consists of one hour a week of lectures
or class work, or two or three hours of laboratory work (or laboratory work
combined with class work) a week for one semester. The normal assump-
tion is that the student will be expected to do at least two hours of study in
preparation for each hour of class work.
Final grades in courses are A, B, C, D, and F. A, B, C, and D are pass-
ing. The key to grades is as follows: A — Excellent; B — Good; C — Satisfac-
tory; D — Passing; F — Failure. Physical education is marked P (passing) or
F (failure) without hour credit.
A student who withdraws from a course during the first seven weeks of
instruction will receive a grade of "W." A student who withdraws from a
course after the first seven weeks of instruction will receive "WF" unless the
committee on standing of students, for cause, allows a grade of "W" to be
recorded.
A student officially withdrawn from the University after the third week
of instruction shall receive from each instructor a "WP" or "WF."
The letters 'Abs." (absent) are used to indicate absence from a final
examination in a course. The grade of "Abs." is reported with a letter grade
in parentheses, such letter grade representing the department's estimate of
the student's work up to the close of instruction with the provision that in
cases where a department does not feel justified in reporting an estimated
grade, a report of 'Abs. (X)" will be returned.
The letters "Inc." are used to indicate that the work in a course is in-
complete. The grade is accompanied by a letter grade. A student who incurs
an "incomplete" in any course and fails to remove the "incomplete" within
one calendar year, loses all equity in the course.
PROBATION AND DROP REGULATIONS
General. The scholastic requirements for each student are expressed
in terms of his cumulative scholastic average (the weighted point average of
all grades received in residence, except as noted in paragraph two below).
General Regulations 333
The cumulative scholastic average will be computed at the end of each
semester (and full summer session, i.e., one in which 12 or more semester
hours have been rostered). Grades are weighted as follows: A, 4; B, 3; C, 2;
D, 1; F, WF, Abs.F., Inc.F., 0.
Graduation Requirement. A student must have a cumulative scho-
lastic average of 1.50 or better in order to be eligible for graduation. This
cumulative scholastic average includes all courses passed or failed while in
residence, except as noted in paragraph two above.
Probation. A student will be placed on scholastic probation when
either:
(a) His cumulative scholastic average falls below these levels:
Freshman, 1st Semester 1.10
Freshman, 2nd Semester 1.20
Sophomore, 1st Semester 1.30
Sophomore, 2nd Semester 1.40
Junior, 1st Semester, and thereafter 1.50, or
(b) He fails more than 7 semester hours in one semester.
The designation "Freshman, 1st Semester," etc., is the classification
officially determined by the Registrar irrespective of the number of semesters
the student has attended college.
Disabilities of Scholastic Probationers. A student who is on
scholastic probation is ineligible for (a) intercollegiate competition and all
other activities publicly representative of the University, (b) major office
(elective or appointive) in any University organization, and (c) such other
activity as may require more time than should be div -ted from primary
purposes by any student whose academic survival is at risk.
Removal from Probation. A student who has been placed on schol-
astic probation is restored to good standing if at the end of his next semester
or full summer session he meets the standards indicated in paragraph four
above.
A student who withdraws from a course during the first seven weeks of
course after the first seven weeks of instruction will receive "WF" unless the
Dropped for Poor Scholarship. A student who makes a 2.00 aver-
age or better in his probationary semester but fails to meet the standards
set forth in paragraph three above is continued on scholastic probation for
another semester. A student who makes less than a 2.00 average in his
probationary semester and fails to meet the standards in paragraph three
above is dropped for poor scholarship.
HONORS
Honors are of four kinds: class honors, graduation honors, depart-
mental honors, and interdepartmental honors. (For interdepartmental hon-
ors, see page 70.)
334 General Regulations
Class Honors
Upon completion of the work of the freshman and sophomore years, on
recommendation of the Registrar and by vote of the faculty, class honors are
awarded to those individuals who have made an average of 3.00 or better
during the preceding year.
The names of these students are announced at the Founder's Day exer-
cises and published in the Founder's Day Program.
Graduation Honors
Degrees "with honors" are awarded by vote of the faculty to those stu-
dents who have attained an average of not less than 3.00 in their last two
years' work at the University.
Degrees "with high honors" are awarded by vote of the faculty to those
students who have attained an average of not less than 3.50 in their last two
years' work at the University.
Degrees "with highest honors" are awarded by vote of the faculty to
those students who have attained 3.75 in their last two years' work at the
University.
Candidates for graduation who have been in residence at the Univer-
sity for less than two years are not eligible for graduation honors.
Graduation honors are announced at the graduation exercises.
In computing the averages of candidates for graduation honors, semester
grades are weighed according to the number of credit hours in the course
concerned on the basis: A equals 4, B equals 3, C equals 2, D equals 1, and
F equals 0.
Departmental Honors
Special honors are awarded at the end of the senior year, on recommen-
dation of the head of the department concerned and by vote of the faculty, to
students who have done advanced work of unusual merit in some chosen
field. Candidates for departmental honors must indicate to the head of the
department concerned and to the Registrar during the junior year their in-
tention to work for such honors. Awards are based on grades obtained in
the subject chosen, the results in extra work assigned and the general pro-
ficiency of the candidate as evidenced either by a final examination or a
thesis, as the head of the department involved may direct. Departmental
honors are announced at the graduation exercises.
Latest Date for Registration
No registration is accepted later than the tenth day of instruction in
any semester.
Financial Aid: Undergraduate Scholarships and Loans 335
Financial Aid
UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS
General Statement
Lehigh University is desirous of extending tuition aid to deserving and
promising students who otherwise would not be able to attend the University,
to the extent that funds are available for such assistance. During the aca-
demic year 1965-66, over 600 students were granted financial assistance of
approximately $700,000.
Scholarship aid is awarded on the basis of established financial need,
exceptional academic achievement and promise, commendable participation
in activities outside the classroom, and good citizenship. Scholarships are
awarded on a yearly basis and for an entire scholastic year. Renewal of the
scholarship is anticipated upon re-application in the spring of the year. How-
ever, continuation of an award assumes that the recipient will continue to
show scholastic excellence and leadership activity commensurate with the
promise evidenced when the scholarship was originally awarded. Continuing
need and good citizenship are also requirements for continuation of awards.
Tuition Scholarship Loans are provided for students who are deserving
and in need of aid, but for whom adequate free tuition scholarship aid is not
available. The loan may be for a part or, in some instances, for the entire
tuition fee, or may be used to supplement a partial free tuition scholarship.
This plan enables many worthy and conscientious students to help finance
their own way through college by deferment of the payment of part of their
tuition. It is often better for a student to take out a partial tuition loan than
to spend too many hours in outside work to support himself while in college.
Trustee Scholarships are awards covering the tuition charges in whole
or part. These are provided by the Board of Trustees from general funds in
order to supplement endowed tuition scholarships.
Leadership Awards, while still requiring evidences of genuine financial
need, good scholarship, and good citizenship, place more emphasis on leader-
ship attainments in non-academic activities. The available scholarships of
this type include the Alumni Student Grants provided for good students with
both aptitude and achievement in athletics and the Leonard Hall Scholar-
ships for students who have evidenced both capacity and deep interest for the
Christian ministry, with particular interest in the ministry of the Episcopal
Church. These various scholarships are restricted in terms of the particular
qualifications and interests of the applicants as indicated in each instance.
Endowed and Supported Scholarships are provided by individuals and
336 Financial Aid: Undergraduate Scholarships and Loans
by corporations either through endowments or by annual contributions. These
awards, described in the following pages, are granted to able and deserving
students who otherwise would not be able to attend college.
Eligibility. Entering freshmen may apply for financial aid in accord-
ance with instructions from the Office of Admission.
A student transferring from another four-year college, unless he has
been graduated, is not eligible to apply for financial aid until he has com-
pleted one year of residence at Lehigh University. A student entering from
a recognized junior college with full transferred credits (junior standing)
may be a candidate for financial aid on his junior college record.
Students who are already enrolled at Lehigh and have been in residence
for one college year or more are eligible to apply for financial aid.
Application. Candidates not previously enrolled in the University
should write to the Office of Admission; candidates who have been enrolled
in the University one academic year or longer should apply in person to the
Office of Financial Aid. Closing dates for filing applications are:
1. Entering freshmen and junior college transfer students - January 15.
2. Resident students — March 15.
Later applications for financial aid can be given consideration only
if funds are still available.
Awards. All awards are made by the faculty Committee on Under-
graduate Financial Aid in accordance with policies and procedures estab-
lished by that committee and announced through its Executive Secretary to
students applying for financial aid.
Tuition loans are made on the basis of merit and need, at the discre-
tion of the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid to the extent that
loan funds are available.
No loan can be made to a student on scholastic or disciplinary proba-
tion. The maximum indebtedness to the University that any student may nor-
mally incur will generally not exceed one-half of his total tuition obligations
up to and including the semester for which he is seeking tuition aid.
Each student qualifying for a tuition loan is asked to sign a note, en-
dorsed by his parent(s) or guardian. Repayment schedules satisfactory to
the University may be arranged through the Office of Financial Aid. Tuition
Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships 337
loans will bear interest at the rate of four per cent from the date of the note,
with the provision that the rate shall increase to six per cent in the case of
any note which falls into default.
Short-term Loans are emergency loans and must be repaid, accord-
ing to schedule agreed upon, before the end of classes of the semester for
which they are granted. Short-term loans bear interest at the rate of four
per cent per year from the date of the note. A minimum interest charge of
fifty cents is made for each short-term loan granted.
The maximum amount for which a short-term loan may be granted,
whether for tuition or for other purposes, is sixty per cent of the student's
total bill to the University for that semester.
Every student incurring indebtedness to the University is required to
undertake to pay his debt in full as rapidly as possible. Prompt repayment of
loans insures the availability of a continuing fund for other student needs as
they arise.
DESCRIPTIONS OF ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS
The Annual Giving Scholarship Fund
Through the gifts of alumni, parents, friends, and companies to the
1959-60 Annual Giving Fund, this fund was established to assist young
men to obtain the advantages of higher education. The income from this
fund is to be used to award scholarships on the basis of financial need, char-
acter and personality, high scholastic achievement, and leadership qualities,
and without restriction as to college or curriculum.
Atlas-Reinhold Scholarship Fund
Through its president, Paul B. Reinhold, '13, the Atlas Equipment Cor-
poration of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, has established this scholarship fund.
The income from this fund is used to provide scholarships covering tuition
in such amounts as student need indicates, on the basis of character, intelli-
gence, and leadership qualities.
Robert J. Bartholomew Memorial Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by the late Mary A. Bartholomew in memory
of her husband, Robert J. Bartholomew '95. The gift is to be used for the
purpose of providing scholarships for needy and deserving students with
preference given to those who are residents of Bath, Pennsylvania, or of
Northampton County, Pennsylvania.
Frank Breckenridge Bell Memorial Scholarship Fund
This fund has been established by Mrs. Frank B. Bell as a memorial to
Frank Breckenridge Bell, M.E. '98, Eng.D. (Hon.) '45 and trustee of Lehigh
University from 1936 to 1949. The income arising from the fund is to be
used for the purpose of awarding annually a scholarship for a student attend-
ing or about to attend Lehigh University. Primary consideration is to be
given to the following factors: financial need, character and integrity, and
capacity for creative or original thinking, preferably in the field of engi-
neering.
338 Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships
The J. D. Berg Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by Mrs. J. D. Berg in memory of her husband,
John Daniel Berg, M.E. '05, Eng.D. (Hon.) '47, who devoted many years
to Lehigh University as alumnus and as trustee. An annual scholarship pro-
viding for tuition, fees, and an amount for books shall be awarded to a
student who is in financial need and has prerequisites of character and
personality, high scholastic achievement, and leadership qualities which
merit the award. Preference shall be given to students residing in the West
Pennsylvania district and who enroll in an engineering curriculum at Lehigh
University.
Award of Bethlehem Fabricators, Inc.
Bethlehem Fabricators, Inc. established this scholarship fund in honor
of the late Robert Parke Hutchinson, E.M. '04, and in recognition of his
forty years of service to the company and devotion to his alma mater. It is
hoped that these incentive scholarship awards from this fund will serve "to
spread and implement his belief in the American tradition of private indus-
trial development and his interest in the education of worthy young men to
carry forward that tradition." This scholarship will be awarded annually to
he engineering student about to enter his senior year who "has shown the
most improvement during his sophomore and junior years," and under the
rules of the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid.
The Bethlehem Fabricators' Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by Bethlehem Fabricators, Inc., to provide
tuition scholarships for students who are in need of assistance. Character
and personality, high scholastic achievement, and leadership qualities shall
be given consideration when these awards are made. Other qualifications
being equal, preference shall be given to candidates applying from the coun-
ties of Lehigh or Northampton in Pennsylvania.
The Brodhead Scholarship
Albert Brodhead, '88, left practically his entire estate to establish a
fund for general University purpose. Part of the income of this fund has
been designated as the Brodhead Scholarship in memory of Albert Brod-
head; his father, Charles Brodhead, an early trustee of Lehigh University;
his mother, Camilla Brodhead; and his sister, Kate Brodhead Wilbur. The
scholarship is awarded by the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid
to an undergraduate in the Department of Electrical Engineering.
Eugene C. Brown Memorial Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by bequest of the late Blanche C. Brown in
memory of her husband, Eugene C. Brown, E.E. '95. Awards from the
income of this fund are made in accordance with regulations governing such
awards.
Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships 339
The Harvey M. Burkey Scholarship Fund
Endowed by the American Metals Company, Limited
This fund was established by the American Metals Company, Ltd., in
honor of Harvey M. Burkey, Class of 1906, and in recognition of his out-
standing career in serving the Company with exceptional devotion and
ability for over forty-five years. The income from the fund is to be used to
award scholarships to qualified students seeking a bachelor's degree in metal-
lurgical or chemical engineering.
Class of 04 Scholarship Fund
Members of the Class of '04, on the occasion of their Golden Anniver-
sary in June '54, established this scholarship fund as a memorial to the class.
The income from the fund is to be used to award a senior scholarship on the
basis of character, scholarship, qualifications indicating promise of future
leadership, and extra-curricular activities. Financial need is not a requisite
for the award.
The William W. Coleman Fund
William W. Coleman, Met. '95, established this fund in 1951. The in-
come provides annual awards in general equal to the amount of tuition, for
undergraduates, preferably seniors in metallurgical engineering, on the basis
of financial need, high scholastic achievement, character, personality, and
leadership qualities.
The Stewart J. Cort Scholarship
A gift to establish scholarships was made by Stewart J. Cort, El. Met.
'06, Eng. D. (Hon.) '48, president of the Alumni Association, 1937-1938,
and a member of the Board of Trustees from 1942 until his death in 1958.
The income from this fund is to be used for scholarships for students seeking
degrees in one of the engineering departments with preference being given to
students in metallurgical engineering who meet the normal qualifications as
to need, scholarship, character, and leadership.
The William S. Cortright Memorial Scholarship
Mrs. William S. Cortright established in 1938 a fund, the income from
which provides a scholarship annually in memory of her husband, who was
graduated from Lehigh University in 1872. The award is designated for a
student who is a resident of Bethlehem or the immediate vicinity and who
is enrolled in the curriculum of mechanical engineering.
The George C. Coutant Scholarship Fund
This scholarship fund was established by a bequest from Hedwig A.
Coutant in memory of her husband, George C. Coutant, M.E. '00, to provide
scholarships for meritorious students in need of assistance.
340 Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships
The Eckley B. Coxe Scholarship Fund
Mrs. Eckley B. Coxe, the widow of a trustee who served Lehigh Uni-
versity from 1871 until his death in 1895, established this fund to aid needy
and worthy students. The income from the fund is used for scholarships.
The John R. W. Davis Memorial Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by Mrs. John R. W. Davis of Seattle, Wash-
ington, in memory of her husband, John R. W. Davis, C.E. '91. The income
is to provide for scholarships in civil engineering for meritorious students in
need of financial assistance.
The Alban and Eleanor Eavenson Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by Alban Eavenson, Chem. '91, as an ex-
pression of his interest in helping young men obtain a Lehigh education. The
income from the fund is to be used to award scholarships with preference
to students enrolled in either the chemistry or chemical engineering curric-
ula.
The Natt Morrill Emery Scholarship
Established in memory of the late Natt Morrill Emery, vice-president
and controller of Lehigh University, by an alumnus and former student of
Dr. Emery's, the Natt Morrill Emery Scholarship covers the full tuition fee.
It will be awarded by Lehigh University every four years (or whenever it
becomes vacant) to a graduate of the high schools of Richmond, Virginia,
who during his scholastic career has exemplified in character and conduct
the qualities of loyalty and ability which marked the services of Dr. Emery
to Lehigh University.
Harold Farkas Memorial Fund
The Harold Farkas Memorial Committee established an endowment
fund to be known as the Harold Farkas Memorial Fund. The income from
this fund is to be used for awarding a scholarship or scholarships which
shall be accomplished by the regular agency of the University. Such award
or awards shall be based upon financial need, character and personality,
scholastic achievement and leadership qualities.
The John T. Fuller Memorial Fund
This fund was established by Esther Fuller Warwick in memory of her
father, John T. Fuller '03. The income from the fund is to be used to provide
scholarships in engineering which are to be awarded to deserving students
from Pennsylvania.
Julian W. Gardy Memorial Scholarship Fund
This fund has been established as a memorial to the late Julian W.
Gardy, '23. The income from the fund is used to award scholarships as
determined by the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid on the basis
of financial need, character and personality, scholastic achievement, and
leadership qualities.
Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships 341
The Alfred R. Glancy Fund
The late General Alfred R. Glancy, M.E. '03, Eng.D. (Hon.) '43, es-
tablished this fund in 1949. The income provides for undergraduate scholar-
arship awards made by the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid,
in addition to the Alfred Noble Robinson Award of $1,000 annually to a
selected faculty member in memory of General Glancy's grandfather.
The Morris Goldstein Scholarship Fund
An endowed scholarship has been established through the gifts of Mor-
ris Goldstein '34. The income of the fund is to be used for a scholarship to an
undergraduate in the College of Business Administration.
The Granite City Steel Company Scholarship Fund
The Granite City Steel Company, Granite City, Illinois, established this
fund in 1951. The income provides annual awards for undergraduates in the
College of Engineering, on the basis of financial need, character and person-
ality, scholastic achievement, and leadership qualities.
The Henry S. Haines Memorial Scholarship
Mrs. Henry S. Haines, of Savannah, Ga., established in 1889 a scholar-
ship as a memorial to her son, Henry Stevens Haines, M.E. '87. By the terms
of the bequest this scholarship is awarded to a student in the curriculum in
mechanical engineering. The requirements governing the award of Univer-
sity scholarships apply likewise to this scholarship.
James Clark Haydon Memorial Scholarship Fund
Mary Haydon Hansen bequeathed the residue of her estate to Lehigh
University as a memorial to her father, James Clark Haydon. The gift is to
be used for the purpose of providing scholarships for needy and deserving
persons.
The Samuel P. Hess Memorial Scholarship Fund
Recognizing the value of Lehigh University's contribution toward the
training and education of young men, the family of Samuel P. Hess '10, of
Detroit, Michigan, has established this scholarship fund as a memorial. The
income from the fund shall be used to make awards based upon financial
need, character and personality, scholastic achievement, and leadership, and
leadership qualities. Preference shall be given to a student residing in the
metropolitan area of Detroit, Michigan. The awarding of the scholarship or
scholarships shall be accomplished by the regular agency as determined by
the Board of Trustees at Lehigh University
342 Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships
Albert George Isaacs '04 Endowed Scholarship Fund
This fund has been established by Kenneth L. Isaacs, M.E. '25, as a
memorial to his father, Albert George Isaacs '04. The award covering tuition
and an allowance for books and supplies will be made to a student selected
by the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid under the established
rules governing the award of University scholarships.
The Anna Carpenter Richards Isaacs Scholarship
This fund was established by Kenneth L. Isaacs, M.E. '25, as a memo-
rial to his mother, Anna Carpenter Richards Isaacs. The income from this
fund shall be used to provide scholarships on the basis of financial need,
character and personality, high scholastic achievement, and leadership qual-
ities, without restriction as to college or curriculum.
The Kenneth L. Isaacs '25 Scholarship
Kenneth L. Isaacs, M.E. '25, established a fund to assist worthy young
men to obtain the advantages of a higher education. The income is to be
used to award scholarships to worthy students on the basis of financial need,
character and personality, high scolastic achievement, and leadership qual-
ities, without restriction as to college or curriculum.
The Reese D. Isaacs Memorial Scholarship
Kenneth L. Isaacs, M.E. '25, established this fund as a memorial in
in honor of his grandfather, Reese D. Isaacs, and to assist worthy young men
to obtain the advantages of a higher education. The income from this fund
is used to award scholarships on the basis of financial need, character and
personality, high scholastic achievement, and leadership qualities, and with-
out restriction to college or curriculum.
The Bernard H. Jacobson Fund
This fund was established by Bernard H. Jacobson, El.Met. '17. The
income is to be used to provide financial aid, for one or more students in
the College of Engineering who shall show financial need, good character
and personality, high scholastic achievement, and qualities of leadership.
The Henry Kemmerling Memorial Scholarships
These scholarships have been provided through the gifts of Henry Kem-
merling, C.E. '91, M.S. '03. Preference in making the awards is to be given
to graduates of the public senior high schools of Scranton, Pennsylvania. The
scholarships are to cover the tuition fee of the holder thereof.
A scholarship award is to be renewed yearly to the initial holder thereof
until he graduates, provided he remains in school and maintains a grade at
least equal to the average of his class during the preceding year.
The following qualifications only are to be the basis of the award of
the scholarship: (a) a good character, (b) need of financial assistance, (c)
high scholastic ability. The awarding of these scholarships will be admini-
stered through the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid.
At the discretion of the Committee, each full scholarship may be divid-
ed into two or more partial scholarships so that two or more may benefit by
any annual award.
Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships 343
The Jacob B. Krause Scholarship Foundation
The Jacob B. Krause Scholarship Foundation was established under the
will of Jacob B. Krause, B.A. '98, for the purpose of assisting needy students
in the College of Arts and Science. Scholarships are to be awarded only to
male students who maintain good scholastic standing and are in need of fi-
nancial help.
Lambert Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by Blanche B. Lambert under her will be-
queathing one-third of her residuary estate to Lehigh University as a gift
for endowment to be known as the Lambert Scholarship Fund in memory
of her husband, Sylvanus E. Lambert, '89. The principal thereof and the
net income therefrom is to be used by the University for loans and scholar-
ships to needy students of character, ability, and promise at the University,
and is to be administered by the Officials of the University currently in
charge of administering scholarships and loans to students at the University,
in a manner approved by the Board of Trustees of the University. Mrs.
Lambert stated in her will, "Lehigh University offered the benefit of its
teaching staff and equipment, tuition free, for four years to my now deceased
husband; hence this bequest."
The J. Porter Langfitt Scholarships
The I. A. O'Shaughnessy Foundation, Incorporated, established a fund
of $50,000, the income from which is to be used to establish scholarships in
honor of J. Porter Langfitt, B.A. '24, M.E. '25, president of the Alumni
Association, 1954-1955, and an alumnus member of the Board of Trustees
from 1956-. The scholarships shall be awarded on the basis of financial
need, character, personality, leadership qualities, and high scholastic achieve-
ment.
John Howell Powell (M.E. '04) Scholarships
In 1954 Mr. Powell of the Borough of Latrobe, County of Westmore-
land, Pennsylvania, set up a Deed of Trust with the Mellon National Bank
and Trust Company of Pittsburgh, the principal of which is to continue in
perpetuity for scholarships to be awarded by Lehigh University, with first
preference to be given to applicants who are from the Borough of Latrobe
or who are graduates of the Mining and Mechanical Institute, Freeland,
Pennsylvania.
The Lehigh Alumni of Tau Delta Phi Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by the Lehigh Alumni of Tau Delta Phi Fra-
ternity in recognition of the achievements of the University and to provide
for the continued growth of its educational program. A prominent portion of
this fund was contributed by the Dale Memorial Committee as a memorial
to the honor of the brothers Herbert Dale, class of 1933, and Robert Tiefen-
thal, class of 1935. In recognition of the special opportunities offered by Le-
high University for the education and training of young men, the income
from the fund is to be used to award scholarships based on financial need,
character and personality, scholastic achievement, and leadership qualities.
Preference shall be given to any applicant who is an undergraduate member
of Tau Chapter of Tau Delta Phi.
344 Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships
The Lehigh Portland Cement Company Scholarship Fund
The Lehigh Portland Cement Company established this fund in 1952.
The income from the fund is to be used for the purpose of awarding scholar-
ships to undergraduate students on the basis of financial need, character and
well adjusted personality, intelligence, and above average potential for leader-
ship.
Arthur Lehr Memorial Scholarship Fund
The Arthur Lehr Memorial Scholarship Fund has been established under
an agreement between Anne Lehr and Lehigh University. The awarding of
the scholarship or scholarships shall be accomplished by the regular agency
as determined by the Board of Trustees of Lehigh University. Such award or
awards shall be based upon financial need, character and personality, scholas-
tic achievement and leadership qualities.
Alvan Macauley Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by Mrs. Alvan Macauley in honor of her hus-
band, Alvan Macauley '92, who was chairman of the board of the Packard
Motor Car Company. The income from this fund is to be used to award
scholarships to worthy students in need of financial assistance.
The Mart-Hammonton Scholarship
The late Leon T. Mart, M.E. '13, formerly president of the Marley
Company of Kansas City, Missouri, established this scholarship fund in 1953.
The income from the Mart-Hammonton Scholarship Fund is to support one
continuous tuition scholarship in the College of Engineering at Lehigh Uni-
versity. Preference shall be given to graduates of Hammonton High School,
Hammonton, New Jersey, or graduates of any of the public or private
secondary schools of the greater Kansas City area — this shall include schools
of Jackson County, Missouri, and Johnson County, Kansas. In the event that
no suitable candidates from these areas are available the scholarship can be
awarded at large.
Alexander and Clara Maysels Scholarship Fund
Dr. Alexander Maysels, of Bethlehem, established this fund as a mem-
orial to his wife, Clara Maysels. The awarding of the scholarship or scholar-
ships shall be accomplished by the regular agency as determined by the
Board of Trustees of Lehigh University. The basis of award shall be finan-
cial need, character and personality, high scholastic achievement, and leader-
ship qualities regardless of race, creed, or color.
R. L. McCann Scholarship
Raymond L. McCann, E.M. '17, has established a fund to assist young
men with limited financial support to obtain an engineering education. The
scholarship is to be awarded to a student seeking a degree in one of the en-
gineering departments with preference being given to Metallurgical Engi-
neering. The basis of the award shall be financial need, character, personali-
ty, leadership qualities, and scholastic attainment.
Herbert Weymouth McCord Memorial Scholarship
Mrs. Celia M. Couch, Mrs. Henry Eccles, and Frank P. McCord have
established this scholarship fund, as a memorial to their brother Herbert
Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships 345
Weymouth McCord, C.E. '27. The income from this fund is to be used to
award an annual scholarship to a senior student in the College of Engineer-
ing. The basis of the award shall be financial need, character and integrity,
high scholastic achievement, and leadership qualities.
The Fred. Mercur Memorial Fund Scholarship
Friends of the late Frederick Mercur, of Wilkes-Barre, Pa., general
manager of the Lehigh Valley Coal Company, desiring to establish a memo-
rial of their friendship and esteem, and to perpetuate his memory, contrib-
uted and placed in the hands of the trustees of the University a fund called
the Fred. Mercur Memorial Fund. The income from this fund is awarded
to students of the University.
The Mansfield Merriman Scholarship Fund
This fund was established under the will of Bazena T. D. Merriman to
provide a scholarship in civil engineering in memory of her husband. Dr.
Merriman served as professor of civil engineering at Lehigh University from
1878 to 1907, during which time his textbooks were widely adopted by en-
gineering schools in the country and translated into many foreign languages.
The Henry L. Moses Scholarship
Mrs. Henry L. Moses established this fund as a memorial to her hus-
band to assist worthy and deserving students. The income from this fund
is used to make awards to a student or students selected by the Committee
on Undergraduate Financial Aid under the established rules governing the
award of University scholarships.
The Theophil H. Mueller '18 Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by the late Theophil H. Mueller, a corporate
trustee of the University. The income is to be used to assist in defraying the
expenses of some worthy student or students who are in need of financial as-
sistance, provided, however, that if it is possible and advisable the student or
students selected to receive such financial assistance shall be of the Moravian
faith and preferably from Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, or its environs.
Franklin C. Murphey Scholarship Fund
This fund was established under the will of Franklin C. Murphy, Bus. Ad.
'32. The income from the fund is to be used to award scholarships to high
school graduates who are legal residents of the State of Ohio. However, if
there are no acceptable applicants from the State of Ohio, then the awards
shall be made to any applicant under the regular requirements governing the
award of other University scholarships.
The Ray Sands Nostrand Memorial Scholarship
The Ray Sands Nostrand Memorial Scholarship was established by the
late Benjamin Nostrand, Jr., M.E. '78, in memory of his son, Ray Sands
Nostrand '17. The income from this fund is awarded to students of the Uni-
versity. The requirements governing the awards of University scholarships
apply likewise to this scholarship.
346 Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships
C. Henry and Emily Nancy Offerman Scholarship
This fund was established by the late Emily N. Offerman in 1959. The
income from this fund shall be used to provide scholarships to worthy stu-
dents of good moral character, maintaining satisfactory scholastic grades and
who require financial assistance to enable them to further their education.
The Murtha P. Quinn Scholarship
Mr. Murtha P. Quinn, '78, left one-thirteenth of his residual estate tc
Lehigh University for the purpose of granting scholarship aid with prefer-
ence given to students whose homes are in south Bethlehem.
Isadore Raiff Memorial Fund Scholarship
The fund was established by the Raylass Department Stores, New York
City, in honor and in memory of their late President, Isadore Raiff. The in-
come from the fund is to be used to award a scholarship to worthy students
in the College of Business Administration. Preference will be given to candi-
dates from the states of Georgia, New York, North Carolina, Tennessee, and
Virginia.
The Victor C. Records L. U. '98 Delaware Scholarship Fund
The income from this fund, established by Victor C. Records, Class
of 1898, is to be used for the benefit of students attending Lehigh University
who are in need of financial assistance to enable them to carry on or com-
plete their studies at the University and who by character and application
are deemed worthy of such assistance. Preference shall be given to residents
of the state of Delaware with particular attention being paid to the counties
of Laurel, Sussex, Kent, and New Castle.
Elijah Richards Endowed Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by Kenneth L. Isaacs, M.E. '25, as a memo-
rial to his grandfather, Elijah Richards. The awarding of the scholarship or
scholarships shall be accomplished by the regular agency as determined by
the Board of Trustees of Lehigh University. The basis of award for the Elijah
Richards Scholarship or scholarships shall be financial need, character and
personality, high scholastic achievement, and leadership qualities. Preference
shall be given to students from Luzerne or Lackawanna Counties, Pennsyl-
vania.
The Benjamin DeWitt Riegel Scholarship
This fund was established by Mrs. Benjamin DeWitt Riegel as a me-
morial scholarship in honor of her late husband, M.E. '98. This award is
available to undergraduates of any college or curriculum who qualify on the
basis of financial need, character and personality, high scholastic achieve-
ment, and leadership ability.
The Rust Engineering Company Fund
The Rust Engineering Company established this fund in memory of
two of its co-founders, E. M. Rust, and E. J. Lee Rust, for the purpose of
Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships 347
awarding scholarships to students in the College of Engineering of Lehigh
University on the basis of financial need, character and well adjusted person-
ality, intelligence, and above average potential for leadership.
Frederick C. Seeman, Jr., Scholarship Fund
This scholarship fund was established by a bequest from Aringdale D.
Seeman of Baltimore, Maryland, in memory of his son, Frederick C. Seeman,
Jr. '27, who was killed in an automobile accident in 1927. Income from the
fund is to be used to award scholarships to worthy students from the state
of Maryland who are in need of financial assistance.
Donald B. and Dorothy L. Stabler Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by Donald B. Stabler, C.E. '30, M.S. '32,
to provide scholarships at Lehigh for needy prospective students or under-
graduates, the recipients being determined by their character, motivation,
and personal achievements. In recognition of the financial aid received un-
der this program while a student at Lehigh, each recipient is asked to sign
a statement of intent that, after his graduation from college and insofar
as financially able, he will make contributions to this fund equivalent to
the aid which he received. Thus a student of a later college generation may
enjoy the same financial aid which made it possible for the original re-
cipient to attend Lehigh.
The David R. Thomas Memorial Fund
This fund was established by Professor and Mrs. Harold P. Thomas
after their son's death in a plane crash on South Mountain in June, 1950.
Donations from friends and family have been included in the fund. The in-
come is to be used for tuition scholarships for one or more students who
have completed at least one year at Lehigh University and are in need of fi-
nancial assistance to complete their education. The award or awards will be
made to students who exemplify in their lives the high ideals which were
characteristic of David up to his untimely death.
Helen A. and Nathaniel Thurlow Memorial Scholarship Fund
This fund was established under the will of Helen A. Thurlow, sister of
Nathaniel Thurlow, '95. The income from the endowment is to be used for
the awarding of scholarships by the regular agency of the University.
Treadwell Corporation Scholarship Fund
The Treadwell Corporation of Easton, Pennsylvania, has established
at Lehigh University the Treadwell Corporation Scholarship Fund for an-
nual tuition scholarships in such number and amounts as the income will
support. The scholarships are for students in mechanical engineering, with
preference given to candidates from Lehigh and Northampton counties in
the state of Pennsylvania.
The Samuel Foster York Memorial Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by Warren W. York, B.S. '24, as a memorial
to his father, Samuel Foster York. The income is to be applied towards tui-
348 Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships
tion scholarships for needy and worthy graduates of Allentown, Pennsylva-
nia, secondary schools who desire to pursue business administration courses
at Lehigh University.
York-Shipley Scholarship Fund
This fund was established by York-Shipley Inc. of York, Pa., through
its president, S. H. Shipley, Ch.E. '32. The income is to be used to provide
scholarships to worthy students in need of financial assistance enrolling in
the College of Engineering, with preference being given to students from the
County of York in Pennsylvania enrolling in the mechanical egineering cur-
riculum.
The Luther Rees Zollinger Memorial Fund
The sister of Luther Rees Zollinger left the residue of her estate to
Lehigh University to establish this memorial fund to provide tuition scholar-
ships for worthy students who are in need of financial assistance.
ENDOWMENT OF SCHOLARSHIPS
Undergraduate or graduate scholarships named to honor an individual
or corporation may be established in perpetuity by arrangement with the
board of trustees of Lehigh University. The income from this donation will
be paid to the holder of the scholarship to be applied toward the payment
of University fees. The University does not, however, guarantee that this
income will be forever sufficient to pay such fees in full.
DESCRIPTIONS OF SUPPORTED SCHOLARSHIPS
Air Force ROTC Financial Assistance Program
The Air Force ROTC financial assistance program is designed for out-
standing young men participating in the four-year Air Force ROTC pro-
gram and who are interested in the Air Force as a career. These are two-
year awards restricted to those students who have completed the first two
years of Air Force ROTC and are selected to participate in the advanced
program.
Alcoa Foundation Scholarships
The Aluminum Company of America supports at Lehigh University
several undergraduate scholarships. The University also receives a grant-in-
aid to the amount of $125 per student recipient. The awards are to be made
by the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid under the established
rules governing the award of University scholarships.
The Allied Chemical Foundation Scholarship
The Allied Chemical Corporation, through its Foundation, supports a
scholarship at Lehigh University for a student in chemical engineering. In
making the selection the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid places
emphasis upon intellectual capability, scientific ability, breadth of interests,
and leadership qualities.
Armstrong Cork Company Undergraduate Scholarship
The Armstrong Cork Company has awarded a two-year scholarship for
a junior who desires to enter business or industry upon graduation. The
Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships 349
scholarship covers the cost of tuition and a grant of $60 for books. A cost-
of-education grant of $500 is made to the University. Nomination of the
scholarship recipient is made by the Committee on Undergraduate Financial
Aid, subject to the approval of the Armstrong Cork Company.
Army ROTC Scholarship Program
The Army ROTC scholarship program is designed to offer financial
assistance to outstanding young men in the four-year Army ROTC program
who are interested in the Army as a career. Each scholarship provides for
free tuition, textbooks and laboratory fees in addition to pay of $50 per
month for the period that the scholarship is in effect. During a six-week
summer training period at the end of the junior year, this pay is increased
to $120.60 per month. The scholarships are provided under provisions
of Public Law 88-647, The ROTC Vitalization Act of 1964.
Scholarships may be awarded for either two or four years. Four-year
scholarships are open to all students entering Army ROTC as freshmen,
while the two-year scholarships are restricted to those students who have
completed the first two years of ROTC and are selected for enrollment in
the ROTC Advanced Course.
Frank Breckenridge Bell Memorial Scholarship
The Edgewater Steel Charitable Trust has established an annual schol-
arship of $1,000 in honor of Frank Breckenridge Bell, M.E. '98, Eng.D. '45,
former chairman of the board of Edgewater Steel Company, and a trustee
of Lehigh University from 1936-1949. The award is available to a student in
any college or curriculum, on the basis of financial need, character and in-
tegrity, and capacity for creative or original thinking, preferably in the field
of engineering.
Chevron Oil Company Scholarship
The Chevron Oil Company has established a scholarship in the amount
of $500 for a senior in chemical engineering. A cost-of-education grant of
$500 is also made to the department of chemical engineering in support of
the scholarship. The award is made by the Committee on Undergraduate
Financial Aid under the established rules governing the award of University
scholarships.
Fort Pitt Bridge Works Scholarship
The Fort Pitt Bridge Works Scholarship is to be awarded to a junior
enrolled in the civil engineering curriculum who will major in the structural
option. In recognition of the fact that tuition does not cover the full cost of
education of the student, the company will make an unrestricted gift to the
University of $300 each year.
General Motors Scholarships
The General Motors Corporation in its program of aiding private
colleges has made available to Lehigh University several undergraduate
scholarships. These scholarships which are renewable range up to $2,000
annually depending upon "demonstrated need." In addition the University
receives a grant-in-aid for each award.
350 Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships
The Kift-Mullen Memorial Foundation Scholarship
The Kift-Mullen Memorial Foundation of Allentown, Pennsylvania,
makes available to graduates of Allentown high schools four annual scholar-
ships of $200 to students of junior standing in various teacher training insti-
tutions, who are preparing to enter the secondary school teaching profession.
The University Committee on Scholarships and Loans makes recommenda-
tions of qualified Lehigh University students to the Kift-Mullen Memorial
Foundation, which passes such recommendations from various teacher train-
ing institutions on to a committee of the Allentown high schools' representa-
tives who make the final selection.
The Lebovitz Fund Scholarship
Through the Lebovitz Fund, Samuel L. Lebovitz, E.M. '23, President
of The Modern Transfer Company of Allentown, Pennsylvania, has estab-
lished at Lehigh University a scholarship in the amount of $1,000 a year
which is awarded annually by the Committee on Undergraduate Financial
Aid. This award is made on the basis of high intelligence, financial need,
and the qualities that give promise of leadership.
Lever Brothers Company Scholarship
The Lever Brothers Company has established two scholarships, one
for a junior and the other for a senior in chemical engineering. A cost-of-
education grant is also made to the Department of Chemical Engineering
in support of the scholarships. The awards are made by the Committee on
Undergraduate Financial Aid under the established rules governing the
award of University scholarships.
Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback Foundation Scholarship
The Trustees of the Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback Foundation
have established a scholarship fund in the amount of $1,000 to be expended
for scholarships to deserving students who are residents of one of the states
of New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware or Maryland, without regard to race
or religious affiliation and who, "by reason of their scholastic attainment,
character, personality, and all-around ability give great promise of benefiting
therefrom and be useful and valuable citizens of their communities."
Milton Roy Sheen Memorial Scholarship
Through its president, Robert T. Sheen, B.S. '31, Ch.E. '36, the Milton
Roy Company of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, has established a scholarship
as a memorial to the founder of the company, Milton Roy Sheen. The
Milton Roy Sheen Memorial Scholarship provides an annual award of
$1,200. The scholarship is to be awarded to employees or sons of employees
of the Milton Roy Company. If no candidates are available, the scholarship
is to be awarded to either a junior or senior enrolled in the chemical engineer-
ing or mechanical engineering curricula.
Pennsylvania Power & Light Company Scholarships
The Pennsylvania Power & Light Company in its program of aiding
both public and private colleges within its 29-county service area has made
available to Lehigh University two undergraduate scholarships, one of
which is restricted to study in either electrical or mechanical engineering.
Financial Aid: Endowed Scholarships 351
Each scholarship is in the amount of $1,450 annually and is renewable. In
addition the University receives a grant-in-aid for each award. The candi-
date for such a scholarship should secure an appropriate form from his
secondary school counselor.
Pitcairn-Crabbe Christian Education Scholarships
These scholarships have been provided by the Pitcairn-Crabbe Founda-
tion for students with strong Christian motivation, pre-ministerial students, or
those who plan to enter the fields of social work, religious education, or
eleemosynary activities. Preference will be given to the sons of clergymen or
educators.
Procter and Gamble Scholarship Program
A Scholarship Program established in 1955 by the Trustees of The
Procter & Gamble Fund makes available annual scholarship awards for
entering freshmen at designated colleges, including Lehigh University. The
awards are renewable annually throughout the four years on the basis of
successful undergraduate performance and continuing financial need.
The participating colleges administer the scholarships, select the re-
cipients from all eligible candidates on the basis of the colleges' own stand-
ards of academic achievement and distribute the money on the basis of the
recipient's financial need.
At Lehigh the award is made to an entering student in the field of sci-
ence or engineering selected by the Committee on Undergraduate Financial
Aid under the established rules governing the award of University scholar-
ships.
The scholarships provide an amount equal to full tuition and fees plus
an allowance for books and supplies. In addition, an unrestricted grant of
$600 for each recipient is made annually to the University to help meet the
cost of educating the scholarship holder.
Residence Halls Scholarship Fund
The Residence Halls Council of Lehigh University has provided four
scholarships in the amount of $400 each to be awarded to a freshman, sopho-
more, junior and senior living in the Residence Halls of Lehigh University.
The recipient of the scholarship must continue his residence throughout the
term of the scholarship.
Schlumberger Collegiate Award
The Board of Managers of the Schlumberger Foundation of Houston,
Texas, has made available to Lehigh University an undergraduate scholar-
ship in the amount of $500, with a further matching grant of $500 as a
contribution to the University. The Foundation has designated this scholar-
ship and matching grant as the "Schulmberger Collegiate Award." The basic
requirements state that the student be of high academic standing in his
junior or senior year in electrical or mechanical engineering, physics or
geology, and that his program include at least twelve hours of study in
electricity.
The Alfred P. Sloan National Scholarships
The Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Incorporated, has granted Lehigh
University eight of its national scholarships. Normally each scholarship will
352 Financial Aid: Supported Scholarships
be for an amount equal to tuition plus $300 for other college expenses. How-
ever, the University may award a lesser or a greater amount depending upon
the financial need of the recipient. In addition, the University receives each
year $500 for "cost-of-education allowance" for each scholarship.
Recipients of this scholarship shall be preferably students pursuing
studies in mathematics, the sciences, engineering, or business administration.
They shall also meet the regular requirements of financial need, high academ-
ic achievement, good character, and promising leadership qualifications.
SPECIAL AWARDS
Recognizing the need of many worthy and able students for financial
aid in addition to tuition scholarships, friends of Lehigh have made grants
to the University for this purpose. From this fund one or two awards are
made on an annual basis to students in the College of Engineering by the
Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid in accordance with its estab-
lished policies.
Texaco Scholarships
Texaco, Inc., has provided undergraduate scholarships available to
students who have successfully completed at least two years of college work
in any of several fields which would prepare them for careers in the petro-
leum industry. The donor also grants to the University a cost-of-education
supplement. The scholarships are restricted to citizens of the United States
who have proven scholastic ability and who have demonstrated qualities of
leadership as well as a recognition of the values of higher education, and
who give evidence of good health and financial need.
Union Bank and Trust Company Scholarships
The Union Bank and Trust Company of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, has
established four scholarships in the College of Business Administration.
Each award is in the amount of $ 1 250 and provides for a grant-in-aid to the
University of $250.
United States Rubber Company - Foundation Scholarship
The United States Rubber Company, through its Foundation, has
established a scholarship for a student who has successfully completed at
least two years of college, who has need of financial assistance, and who
has demonstrated interest in a career in industry. Also, the recipient must
be willing to assume a moral obligation to repay over a reasonable period
of time at least 25% of the scholarship aid received as worked out with the
institution. In addition the University receives a grant-in-aid for each award.
The Union Carbide Scholarships
The Union Carbide Corporation, through the Union Carbide Education
Fund, has established at Lehigh University annual scholarships in the amount
of full tuition plus $ 1 00 for books and supplies, to assist deserving students
in chemical, mechanical, and metallurgical engineering.
The Western Electric Fund Scholarships
The Western Electric Fund has established at Lehigh University
three annual scholarships, to a maximum of $800 each, two to be awarded
to undergraduate students in the College of Engineering, and one to an un-
Financial Aid: Loan Funds 353
dergraduate in either the College of Business Administration or the College
of Arts and Science. The scholarships may be granted to an upperclassman or
to a first or second year student if the University desires. The recipient shall
be a United States citizen without regard to color, creed, or national origin.
DESCRIPTION OF LOAN FUNDS
National Defense Student Loan Program
Under the National Defense Education Act of 1958, since amended,
the federal government has made available through the University loans to
students who show themselves capable of maintaining good standing and
who show financial need.
During undergraduate study, the maximum loan under the law is $1,000
per academic year, with not more than $5,000 total indebtedness.
The National Defense Student Loan Program is administered by the
Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid.
W. Appleton Aiken Memorial Loan Fund
The Residence Halls Council of Lehigh University has provided the sum
of $3,000 as an undergraduate loan fund. The administration of the loan
fund is under the usual University agencies. Preference in the granting of all
loans is to be given to students residing in the residence halls of the Uni-
versity.
C. S. Albright Loan Fund
In memory of Carl Samuel Albright, E.E. '11, his family has provided
the sum of $2,500 as an undergraduate loan fund. The administration of the
loan fund is by the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid, and is for
the assistance of worthy students requiring financial aid.
The Eckley B. Coxe Loan Fund
Mrs. Eckley B. Coxe, the widow of a trustee who served Lehigh Uni-
versity from 1871 until his death in 1895, established this fund in 1897
and continued to make contributions to it during her lifetime. The several
gifts were invested, and the income from this principal has created a re-
volving loan fund in excess of $170,000 which is administered for worthy
and needy students by the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid.
The Frazier and Ringer Memorial Fund
The Frazier and Ringer Memorial Fund was established in 1906 by the
late Robert H. Sayre in memory of Benjamin West Frazier, A.M.. Sc.D.,
former professor of mineralogy and metallurgy, and Severin Ringer, U.J.D.,
former professor of modern languages and literature and of history, each of
whom served Lehigh University for one-third of a century. The income from
the fund and payments made by the former borrowers are available for loans
to cover the medical and surgical care of worthy students.
The Kenneth Hankinson, Jr., Memorial Fund
Mr. and Mrs. Kenneth Hankinson established this fund in memory of
their late son, Bus. '50. The principal from this fund shall be used to grant
emergency loans to deserving students of Lehigh University. Administration
of the fund is at the discretion of the Dean of Students of the University.
354 Financial Aid: Loan Funds
R. L. McCann Loan Fund
Mr. R. L. McCann, E.M. '17, established this endowment fund to
provide income for loans to needy students of Lehigh University.
George F. Pettinos Memorial Fund
An endowment fund has been established by George F. Pettinos, Jr.
in memory of George F. Pettinos, M.E. '87. The income earned on the
principal of the fund shall be used "to grant loans to students for tuition and
fees." Repayments of the principal and interest on loans to students are al-
so to be used to grant similar loans to students.
The Edward W. Pratt Fund
Edward Williams Pratt, M.E. '90, bequeathed to Lehigh University the
sum of $1,000 to be used "as a revolving fund for loans to students" to be
administered at the discretion of the Dean of Students.
The President's Fund
The President's Fund was established during the early years of the Uni-
versity for the help of deserving students. As payments are made by former
beneficiaries they are immediately available for the assistance of students
of the University.
The Frank Williams Fund
Frank Williams, B.S. '87, E.M. '88, bequeathed to the University the
greater part of his estate as an endowment, the income of which is lent to
deserving students.
United Student Aid Funds Loan Program
Lehigh University is one of more than 600 colleges and universities
participating in this national nonprofit loan program for needy and deserv-
ing students. Full-time undergraduate students who have completed satisfac-
torily the freshman year may borrow up to $1,000 per year and graduate
students may borrow as much as $2,000 per year, but no student may bor-
row more than $4,000. Interest of 6% simple and payments of interest and
principal begin the fifth month after graduation and may be anticipated. In
case of dropouts, payments are due to begin at once. The financial aid
officer recommends the loan, after consultation with the student, and the
loan is then negotiated at the student's home town bank on the student's
own signature.
Financial Aid: Graduate Students 355
Graduate Scholarships And Fellowships
Candidates for scholarships or fellowships must make application on
blanks which will be provided by the University on request to the Office of
Admission, Lehigh University, Bethlehem, Pa. Application must be filed on
or before March 1. Each application must be supplemented by an official
transcript of the candidate's college work, a statement concerning his practi-
cal experience, and any other evidence of his qualifications which he may
choose to submit. Scores made by the applicant in the Graduate Record
Examination; or, for those in Education, the National Teachers Examina-
tion; and for M.B.A. candidates, the Admissions Test for Graduate Students
in Business, are desired whenever possible. An applicant must indicate the
line of graduate study he desires to undertake and his special qualifications
for such work.
A holder of a scholarship or fellowship may not accept any employment
for pay without the written permission of the Dean of the Graduate School.
SCHOLARSHIPS
The William C. Gotshall Scholarship
A bequest from the late William C. Gotshall provides funds for as
many as six scholarships to be awarded annually to worthy graduate students
in any branch of engineering offered at Lehigh University. Appointment is
for one year, with an annual stipend of $1500 or more, depending on the
qualifications of the applicant, plus remission of tuition fees. No duties other
than graduate study are required of the holders.
The Daniel S. Whiteman Memorial Scholarship
The Reilly-Whiteman-Walton Company of Conshohocken, Pennsyl-
vania, makes an annual grant to support this scholarship in memory of the
late Daniel S. Whiteman, E. M. '17. It is awarded to a graduate student spec-
ializing in colloid chemistry or a related field.
Graduate Tuition Grants
The Board of Trustees has authorized the annual award to graduate
students, on the basis of superior qualifications and of need, of twelve Gradu-
ate Tuition Grants. These Grants are awarded to accompany certain research
fellowships and provide for the remission of graduate tuition.
356 Financial Aid: Graduate Students
ENDOWED RESEARCH FELLOWSHIPS
Graduates in appropriate curricula of colleges, universities, and techni-
cal schools whose requirements for graduation are substantially the same as
those of Lehigh University are eligible to apply for any of the following
research fellowships as may be available, excepting only the Student Chem-
istry Foundation Fellowship, which is restricted to graduates of Lehigh
University.
Appointment to these fellowships is for a period of two semesters and
may be renewed, provided the work of the holder is of such quality as to
justify continuation of financial aid. Usually the research work can be used
for the thesis or dissertation.
Annual stipends for most fellowships are $1800 or more, depending
upon the qualifications of the applicant. Graduate fellows pay the regular
tuition fees. However, the Graduate School, in awarding a fellowship, may
award at the same time a Graduate Tuition Grant. This grant provides re-
mission of all tuition fees during the period for which it is awarded.
The Alumni Fund Fellowship
The Alumni Fund for 1960 established an endowment, the income
from which is to provide a graduate fellowship in any of the departments
offering graduate study.
The C. Kemble Baldwin Research Fellowship in Aeronautics
A fund established by Mrs. C. Kemble Baldwin as a memorial to her
husband, C. Kemble Baldwin, M.E., '95, provides for the appointment of a
research fellow in any branch of science having a bearing on the field of
aeronautics. One or occasionally two appointments are available each year.
The Lawrence Calvin Brink Research Fellowship in Civil Engineering
A fund established by the late Mrs. L. C. Brink as a memorial to her
husband, Lawrence Calvin Brink, C.E., '94, provides for the occasional
appointment of a research fellow in civil engineering.
The Henry Marison Byllesby Memorial Research Fellowships
In 1926 Mrs. H. M. Byllesby, widow of Col. H. M. Byllesby, M. E., '78,
President of the Byllesby Engineering and Manufacturing Corporation, pro-
vided an endowment fund for the establishment of the Henry Marison
Byllesby Memorial Research Fellowships in Engineering. Half of the time of
the holders of these fellowships must be devoted to research work on some
problem in electrical, mechanical, or hydraulic engineering; the other half
is to be devoted to graduate study leading to the degree Master of Science.
Usually two awards are made each year.
Financial Aid: Graduate Students 357
The William L. Heim Research Fellowship in Chemistry
A research fellowship in chemistry was established by William L. Heim,
B.S. in Chem., '02.
The Garrett Linderman Hoppes Research Fellowship in Civil Engineering
A fund established by the late Mrs. Maria B. Hoppes in memory of
her son, the late Garrett Linderman Hoppes, C.E., '83, provides for the
occasional appointment of a research fellow in civil engineering.
The Roy R. Hornor Research Fellowship in Metallurgy and Inorganic Chemistry
The income from a bequest by Roy R. Hornor, B.S., '99, provides for
a research fellowship in either metallurgy or inorganic chemistry, the holder
of which devotes half his time to research under the direction of the faculty
and half to graduate study. While the fellowship generally will be granted
alternately to students in the two departments concerned, the appointment
may be determined by the qualifications of available candidates.
The Chester W. Kingsley Memorial Fellowship
This fund is a bequest by Mrs. C. W. Kingsley in memory of her hus-
band for the education of young men of exceptional scientific ability. An
annual stipend up to $2200 plus tuition is available for graduate study in
engineering or science.
The New Jersey Zinc Company Research Fellowship
The New Jersey Zinc Company provided funds in 1924 for a research
fellowship to be known as the New Jersey Zinc Company Research Fellow-
ship. Half of the time of the holder of this fellowship must be devoted to
research work in the department to which he is assigned; the other half is
to be devoted to graduate study.
The James Ward Packard Research Fellowship
The income from a bequest made by James Ward Packard, M.E., '84,
provides for a research fellowship in any field in which Lehigh University
offers work for the doctorate.
The Charles W. Parkhurst Research Fellowship
A fund established by Mrs. C. W. Parkhurst as a memorial to her
husband, Charles W. Parkhurst, E.E., '93, provides for the occasional ap-
pointment of a research fellow in any field in which the University offers a
graduate major.
358 Financial Aid: Graduate Students, Fellowships
The Student Chemistry Foundation Fellowship
In the spring of 1927, members of the class of 1930 established the
Student Chemistry Foundation in honor of Harry Maas Ullmann, A.B.,
Ph.D., a member of the chemistry department from 1894 to 1938 and head
of the department from 1912 until his retirement. Subsequent classes have
contributed to this fund which now provides an annual research fellowship
in chemistry or chemical engineering. Only Lehigh graduates are eligible
for this fellowship.
The Katherine Comstock Thorne Fellowship in Biology
The late Gordon Comstock Thorne of the class of 1916 endowed, in
memory of his mother, a fellowship in biology, to be known as the Katherine
Comstock Thorne Fellowship.
ADDITIONAL FELLOWSHIPS
Certain fellowships are supported annually by various foundations,
learned societies, and industrial organizations. For the most part these fel-
lowships are reserved for applicants well along in the work towards the
doctorate. Ordinarily the fellow devotes full time to academic work and re-
ceives a stipend ranging from $1800 to $3000, or occasionally more, plus
remission of tuition fees. Appointments are for the academic year in most
cases.
The following fellowships are currently available:
The Air Products and Chemicals Incorporated Fellowship
in Chemical Engineering.
The Allegheny-Ludlum Fellowship
in Metallurgy.
Althouse Chemical Fellows
in Chemistry.
The American Chemical Society — Petroleum Research Fellowship
in Chemical Engineering.
The American Chemical Society — Petroleum Research Fellowship
in Geology.
The Armstrong Cork Company Fellowship
in Physics.
The Louis Calder Foundation Fellowship
in Chemistry.
Financial Aid: Fellowships 359
The California Oil Company Fellowship
in Chemical Engineering.
The Carpenter Steel Company — J. Heber Parker Fellowship
in Mathematics, Science, or Engineering.
Thomas R. Caton Fellowship
in Chemistry.
The Esso Foundation Fellowship
in Chemical Engineering.
The Howard Flint Fellowship
in Chemistry (for research relating to printing ink).
The General Telephone and Electric Company Fellowship
in Metallurgy.
The George Gowen Hood Fellowship
(supported by the Catherwood Foundation) in any field leading to the
doctorate.
The Management Science Fellowship
in Management Science
The Materials Research Fellowship
in Materials Research.
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration Fellowships
in space-related Sciences and Engineering.
The National Defense Education Act Title IV Fellowship
in various fields.
The National Science Foundation Fellowship
A. Graduate Fellowships in Science, Mathematics, or Engineering.
B. Traineeships in Science and Engineering
The Norwich Pharmaceutical Fellowship
in Chemistry.
The Ogden Corporation Fellowship
in Management Science
The Orthopedic Research Foundation Fellowship
in Chemistry.
Stressteel Corporation
in Metallurgy
The Union Bank and Trust Company Fellowship
in Business Administration.
The United States Public Health Service (Water Pollution) Fellowship
in Biology.
The United States Rubber Company Fellowship
in Chemical Engineering.
The United States Steel Foundation Fellowship
in Engineering.
360 Financial Aid: Fellowships, Loan Funds for Graduate Students
ENDOWMENT OF FELLOWSHIPS
A research fellowship, named in honor of an individual or a corpora-
tion, offering opportunities for graduate work and training in research in
any designated field of study, may be established in perpetuity through the
payment to the Board of Trustees of an appropriate fund.
LOAN FUNDS
National Defense Education Act Loan Funds
Eligibility. Graduate students are eligible to apply for NDEA loans
provided they are full-time graduate students who show themselves capable
of "maintaining good standing" and show financial need.
"Special consideration" is mandatory for (1) students with superior
academic backgrounds who plan to become elementary or secondary school
teachers, and (2) students whose academic backgrounds indicate a superior
capacity for or preparation in science, mathematics, engineering, or a foreign
language. This does not exclude other students.
Amount of Loans. The maximum loan available is $1,000 in an
academic year and a total of $5,000.
Repayment. The student's note will be taken for repayment in ten
equal installments, beginning one year after the date on which he stops being
a full-time student. Interest is charged at the rate of three per cent starting
with the first payment. In the case of death or disabiliy, liability for repay-
ment of any balance then due is waived.
Teachers. If a graduate becomes a full-time teacher in a public ele-
mentary or secondary school, up to one-half of the loan (plus the interest on
that portion) will be waived at the rate of ten per cent per annum.
Ford Foundation Science and Engineering Loan Fund
Eligibility. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree in engineering who are
interested in a career in college-level teaching are eligible to apply for these
forgivable loans, provided they:
a. Hold a master's degree or its equivalent in engineering or related
sciences:
b. Are enrolled as graduate students seeking a Ph.D. degree in engi-
neering;
c. Have interest in, and legal possibility of, a faculty career in the
United States or Canada;
Financial Aid: Loan Funds, Graduate Assistantships 361
d. Need funds to pursue the doctorate on at least three-fourths time,
and meet the financial responsibilities for at least one dependent
(exclusive of themselves); and
e. Are under 40 years of age at the time of the first loan.
Amount of Loans. The amount of each loan will be determined on
the basis of need, considering income from assistantships or fellowships,
or other resources of the individual, against his dependents, financial obli-
gations, and the like. The maximum amount is $10,000 over a three-year
period.
Forgiveness or Repayment of Loan. The loan will be forgiven or
repaid by the student after study for the degree is terminated, under the
following provisions:
a. If he is employed as a full-time faculty member in the U. S. or
Canada, the debt is to be cancelled at the rate of $1,000 or 20 per
cent of the total debt per year, whichever is greater.
b. If not so employed, he is to repay the debt to the University at the
rate of $1,000 per year minimum.
c. The debt repayment and cancellation will be suspended during leaves
of absence of at least three months for military service, postdoctoral
research, or for reasons of health.
Applications. Qualified individuals should request application forms
from the head of the department in which they wish to major, or at the
Office of the Graduate School.
GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS
A limited number of teaching assistantships are available in applied
mechanics, biology, business administration, chemistry, English, education,
geology, government, history, international relations, mathematics, physics,
political science, psychology, and in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial,
mechanical, and metallurgical engineering. Appointees serve as readers,
teaching aides, laboratory assistants, and in similar capacities under the
supervision of the senior teaching staff. Half-time assistants devote 15 to 20
hours per week to their duties and receive $2200 ($2500 after one year of
satisfactory service or to holders o( the master's degree) for the academic
year plus remission of tuition fees. They may take up to 10 hours of gradu-
ate work a semester. Applications should be made to the head of the de-
partment concerned.
362 Prizes and Awards
Prizes and Awards
Student prizes and awards are announced at commencement exercises
on Founder's Day, the second Sunday in October, and on University Day in
June.
William Appleton Aiken Award
This medal is awarded to the outstanding student in History 11 and 12
each year.
Alumni Prizes
Funds are provided by the Alumni Association for the annual award of
four prizes of $25 each. Two prizes are awarded to the highest ranking
juniors in the College of Engineering, one to the highest ranking junior in
the College of Arts and Science, and one to the highest ranking junior in the
College of Business Administration.
Medal of the Philadelphia Chapter, American Institute of Chemists
This medal is awarded to the academically highest ranking senior major-
ing in chemistry or chemical engineering.
American Society for Testing Materials Student Membership Prize
The American Society for Testing Materials awards each year four
student memberships to students who in their junior year have demonstrated
interest and meritorious work in the engineering courses which are related to
the American Society for Testing Materials.
Bethlehem Fabricators Award
This tuition award is made to the senior who has shown the most im-
provement in academic achievement over previous years.
The Robert W. Blake Memorial Prize
The Robert W. Blake Memorial Prize is awarded annually at the
Founder's Day exercises to a freshman, upon his completion of one year of
studies in the College of Arts and Science, who is recommended by the
faculty of the College of Arts and Science as the most outstanding in high
scholastic achievement and in promise of worthy leadership.
The John B. Carson Prize
An annual prize of $50 was established by Mrs. Helen Carson Turner,
of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, in memory of her father, John B. Carson,
whose son, James D. Carson, was a graduate of the civil engineering curric-
ulum of Lehigh University in 1876. It is awarded to that senior in civil
engineering who shows the most marked excellence in the professional
courses of his curriculum.
Prizes and Awards 363
The William H. Chandler Prizes in Chemistry
Four annual prizes of $25 each, one in each class, for excellence in the
chemistry and chemical engineering curricula were established by Mrs.
Mary E. Chandler, of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, widow of Dr. William H.
Chandler who was professor of chemistry at Lehigh University from 1871
until his death in 1906.
The Choral Cup
The Choral Cup provided by Richard K. Burr, I.E. '53, John D. Kirk-
patrick, Bus. Ad. '55, Donald E. Rickert, Bus. Adm. '53, and Norman I.
Stotz, Jr., Arts '52, is awarded to the outstanding senior participating in the
vocal organizations of the Department of Music.
The Concert Cup
The Concert Cup provided by Richard K. Burr, I.E. '53, John D. Kirk-
patrick, Bus. Adm. '55, Donald E. Rickert, Bus. Adm. '53, and Norman I.
Stotz, Jr., Arts '52, is awarded to the outstanding senior participating in the
instrumental organizations of the Department of Music.
The Cornelius Prize
The Cornelius Prize of $25, established by William A. Cornelius, M.E.
'89, and endowed by a bequest by his widow, Mrs. Eleanor R. W. Cornelius,
will be awarded annually to the senior student in mechanical engineering
who is judged to have profited most by his opportunities at Lehigh Universi-
ty. The award will be based 70 per cent on scholarship, 20 per cent on at-
tainment in general culture, and 10 per cent on development in personality.
To be eligible for the award, a student's scholastic standing must be in the
top quarter of the class in the College of Engineering.
University Service Award
This award is given annually to the senior who has been adjudged to
have contributed most during his career at Lehigh University, to promote
student body unity, campus cooperation for worthy objectives, and loyalty
to the alma mater. It is expected that the student selected shall be of sound
character and satisfactory scholarship.
The Philip Francis du Pont Memorial Prize in Electrical Engineering
The Philip F. du Pont Memorial Prize Fund was established in 1929
by L. S. Horner, E.E. '98. The annual income of this fund is awarded each
year in the way of prizes, two-thirds to the highest ranking senior and one-
third to the second highest ranking senior in electrical engineering.
Fraternity Annum Advisory Council Scholarship Improvement Award
This trophy is awarded to the Lehigh Fraternity chapter whose scholas-
tic average for the year is most improved over the average for the previous
year.
364 Prizes and Awards
Malcolm J. Gordon, Jr. Physics Prize
An annual award of $40.00 is made to the highest ranking sophomore
majoring in physics with some extra-curricular activity.
The Hamilton Humanities Award
The Hamilton Watch Company awards an engraved electric watch each
year to the senior engineering student who has most successfully combined
proficiency in his major field of study in engineering with achievements
(either academic, extra-curricular, or both) in the social sciences or humani-
ties.
The Bill Hardy Memorial Prize
An annual award of $100 is given by Mr. and Mrs. C. Edson Hardy
in memory of their son to the junior who most nearly reflects the qualities
that typified Bill Hardy, who was outstanding in many activities, academic
and otherwise.
Haskins and Sells Foundation Award
An annual award of $500 is awarded to that accounting student in the
College of Business Administration or the College of Arts and Science who
after three years has demonstrated excellence in scholarship, professional
potential, extra-curricular activities, and moral character.
The Harold J. Horn Prizes
The heirs of Harold J. Horn, E.E. '98, established a fund, the income of
which is used in the award of a first and second prize of $40 and $20 re-
spectively for the two highest ranking juniors in electrical engineering.
The Andrew Wilson Knecht III Memorial Award
This award is made each year to the member of the mechanical engin-
eering class graduating in June who has exhibited the greatest potential for
applying his technical training to practical application. The award is a spe-
cially designed medallion with hand engraving and enclosed in a leather
folder and presentation case.
The McClain Award for Meritorious Painting
The McClain Award for Meritorious Painting, consisting of a trophy
and a fifteen ($15) dollar purchase prize, and provided by Mr. A. V. Mc-
Clain, shall be presented the student of painting in the Department of Fine
Arts studio classes who completes the most meritorious painting during the
academic year.
The McClain Progress Award
The McClain Progress Award, consisting of a trophy and a fifteen
($15) dollar purchase prize, and provided by Mr. A. V. McClain, shall be
presented to that student whose progress in painting in the Department of
Fine Arts studio classes during the year shall be most marked.
Prizes and Awards 365
Merck Index Award
A copy of the Merck Index is awarded by Merck and Co., Inc. to a
senior in chemistry who is an outstanding student, who has been active in
student society affairs and who has promise of a successful career in chemis-
try in the judgment of the faculty of the Department of Chemistry.
The Elizabeth Major Nevius Award
The Elizabeth Major Nevius Award was established by Walter I.
Nevius, E.E. '12, "in loving memory of his wife, who profoundly admired
young men of diligence, intelligence, aggressiveness and sterling character."
The award of $500 shall be made annually to that senior enrolled in any five-
year combination curriculum leading to two baccalaureate degrees who, up-
on completion of his first four years at Lehigh University and upon gradua-
tion with his class, shall be adjudged the most outstanding of the seniors
completing work for their first baccalaureate degree and continuing to a
second baccalaureate degree at Lehigh University, judged upon the basis of
leadership, citizenship, and scholarship.
The Pendleton Award
This silver bowl is awarded yearly to the student who has produced the
most effective contemporary painting.
The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Prize
The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants awards each
year an Accountants' Handbook to the senior in the College of Business Ad-
ministration majoring in accounting who is outstanding in academic achieve-
ment and leadership.
Phi Sigma Kappa Scholarship Cup
A scholarship cup, to be awarded for one year to the fraternity in the
interfraternity council having the highest scholastic average for the preced-
ing year and to become the permanent property of the fraternity winning it
for three successive years, was provided by an alumnus of the Nu Chapter
of Phi Sigma Kappa social fraternity in 1923.
New cups, to be awarded on the same terms as the original, have been
provided by the local chapter of Phi Sigma Kappa.
The Allen S. Quier Prize in Metallurgy
An annual prize of $15 has been provided by the daughters of the late
Allen S. Quier in memory of their father, to be awarded to the senior who
was adjudged by the staff of the Department of Metallurgical Engineering to
have made the most progress in his work in that curriculum. While high
scholastic standing is a requisite, the prize is awarded on the basis of pro-
gressive achievement in scholastic work, rather than an average rating.
Bosey Reiter Leadership Cup
This award is given to the student whose leadership shall contribute
primarily to the best interest of the University. Leadership is defined chiefly
as moral character and shall combine intellectual ability and common sense.
High scholarship and athletic achievements shall be included as cases of
leadership, but neither is necessary or sufficient alone.
366 Prizes and Awards
Robert Ridgeway Senior Prize
The Robert Ridgeway Senior Prize is awarded annually to the Engi-
neering senior with the highest cumulative average.
The T. Edgar Shields Cup
The Shields Cup was established by the late Dr. T. Edgar Shields, form-
er director of music at Lehigh. It is awarded annually to the student who is
considered most outstanding in over-all musical activities.
Sigma XI Undergraduate Research Award
An award of $50.00 and associate membership in the society is made
each year to an undergraduate student by the Chapter Executive Com-
mittee from departmental nominations. The basis of the award is research
potential and demonstrated achievement in research.
Bradley Stoughton Student Award
This award is given to an outstanding senior student in the Department
of Metallurgy. It consists of a certificate and twenty-five dollars awarded
annually.
Thornburg Mathematics Prize
The Thornburg Mathematics Prize is made possible through a bequest
by the late W. P. Tunstall C03) in honor of the late Professor Charles L.
Thornburg. The prize, consisting of a credit slip in the amount of forty dol-
lars to purchase books in the field of mathematics or allied disciplines at the
Book Store, shall be awarded to the senior with the most outstanding record
in an advanced course in mathematics.
Trustees' Scholarship Cup
The trustees of the University have provided a scholarship cup which is
awarded for one year to the living group having the highest scholarship aver-
age for the preceding year. The trustees' scholarship cup becomes the perm-
anent property of any living group winning it for three successive years.
William Whigham, Jr. Memorial Prize
This is awarded annually to the top ranking freshman in engineering,
based on accumulative average of the first two semesters.
The Elisha P. Wilbur Prizes
A fund was established by the late E. P. Wilbur, trustee of Lehigh Uni-
versity from 1872 until 1910, for distribution in prizes as the faculty might
determine. The income from this fund is used to provide two awards.
Wilbur Mathematics Prizes. A first and second prize of $50 and $25
respectively to be awarded annually to the two highest ranking freshman en-
gineers in the first year of freshman engineering mathematics completed at
Lehigh University, as recommended by the Department of Mathematics.
Wilbur Scholarship Prize. This prize of $200 is awarded annually to
the sophomore with the best semester average for the sophomore year.
The Williams Prizes in English
The late Professor Edward H. Williams, Jr., an alumnus of the Uni-
versity of the Class of 1875, established prizes for excellence in English com-
Prizes and Awards 367
position and public speaking. The freshman, sophomore, and junior prizes
are awarded by the faculty on the recommendation of the Department of
English.
Freshman Composition Prizes. A first prize of $100, a second prize
of $75, and a third prize of $50 are awarded annually for the three best
compositions submitted by freshmen of regular standing as required work
in their English courses.
Sophomore Composition Prizes. A first prize of $100, a second prize
of $75, and a third prize of $50 are awarded annually for the three best
compositions submitted by sophomores of regular standing as required work
in their English courses.
Junior Composition Prizes. A first prize of $100, a second prize of
$75, and a third prize of $50 are awarded for the three best essays submitted
by juniors as part of the required work in their courses in English.
The Williams Prizes in Extempore Speaking
A first prize of $100 and a second prize of $50 are awarded annually
to freshmen of regular standing who excel in a contest in extempore speak-
ing.
A first prize of $100, a second prize of $75, and a third prize of $50 are
awarded annually to the winners in a contest in extempore speaking for
sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Winners of first prizes are not eligible to
compete in subsequent years.
The Williams Prizes in Intramural Debating
Sums totaling $300 are awarded annually as prizes in intramural debat-
ing. Students engaged in this activity are organized under the direction of the
Department of English into teams which compete in a series of debates.
The sum of $200 is divided equally between the two members of the first
place team and the sum of $100 is divided equally between the two mem-
bers of the second place team. Winners of first place prizes are not eligible
to compete in subsequent years.
The Williams Prize in Dramatics
A prize of $100 is awarded annually to a Lehigh undergraduate whose
interpretation of a role in a production of the Mustard and Cheese Dram-
atics Club is judged the most outstanding.
The Williams Prize in Interpretive Reporting
A prize of $100 is awarded annually to a Lehigh undergraduate for
meritorious reporting, published or unpublished, intended to interpret the
meaning of events or developments which arc significant in the life of the
University.
The Williams Prize in Creative Writing
A prize of $100 is awarded annually to the author of a meritorious short
story, play, or poem submitted by a Lehigh undergraduate.
368 Prizes and Awards
The Williams Prize in Varsity Debating
A prize of $100 is awarded annually to a Lehigh undergraduate whose
performance in intercollegiate debating is judged the most outstanding.
The Williams Senior Prizes
The Williams Senior Prizes are awarded by the faculty on the recom-
mendation of the committee on Williams Prizes.
1. First prizes of $200, second prizes of $100, and third prizes of $50
are awarded annually in each of the five fields of economics, English, philos-
ophy, psychology, and history and government for dissertations submitted by
regular members of the senior class on or before April 15.
2. The committee on Williams Prizes publishes, before the close of
the academic year, a list of recommended subjects for dissertations; but a
senior may submit a dissertation upon any other subject in the respective
field if the subject has received the approval of the committee.
3. Each senior entering the competition shall submit to the committee
his choice of subject and plan of work by November 15.
4. The awards are made by the faculty upon recommendation of the
committee, but no award is made if in any case a dissertation does not meet
the standards of merit established by the committee. This standard includes
such points as excellence in thought, plan, development, argument, and com-
position.
The Theodore B. Wood Prize
A prize of $50 is awarded, annually, under the terms of the will of the
late Theodore Wood to the mechanical engineering student who has made
the greatest scholastic improvement during the first two years of his college
course.
Prizes Awarded by Student Organizations
Alpha A. Diefenderfer Award. In recognition of Professor Emeritus
A. A. Diefenderfer's long service as faculty adviser to the organization, the
Lehigh University Chemical Society established this award for the highest
ranking senior in analytical chemistry. Each winner is presented with
an engraved certificate, and his name is inscribed on a plaque given by the
Society and displayed in the Chemistry Building.
Alpha Epsilon Delta Award. Alpha Epsilon Delta places the name of
the pre-medical biology freshman with the highest cumulative average on a
plaque in the Department of Biology.
Alpha Kappa Psi Key. The Alpha Sigma Chapter of Alpha Kappa Psi,
a professional fraternity in commerce, awards annually the Alpha Kappa
Psi Scholarship Key to the senior student pursuing a degree in the College
of Business Administration, who has attained the highest scholastic average
for three years of collegiate work at Lehigh University.
The Alpha Pi Mu Prize. The Alpha Pi Mu honorary fraternity in in-
dustrial engineering awards each year an industrial engineers' handbook to a
high-ranking sophomore with demonstrated interest in the industrial engin-
eering curriculum.
Prizes and Awards 369
American Chemical Society Award. The Lehigh Valley Section of
the American Chemical Society awards a membership in the American
Chemical Society and a subscription to a journal of this society to the high-
est ranking junior in chemistry or chemical engineering.
American Society of Civil Engineers Prize. The Lehigh Valley Sec-
tion of the American Society of Civil Engineers offers a prize of a junior
membership in the American Society of Civil Engineers to the outstanding
senior in civil engineering holding membership in the student chapter.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers Junior Membership
Prize. The Anthracite-Lehigh Valley Section of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers awards annually a prize of the value of $10 to an
outstanding member of the Lehigh Student Branch of the ASME. This prize
takes the form of junior membership for one year in the parent society.
Eta Kappa Nu Prize. The Eta Kappa Nu honorary fraternity in elec-
trical engineering awards a handbook in electrical engineering to the highest
ranking freshman in the curriculum in electrical engineering.
The Gold-Hansen Trophy. The Gold-Hansen Trophy, provided by
Stephen R. Gold and Robert A. Hansen, both members of the Class of
1960, is awarded to a student of at least four semesters' standing with the
Lehigh University Band who has shown outstanding merit in other ways
than musical or marching performance.
Phi Eta Sigma Award. The Lehigh chapter of this national freshman
honor society for men offers an award to the residence halls section with the
highest freshman average for the fall semester each year. The trophy is a
gift from Professor Harold V. Anderson of the Department of Chemistry.
Pi Lambda Phi Journalism Award. This is awarded to an undergradu-
ate for outstanding editorial or business achievement in the field of publica-
tions. The trophies are made available by the local chapter of Pi Lambda Phi
Fraternity.
Pi Tau Sigma Prize. The Pi Tau Sigma honorary fraternity in mechani-
cal engineering awards each year a mechanical engineers' handbook to the
highest ranking sophomore in the curriculum in mechanical engineering.
William H. Schempf Award. This award is made annually to the
freshman who has shown outstanding ability and interest beyond the require-
ments of a normal freshman bandsman. It is made in honor of a former
head of the Music Department by the Beta Sigma Chapter of Theta Chi
Fraternity.
Tau Beta Pi Prize. The Tau Beta Pi honorary engineering fraternity
awards each year a slide rule or other prize of equivalent value to the en-
gineering sophomore having the highest scholastic average.
370 Summer Session, General College Division
Summer Session
The Summer Session is divided into two equivalent sessions. These
sessions, for both the graduate and undergraduate students, meet from
Monday through Friday for periods of 90 minutes each. A student may
register for a maximum of six semester hours during any one session. The
Summer Session also provides an opportunity to enroll in many of the
workshops and institute activities designed to meet the current needs of
students in the various departments. These activities are scheduled from
9 a.m. to 3 p.m. Because of the nature of these special programs, students
should not plan to enroll in courses which conflict with the workshop sch-
edule. The 1965 Summer Session workshops and institutes provide activities
for teachers of children of elementary and secondary school age, for under-
graduate and graduate students, and for professional personnel.
The Summer Sessions Announcement, containing a full description
of courses to be offered in 1966 together with information concerning ad-
mission, fees, etc., will be sent on request addressed to the Director of the
Summer Sessions.
General College Division
The General College Division, plans for which were approved by the
faculty on April 6, 1942, was organized to supplement the work of the
established undergraduate curricula by meeting the educational needs of
certain special groups of students. The division aims to provide an oppor-
tunity for young men, not planning a four-year program, to pursue such
work, either of a general or a more specialized nature, as their preparation
and interests make desirable; a trial period for those who wish to become
candidates for baccalaureate degrees but whose preparatory training does
not fully satisfy the entrance requirements for the curricula of their choice;
and facilities for qualified male adults to continue their education without be-
ing committed to a restricted or specialized program.
Although all work available through the General College Division will
be found at present among the regular offerings of the several departments,
the work taken by students enrolled in this division is not regarded as pri-
marily preparation for admission to the upper classes of the University;
rather, the courses are looked upon as complete in themselves.
Each student in the General College Division has an individual program,
one not subject to distribution or curriculum requirements, yet one limited
by the student's ability to meet the prerequisites of the courses which he de-
sires to take. With but few exceptions, the student enrolled in this division
enjoys the same privileges as all other undergraduates in the University, in-
Educational Service Bureau, Adult Education 371
eluding eligibility to unrestricted prizes, access to student aid, and the right
of petition; and he is also subject to the same general regulations, those per-
taining to scholastic probation not excepted. The General College Division
student will not, however, be a candidate for a degree, save in those instances
where transfer to one of the undergraduate programs of study leading to
degrees is approved by the Committee on Standing of Students.
Bureau of Educational Sendee
The Bureau of Educational Service was organized in 1953 to provide
professional assistance to public and private schools and various other edu-
cational groups.
Among the purposes of the Bureau are the rendering of professional
assistance to educational institutions by a cooperative study of their prob-
lems, by fostering research in the field of educational practice, and by help-
ing to make the resources of the University more readily available to com-
munities and agencies in need. In fulfilling these purposes the Bureau obtains
the services of specialists from all areas of the academic profession.
Detailed information on assistance with specific problems can be secured
from the Director, Bureau of Educational Service, Department of Education.
Adult Education Program
The Adult Education Program is committed to serving the needs and
interests of people in all walks of life. It is limited to special courses offered
chiefly in the evening but is open alike to men and women students.
A wide variety of courses is included in the present program. Some are
intended to meet specific needs of special groups. Others attempt to serve
the general public in such fields as art, literature, language, history, govern-
ment, and international relations. Still others result from cooperative ar-
rangements with business-industry, and government.
The Adult Education Program, approved by the faculty on March 6.
1944, is a recognition of the principle that social institutions have service
responsibilities within their spheres of influence. As a private educational
institution, Lehigh University's interest is as great but its area of operation
properly more restricted than that of a publicly supported institution of
higher learning. It is the desire of the University to meet the increasing
demand for this new service through a flexible program closely adjusted to in-
dividual needs and interests.
372 Evening Classes, University Library
Evening Classes
For the benefit of graduate students who by reason of employment in
the fields of teaching or industry, cannot attend classes during the day, a
certain number of courses are generally offered in the late afternoon, evening,
and on Saturday morning. It cannot be announced in advance which courses
these will be, but a student who is interested may receive the necessary in-
formation by communicating, before the beginning of each semester, with
the head of the department in the field in which he is interested. During the
year 1965, evening and Saturday classes were held in accounting, business
law, chemical engineering, civil engineering, economics, education, English,
finance, government, history, industrial engineering, international relations,
marketing, mathematics, mechanical engineering, metallurgy, and psychol-
ogy. It is anticipated that in the future courses will be offered as the de-
mand warrants.
University Library
Two principles underlie the operation of the Lehigh University Library:
the building of sound, balanced collections, and the provision of reference
and circulation service to meet the needs of both faculty and students.
General and special collections now number some 435,000 volumes,
with annual accessions of about 12,000 volumes. Over 3,500 current periodi-
cals and series are received, including most principal newspapers, both for-
eign and domestic. The Library is a depository for a wide selection of U. S.
government documents. Collections are particularly strong in the physical
and natural sciences, mathematics, engineering, British Colonial history, and
English and American literature. The Honeyman Collection of rare books
in both literature and the history of science is available to the under-
graduate.
The Library may be used either as a passive memory of recorded
knowledge, or as an active agent in the process of formal education. In
either case, a policy of open access to the general collection furnishes the
Lehigh student with the maximum opportunity for exploiting the literature
of his field. To this end also, instruction in the effective use of the Library
is provided to all freshmen, and to upperclass students in a number of
curricula.
Library hours during the academic year are as follows :
Monday — Friday 8 a.m. — 11 p.m.
Saturday 8 a.m. — 5 p.m.
Sunday 2 p.m. — 11 p.m.
Religious Observances, Student Personnel Services 373
Religious Observances
Sunday Protestant Chapel Services are held in Packer Memorial Church
under the direction of the University Chaplain.
At 9:30 A.M. there is a service of Holy Communion, according to the
form contained in the Episcopal Book of Common Prayer. Everyone is
invited to participate in this service, regardless of denominational affiliation.
At 11:00 A.M. services of a general Protestant character are held.
Outstanding clergymen of the Church occupy the pulpit approximately
once a month. On these occasions the Glee Club usually sings. The Chap-
lain or a local minister delivers the sermon on the remaining Sundays.
The Roman Catholic Diocese of Allentown provides the services of
a full time Chaplain to care for the spiritual life of the Catholic students.
Mass is celebrated each Sunday during the academic year at 10:30 A.M.
in the Osbourne Room of the University Center. Mass is also said in
Packer Memorial Church on Sundays at 12:30 P.M., and at 5:00 P.M. on
Mondays through Fridays.
There are also a number of special religious observances, such as the
Chapel Service and Convocation at the beginning of Freshman Orientation:
and the annual Christmas Vesper Choral Program on the Sunday preceding
Christmas recess.
Attendance at all religious services is voluntary.
Student Personnel Services
General counseling of individual students, especially in the freshman
year, is largely the responsibility of the student personnel services — a group
of cooperating agents and agencies. For the new student and his parents, such
services begin in their earliest discussions with the Director of Admission and
his staff. Most of the student's early contacts after his entrance are with the
Residence Hall Counselors. These counselors are carefully selected upper-
classmen, appointed by the President of the University, who help the
freshman and who direct him to more highly specialized aid when needed.
The entire program is conducted under the supervision of the Director of
Residence Halls and the Dean of Students.
Freshmen whose problems transcend the competence of the Residence
Hall Counselors come to other advisers for guidance in many areas of stu-
dent life and welfare and, at all levels, academic questions, personal prob-
lems, social adjustment difficulties, financial needs, and many other troubles
are dealt with daily. Problems of vocational choice and academic adjust-
ment are not uncommon during the freshman and sophomore years.
374 Student Personnel Services
Each student in the College of Arts and Science is considered from the
beginning of his course as an individual and his choice of studies is carefully
organized in terms of his specific backgrounds of preparation and his future
objectives. Individual counseling continues throughout the student's four
years in the College. In the College of Business Administration faculty
advisors work with the individual student and his individual problems for
the same purposes. Similarly, the Associate Dean of the College of Engi-
neering curriculum spends much time with the freshman engineering stu-
dents in an effort to help in the adjustment of academic difficulties and in
better definition of vocational objectives. These forms of advisement are
carried on through the following years with the student's academic advisors.
A student's problems often reveal the need of more highly specialized
attention, whereupon the student is referred to the particular service which
he should consult. Problems of mental or physical well being are, of course,
referred to the University Health Service which is described in another sec-
tion. The University Chaplain is available for the student with religious,
moral, or personal concerns that are interfering with his peace of mind and
his studies.
If a student is not certain about his vocational or professional choice, he
needs to know both more about his own capacities and interests and more
about the professions and their demands. The Counseling and Testing Service
is available without charge. A large library of occupational information is
there for the student's use and study. Later, in his senior year, the question of
prime importance is the decision of a position after graduation. The Director
of Placement, in personal and group conferences, advises on applying for a
position, on being interviewed, and on the relative advantages and disad-
vantages in working for the different business and industrial firms seeking
the services of college graduates. (See page 377.)
Financial problems can become a serious hazard for a student. The
Executive Secretary of the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid is
always available for conference and may find other related concerns.
If the student is a veteran of military service and has questions involving
relations with the Veterans Administration, he will find the Registrar in-
formed in this field. The Registrar also is an advisor on the draft and mili-
tary service, on matters of transferred credits, graduation requirements, and
allied topics.
A serious hazard to success in a student's academic life may be in poor
study habits or reading skills. The Reading and Study Clinic can provide
help. (See page 378.)
Student Personnel and Health Services 375
Not all student problems are individual problems. Many are group prob-
lems, having to do with group living in the residence halls, with student ac-
tivities, student organizations of many kinds, fraternity life, and campus so-
cial life in general. The deans and their aides give much of their time to this
area of student life.
Many members of the teaching faculty are deeply interested in students
and student life and spend a great deal of time working with student groups.
They contribute their services as academic advisors, activity sponsors, group
sponsors and advisors, chaperones at social affairs, by entertaining in theii
homes, and in friendly personal relationships with students. Their contribu-
tions are invaluable and appreciated all the more because they are largely
voluntary.
In these and in other ways Lehigh University endeavors to maintain the
close contacts with students which characterize the smaller institutions. Serv-
ices are available for all student needs, and the student need only turn to his
nearest residence hall counselor, professor, or closest campus friend to learn
where he can receive the help he needs.
Students' Health Service
A dispensary is maintained which is equipped and staffed for routine
medical and minor surgical care. Twelve beds are available for short periods
of observation. Dispensary hours are from 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. weekdays;
8:30 a.m. to 12:30 p.m. Saturdays; and 10 a.m. to 12 noon on Sundays.
During vacation periods and during the summer sessions, no Sunday hours
are held.
A night medical attendant is on duty through the fall and spring semes-
ters from 5 p.m. to 8 a.m. Facilities are available during these hours for the
treatment of minor injuries and illnesses. A physician is on call at all times
during the fall and spring semesters.
Patients requiring more than a few days bed care are sent home or to
local hospital when indicated. Any expenses so incurred must be paid by the
student.
Due to limited staff and multiplicity of dispensary duties. Health Serv-
ice physicians are not able to make professional calls on students in living
groups or in rooms, except in cases of absolute emergency. If unable to visit
the dispensary in the event of illness or injury, students are advised to call
local physician for treatment. Such physicians' fees will be paid by the stu
dent, his family, or his Health Insurance Plan.
376 Student Health Services
The Health Service wishes to work closely with the student's family
physician and, as far as possible, will continue any treatment or follow-up re-
quested by him.
A necessarily limited emergency service is extended by the Health
Service to faculty members and other employees.
Physical Examinations
Prior to arrival on campus each new undergraduate student is required
to submit a Health History Form and Record of Physical Examination com-
pleted and signed by his own physician. At the appropriate time these forms
are mailed to new students with specified date for completion and return to
the Director of the Health Service.
The physicians of the Health Service carefully analyze the results
of all physical examinations in order to detect any latent or obvious physical,
emotional, or mental abnormality. When found, the person involved may be
invited for a conference and his disability discussed with him confidentially.
All new employees are expected to have a physical examination before
beginning their duties at the University. Such pre-employment examinations
may be done by the Health Service staff, or by the applicant's chosen physi-
cian (at the applicant's expense) on Health Service forms supplied for that
purpose. All completed forms are to be returned to the Director of the Health
Service as soon as possible for confidential analysis and filing.
Close cooperation between the Department of Physical Education and
the Health Service permits the establishment of rehabilitation measures, etc.,
as indicated. All students are classified for the physical education program
according to their abilities to participate in physical activities.
Tuberculosis Survey
A 70 mm. Chest X-ray is made of each incoming student. Any de-
parture from normal noted during the reading of these films calls for a
14" x 17" chest X-ray and further investigation.
Immunizations
All new and transfer students are required to show evidence of vac-
cination against smallpox within three years, or to submit to such vac-
cination prior to the beginning of classes.
Immunization with Tetanus Toxoid and the Salk or oral Polio Vac-
cine within four years preceding admission is required.
Laboratory
Facilities are available for routine laboratory procedures. Additional
procedures are performed at a local hospital at the expense of the student.
X-ray Services
The X-ray equipment of the Health Service includes a diagnostic unit,
a 70 mm. Chest X-ray unit, and necessary developing and drying apparatus.
Student Health Services 317
X-ray services are limited to bone and chest films. No X-rays are taken of
any body organs which involve the use of dyes, barium, etc.
A small charge is made to cover the cost of reading the films by a local
radiologist.
Physiotherapy
A well-equipped physiotherapy section is a valuable adjunct to the Uni-
versity Health Service. A well-trained technician administers treatment under
the supervision of the University physicians with such equipment as dia-
thermy, whirlpool, ultra-violet and infra-red lamps.
Personnel
Full-time Health Service personnel normally include three physicians,
a physiotherapist, a laboratory and X-ray technician, two nurses, a night
medical attendant, a secretary, an administrative assistant, and a receptionist.
Health and Accident Insurance
The University offers students a choice of two types of insurance poli-
cies against illness and/or injury. One policy covers both illness and accident,
and the other accident only. The latter policy, of course, costs less. Both
kinds are offered for a nominal fee, and on an entirely voluntary basis.
The Health Service highly recommends these insurance plans to both
present and prospective students. Past experience has emphasized the im-
portance of such protection, and we urge all students to participate in one
or the other of these plans throughout their college careers. The policies
cover such items as prescription drugs, out-patient X-rays, and consultations
which are not covered by the usual hospitalization policies.
All foreign students and others who, in the opinion of the administra-
tive officers of the University, may not be in a position to meet the costs of
sickness or injury are usually required to carry both health and accident
insurance.
Placement, Counseling and Testing Services
In order to prepare the student for the exigencies of college life, the
University maintains a placement, counseling, and testing service. This serv-
ice functions to help the student make satisfactory adjustments to his college
environment and to provide counseling and aid in obtaining employment
upon graduation.
Counseling and Testing Services
The primary aim of counseling is to aid the student to gain a better
understanding of himself and how his personal characteristics bear on his
present and future adjustments. Students who avail themselves of the pro-
378 Placement, Counseling and Testing Services
fessionally administered techniques of psychological testing and personal
counseling profit by establishing realistic guideposts by which to direct their
courses of action.
Psychological tests, including those administered during Freshman
Week, are used to assess a student's aptitude, achievement, skills, interests,
and personality characteristics. Interpretations of these tests are made with
the student to help him orient his course work, study, and campus life to-
ward achieving his maximum effectiveness. When the student feels that a
more extensive evaluation of his situation is needed, further testing and per-
sonal counseling aimed at helping him understand his direction and motiva-
tion are undertaken. Also, cross communication with other University
personnel agencies is maintained in gathering together information and ex-
pediting plans made cooperatively with the student. The counseling service
maintains a library of educational and occupational information to which
students can refer as they attempt to develop a clear conception of the educa-
tional and vocational world and their place in it. These services are available,
without cost, to all University students.
The counseling service is also the administrative center of a variety of
local and national testing programs in which students might be asked to
participate during their college career. The most frequently administered of
these programs are the Graduate Records Examinations, Law School Admis-
sions Test, Medical College Admission Test, Graduate Study in Business
Tests, National Teacher Examination, and Millers Analogies Tests.
The Service also engages in research on tests, counseling, and other
personnel functions. The results of such research are ultimately useful in
the counseling of individual students.
Placement
The University provides a centralized placement service to alumni,
graduate students and seniors. It also serves underclassmen seeking summer
employment.
Alumni are asked to register with the Placement Office if they wish
assistance in changing positions or seeking new employment.
Annually several hundred industries, business firms and government
agencies send representatives to the campus to interview candidates. In addi-
tion to those who visit the campus there are many employers who seek
candidates by direct referral.
A well developed library of employment literature is maintained for the
use of candidates.
Reading and Study Clinic
There are many factors which influence the performance of college stu-
dents. An important one is the expertness with which they master the skills
necessary for college work. High level skills are needed in preparing assign-
Reading and Study Clinic, Motor Vehicles 379
ments, note-taking, outlining, listening, recalling information and facts, tak-
ing examinations, preparing written and oral reports, and reading critically
and accurately. The Reading and Study Clinic, Department of Education,
offers Lehigh men an opportunity to develop satisfactory reading and study
habits. The following services are available to all students:
Analysis of reading and study skills
Reading and study improvement programs
Individual guidance on problems of academic adjustment.
First-year students, particularly, are encouraged to arrange for a con-
ference so that they can be assisted in making an evaluation of their learning
tools and in planning for more effective work.
The improvement programs are offered periodically during the fall and
spring semesters. Small group instruction is scheduled for interested students.
The instruction is adapted to the needs of the individual in well-equipped
classrooms.
Use of Motor Vehicles at Lehigh University
Permission for students to have and to operate motor vehicles while in
residence is granted so long as there is no evidence that having such a motor
vehicle interferes with academic progress and the demands of good citizen-
ship, except that:
Any student operating a motor vehicle on the property of the Uni-
versity must register it with the Office of Buildings and Grounds and must
conform to the regulations of that Office.
A freshman is not permitted to have or to operate a motor vehicle while
in residence.
A sophomore will be issued a motor vehicle permit provided:
a. He has applied to the Dean of Students for the permit and has sub-
mitted a written request from his parents supporting the application.
b. He has a cumulative average of 1.5 or better and is in good standing
academically.
c. His permanent record shows no adverse action by the University
Discipline Committee.
d. He and his motor vehicle are adequately covered by liability insur-
ance.
e. His application has been approved by the Dean of Students.
A sophomore permit shall automatically become invalid if changes
in the student's record are such that they would have prevented the issuing
of a permit originally.
Exceptions to the foregoing may be made for students living at home,
for students under medical care, or in other exceptional cases upon petition
by the student to the Dean of Students.
The University reserves the right, for cause, to deny to any student
permission to have or to operate a motor vehicle while in residence. The
University assumes no jurisdiction over the use of a motor vehicle on family
business by a student living at home.
380 Academic Observances
Academic Observances
Baccalaureate Sunday
Baccalaureate Services were held Sunday afternoon, June 13, 1965, in
Eugene GifFord Grace Hall. The sermon was delivered by Bishop Fred
Pierce Corson, D.D., L.H.D., Litt.D., S.T.D., LL.D., Bishop of the Metho-
dist Church, Philadelphia Area.
University Day
University Day was observed Monday, June 14, 1965. The 97th Com-
mencement Exercises were held in Eugene GifFord Grace Hall. The address
to the graduating class was delivered by Dr. Harvey A. Neville, A.B., M.A.,
Ph.D., LL.D., L.H.D., President-Emeritus of Lehigh University.
Founder's Day
The 87th annual exercises in honor of the Hon. Asa Packer, founder
of the University, were held Sunday afternoon, October 10, 1965 in Eugene
GifFord Grace Hall. The address to the graduating class was delivered by
the Rt. Hon. Lord Shawcross, P.C., Q.C., LL.M., LL.D., Chancellor, Sussex
University, England. The University Mace was presented by the Class of
1966.
Inauguaration of Willard Deming Lewis
Dr. Willard Deming Lewis was inaugurated as President of Lehigh
University in ceremonies in Eugene GifFord Grace Hall October 10, 1965.
Delegates from 350 colleges and universities, learned societies and profes-
sional and cultural associations attended, bearing official greetings from
their institutions and associations. Speakers for the occasion included Dr.
Jerome B. Wiesner, Dean of the School of Science, Massachusetts Insti-
tute of Technology, and Dr. Nathan M. Pusey, President of Harvard
University.
Alumni Association 381
Alumni Association
The Lehigh University Alumni Association which has been in existence
since 1876, was incorporated in 1917. The offices of the Association are lo-
cated in the Alumni Memorial Building. Along with the regular alumni
activities, the Association is also concerned with fund raising to help meet
the needs of the University.
The officers of the Alumni Association for 1965-66 are:
President, Donald B. Stabler '30, Harrisburg, Pa.
Senior Vice-President, Frank G. Kear '26, Washington, D. C.
Junior Vice-President, Malcolm Carrington, Jr. '39, Newark, N. J.
Treasurer, John K. Conneen, '30, Bethlehem, Pa.
Archivist, James D. Mack, '38, Bethlehem, Pa.
Comptroller, Donald W. Schmoyer, '44, Allentown, Pa.
Executive Secretary and Editor of the Lehigh Alumni Bulletin,
Robert A. Harrier, '27, Pen Argyl, Pa.
Over 21,000 Lehigh alumni throughout the country who maintain an
active interest in the University are afforded opportunities for frequent
social contact with Lehigh men of all classes through thirty-six alumni
clubs established in areas of alumni concentration. Important outposts of
the University, these clubs hold meetings and carry on activities that support
the activities of the University in its cultural, social, financial, and recreation
phases.
The following are the alumni clubs:
New York Lehigh Club Lehigh Club of Central Jersey
Philadelphia Lehigh Club (Trenton)
Pittsburgh Lehigh Club Lehigh Club of York-Lancaster (Pa.)
Chicago Lehigh Club Lehigh Club of Northern New Jersey
Delaware Valley Lehigh Club (Newark)
(Trenton) Lehigh Club of Northern California
Detroit Lehigh Club (San Francisco)
Washington, D. C, Lehigh Club Lehigh Club of Southern California
Northeastern Pennsylvania Lehigh Club (Los Angeles)
(Scranton and Wilkes-Barre) Lehigh Club of Delaware (Wilmington)
Maryland Lehigh Club (Baltimore) Lehigh Club of Monmouth County,
Southern New Jersey Lehigh Club N. J.
Youngstown (Ohio) Lehigh Club Bergen-Passaic Lehigh Club (N. J.)
Lehigh Club of Northern New England Central Ohio Lehigh Club
(Boston) Twin-City Lehigh Club (Minneapolis)
Lehigh Club of Central Pennsylvania Lehigh Club of St. Louis (Mo.)
(Harrisburg) Lehigh Club of Rochester (N. Y.)
Lehigh Club of Northern New York Lehigh Club of Atlanta (Ga.)
(Schenectady) Watchung Area Lehigh Club
Lehigh Club of Northern Ohio (Plainfield. N. J.)
(Cleveland) Pacific Northwest Lehigh Club
Lehigh Club of Fairfield County, (Seattle, Wash.)
Conn- Allentown (Pa.) Lehigh Club
Lehigh Club of Western New York Lehigh Club of South Florida
(Buffalo) Rocky Mountain Lehigh Club
Lehigh Home Club (Bethlehem. Pa.) (Denver)
Lehigh Club of Southeastern Pennsyl-
vania (Reading)
382 Student Organizations
Student Organizations
National Honor Societies — General
Beta Gamma Sigma (business administration)
Omicron Delta Kappa (student leadership)
Phi Beta Kappa (scholarship)
Phi Eta Sigma (freshman scholarship)
Sigma Xi (scientific research)
Tau Beta Pi (engineering)
National Honor Societies — Departmental
Alpha Epsilon Delta (pre-medical)
Alpha Pi Mu (industrial engineering)
Beta Alpha Psi (accounting)
Chi Epsilon (civil engineering)
Eta Kappa Nu (electrical engineering)
Phi Alpha Theta (history)
Pi Mu Epsilon (mathematics)
Pi Tau Sigma (mechanical engineering)
National Recognition Societies
Alpha Phi Omega (campus service)
Arnold Air Society (Air Force)
Eta Sigma Phi (classics)
Pershing Rifles (military)
Pi Delta Epsilon (college journalism)
Psi Chi (psychology)
Scabbard and Blade (military)
COURSE SOCIETIES
Intellectual interest in various fields of study and professional spirit
among arts, business, and engineering students is promoted by a group of or-
ganizations commonly called course societies. The first of these organizations
historically was the Chemical Society, established in 1871. The list now
includes :
In Arts and Science
Delta Omicron Theta (debating)
International Relations Club
Newtonian Society
Student Organizations 383
In Business Administration
Alpha Kappa Psi (business administration)
Beta Alpha Psi (accounting)
Lambda Mu Sigma (marketing)
Lehigh Accounting Society
Student Marketing Research Corps
In Engineering
American Chemical Society (chapter of student affiliates)
American Institute of Chemical Engineers (student chapter)
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (student branch)
American Institute of Industrial Engineers (student branch)
American Institute of Physics (student section)
American Society of Civil Engineers (student branch)
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (student branch)
Howard Eckfeldt Society and Geological Society (student branch of the
American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers)
Metallurgical Society
Society of American Military Engineers
Student Chemical Society
Other Student
Acolytes' Guild
A.I.E.S.E.C.
(foreign job exchange)
Alpha Chi Epsilon (Episcopal pre-
theological honorary society)
Alpha Lambda Omega
(Allentown group)
Art Society
Band (including Brass Choir, Wood-
wind Chamber Group, etc.)
Baptist Student Group
Bethlehem Tutorial Project
Bridge Club
Canterbury Club
Chess Club
Circle K Club
Christian Science Organization
Computer Society
Cosmopolitan Club
Crossroads Africa Committee
(of Arcadia)
Cut and Thrust Society (fencing)
Cyanide Club (junior honorary
society)
Ernest W. Brown Astronomical
Society
French Club
German Club
Organizations
Glee Club
Gryphon Society
Hillel Society
Hockey Club
Interfaith Council
Interfraternity Council
Arcadia, the Student Council
Lehigh Christian Fellowship
Lehigh Valley College Volunteers
Lutheran Student Organization
Methodist Youth Movement
Model Railroad Club
Mustard and Cheese (dramatic
club)
Newman Club
Outing Club
Political Science Assembly
Radio Society (W3AEQ)
Residence Halls Council
Roger Williams Fellowship
Sailing Club
Skiing Club
Spanish Club
Sports Car Club
Town Council
United Church of Christ Student
Group
Westminster Fellowship
384 Student Organizations
The following Greek-letter national social fraternities have chapters at
Lehigh University: Alpha Chi Rho, Alpha Sigma Phi, Alpha Tail Omega,
Beta Theta Pi, Chi Phi, Chi Psi, Delta Chi, Delta Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Delta
Tau Delta, Delta Upsilon, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha,
Phi Delta Theta.. Phi Gamma Delta, Phi Kappa Theta, Phi Sigma Kappa, Pi
Kappa Alpha, Pi Lambda Phi, Psi Upsilon, Sigma Alpha Mu, Sigma Chi,
Sigma Nu, Sigma Phi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Tau Delta Phi, Theta Chi, Theta
Delta Chi, Theta Xi. There are two local living groups: TAK Town House
and Das Deutsche Haus.
Student Publications and Radio
The students of Lehigh University publish a semi-weekly newspaper,
The Lehigh University Brown and White; a literary magazine, Endor; and a
yearbook, The Epitome. An undergraduate magazine of general academic
interest, The Lehigh Review, was established in 1962. The students' modern
radio stations WLRN, 640 kc, and WLVR, 69 kc, both broadcast through-
out the day.
Performing Arts and Lectures
Committee on Performing Arts. Founded in 1936 as the Student
Concert-Lecture Series, this committee's program is a concert series pre-
sented during the academic year by the University for the student body, the
faculty and staff, and the community. Included in the series are presentations
by soloists, chamber and choral groups, symphonic orchestras, dramatic
groups, and occasionally dance groups.
Cleaver Concerts. The Cleaver Concerts, which are endowed through
the gift of Mrs. Elizabeth K. Cleaver, are named for her husband, the late
Albert N. Cleaver, a former trustee of the University. Some of the concerts
are given by professional soloists and by chamber ensembles. Others are stu-
dent performances in collaboration with professional singers and orchestra
players.
Senior Lecture Series. Established by the Class of 1960 and Omi-
cron Delta Kappa, this Series presents several public lectures by members of
the Lehigh University faculty under the sponsorship of the Senior Class and
ODK, the senior honorary leadership society.
Poetry Readings. A series of poetry readings by students and faculty
is offered in the University Center on alternate Friday afternoons during
most of the academic year. The series is sponsored by the Department of
English and is open to the public.
Band. The University's Concert Band, Varsity Band, and Marching
Band have won national recognition for their excellence in performance and
programming. Performances are given at concerts, academic convocations,
and athletic events. Information on student participation in the organization
is given on page 292.
Performing Arts 385
Glee Club. The University Glee Club performs at concerts and spe-
cial occasions on the Lehigh campus and at other colleges and universities.
The Club often collaborates with choruses of women's colleges in major
works for mixed voices. Information on student participation in the Glee
Club is given on page 292.
Instrumental Ensembles. These groups consist principally of wood-
wind and brass players of the Band, but also include strings, piano, and
voice on occasion. The concerts, which are open to the public, are presented
under the sponsorship of the Department of Music and the University Center
Advisory Committee.
Mustard and Cheese. The Mustard and Cheese Dramatics Club pro-
duces two major plays a year, sponsors a series of foreign-language and
classic films, and occasionally presents student-produced and -directed one-
act plays.
Institute of Research
INSTITUTE OF RESEARCH APPOINTMENTS
The Lehigh Institute of Research was organized in 1924 to encourage
and promote scientific research and scholarly achievement in every division
of learning represented in the organization of the University, and in
recognition of the need for further and more exact knowledge in science and
in the application of science to the affairs of modern life. The Institute was
reorganized in 1945 in recognition of the increasing role of government
agencies and industry in sponsoring research.
The purposes of the Institute of Research include the training of men
for research work, the publication of results of investigations, the conduct
of general research, the conduct of research, and advisory service.
Detailed information concerning the organization and regulations of
the Institute of Research will be provided by the Director upon request.
Lehigh University cooperates with industrial concerns, technical asso-
ciations, and government agencies in carrying on basic and applied re-
search. A number of research assistantships are available to qualified gradu-
ate students, and provide stipends which vary from $150 to S550 per
month, depending upon the qualifications and academic programs o( the
appointee and the time assigned to the project. Appointments are generally
for one year and normally are continued upon satisfactory academic prog-
ress. Part- or full-time employment on research projects is frequently
available during the summer and entering students who hold research ap-
386 Institute of Research
pointments usually are encouraged to begin their employment in June or
July before the commencement of formal graduate study in the fall. Appli-
cations for research assistantships should be accompanied by evidence of
the candidate's qualifications for the appointment sought and sent to the
Director of the Lehigh Institute of Research or to the head of the depart-
ment concerned.
Sponsors of current research activities are as follows:
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
Aluminum Company of America
American Cancer Society
American Can Company
American Cyanamid Company
American Institute of Steel Construction
American Iron and Steel Institute
Atlas Chemical Industries, Inc.
Bell Telephone Laboratories
City of Bethlehem
Bethlehem Steel Corporation
The Boeing Company
Carpenter Steel Company
Climax Molybdenum Company
Louis Calder Foundation
Column Research Council
Corn Industries Research Foundation
E. I. duPont de Nemours and Company
Esso Education Foundation
Fort Pitt Bridge Works
Fund for the Advancement of Education
General Electric Company
Gregory Industries
Handy and Harman
Heat Exchange Institute
Howmet Corporation
Imperial Type Metal Company
International Business Machines Corporation
International Nickel Company
M. W. Kellogg Company
Kentile, Incorporated
KSM Products, Inc.
Lepel High Frequency Laboratories, Inc.
William S. Merrell Company
National Printing Ink Research Institute
Newsprint Service Bureau
Olin Mathieson Corporation
Paint Research Institute
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania:
Department of Highways
General State Authority
Institute of Research 387
Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society
Pressure Vessel Research Council
Reinforced Concrete Research Council
Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints
Rohm and Haas Company
Smith, Kline and French Foundation
St. Regis Paper Company
Scaife Foundation
Tru-Fit Screw Products Corporation
United States Government:
Independent Offices:
Atomic Energy Commission
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
National Science Foundation
Department of Agriculture
Department of Commerce
Bureau of Public Roads
Department of Defense
Department of the Army
Army Research Office — Durham
Electronics Material Agency
Corps of Engineers
Munitions Command
Department of the Navy
Bureau of Ships
Bureau of Yards and Docks
Bureau of Weapons
Naval Applied Science Laboratory
Office of Naval Research
Department of the Air Force
Aeronautical Systems Division
Aerospace Research Laboratories
Air Force Office of Scientific Research
Department of Health, Education and Welfare
Office of Education
Public Health Service
National Institutes of Health
Division of Water Supply and Pollution Control
Department of the Interior
National Park Service
Office of Saline Water
U. S. Rubber Company
United States Steel Corporation
Warner-Lambert Pharmaceutical Company
Welding Research Council
West Virginia Pulp and Paper Company
Western Electric Company
388 Buildings and Grounds
Buildings and Grounds
The University occupies thirty-two buildings, exclusive of the fraterni-
ties on campus, which are located on a tract of land covering 180 acres on
the north side of South Mountain, overlooking the valley of the Lehigh
River and the city of Bethlehem. The University recently acquired additional
land on the slope of South Mountain and in Saucon Valley south of Bethle-
hem, bringing the total acerage to almost 700. A locker building and playing
fields in Saucon Valley are among the University's athletic and recreation
facilities.
Alumni Memorial Building
The Alumni Memorial Building, which is used as the administration building
of the University, was erected as a memorial to 1,921 Lehigh men who served
in World War I and especially to the forty-six who gave their lives. The cost of
erection was raised by subscription from about 1,700 alumni. The Memorial Hall
contains the records of the Lehigh men who served and those who died in the
war.
In the south wing of the building are the offices of the President, Provost,
Vice-President — Administration, Treasurer, Dean of Students, Registrar, Super-
intendent of Buildings and Grounds, and the Accounting Office. The north wing
contains the offices of the Bursar, Vice-President — Development, Director of Ad-
mission, Development, Public Information, Publications, and the Alumni Asso-
ciation.
The lobby of the building contains art galleries in which exhibitions are pre-
sented throughout the academic year. There is one automatic elevator in the
building.
A collection of boxwood trees and shrubs, donated by the late Robert Parke
Hutchinson, Class of '04, landscapes the building and the nearby President's
Home.
Arboretum
The Arboretum is a tract of about eleven acres adjoining Sayre Park. It was
established by a friend of the University as a tree nursery for the purpose of
furnishing illustrative specimens of American trees and of cultivating trees and
shrubs for the beautifying of the park. All of the more important species of
North American trees are to be found in the Sayre Park and the Arboretum. A
tract of seven acres adjoining the Arboretum has been planted with a variety of
trees as an exhibition of indigenous tree culture.
Chemistry Building
The Chemistry Building is a three-story fire-proof sandstone edifice, 259 feet
long and 44 feet wide, with a wing of 62 feet long and 42 feet wide, and with
Buildings and Grounds 389
a three-story extension, 60 feet long and 37 feet wide. An additional three-story
wing, 116 feet long by 52 feet wide, has been added to the east of the original
building.
Laboratory space and equipment are provided for qualitative and quantita-
tive analysis, inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, sanitary chemistry, indus-
trial biochemistry, colloid chemistry, X-ray analysis, gas analysis, the furnace as-
say of ores, industrial chemistry, and research in chemistry.
The trustees of the University named this building, exclusive of the new east
wing, the William H. Chandler Chemistry Laboratory in recognition of Dr.
Chandler's thirty-five years' service as professor of chemistry, 1871-1906. The
east wing was named the Harry M. Ullmann Chemistry Laboratory, in recogni-
tion of Dr. Ullmann's service as head of the Chemistry Department.
A special Hydrogenation building annex has been erected on the outside
southwest corner of the court adjacent to the stairway, for the prevention of
spark explosions. Access is from the main lobby of the Chandler building.
Christmas-Saucon Hall
Christmas-Saucon HaH is a three-story brick and stucco building. It has his-
toric interest as the first building of Lehigh University. Asa Packer bought it
from the Moravians. It was; originally a church.
Renovation of Christmas-Saucon Hall was completed in 1958. The remodeled
facilities provide headquarters for the departments of English, Mathematics, and
Philosophy.
The Office of Placement and Counseling occupies the east wing and the
north center section of the first floor.
On the first floor west wing are the common room, statistics laboratory, wait-
ing room, and mathematics department offices.
The second and third floors provide a lecture room, seminar and conference
room, and classrooms for the departments housed in the building.
Coppee Hall
Coppee Hall, named for the University's first president, is a three-story stone
and stucco building. It contains the recitation rooms and offices of the departments
of Government, History, International Relations, Fine Arts, and Religion. There
is one large lecture room for common use.
Eckley B. Coxe Laboratory
The Eckley B. Coxe Laboratory is a two-story sandstone building, 100 feet
long and 75 feet wide, occupied by the Materials Research Center. The building
was named in memory of Eckley B. Coxe, a pioneer and leader in mining engi-
neering in this country. He was a close associate of the founder of the University
and served as a trustee from its early days until his death in 1895. His widow
established an endowment fund for this building.
The portion of the building occupied by the Materials Research Center in-
cludes the Electron Microscopy Laboratory and a Crystal Growing and Zone
Processing Laboratory.
390 Buildings and Grounds
Drown Memorial Hall
Drown Memorial Hall was erected by friends and alumni as a memorial to
the late Thomas Messinger Drown, LL.D., fourth President of the University,
who served from 1895 to 1904. The building now houses the offices, lecture
rooms, classrooms, and laboratories of the College of Business Administration.
Education Building
The School of Education is headquartered in a two-story, three-unit build-
ing at 520-524 Brodhead Avenue, across from the west entrance to the campus.
The building, formerly a private residence, has been remodeled to accommodate
eighteen offices, a conference room, and a library. The department had been in
a one-story, 76x30-foot wooden frame structure at the east end of Packer Hall
since April, 1947. That building was razed November 18, 1964.
Fritz Engineering Laboratory
Fritz Engineering Laboratory, headquarters for the Department of Civil
Engineering, was established on the campus in 1909 by the late John Fritz of
Bethlehem, known as the father of the steel industry in the United States, who
served as trustee of the University for 35 years.
The original building, which was designed and erected under the personal
supervision of Mr. Fritz, has been used by the department for various research
and industrial projects and for laboratory instruction in mechanics of materials
and hydraulics.
In October 1955, a new addition to the laboratory was dedicated. It houses
the world's largest universal hydraulic testing machine capable of applying a
5,000,000-Ib. load to tension or compression members up to 40 feet in length and
flexure specimens up to 120 feet long.
The new addition consists of a seven-story section 130 ft. by 70 ft., plus a
four-story section 114 ft. by 24 ft. The new building is a steel structure with re-
inforced concrete flooring and yellow brick and granite exterior. Two large alu-
minum-framed solex glass windows permit a maximum amount of natural light
to enter the 50 ft. by 130 ft. crane bay which houses the huge vertical testing ma-
chine and the Amsler repeated load equipment, another outstanding feature of the
new addition. The repeated load bed is a heavily reinforced concrete structure
measuring 70 ft. by 14 ft. in plan, and 6V2 ft. deep. Carefully machined steel
plates in the top surface are designed to transmit shear and direct forces under
all types of repeated loads.
A floor-controlled 20-ton capacity crane, 70 feet above floor level, services
the new south bay and the 5,000,000-lb. testing machine. A 10-ton crane services
the original north bay with its 800,000-lb. machine, 2,000,000 inch-pound torsion
machine, and other machines of smaller capacity.
Research and student instructional laboratories in hydraulics, soil mechanics,
concrete, structural models, and sanitary engineering, as well as a separate student
laboratory for materials testing, are provided.
The concrete laboratory includes storage bins for aggregates, together with
equipment for making and storing all types of plain, reinforced, and prestressed
concrete specimens.
The hydraulics laboratory has three levels, with pumps, tanks, turbines,
weirs, and other appropriate apparatus used both for student instruction and in-
Buildings and Grounds 391
dustrial tests. Space is available for model test of spillways, rivers, channels, etc.
The laboratory machine shop is completely equipped with lathes, millers,
drill-presses, grinders, power saws, and miscellaneous tools and equipment. The
welding shop provides facilities for both electric arc and gas welding.
Other facilities include photoelastic stress analysis equipment, a photographic
darkroom, research library, staff offices, seminar rooms, and a conference room.
Eugene Cifiord Grace Hall
Eugene Gifford Grace Hall, named for the donor, who served as president
of the Board of Trustees/ from 1924 to 1956, is a stone structure 120 feet wide
and 180 feet long used for sports and recreation. The building contains an ath-
letic palestra, which also serves as an assembly hall for the University, with a
seating capacity of 3,000. The second floor is a large drill floor which is avail-
able for the major University dances and receptions. In addition, there are class-
rooms for the Music Department, dressing rooms for athletic squads, and class-
rooms and offices for the departments of Aerospace and Military Science. Prom-
enade terraces at the level of the dance floor on three sides of the building afford
views over the Lehigh Valley and of south Bethlehem.
Health Services Building
The Health Center is located on University Avenue diagonally across from
Taylor Hall. Built in 1955, it is a three-story building constructed of native stone
with the main entrance on University Avenue.
The main floor contains a waiting lounge, record office, clinical laboratory,
examining offices, dispensary, X-ray, observation rooms, and an ear and throat
room. On the ground floor are the physiotherapy department, library and con-
ference room, director's office and administrative offices.
The second floor contains two physicians' apartments and several rooms
which are used for storage and filing of inactive medical records. The Depart-
ment of Social Relations occupies the ground floor.
Lamberton Hall
Lamberton Hall, named after Lehigh's second president, Robert A. Lamber-
ton, was built in 1907. Originally built as a University Commons, it was reno-
vated in 1958. It serves as the language headquarters of the College of Arts and
Science, and provides rehearsal and practice facilities for Lehigh musical organiza-
tions.
The first floor contains a modern language laboratory and a large classroom
as well as the headquarters for the Department of Romance Languages. The sec-
ond floor provides classrooms for all language departments and offices for the
departments of German and Classical Languages.
Two indoor rifle and pistol ranges used by the military department are lo-
cated in a section of the ground level. The remainder of the ground floor is used
as headquarters for Mustard and Cheese, Lehigh's student dramatic organization.
University Library
The University Library is a five-story building of native stone, with lime-
stone trim, in the collegiate Gothic style of architecture. It incorporates a part
of the original library building, erected in 1877 by Asa Packer and named in
memory of his daughter, Lucy Packer Linderman. The more modern section ot
the building was opened in 1929.
The main floor is occupied by the reading room, offices of the library staff.
392 Buildings and Grounds
a portion of the book stack, and the large lobby, where the loan desk, reference
department, and public card catalog are located. The upper floors contain seminar
rooms, the Rare Book Room, the Honeyman Collection, and the Art Gallery. The
offices of the Institute of Research are located on the ground floor, east end; and
the office of the Dean of the College of Arts and Science and the Vice-President
and Provost may be found on the ground floor, west end. The remainder of the
building is devoted to book stacks, of which there are four floors.
Whitaker Metallurgical and Chemical Engineering Laboratory
A Metallurgical and Chemical Engineering Laboratory, comprising a five-
story laboratory and two-story classroom wing, open in the fall of 1965. The
laboratory is located on the north side of Packer Avenue, across from Fritz
Laboratory.
Facilities of the new laboratory will include 90,000 square feet of floor
space, a darkroom, metallographic room, specimen preparation room, electron
microscope room, balance room, ion-microscope room, physical ceramics rooms,
and physical properties measurement room.
Among the more than twenty separate areas for scientific and engineering
investigation will be laboratories for high pressure research and reaction kinetics,
nuclear studies, analog computation, process control, high temperature thermo-
dynamics and kinetics, analytical studies, and fine structures and metallography.
The classroom wing will include an auditorium-lecture hall with a seating
capacity of 225.
The Ordnance Laboratory
The facilities of the departments of Aerospace and Military Science, located
in Eugene Gifford Grace Hall, have been augmented by a temporary one-story
frame structure, 60 feet long and 25 feet wide. This building contains Army and
Air Force ROTC supply storage facilities and garage space.
James Ward Packard Laboratory of Electrical and Mechanical Engineering
The late James Ward Packard, who was graduated from Lehigh University
in 1884 with the degree of mechanical engineer, and was the designer of the first
Packard motor car and founder of the Packard Motor Car Company of Detroit,
Michigan, and of the Packard Electric Company, of Warren, Ohio, donated
$1,200,000 for the erection and equipment of an electrical and mechanical engi-
neering laboratory, which was completed in 1929.
This building, named for the donor, is a five-story steel-framed sandstone
structure 225 feet long and 180 feet wide. The lobby is finished in Italian traver-
tine. The halls throughout the building are wainscoted with Tennessee marble. An
auditorium on the first floor with a seating capacity of 622 is equipped with still-
and motion-picture apparatus.
The western half of the building contains the offices, classrooms, research
rooms, and laboratories of the Department of Electrical Engineering. The eastern
half of the building houses the departments of Mechanical and Industrial Engi-
neering with classrooms, drawing rooms, offices, research rooms, shops, labora-
tories, instrument rooms, and a photographic dark room.
The laboratories of the Electrical Engineering Department include the dyna-
mo laboratory, which is equipped with a variety of rotating machines, transform-
ers, circuit components, and instruments; the transient laboratory, which includes a
surge generator, artificial lines, and oscillographs; a high voltage laboratory; an
A.C. network analyzer with six generators, sixteen load units, and sixteen trans-
Buildings and Grounds 393
mission line sections; and an electronics laboratory equipped with sine wave and
square wave generators, oscilloscopes, vacuum-tube voltmeters, and components
for the experimental study of vacuum-tube and transistor circuits in the audio
and R. F. range. A fifteen-amplifier analog computer is also available.
The main mechanical engineering laboratory contains a modern oil-fired
steam boiler, turbo-generator sets with condensers and auxiliaries, dynamometer
test stands for steam turbines and reciprocating engines, steam jet refrigeration
equipment with a barometric condenser, along with various types of pumps and
flow-measuring instrumentation. Equipment associated with the compression and
flow of air includes two reciprocating compressors, an axial flow fan with adjust-
able blades on rotor and stator and dynamometer drive, ventilating fans and an air
conditioning unit adaptable for extensive testing. The internal combustion engine
laboratory features a supercharged variable compression engine of the CFR type,
completely instrumented for tests. Another variable compression CFR type engine
may be adapted for either spark or compression ignition. Strain gage-type pick-ups
are available for study of pressure variations. Dynamometer equipment is avail-
able for tests of engines of the automatic type. A diesel test stand has fuel-
measuring facilities and a strain gage-type torque meter. An instrumentation lab-
oratory provides means for studying the characteristics of the instruments associ-
ated with the measurements basic to mechanical engineering. For work in ex-
perimental stress analysis a 60,000 lb. universal testing machine is available along
with strain gage equipment, oscilloscopes, and two polariscopes for photoelastic
investigations. For vibration and balancing studies, the equipment includes vi-
bration velocity meters, a displacement indicator, recording vibrometer, electro-
magnetic torque meter, and portable balancing equipment.
The manufacturing processes laboratory contains the most modern machine
tools, including two 20-h.p. 16" engine lathes, a 20-h.p. turret lathe, two milling
machines, large drill press, and auxiliary grinding equipment for the maintenance
of cutting tools. This laboratory is fully equipped with machinability analog com-
puter, profilometer, dynamometers and recorders, optical comparator, and other
precision measuring equipment for laboratory and experimental work in metal ma-
chining.
The Computer Laboratory has a General Electric 225 solid-state computing
and information processing facility, as well as a Royal McBee LGP-30 digital
computer, and is equipped with seminar facilities and a conference room so as to
permit maximum use of the computer for educational purposes.
Packer Memorial Church
Packer Memorial Church, in which religious services are held, was the gift
of the late Mrs. Mary Packer Cummings, daughter of the founder of the Univer-
sity. It was built in 1887. Occasional musical recitals and the annual Bach Festi-
vals are held in this building which now contains the Starkey Memorial Organ.
Physics Building
The Physics Building is a five-story sandstone structure, 240 feet long and 44
to 56 feet wide. In addition to offices, classrooms, and lecture rooms, there are
laboratory rooms for undergraduate and graduate exercises, laboratories for re-
search, a reading room, machine shop, glass-blowing shop, electronic shop, con-
stant-temperature room, chemical preparation room, and dark rooms.
Psychology Building
The Psychology Department is housed in the former Delta Chi house which
is located to the west of the University Center building. The building is a three-
394 Buildings and Grounds
story brick structure, 36 feet long by 34 feet wide. It contains departmental and
staff offices, seminar, and library, a photographic dark room, rooms for statistical
machine calculations psychometric testing and research.
Psychology Laboratory Building
This two-story stone building, 70 feet by 20 feet in plan, temporarily houses
the elementary and advanced instructional laboratories, together with student and
staff shop facilities of the psychology department. Adjoining the building is a one-
story annex, 25 feet long and 20 feet wide, which contains the machine shop.
Saucon Valley Fields
These facilities are located on a 550 acre tract in Saucon Valley, of which
approximately 120 acres include the following: an all-weather track (one of the
finest in the United States), lacrosse field, soccer field, nine green grass-tex com-
position tennis courts, freshman and varsity baseball fields, a freshman football
field, varsity practice football field, one lighted field, eight intra-mural football
fields and eight intra-mural softball fields. The fields were put into service during
the 1963 fall season. The freshman baseball field is a generous gift of the Class
of 1942.
Sayre Observatory
Sayre Observatory was the gift of the late Robert H. Sayre, one of the orig-
inal trustees of the University.
The observatory contains three rooms on the first floor which house animal
laboratories for research and teaching in the Psychology Department.
The land upon which the observatory stands, consisting of seven acres ad-
joining the original grant, was presented to the University by the late Charles
Brodhead of Bethlehem.
Sayre Park
Development of the mountainside on the University grounds was effected
through the donation in 1909 of the sum of $100,000 by the children of the late
Robert H. Sayre, to be used in the development of Sayre Park as a memorial to
their father, who was a trustee of the University from its foundation until his
death in 1907.
Sayre Park Field
Approximately 8y2 acres of intra-mural playing fields located on the top of
South Mountain at the southeast corner of Sayre Park. The playing fields are
completely enclosed by cyclone fence affording athletic activity to students near
the fraternity houses. Area includes a one story block building with masonry
veneer, 24', 2" X 16' 2" with toilet facilities and storage area, constructed in
1961. Students began using these facilities in 1962.
Service Building
The Service Building, headquarters of the Department of Buildings and
Giounds, consists of one main building, a five-story brick structure 160 feet long
Buildings and Grounds 395
by 40 feet wide and an annex, a one and one-half story brick structure 160 feet
long by 40 feet wide. Located at Adams and Fourth Streets, it is two blocks from
the University campus.
The main building is used chiefly for the storage of maintenance materials
and supplies, lumber, building materials, plumbing and heating supplies, and elec-
trical supplies. A freight elevator 20 feet by 10 feet is used to handle materials
to the various levels. The annex houses the various maintenance shops, carpenter
shop, tinsmith shop, paint shop, and cement mason's shop, along with the ma-
terials used by the trades.
Taylor Field
An athetic field more than nine acres in area is provided for the accommoda-
tion of students who participate in the various outdoor sports. The stadium, lo-
cated on the lower level, provides football and baseball fields, surrounded by
concrete stands having a seating capacity of 12,000. New steel stands were erected
in 1953 above the south concrete stands providing 4,000 more seats for a total
seating capacity of 16,000. A new press box, rest rooms, and concession booths
under the steel stands were erected. On the upper level there is a practice field for
football, baseball, lacrosse, and soccer; also a quarter-mile track and a 220-yard
straight-away.
Taylor Gymnasium and Field House
In 1913, Charles L. Taylor, E.M. '76, donated to the University the funds
for the erection of a gymnasium and field house.
These buildings were remodeled, re-equipped, and expanded as one of the
major projects of the Lehigh Progress Fund.
Taylor Gymnasium, which adjoins the athletic field, is a building 222 feet
long and 73 feet wide. It has been expanded by the addition of a new swimming
pool measuring 75 by 42 feet, and a new gymnasium measuring 94 by 77 feet.
The new swimming pool ranges in depth from five to ten feet, and includes a
large gallery for spectators, an observation room below the water line, and the
latest filtration equipment.
Included in the renovation of the old buildings and in the new construction
are locker facilities for 2,600 students, a faculty locker room, coaches' locker
room, five basketball courts, weight room, fencing room, golf practice room, wet
and dry steam rooms, and a specially designed wrestling room. Also included are
a well-equipped first aid room for physical education activities, corrective exercise
gymnasium, trainer's room, and class meeting rooms.
Athletic, Physical Education, and business offices were incorporated in the
new construction. Improved heating is furnished by electric blowers. Framed
pictures of all athletics teams grace the halls of this floor and stair halls.
The former entrance way has been transformed into a trophy room measuring
26 by 55 feet as a repository for athletic prizes and awards. The third floor addi-
tion, known as the Samuel E. Berger Room, the gift of Mr. Samuel Erwin Berger,
B.A. '89, has also been remodeled.
The University Center
The University Center unites the original exterior lines of Packer Hall (215
feet long, by 60 feet wide), eliminating most of the original structural wood con-
struction, and substituting therefor steel girders, steel columns, and I beams, with
a new three-story stone addition connected and running parallel with new-win-
dowed, old Packer Hall, this addition being 185 feet long, by 53 feet wide.
396 Buildings and Grounds
The basement section of the east wing contains the offices and classroom of
the Division of Journalism and the facilities of The Brown and White, The Epi-
tome, and radio stations WLRN and WLR.
In addition to executive and business offices for each of the publications and
radio stations, the facilities include a large news room with twenty typewriters, a
photographic darkroom, a teletype room, three modern, fully-equipped broad-
casting studios, an engineering control room, an electronics workshop, and a
library containing some ten thousand recordings and tapes.
To the west of the publications area is a large game room, a music practice
room, and the headquarters of the Lehigh Radio Society (W3AEQ). The basement
of the new section is taken up entirely by service areas for the dining services.
On the main floor, east end, of the center, are the information desk, the
Student Activities Office, and the offices of the Chaplain and the Associate Dean
of Students. The remainder of the floor is devoted to the dining services, including
the main kitchen, cafeteria, two dining rooms, each of which will accommodate
approximately two hundred and seventy-five people.
The second floor houses the central files of student organizations, and pro-
vides eight meeting rooms. The Snack Bar, student lounge, bookstore, hi-fi room,
and the room for cards and chess are together on this floor, thus providing an
ample, centrally-located area for recreation and relaxation. There is a balcony
affording a fine view of Bethlehem north of the lounge, and the building may be
entered on the south side at the level of this floor.
The faculty lounge, card and writing room, and a private dining room are on
the third floor, east, of Packer Hall, and in the center section is the faculty and
guest dining room which retains some of the architectural features of the room's
initial use as the University Chapel. The third floor of the addition includes a
completely equipped kitchen for service to the several dining areas on this floor,
and two large multi-purpose rooms which can be used for dances, lectures, re-
citals, meetings, and banquets. Folding partitions permit one room to be divided
into two smaller rooms and the other room into four. Both rooms are equipped
with public address facilities and one has in addition projection equipment, a
sound system, and a permanently installed screen for motion pictures. At the west
end there is an additional meeting room which may also serve as a private dining
room. There is a balcony north of one multi-purpose room, and in the tower of
Packer Hall is a small, handsomely appointed private dining room.
There is a fourth floor of Packer Hall at the east end only. The facilities here
include two small meeting rooms, a large meeting room, and a small television
lounge.
There are three automatic elevators in the building.
Varsity House
The Varsity House is a two-story locker building, 121 by 82 feet in size. It
contains offices for coaches, a doctor, and a trainer, a room for game officials,
locker and shower rooms for home and visiting teams, and rooms for the storage
and issue of equipment. This building was dedicated in June, 1963 and is the
first of the buildings in the Saucon Valley Fields which will house the athletic
facilities in the future.
W. A. Wilbur Engineering Laboratory and Power House
The W. A. Wilbur Engineering Laboratory and Power House is a two-story
sandstone building, 188 feet long and 44 feet wide.
The Power plant contains four Babcock and Wilcox straight-tube cross-drum
boilers, each rated at 300 boiler horse-power. Two boilers are equipped with
Petro oil burners and are fully automatic-controlled. A third boiler has been
equipped with a B. & W. oil burner, also fully automatic-controlled. The fourth
Buildings and Grounds 397
boiler is a fully automatic Faber fuel oil burner. Four 15,000-gal. fuel oil storage
tanks are installed at convenient locations for receiving oil supply.
The plant is designed and equipped to provide steam at 250 pounds pressure
to the engineering laboratories, in addition to heating the University buildings. It
is so arranged that any boiler can be isolated for laboratory tests for long periods
if necessary. From this plant a six-inch line carries steam to the Packard Labora-
tory at the pressure desired for the laboratory work. Modern safety appliances
and measuring equipment have been incorporated.
Williams Hall
Williams Hall, the donation of the late Dr. Edward H. Williams, Jr., of the
Class of 1875, was so named by the trustees of the University in recognition not
only of this gift but also of Dr. Williams' long, continued, and important service
to the University as Professor of Mining and Geology.
Originally a three-story brick building, 186 feet long and 70 feet wide,
Williams Hall was rebuilt as a four-story building after it had been severely dam-
aged by fire in January, 1956. It contains the offices, classrooms, laboratories, de-
partment libraries, and special collections of the departments of Biology and
Geology.
Williams Hall Annex contains some of the research facilities of the depart-
ments of Biology and Psychology. This concrete and brick structure is connected
to Williams Hall by a bridge passage between the third floor of the annex and the
second floor of Williams Hall.
The northern portion consists of a three-story section, 35 feet long and 25
feet wide, which houses animal quarters together with aquatic-biology, virology,
and bacteriology laboratories of the biology department. The entire third floor
is a green house.
The southern portion, a single-story section, 35 feet long and 21 feet wide,
contains the bioelectric research laboratory of the Psychology Department. This
laboratory has electrically shielded and sound proofed recording and instrument
rooms, an operating and work room, photographic darkroom, and an electronics
shop.
THE RESIDENCE HALLS
Eight residence halls are located on the campus. These modern structures
provide living accommodations for approximately 1,200 students. They are lo-
cated near the center of the campus within walking distance of the Student
Health Services Building, the University Center, and the classroom buildings.
Centennial Houses
A complex of six residence halls in three three-story buildings, the newest
residence facilities on campus, was occupied in September. 1965. The complex will
house 264 upperclassmen. It is located just east of the Freshman Quadrangle, over-
looking Taylor Stadium. Six former faculty members and administrators were
honored by the naming of individual units in the Centennial Houses complex for
them. The individual houses are: Charles G. Thornburg; Natt M. Emery; C. Max-
well McConn; E. Kenneth Smiley; Wray H. Congdon. Each unit provides the
atmosphere of a small living group, accommodating 44 students in two-man
sleeping and study rooms located on the second and third floors. The ground
floor of each unit contains a large living room, a library, and recreation and
game room areas for students living in the individual housing unit.
Dravo House
Dravo House, a five-story fireproof residence hall completed in 1948, pro-
vides accommodations for approximately 280 students. The building was made
possible by the alumni and friends of the University through their contributions
to the Progress Fund. It is named in memory of Francis R. Dravo and Ralph M.
398 Buildings and Grounds
Dravo, former University trustees. Each of the four-wing structures which com-
pose the building has its own lounge, and the center unit has a lounge and recep-
tion room for visiting friends. There are rooms for one, two, and three students.
Henry Sturgis Drinker House
Henry Sturgis Drinker House, named for the University's fifth president, was
completed in 1940. It is a four-story fireproof residence hall with accommodations
for 190 students. It has rooms for two and three students, and a spacious lounge.
McCIintic-Marshall House
McClintic-Marshall House was completed in 1956, providing accommodations
for 296 upperclass students. The building consists of three student living floors
each with 48 double rooms, two section-president rooms, a lounge, and two spe-
cial purpose rooms. The ground floor holds the office of the Director of Residence
Halls, the House president's and Residence Halls Council president's suite, and a
large recreation room.
Park House
Park House was formerly the Delta Tau Delta house. It is a three-story
building with accommodations for sleeping and study, presently occupied by
students of Theta Xi fraternity.
Henry Reese Price Hall
Henry Reese Price Hall, named in honor of Dr. Henry Reese Price, an
alumnus of the University of the Class of 1870 and late president of the board of
trustees, furnishes accommodations for 35 students.
Charles Russ Richards House
Charles Russ Richards House, named in honor of the sixth president of the
University, was completed in 1938. It is a four-story fireproof residence hall ac-
commodating a total of approximately 210. The building contains a spacious
lounge.
Charles Lewis Taylor Hall
Charles Lewis Taylor Hall, the gift of Mr. Andrew Carnegie, is a three-
story concrete residence hall with accommodations for approximately 170 students,
the majority of whom are housed in three-room suites, three to each suite. The
building was named Taylor Hall by Mr. Carnegie in honor of Charles L. Taylor,
his former partner in business, a graduate of the University in the Class of 1876
and a trustee of the University. The building was completed in 1907.
Registration Statistics 399
Registration Statistics
SUMMARY OF STUDENT REGISTRATION
Spring 1965
Students in the University
Undergraduate Students 2678
Graduate Students 1356
Total 4034
Students in Undergraduate Curricula
Curriculum £
o
'5
0*
CO
Arts and Science 207
Arts and Engineering 55
Business Administration 143
Chemical Engineering 41
Chemistry 15
Civil Engineering 42
Electrical Engineering 56
Engineering Mechanics 8
Engineering Physics 17
General Science and
Mathematics 1
Industrial Engineering 46
Mechanical Engineering 49
Metallurgical Engineering .... 19
Unclassified Engineers
General College Division
en
u
_©
"S
>^5
o
E
o
JB
a.
o
Cfi
c
<u
E
■s
V
U
O
U
*«3
o
H
148
150
182
687
9
31
34
127
123
145
116
527
35
38
114
12
13
40
19
26
87
62
80
19S
8
7
1 7
12
16
45
42
49
1
137
50
59
1
159
14
16
49
8
468
8
476
8
Total 699
534
638
799
8 2678
400 Registration Statistics
Summer 1965
Students in the University
Undergraduate Students 633
Graduate Students 834
Total 1467
Fall 1965
Students in the University
Undergraduate Students 2978
Graduate Students 1559
Total 4537
Students in Undergraduate Curricula
Curriculum o
*c
cc
Arts and Science 160
Arts and Engineering 33
Business Administration J 19
Chemical Engineering 40
Chemistry 14
Civil Engineering 24
Electrical Engineering 67
Engineering Mechanics 10
Engineering Physics 17
Fundamental Science 1
Industrial Engineering 46
Mechanical Engineering 68
Metallurgical Engineering .... 13
Unclassified Engineers
General College Division
Total 612
o
s
o
JS
D.
©
181
32
151
42
16
20
82
10
11
48
68
21
682
203
27
156
72
12
56
94
14
17
2
76
69
20
16
834
209
65
97
1
3
2
1
1
467
846
753
157
523
155
42
103
245
34
45
3
171
206
54
483
4 4
4 2978
Registration Statistics 401
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS
Fall 1965
Alabama 1
Alaska 1
Arizona 2
California 9
Colorado 3
Connecticut 150
Delaware 32
District of Columbia 9
Florida 14
Georgia 2
Hawaii 2
Illinois 20
Indiana 4
Kansas 4
Kentucky 5
Louisiana 3
Maine 4
Maryland 120
Massachusetts 71
Michigan 9
Minnesota 1
Missouri 7
Nebraska 4
New Hampshire 4
New lersey 624
New York 499
North Carolina 2
North Dakota 1
Ohio 57
Oklahoma 1
Oregon 4
Pennsylvania 1 194
Rhode Island 10
South Carolina 3
Tennessee 2
Texas 5
Vermont 2
Virginia 33
Washington 2
West Virginia 7
Wisconsin 6
Afghanistan 1
Argentina 1
Bermuda 1
Brazil 3
British Guiana 1
Canada 1
Canal Zone 1
Chile 1
Czechoslovakia 1
Ecuador 3
El Salvador 1
Germany 2
Great Britain 1
Greece 1
Guatemala 1
India 2
Italy 2
Lebanon 1
Mexico 1
Nigeria 2
Peru 3
Philippines 2
Puerto Rico 3
South Africa 1
Switzerland 1
Venezuela 4
Virgin Islands 1
402 Index
INDEX
Academic Observances, 2, 380
Accounting
Courses in, 166
Major in, 87, 112
Accreditation, 58
Administrative Officers, 8-11
Admission
Acceptance of, 64
Graduate School, 149
Procedure for, 63
Requirements, 60
To Advanced Standing, 64
Adult Education
Program, 371
Advanced Placement, 64
Advanced Standing, 64
Aerospace Studies, Courses in, 317
Alumni Association, 381
Alumni Memorial Building, 388
Application Fee, 64, 65-68
Applied Science, Major in, 102
Arboretum, 388
Art Galleries, 236
Arts and Engineering, 78, 102, 128
Major Sequences, 102
Pattern Rosters, 102-107
Arts-M.B.A. Program, 80, 119
Arts and Science
College of, 75
Curricula, 76, 82
Major Sequences, 82-107
Requirements for Graduation, 79
Astronomy, Courses in, 275
Athletics, 328-330
Division of, 11, 328
Automobile Regulations, 379
Awards (See Prizes and Awards)
B
Baccalaureate Sunday, 380
Band, 292, 384
Biology
Courses in, 168
Major in, 83
Board of Trustees 5-7
Botany (See Biology)
Buildings and Grounds, 58, 388
Bureau of Educational Service, 371
Business Administration
Center for Business Economics, 162
College of, 109
Courses of Study, 112
Curriculum in, 111
Five-year curriculum with Industrial
Engineering, 119, 142
Graduate Courses in, 173-179
Master's Degree in, 154, 173
Doctor's Degree in, 155, 176
Uniform Freshman Year, 112
Business Law, Courses in, 168
C
Candidacy for Degree, Notice of, 331
Centennial Houses, 397
Center for the Information Sciences,
159, 298
Centers, Interdisciplinary, 159
Chapel Services, 373
Chaplain, University, 10, 373
Chemical Engineering
Courses in, 177
Curriculum in, 129
Chemistry
Building, 388
Courses in, 182
Curriculum in, 131, 132
Major in, 84
Christmas-Saucon Hall, 389
Civil Engineering
Courses in, 191
Curriculum in, 133
Class Honors, 334
Classical Languages, 85, 198
Cleaver Concerts, 384
College Board Examinations, 62,63,64
Commencement Exercises, 380
Comprehensive Honors Program, 70,71
Conservation (See Natural Resources)
Cooperative Research, 159-162
Coppe'e Hall, 389
Counseling Service, 373, 377, 385
Course Numbering, 165
Course Societies, 382
Coxe Laboratory, 389
Creative Concepts Seminars, 72, 73,
77, 82, 256
Credit Hours, 165, 332
D
Dean of Students, Office of the, 8
Degrees
Application for, 153, 331
Candidacy for Advanced, 150,
153, 156
Special Regulations Concerning,
153, 331
Description of Courses, 165
Dining Services, 69
Dissertations, 157
Doctor of Education, 158, 163
Doctor of Philosophy, 149, 155
Field for Major, 149
Requirements for, 155, (See also
statements preceding graduate
courses offered by the several
departments.)
Index 403
Dormitories (See Residence Halls)
Dramatics, 230, 385
Dravo House, 397
Drinker House, 397
Drown Memorial Hall, 390
E
Economics
Center for Business Economics, 162
Courses in, 202
Major in, 86, 113
Economic Statistics, Major in, 114
Education
Adult (See Adult Education)
Building, 390
Courses in, 206
Doctor of (See Doctor of Education)
Master's Degree in, 154, 163
School of, 163
Educational Service, Bureau of, 371
Electrical Engineering
Courses in, 215
Curriculum in, 134
Electrical Engineering and Engineering
Physics, Curriculum in, 139
Electrical-Mechanical Engineering,
Curriculum in, 143
Endowment, University, 59
Endowed Scholarships, Descriptions
of, 337
Endowed Research Fellowships, 356
Endowment of Fellowships, 360
Of Scholarships, 337
Engineering
Arts and, (See Arts and Engineer-
ing)
College of, 123
Curricula in, 129
General Studies, 124
Recommended Freshman Year, 127
Engineering-M.BA. Program, 118,128
Engineering Mechanics, Curriculum
in, 136
Engineering Physics, Curriculum in, 137
Engineering Physics and Electrical
Engineering, Curriculum in, 139
English
Courses in, 220
Major in, 88
English Literature
Courses in, 223
Major in, 88
Enrollment Statistics, 399
Evening Classes, 372
Examinations
Advanced Standing, 64
College Board, 62, 63, 64
Entrance, 62
Make-up, 66
Physical Education, 328, 375
Expenses, Estimate of, 68
Faculty and Staff, 12
Faculty
Committees, 56
Instructors and Graduate Assist-
ants, 31
Secretary of, 9, 57
Fees, Undergraduate, 65
Fellows and Scholars, 53
Fellowships
Endowed Research, 356
Endowment of, 360
Graduate, 355
Finance
Courses in, 232
Major in, 87, 115
Financial Aid, 335
Fine Arts
Courses in, 235
Major in, 90
Five-year Courses, 76, 78, 80, 102-107,
111, 118-121, 128, 139, 142, 143
Foreign Careers, Majors in, 91, 115
Founder's Day, 380
Fraternities, Social, 65, 384
French
Courses in, 320
Major in, 100
Fritz Engineering Laboratory
Building, 390
Staff, 11
Fundamental Sciences Curriculum in,
140
General College Division, 370
General Regulations, 331
General Studies in Engineering, 124
Geology
Courses in, 238
Major in, 92
German
Courses in, 243
Major in, 93
Glee Club, 292, 385
Government
Courses in, 245
Major in, 93
Grace Hall, 391
Grades, 332
Graduate Fellowships and Scholar-
ships. 355
Graduate School, 149
Admission to, 150
Degrees, 153
Faculty, Executive Committee. 149
Registration, 151
Tuition and Fees, 151
Graduation Honors, 334
Graduation. Requirements for. 79. Ill,
124. 220, 331, 332
404 Index
Greek
Courses in, 198
Major in, 85
H
Health Services, 375
Building, 391
History
Courses in, 249
Major in, 94
History of Lehigh University, 58
Honor Societies, 382
Honors, 70, 110, 127, 333
Honors Seminars, 71, 256
Housing Services, 68, 152
I
Industrial Engineering
Courses in, 257
Curriculum in, 141
Industrial Engineering and Business
Administration, five-year curriculum
in, 119, 142
Industrial Research Appointments, 385
Information Sciences, Center for the,
159, 298
Courses in, 298
Inspection Trips, 127
Institute of Research, 385
Instrumental Ensembles, 385
Insurance, Health and Accident, 377
For graduate students, 152
Intercollegiate Athletics, 11, 328
Interdisciplinary Centers, 159
International Relations
Courses in, 262
Major in, 95
Intramural Sports, 329
Italian, Courses in, 320
J
Journalism
Courses in, 231
Major in, 89
L
Lamberton Hall, 391
Language Requirements, 61
Arts and Science, 61, 77
Business Administration, 61, 112
Engineering, 61, 126
Graduate School, 156
Late Registration Fee, 66
Latin
Courses in, 198
Major in, 85
Law (See Business Law), 168
Lehigh University
Description of, 58
History of, 58
Library
Building, 391
Description of, 372
Living Arrangements, 68
Loan Funds
Description of, 335, 337, 353, 360
Graduate, 360
Tuition, 336
Undergraduate, 335, 337, 353
M
Major Sequences
Arts and Engineering, 102
Arts and Scienoe, 82
Business Administration, 111
Engineering, 124, 127
Management, Major in, 116
Management Science, 266
Marine Science Center, 159
Marketing
Courses in, 207
Major in, 117
Master's Degree
Fields for Major, 150
Requirements for, 154 (See also
statements preceding graduate
courses offered by several de-
partments.)
Materials Research Center, 160
Mathematics
Center for the Application of, 161
Courses in, 267
Major in, 96
McClintic-Marshall House, 398
Mechanical-Electrical Engineering,
Curriculum in, 143
Mechanical Engineering
Courses in, 275
Curriculum in, 142
Mechanics
Courses in, 280
Curriculum in, 136
Metallurgy and Materials Science
Courses in, 284
Curriculum in, 145
Military Science, Courses in, 314
Motor Vehicles, Use of, 379
Music
Courses in, 291
Organizations, 292, 384
Mustard and Cheese, 385
N
National Defense Education Act
Loan Funds, 353, 360
Natural Resources, Major in, 97
O
Ordnance Laboratory, 392
Organizations, Student, 382
P
Packard Laboratory, 392
Packer Memorial Church, 60, 393
Park House, 398
Performing Arts, 384
Personnel Services, Student, 373
Philosophy
Courses in, 292
Doctor of (See Doctor of Philos-
ophy)
Major in, 98
Physical Education, 328
Courses in, 330
Physical Examinations, 328, 375
Physics
Building, 393
Courses in, 309
Major in, 99, 137
Placement, Counseling, and Testing
Services. 377
Political Science (See Government and
International Relations)
Portuguese, Courses in, 320
Postdoctoral Work, 158
Pre-Medical, Pre-Dental (See Biology)
Price Hall, 398
Prizes and Awards, 362
Probation and Drop Regulations, 332
Professional Schools, Preparation for,
76
Psychology
Building, 393
Courses in, 305
Laboratory Building, 394
Major in, 99
Publications. Student, 231, 384
R
Radio, Courses in, 230
Radio Stations, WLRN and WLR, 384
Reading and Study Clinic, 378
Recommended Freshman Year In
Engineering, 127
Refunds of Fees, 67, 68, 153
Registration Statistics, 399
Regulations, General, 331
Religion, Courses in, 312
Religious Observances, 373
Requirements
For Admission, 60
For the Colleges (See individual
college sections)
For Graduation (See Graduation
Requirements)
For Degree, Last Day of Complet-
ing, 331
Research Fellowships, 356
Research, Institute of, 11, 385
Reserve Officers' Training Program.
313
Residence Halls, 68-70
Richards House, 398
Romance Languages, 100, 320
Russian, Courses in, 243
S
Saucon Valley Fields, 394
Sayre Observatory, 394
Sayre Park, 394
Sayre Park Field, 394
Scholars and Fellows, 53
Scholarships
Descriptions of Endowed, 337
Descriptions of Supported, 348
Endowment of, 337
Graduate, 355
Regulations Governing, 335
Service Building, 394
Societies
Course, 382
Honor, 382
Social Relations
Courses in, 323
Major in, 101
Spanish
Courses in, 322
Major in, 100
Speech, Courses in, 230
Staff, Faculty and, 12
Statistics (See Economic Statistics)
Student Organizations, 382
Student Personnel Services, 373
Student Publications, 231, 384
Students' Health Service, 375
Summer Sessions, 370
Surface and Coatings Center, 162
T
Taylor Field 395
Taylor Gymnasium and Field House
395
Taylor Hall, 398
Testing Service (See Counseling
Service)
Theatre. Courses in, 230
Theses, 154, 157
Transcripts, 67, 152
Transfer Students, 65, 335
Trustees, Board of, 5-7,
Tuition, 65-68, 151
Tuition Loans, 336
Two-degree Programs, 76, 78, 80, 102.
107. Ill, 118-121, 128. 139. 142.
143
U
Uniform Freshman Year
In Business Administration. 112
University Center. 395
University Day, 380
Unscheduled Work. 81
V
Varsity House, 396
W
Whitaker Laboratory. 392
Wilbur Engineering Laboratory, 395
Williams Hall, 397
Women Students. 58, 151, 371
Lehigh University Bethlehem, Pa. 18015